UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from to
OR
|
|
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Date of event requiring this shell company report
Commission file number: 333-13792
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Province of Québec, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
612 Saint-Jacques Street
Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
None
|
|
None
|
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due July 15, 2011
11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due July 15, 2011
(Title of Class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common
stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
123,602,807 Common Shares
990,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A
147,950 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C
255,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
o
Yes
þ
No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not
required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
o
Yes
þ
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
þ
Yes
o
No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
þ
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
þ
Item 17
o
Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
o
Yes
þ
No
EXPLANATORY NOTES
All references in this annual report to Quebecor Media, QMI or the Company, as well as
use of the terms we, us, our or similar terms, are references to Quebecor Media Inc., a
company incorporated in Canada in August 2000 under Part 1A of the
Companies Act
(Québec), and,
unless the context otherwise requires, its subsidiaries and operating companies. All references in
this annual report to Videotron are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Videotron
Ltd.; all references to Sun Media are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Sun
Media Corporation; all references to Le SuperClub Vidéotron are to our indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée; all references in this annual report to TVA Group are to
our subsidiary, TVA Group Inc.; and all references in this annual report to Nurun are to our
subsidiary, Nurun Inc. All references to Videotron Telecom are to Videotron Telecom Ltd., which
prior to its merger with Videotron on January 1, 2006, had been our indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary. All references in this annual report to Quebecor are references to Quebecor Inc., and
all references to Capital CDPQ are to Capital dAmérique CDPQ inc.
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
Industry statistics and market data used throughout this annual report were obtained from
internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications,
including the Canadian Radio-Television and Telecommunications Commission, or the CRTC, A.C.
Nielsen Media Research, Kagan Research LLC, the Canadian Newspaper Association, the Audit Bureau of
Circulations and ComScore Media Metrix. Industry publications generally state that the information
they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and
completeness of this information is not guaranteed. Similarly, internal surveys and industry and
market data, while believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified, and we make no
representation as to the accuracy of this information.
Information contained in this document concerning the media industry, our general expectations
concerning this industry and our market positions and market shares may also be based on estimates
and assumptions made by us based on our knowledge of the industry and which we believe to be
reliable. We believe, however, that this data is inherently imprecise, although generally
indicative of relative market positions and market shares. Industry and company data is approximate
and may reflect rounding in certain cases.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting
principles generally accepted in Canada, or Canadian GAAP. For a discussion of the principal
differences between Canadian GAAP and the accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, or U.S. GAAP, see note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 included under Item 17. Financial Statements. We prepare
our financial statements in Canadian dollars. In this annual report, references to Canadian
dollars, Cdn$ or $ are to the currency of Canada, and references to U.S. dollars or US$ are to the
currency of the United States.
We use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with Canadian GAAP or
U.S. GAAP to assess our financial performance. We use these non-GAAP financial measures, such as
operating income, free cash flow from operations and average monthly revenue per user, because we
believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our method of calculating these
non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result,
the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other
similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies. We provide a definition of the non-GAAP
financial measures used in this annual report under Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects. We provide a definition of operating income, and a reconciliation of operating income
to the most directly comparable financial measure under Canadian GAAP and under U.S. GAAP
principles in note 1 to the tables under Item 3. Key Information Selected Financial Data. When
we discuss free cash flow from operations in this annual report, we provide a
ii
reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure in the same section.
Unless otherwise indicated, information provided in this annual report, including all
operating data presented, is as of December 31, 2005.
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
We prepare our financial statements in Canadian dollars. The following table presents the
average, high, low and end of period noon buying rates for the periods indicated, in the City of
New York for cable transfers in foreign currencies, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York, or the noon buying rate. Such rates are presented as U.S. dollars per $1.00 and are the
inverse of rates published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for Canadian dollars per
US$1.00. On March 24, 2006, the inverse of the noon buying rate was $1.00 equals
US$0.8565.
We do not make any representation that Canadian dollars could have been converted into U.S. dollars
at the rates shown or at any other rate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Average(1)
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Period End
|
December 31, 2001
|
|
|
0.6446
|
|
|
|
0.6697
|
|
|
|
0.6241
|
|
|
|
0.6279
|
|
December 31, 2002
|
|
|
0.6370
|
|
|
|
0.6619
|
|
|
|
0.6200
|
|
|
|
0.6329
|
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
0.7205
|
|
|
|
0.7738
|
|
|
|
0.6349
|
|
|
|
0.7738
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
0.7719
|
|
|
|
0.8493
|
|
|
|
0.7158
|
|
|
|
0.8310
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
0.8282
|
|
|
|
0.8690
|
|
|
|
0.7872
|
|
|
|
0.8579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month Ended
|
|
Average(2)
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Period End
|
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
0.8491
|
|
|
|
0.8615
|
|
|
|
0.8418
|
|
|
|
0.8615
|
|
October 31, 2005
|
|
|
0.8493
|
|
|
|
0.8579
|
|
|
|
0.8413
|
|
|
|
0.8477
|
|
November 30, 2005
|
|
|
0.8463
|
|
|
|
0.8579
|
|
|
|
0.8361
|
|
|
|
0.8569
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
0.8610
|
|
|
|
0.8690
|
|
|
|
0.8521
|
|
|
|
0.8579
|
|
January 31, 2006
|
|
|
0.8642
|
|
|
|
0.8744
|
|
|
|
0.8528
|
|
|
|
0.8744
|
|
February 28, 2006
|
|
|
0.8704
|
|
|
|
0.8788
|
|
|
|
0.8638
|
|
|
|
0.8788
|
|
March 2006 (through March 24, 2006)
|
|
|
0.8663
|
|
|
|
0.8834
|
|
|
|
0.8565
|
|
|
|
0.8565
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the
applicable year.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The average of the exchange rates for all days during the applicable month.
|
iii
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to our financial
condition, results of operations, business and certain of our plans and objectives. These
forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the Safe Harbor provisions of the United States
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on
current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate
as well as beliefs and assumptions made by our management. Such statements include, in particular,
statements about our plans, prospects, financial position and business strategies. Words such as
may, will, expect, continue, intend, estimate, anticipate, plan, foresee,
believe or seek or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology
are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations
reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements, by their nature,
involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are
also subject to assumptions concerning, among other things: our anticipated business strategies;
anticipated trends in our business; and our ability to continue to control costs. We can give no
assurance that these estimates and expectations will prove to have been correct. Actual outcomes
and results may, and often do, differ from what is expressed, implied or projected in such
forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Some important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
general economic, financial or market conditions;
|
|
|
|
|
the intensity of competitive activity in the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
|
unanticipated higher capital spending required to address continued development of
competitive alternative technologies or the inability to obtain additional capital to
continue the development of our business;
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to implement successfully our business and operating strategies and
manage our growth and expansion;
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to distribute a wide range of television programming and to
attract large audiences and readership;
|
|
|
|
|
variations in the cost, quality and variety of our television programming;
|
|
|
|
|
cyclical and seasonal variations in our advertising revenue;
|
|
|
|
|
disruptions to the network through which we provide our digital television, Internet
access and telephony services, and our ability to protect such services from piracy;
|
|
|
|
|
labor disputes or strikes;
|
|
|
|
|
changes in our ability to obtain services and equipment critical to our operations;
|
|
|
|
|
changes in laws and regulations, or in their interpretations, which could result in,
among other things, the loss (or reduction in value) of our licenses or markets or in
an increase in competition, compliance costs or capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
|
our substantial indebtedness and the restrictions on our business imposed by the terms of our debt; and
|
|
|
|
|
interest rate fluctuations that affect a portion of our interest payment requirements on long-term debt.
|
We caution you that the above list of cautionary statements is not exhaustive. These and other
factors are discussed in further detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under the
section Risk Factors. Each of these forward-looking statements speaks only as of the date of this
annual report. We will not update these statements unless the
iv
securities laws require us to do so. We advise you to consult any documents we may file or
furnish with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as described under Item 10.
Additional Information Documents on Display.
v
PART I
ITEM 1 IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2 OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3 KEY INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
The following table presents selected consolidated financial information for our business for
each of the years 2001 through 2005. Our selected historical consolidated financial data presented
below under the captions Statement of Income Data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005 and Balance Sheet Data as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our consolidated
financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, and are included in Item 17. Financial Statements of this annual report. KPMG
LLPs report on our consolidated financial statements is included in this annual report. The
selected consolidated statement of income data presented below for the years ended December 31,
2001 and 2002 and consolidated balance sheet data as at December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 are
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report. The
selected financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information
contained in Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects and our audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto contained in Item 17. Financial Statements of this annual
report (beginning on page F-1).
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. For
a discussion of the principal differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, see note 25 to our
audited consolidated financial statements contained in Item 17. Financial Statements of this
annual report.
1
CANADIAN GAAP DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except ratio)
|
|
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
525.4
|
|
|
$
|
781.0
|
|
|
$
|
805.0
|
|
|
$
|
871.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,002.0
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
815.0
|
|
|
|
831.6
|
|
|
|
845.9
|
|
|
|
888.1
|
|
|
|
915.6
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
114.7
|
|
|
|
323.4
|
|
|
|
340.9
|
|
|
|
358.0
|
|
|
|
401.4
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
223.5
|
|
|
|
206.3
|
|
|
|
205.0
|
|
|
|
241.7
|
|
|
|
255.4
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
|
|
91.9
|
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
|
|
102.1
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
|
|
49.9
|
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
|
51.9
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
|
34.5
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
Head Office and inter-segment
|
|
|
(17.8
|
)
|
|
|
(57.9
|
)
|
|
|
(49.4
|
)
|
|
|
(62.0
|
)
|
|
|
(88.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,765.1
|
|
|
|
2,253.0
|
|
|
|
2,298.1
|
|
|
|
2,462.4
|
|
|
|
2,702.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(1,375.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,680.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1,686.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1,765.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1,969.3
|
)
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(150.3
|
)
|
|
|
(224.6
|
)
|
|
|
(226.6
|
)
|
|
|
(225.9
|
)
|
|
|
(231.9
|
)
|
Financial expenses
|
|
|
(289.2
|
)
|
|
|
(323.4
|
)
|
|
|
(300.1
|
)
|
|
|
(314.6
|
)
|
|
|
(285.3
|
)
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations,
impairment of assets and other special charges
|
|
|
(151.2
|
)
|
|
|
(36.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase
of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144.1
|
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(60.0
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other
assets and gain on dilution
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Write-down of goodwill
|
|
|
(132.8
|
)
|
|
|
(178.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
(37.4
|
)
|
|
|
(44.0
|
)
|
Amortization of goodwill, net of non-controlling
interest
|
|
|
(125.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
(30.5
|
)
|
|
|
(34.6
|
)
|
|
|
(31.7
|
)
|
|
|
(16.2
|
)
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations and
other expenses
|
|
|
(24.1
|
)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(449.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(229.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
203.9
|
|
|
$
|
88.2
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
(1)
|
|
$
|
389.4
|
|
|
$
|
572.4
|
|
|
$
|
611.8
|
|
|
$
|
697.2
|
|
|
$
|
733.6
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
129.7
|
|
|
$
|
135.8
|
|
|
$
|
131.2
|
|
|
$
|
181.1
|
|
|
$
|
315.5
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4x
|
|
|
|
1.7x
|
|
|
|
1.5x
|
|
|
|
1.5x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31,
|
|
|
2001
|
|
2002
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
207.8
|
|
|
$
|
188.3
|
|
|
$
|
103.6
|
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
97.4
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
9,255.9
|
|
|
|
6,742.8
|
|
|
|
6,610.6
|
|
|
|
6,509.2
|
|
|
|
6,675.5
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
3,695.4
|
|
|
|
3,506.6
|
|
|
|
2,756.8
|
|
|
|
2,548.8
|
|
|
|
2,533.2
|
|
Capital stock
|
|
|
3,985.0
|
|
|
|
1,341.8
|
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
4,093.4
|
|
|
|
1,751.9
|
|
|
|
2,395.0
|
|
|
|
2,459.9
|
|
|
|
2,450.1
|
|
2
U.S. GAAP DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except ratio)
|
|
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
805.0
|
|
|
$
|
880.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,008.2
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
845.9
|
|
|
|
888.1
|
|
|
|
915.6
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
340.9
|
|
|
|
358.0
|
|
|
|
401.4
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
205.0
|
|
|
|
241.7
|
|
|
|
255.4
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
|
|
102.1
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
|
51.9
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
|
34.5
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
Head Office and inter-segment
|
|
|
(49.4
|
)
|
|
|
(62.0
|
)
|
|
|
(88.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,298.1
|
|
|
|
2,471.7
|
|
|
|
2,709.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(1,683.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,764.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1,973.5
|
)
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(226.6
|
)
|
|
|
(225.7
|
)
|
|
|
(229.6
|
)
|
Financial expenses
|
|
|
(467.6
|
)
|
|
|
(308.0
|
)
|
|
|
(274.0
|
)
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations,
impairment of assets and other special charges
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Loss on debt refinancing
|
|
|
(9.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(60.0
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other assets
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
Write-down of goodwill
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
|
|
(43.4
|
)
|
|
|
(14.2
|
)
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(34.6
|
)
|
|
|
(35.1
|
)
|
|
|
(18.4
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations and
other expenses
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(96.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
96.1
|
|
|
$
|
141.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
(1)
|
|
$
|
615.1
|
|
|
$
|
707.4
|
|
|
$
|
735.6
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
131.2
|
|
|
$
|
181.1
|
|
|
$
|
315.5
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(155.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
172.4
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
(2)
|
|
|
0.8x
|
|
|
|
1.6x
|
|
|
|
1.6x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
BALANCE SHEET DATA (U.S. GAAP):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
103.6
|
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
97.4
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
6,602.2
|
|
|
|
6,480.1
|
|
|
|
6,664.1
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
2,736.1
|
|
|
|
2,514.9
|
|
|
|
2,468.5
|
|
Capital stock
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
2,253.3
|
|
|
|
2,218.4
|
|
|
|
2,301.7
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Quebecor Media defines operating income, as reconciled to net income under Canadian GAAP,
as net (loss) income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of
operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing
and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, gain (loss) on sales of
businesses and other assets and gain on dilution, write-down of goodwill, income taxes,
amortization of goodwill net of non-controlling interest, non-controlling interest and (loss)
income from discontinued operations and other expenses. Quebecor Media defines operating
income, as reconciled to net income under U.S. GAAP, as net (loss) income before amortization,
financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other
special charges, loss on debt refinancing, gain (loss) on sales of businesses and other
assets, write-down of goodwill, income taxes, non-controlling
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
interest and (income) loss from discontinued operations and other expenses. Operating income as defined
above is not a measure of results that is consistent with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. It is
not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance
measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. It is not intended to
represent funds available for debt service, dividends or distributions, reinvestment or other
discretionary uses, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures
of performance prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. Our management
believes that operating income is a meaningful measure of performance. Our parent company,
Quebecor, considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess
the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors
use this measure in evaluating Quebecor Medias consolidated results as well as results of
Quebecor Medias operating segments. As such, this measure eliminates the significant level
of non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets,
and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and
of its segments. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of
Quebecor Medias annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure,
however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and
intangible assets used in generating revenues in Quebecor Medias segments. Management
evaluates the costs of such tangible and intangible assets through other financial measures
such as capital expenditures and free cash flow from operations. In addition, measures like
operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the
performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of
operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other
companies.
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation under Canadian GAAP of operating income to net
income as disclosed in our financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Month Period
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
Reconciliation between
net (loss) income and
operating income
disclosed herein
(Canadian GAAP)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(449.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(229.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
203.9
|
|
|
$
|
88.2
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
|
$
|
49.1
|
|
|
$
|
58.4
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
150.3
|
|
|
|
224.6
|
|
|
|
226.6
|
|
|
|
225.9
|
|
|
|
231.9
|
|
|
|
62.9
|
|
|
|
64.7
|
|
Financial expenses
|
|
|
289.2
|
|
|
|
323.4
|
|
|
|
300.1
|
|
|
|
314.6
|
|
|
|
285.3
|
|
|
|
86.6
|
|
|
|
68.3
|
|
Reserve for
restructuring of
operations, impairment
of assets and other
special
charges
|
|
|
151.2
|
|
|
|
36.9
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
(Gain) loss on debt
refinancing and on
repurchase of
redeemable preferred
shares of a subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(144.1
|
)
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of
businesses and other
assets and gains on
dilution
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Write-down of goodwill
|
|
|
132.8
|
|
|
|
178.1
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
(12.5
|
)
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
|
|
44.0
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
Amortization of
goodwill, net of
non-controlling
interest
|
|
|
125.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(26.0
|
)
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
|
34.6
|
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Loss (income) from
discontinued operations
and other expenses
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
389.4
|
|
|
$
|
572.4
|
|
|
$
|
611.8
|
|
|
$
|
697.2
|
|
|
$
|
733.6
|
|
|
$
|
204.2
|
|
|
$
|
213.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation under U.S. GAAP of operating income to net
income as disclosed in our financial statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Reconciliation between net (loss) income and
operating income disclosed herein
(U.S. GAAP)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(96.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
96.1
|
|
|
$
|
141.2
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
226.6
|
|
|
|
225.7
|
|
|
|
229.6
|
|
Financial expenses
|
|
|
467.6
|
|
|
|
308.0
|
|
|
|
274.0
|
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations,
impairment of assets and other special charges
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Loss on debt refinancing
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
|
Loss (gain) on sales of businesses and other assets
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Write-down of goodwill
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
(13.8
|
)
|
|
|
43.4
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
34.6
|
|
|
|
35.1
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
(Income) loss from discontinued operations and
other expenses
|
|
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
615.1
|
|
|
$
|
707.4
|
|
|
|
735.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (i) earnings consist
of net income (loss) plus non-controlling interest in subsidiary, income taxes, fixed charges,
amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of
interest expensed and capitalized, plus amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses
relating to indebtedness and an estimate of the interest within rental expense. For the years
ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, earnings, as calculated under Canadian GAAP, were inadequate
to cover our fixed charges, and the coverage deficiency was $502.1 million and $209.2 million,
respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2003, earnings, as calculated under U.S. GAAP,
were inadequate to cover our fixed charges, and the coverage deficiency was $76.0 million.
|
Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
5
Risk Factors
This section describes some of the risks that could affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations. The factors below should be considered in connection with any
forward-looking statements in this document and with the cautionary statements contained in
Forward-Looking Statements at the beginning of this document.
The risks below are not the only ones that we face. Some risks may not yet be known to us and
some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material. Any of
these risks could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in highly competitive industries and our inability to effectively compete could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
We operate in highly competitive industries. In our cable operations, we compete against
direct broadcast satellite providers, or DBS (which is also called DTH in Canada, for
direct-to-home satellite), multi-channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS, satellite
master antenna television systems and over-the-air television broadcasters. In addition, we compete
against incumbent local exchange carriers, or ILECs, which have secured licenses to launch video
distribution services using video digital subscriber line, or VDSL, technology. The Canadian
Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or the CRTC, has approved a regional license
for the main ILEC in our market to provide terrestrial broadcasting distribution in Montréal and
several other communities in Québec. The same ILEC has also recently acquired a cable network in
our main service area which currently serves approximately 15,000 customers. We also face
competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access both to
non-Canadian DBS (also called grey market piracy) as well as signal theft of DBS that enable
customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian DBS without paying any fees (also
called black market piracy). Competitors in the video business also include the video stores
industry (rental & sale) and other alternative entertainment media.
In our Internet access business, we compete against other Internet service providers, or ISPs,
offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC also requires us to offer
access to our high speed Internet system to our ISP competitors and several third party ISPs have
access or have requested access to our network. A recent CRTC decision requires that we extend the
access to third party ISPs for voice or telephony applications as well.
Our voice-over-IP (or VoIP) telephony service has numerous competitors, including ILECs,
competitive local exchange carriers, or CLECs, wireless telephone service operators and other
providers of telephony services, and competitors that are not facilities-based and therefore have a
much lower infrastructure cost.
In our broadcasting and publishing operations, and in particular in the newspaper industry, we
compete for advertising revenue and viewers/readers. Competition for newspaper advertising revenue
is largely based on readership, circulation, demographic composition of the market, price and
content of the newspaper. Competition for readers is largely based on price, editorial content,
quality of delivery service and availability of publications. Competition for advertising revenue
and readers comes from local, regional and national newspapers, radio, broadcast and cable
television, direct mail and other communications and advertising media that operate in our markets.
In recent years, competition with online services and other new media technologies has also
increased significantly. In addition, consolidation in the Canadian broadcasting, publishing and
other media industries has increased significantly, and our competitors include market participants
with interests in multiple industries and media, some of which have greater financial and other
resources than we do.
Our existing and future competitors may successfully pursue or adopt business strategies
similar to or competitive with ours. We may not be able to compete successfully in the future
against existing or future competitors, and increased competition could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
6
We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies, and we may be required to
invest a significant amount of capital to address continued technological development.
The media industry is experiencing rapid and significant technological changes, which may
result in alternative means of program and content transmission. The continued growth of the
Internet has presented alternative content distribution options that compete with traditional
media. Furthermore, in each of our broadcasting markets, industry regulators have authorized DTH,
microwave services and VDSL services and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting
television and other content with improved speed and quality. We may not be able to successfully
compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies, such as digital television over
Internet connections (IPTV), or we may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new
technologies ourselves. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new
technologies could be significant and our ability to fund such implementation may be limited and
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Any such
difficulty or inability to compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We may not be able to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business.
Our cable television business has required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and
maintenance of our network and the launch and expansion of new or additional services and we expect
we will need to make additional capital expenditures to maintain and expand services such as
Internet access, high definition television, or HDTV, and new telephony services. We may not be
able to obtain the funds necessary to finance our capital improvement program or any additional
capital requirements through internally generated funds, additional borrowings or other sources. If
we are unable to obtain these funds, we would not be able to implement our business strategy and
our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may not successfully implement our business and operating strategies.
Our business strategies are based on leveraging an integrated platform of media assets. Our
strategies include offering multi-platform advertising solutions, launching and deploying
additional value-added products and services, pursuing cross-promotional opportunities, maintaining
our advanced broadband network, pursuing enhanced content development to reduce costs, further
integrating the operations of our operating subsidiaries, leveraging geographic clustering and
maximizing customer satisfaction. Our ability to successfully implement these strategies could be
adversely affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including operating difficulties,
regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions, increased competition and the other
factors described in this Risk Factors section. Any material failure to implement our strategies
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations
and on our ability to meet our obligations, including our ability to service our indebtedness.
We have grown rapidly. This rapid growth presents significant strains on our management. If we do
not effectively manage our growth, our financial results and operations could be adversely
affected.
We have experienced substantial growth in our business and have significantly expanded our
operations in recent years. We have made a number of acquisitions in the recent past. Some of our
acquisitions have involved expansion into businesses in which we have historically had limited or
no involvement. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant demand on our
management. In addition, in the future we may make strategic acquisitions and further expand the
types of businesses in which we participate. Such acquisitions and expansion may not meet our
strategic objectives or may require us to incur significant costs or divert significant resources.
If we are not successful in managing and integrating any acquired businesses, or if we are required
to incur significant or unforeseen costs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we cannot continue to
distribute a wide range of television programming on reasonable terms.
The financial performance of our cable service business depends in large part on our ability
to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at
reasonable rates. We obtain television programming from suppliers pursuant to programming contracts. The quality and amount of
television programming
7
offered by us affect the attractiveness of our services to customers and,
accordingly, the prices we can charge. We may be unable to maintain key programming contracts at
commercially reasonable rates for television programming. Loss of programming contracts, or our
inability to obtain programming at reasonable rates, or our inability to pass on rate increases to
our customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
In addition, our ability to attract and retain digital cable customers depends, to a certain
extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content and a variety of programming choices and
packages. If the number of specialty channels being offered decreases significantly or if the
content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, it may have a significant
negative impact on revenues from our digital cable operations.
Our content may not attract large audiences, which may limit our ability to generate advertising
and circulation revenue.
Revenues from our broadcasting operations and publishing operations, in particular our
newspaper operations, are derived from advertising and circulation revenues. Advertising and
circulation revenues are largely dependent upon audience acceptance or readership, which is in
large part a function of the content offered and is influenced by factors such as reviews by
critics, promotions, quality and acceptance of other competing content in the marketplace,
availability of alternative forms of entertainment, general economic conditions, public tastes
generally and other intangible factors. In addition, the increase in narrowcast programming or
specialty services in Canada has caused the conventional television audience to become increasingly
fragmented. These factors continue to evolve rapidly and many are beyond our control. Lack of
audience acceptance for our content or shrinking or fragmented audiences or readership could limit
our ability to generate advertising and circulation revenue. If our television operations ability
to generate advertising revenue is limited, we may need to develop new or alternative financing
sources in order to be able to continue providing attractive television programming for broad
audiences. There can be no assurance that we would be able to develop any such new financing
sources, and any such limitation of our ability to generate revenue together with an inability to
generate new financing sources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We may be adversely affected by variations in our costs, quality and variety of our television
programming.
The most significant cost in our broadcasting business is television programming. Our
broadcasting operations may be exposed in the future to volatile or increased television
programming costs which may adversely affect our operating results. Developments in cable,
satellite, Internet and other forms of content distribution could also affect both the availability
and the cost of programming and increase competition for advertising revenue. The production and
distribution costs of television and other forms of entertainment may also increase in the future.
Moreover, programs may be purchased for broadcasting two to three years in advance, making it
difficult to predict how such programs will perform. In some instances, programs must be replaced
before their costs have been fully amortized, resulting in accounting adjustments that would
accelerate the recognition of expenses.
In our cable business, our ability to attract and retain digital cable customers depends, to a
certain extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content and a variety of programming choices and
packages. If the number of specialty channels being offered decreases significantly or if the
content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, it may have a significant
negative impact on revenues from our digital cable operations.
Our advertising revenue is subject to cyclical and seasonal variations, which may cause our results
to vary.
Some of our businesses are cyclical in nature and have experienced significant seasonality due
to, among other things, seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on peoples viewing,
reading and listening habits. Because we depend upon the sale of advertising for a significant
portion of our revenue, our operating results are also sensitive to prevailing economic conditions,
including changes in local, regional and national economic conditions, particularly as they may
affect advertising expenditures. In addition, because a significant portion of our revenue is
derived from retail and auto-sector advertisers, which have historically been sensitive to general
economic cycles, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially
adversely affected by a downturn in the retail or automotive
sectors. Furthermore, Quebecor Medias operations are labor intensive and, as a result, have
relatively high fixed-cost structure. During periods of economic contraction, revenue may decrease
while certain costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased
8
earnings.
We provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services through a single
clustered network, which may be more vulnerable to widespread disruption.
We provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services through a primary
headend and our analog television services through eight additional regional headends in our single
clustered network. This characteristic means that a failure in our primary headend could prevent us
from delivering some of our products and services throughout our network until we have resolved the
failure, which may result in significant customer dissatisfaction. To reduce our risk, we completed
the construction of a back-up primary headend in July 2005, which has been fully operational since
February 2006.
We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for services and other items critical to our
operations.
We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for certain services and other items that are
critical to our cable business and our telephony and wireless operations. These materials and
services include set-top boxes, cable and telephony modems, servers and routers, fiber-optic cable,
telephony switches, support structures, software, the backbone telecommunications network for our
Internet access and telephony service, and construction services for expansion and upgrades of our
network. These services and equipment are available from a limited number of suppliers. If no
supplier can provide us with the equipment or services that comply with evolving Internet and
telecommunications standards or that are compatible with our other equipment and software, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In
addition, if we are unable to obtain critical equipment, software, services or other items on a
timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out
our advanced services may be delayed, and our business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, when we launch our wireless offering, which is currently expected in the second
half of 2006, our wireless voice and data services will be provided by Rogers Wireless Inc. across
its network, which we will not control. Any failure by the network provider to maintain its network
could have an adverse effect on our wireless customers and could have an adverse effect on our
business, results of operation and financial condition. In addition, if we are unable to secure a
timely supply of handsets that are compatible with the wireless network at an acceptable cost, our
ability to offer our wireless service could be adversely affected.
We are dependent on our information technology systems and those of certain third-parties and the
inability to enhance our systems or a security breach or disaster could have an adverse impact on
our financial results and operations.
The day-to-day operation of our business is highly dependent on information technology
systems, including those of certain third-party suppliers. An inability to maintain and enhance our
existing information technology systems or obtain new systems to accommodate additional customer
growth or to support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to
acquire new subscribers, retain existing customers, produce accurate and timely billing, generate
revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial
results and position. However, we use industry standard network and information technology
security, survivability and disaster recovery practices.
Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our cable data services.
Our cable data customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as a consequence, we
or they may become victim to common malicious and abusive Internet activities, such as unsolicited
mass advertising (or spam) and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive
software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and our customers,
including degradation of service, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our or our
customers equipment and data. Significant incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction
and, ultimately, loss of customers or revenue, in addition to increased costs to us to service
our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of cable data customers or revenue or
significant increase in costs of serving those
9
customers could adversely affect our growth,
financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to protect our services from piracy, which may have a negative effect on our
customer base and lead to a possible decline in revenues.
In our cable, Internet access and VoIP telephony operations, we may not be able to protect our
services from piracy. We may be unable to prevent unauthorized access to our analog and digital
programming, as well as our Internet access services. We use encryption technology to protect our
cable signals from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription
packages. We may not be able to develop or acquire adequate technology to prevent unauthorized
access to our services, which may have a negative effect on our customer base and lead to a
possible decline in our revenues.
We may be adversely affected by the cost of newsprint.
Newsprint expense represents our largest raw material expense (amounting to $104.2 million in
2005) and, after wages and employee benefits expenses and programming acquisition costs, is our
most significant operating cost. The newsprint industry is highly cyclical, and newsprint prices
have historically experienced significant volatility caused by supply and demand imbalances.
Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect the earnings of our publishing
operations, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have in the past and may in the future affect
our publishing operations and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
We acquire substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer. Our supply
agreement with this producer expired on December 31, 2005, although it has continued to supply
newsprint to us as we negotiate the extension of this supply agreement through December 31, 2006.
If we are unable to renew this agreement, or if we are unable to otherwise source sufficient
newsprint on terms acceptable to us, our costs could increase materially and our newspaper
operations could be materially disrupted.
We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labor protests.
At December 31, 2005, approximately 41% of our employees were represented by collective
bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently a party to 78 collective
bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
Videotrons 4 collective bargaining agreements, representing 2,199, or 100% of its
unionized employees, have been recently renewed and are scheduled to expire on
respective dates between December 2009 and August 2011;
|
|
|
|
|
20 of Sun Medias collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 388,
or 19%, of its unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these 20
collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006.
Furthermore, eight of Sun Medias collective bargaining agreements, covering 484
employees, expire in 2006, while Sun Medias 21 other collective bargaining agreements,
representing approximately 1,137 unionized employees, are scheduled to expire on
respective dates between December 2007 and June 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
12 of TVA Groups 15 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately
379, or 41%, of its unionized employees, will expire between April 2007 and the end of
December 2008, one of its collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately
516, or 56%, of its unionized employees, will expire at the end of December 2006 and
two collective bargaining agreements, representing 26, or 3%, of its employees, have
expired and negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements will be
undertaken in 2006. A group of 53 employees is currently in the process of being
unionized;
|
|
|
|
|
three of our other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 126,
or 13%, of our other unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these
collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006.
Another seven of our collective bargaining agreements,
|
10
|
|
|
representing approximately 859,
or 87%, of our other unionized employees, expire at various dates between the end of
December 2006 and March 2010.
|
We have had significant labor disputes in the past, which have disrupted our operations,
resulted in damages to our network or our equipment and impaired our growth and operating results.
We cannot predict the outcome of our current or any future negotiations relating to the renewal of
our collective bargaining agreements or to union representation, nor can we assure you that we will
not experience work stoppages, strikes, property damage or other forms of labor protests pending
the outcome of our current negotiations or any future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage
in a strike or if there is any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant
disruption of our operations, damages to our property and/or service interruption, which could
adversely affect our business, assets, financial position and results of operations. Even if we do
not experience strikes or other forms of labor protests, the outcome of labor negotiations could
negatively impact our business and results of operations.
We depend on key personnel.
Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our senior management and
our ability to retain skilled employees. There is intense competition for qualified management and
skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, retain and train such employees could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, to
manage growth effectively, we must maintain a high level of content quality, efficiency and
performance and must continue to enhance our operational, financial and management systems, and
attract, train, motivate and manage our employees. If we are not successful in these efforts, it
may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We have substantial debt and significant interest payment requirements which could adversely affect
our financial condition and therefore make it more difficult to fulfill our obligations under our
indebtedness.
We have a substantial amount of debt and significant interest payment requirements. As of
December 31, 2005, we had $2.55 billion of consolidated long-term debt (excluding the additional
amount payable to The Carlyle Group and the impact of the refinancing that we completed on January
17, 2006). Our substantial indebtedness could have significant consequences, including the
following:
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
|
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to
make interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, reducing the availability of
our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate
purposes;
|
|
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and
the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less
debt or greater financial resources; and
|
|
|
|
|
limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness,
among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.
|
Although we are leveraged, the indenture governing our 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due 2016 and our
Senior Secured Credit Facilities permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the
future, including up to an additional $100.0 million that we may borrow under our revolving credit
facility and an uncommitted $350.0 million that we may borrow under our incremental credit
facility. If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks we now face as a result of our
leverage could intensify. For more information regarding our long-term debt and our refinancing
transactions in January 2006, see notes 14 and 24 of our audited consolidated financial
statements included under Item 17. Financial Statements of this annual report.
11
We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet
our debt service obligations, including payments on the notes.
We are a holding company and a substantial portion of our assets are the capital stock of our
subsidiaries. As a holding company, we conduct substantially all of our business through our
subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of our revenues. Consequently, our cash flow and
ability to service our debt obligations, including the notes, are dependent upon the earnings of
our subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to us, or upon loans, advances or other
payments made by these entities to us. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make other
loans, advances or payments to us will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to
applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt.
Each of Videotron and Sun Media has public notes and credit facilities that limit the ability of
each to distribute cash to us.
The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us
to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations, including the notes, will depend on their
future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and
business factors, many of which are outside of our or their control. We cannot assure you that the
cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that they are able to
distribute to us as dividends or otherwise will be sufficient for us to satisfy our debt
obligations, including payments on our outstanding notes. If we are unable to satisfy our
obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or
restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to
raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any such alternative refinancing would be
possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of
proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable
terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various
debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt
obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our
ability to satisfy our obligations on the notes.
Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial
flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.
Our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our Senior Notes due 2016
contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial covenants
on us, including, among other things, restrictions on our ability to:
|
|
|
borrow money or sell preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
|
create or permit certain liens;
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends beyond certain amounts and make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
|
make certain types of investments;
|
|
|
|
|
use the proceeds from sales of assets and subsidiary stock;
|
|
|
|
|
enter into certain asset sales;
|
|
|
|
|
create or permit restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, if any,
to pay dividends or make other distributions;
|
|
|
|
|
enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
|
issue guarantees of debt; and
|
|
|
|
|
enter into certain mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of our assets.
|
12
If we are unable to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our
lenders, we would be unable to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities, our
indebtedness under these agreements would be in default and which could, if not cured or waived, be
accelerated by our lenders and could cause a cross-default under our other indebtedness, including
our outstanding notes. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our
indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. In addition, if we incur additional debt
in the future, we may be subject to additional covenants, which may be more restrictive than those
that we are subject to now. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the
restrictions on our ability to manage our business in our sole discretion could adversely affect
our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers,
acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that we believe would be beneficial to us.
We may need to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or
at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may need to refinance certain of our existing debt instruments at their term. Our ability
to obtain additional financing to repay our existing debt at maturity will depend upon a number of
factors, including prevailing market conditions and our operating performance. There can be no
assurance that the terms and conditions of such additional financing will be favorable to us or
that any such financing will be available at all.
We may be adversely affected by fluctuations of exchange rates.
Most of our revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated
debt, purchases of set-top boxes and cable modems, and certain capital expenditures, are received
or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and
interest, principal and premium, if any, thereon is payable in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of
financial reporting, any change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar during
a given financial reporting period would result in a foreign exchange gain or loss on the
translation of any unhedged U.S. dollar denominated debt into Canadian dollars. Consequently, our
reported earnings and debt could fluctuate materially as a result of foreign exchange gains or
losses. Although we have entered into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk with respect to
100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt, these hedging transactions may not be successful in
protecting us against exchange rate fluctuations, or we may in the future be required to provide
cash and other collateral to secure our obligations with respect to such hedging transactions.
In 2003, Quebecor Media renegotiated these cross-currency swap agreements to raise the
negative fair value floor by $182.0 million, from $100.0 million to $282.0 million. Due to the
increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements in 2003, 2004 and
2005, Quebecor Media had to make prepayments totalling $123.6 million, $197.7 million and $75.9
million, respectively. These prepayments were financed using Quebecor Medias cash assets and its
subsidiaries existing credit facilities. As part of the refinancing of its debt on January 17,
2006, Quebecor Media settled these existing cross-currency swap agreements and entered into new
hedging contracts under which it is not required to make prepayments in the future
.
In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by Quebecor Media and its
subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date
or at any time, from an anniversary date of the transaction to maturity, at the then-fair value.
The fair value of the derivative financial instruments are estimated using period-end market
rates and reflect the amount Quebecor Media would receive or pay if the instruments were closed out
at those dates. At December 31, 2005, the aggregate fair market value of the derivative financial
instruments was negative $585.7 million. See also Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk.
Certain of the commodities we consume in our daily operations are traded on commodities
exchanges or are negotiated on their respective markets in U.S. dollars, and, therefore, although
we pay our suppliers in Canadian dollars, the prices we pay for such commodities may be affected by
fluctuations in the exchange rate. We have entered into or may in the future enter into
transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk related to the prices of some of those
commodities. However, fluctuations of the exchange rate for the portion of our commodities
purchases that are not hedged could affect the prices we pay for such commodities and could have an
adverse effect on our results of operations.
13
We are subject to extensive government regulation. Changes in government regulation could adversely
affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Broadcasting operations in Canada are subject to extensive government regulation. Regulations
govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer, suspension, revocation and ownership of
broadcast programming and distribution licenses. With respect to distribution, regulations govern,
among other things, the distribution of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services and the
maximum fees to be charged to the public in certain circumstances. In addition, there are
significant restrictions on the ability of non-Canadian entities to own or control broadcasting
licenses in Canada. See Item 4. Information on the CompanyBusiness Overview Regulation.
Our broadcasting distribution and telecommunications operations (including Internet access
service) are regulated respectively by the
Broadcasting Act
(Canada) and the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada) and regulations thereunder. The CRTC, which administers the
Broadcasting Act
and the
Telecommunications Act
, has the power to grant, amend, suspend, revoke and renew broadcasting
licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and make regulations and
policies in accordance with the
Broadcasting Act
and the Telecommunications
Act
, subject to certain
directions from the Federal Cabinet. We are also subject to technical requirements and performance
standards under the
Radiocommunication Act
(Canada) administered by Industry Canada.
The introduction of competition in the broadcast distribution field could have a material
adverse effect on this segment of our business. Diversification of broadcast distribution to
include two-way and interactive broadcast and telecommunications services has been undertaken prior
to the introduction of competition in order to develop new markets and, therefore, compensate for
the loss of cable customers.
At the present time, the CRTC, through an exemption order, does not regulate the content of
the Internet or interactive television and does not regulate broadcast distribution via the
Internet. However, the CRTC has a policy of reviewing any of its exemption orders every five to
seven years.
Changes to the regulations and policies governing broadcast television, specialty services and
program distribution through cable or alternate means, the introduction of new regulations,
policies or terms of license or change in the treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising
expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations. For example, the Supreme Court of Canada decided in April 2002 that the
Radiocommunication Act
(Canada) covers and prohibits both the black market reception of satellite
television signals (
i.e.
, the unauthorized decoding of Canadian and foreign encrypted satellite
signals) and the grey market reception of satellite television signals (
i.e.
, the reception of
foreign signals through subscriptions in Canada paid to foreign satellite television providers),
but expressly did not rule on the question of the constitutionality of the legislative prohibition
against grey market reception. On October 28, 2004, a Québec court of first instance held that the
provisions of the
Radiocommunication Act
(Canada), which prohibited grey market reception of
satellite signals, violated the principle of freedom of expression guaranteed by the Canadian
Charter of Rights and Freedoms and were therefore invalid. The Québec court suspended its
declaration of invalidity for a one-year period starting on the date of the judgment. The
Government of Canada filed an appeal of the decision in order to attempt to render the prohibition
of grey market reception valid under the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. On March 31,
2005, the Québec Superior Court overturned the earlier ruling of unconstitutionality on the basis
that the first instance judge erred in ruling on the constitutionality of the prohibition against
grey market reception in that case as it involved black market reception. The Québec Court of
Appeal has recently granted leave to appeal on the constitutional issue.
On May 12, 2005, the CRTC established a framework for regulating voice communications services
using Internet Protocol. The CRTC has decided that it will regulate only local VoIP services
(meaning VoIP services providing subscribers with access to and/or from the Public Switched
Telephone Network along with the ability to make and/or receive calls that originate and terminate
within an exchange or local calling area as defined in the ILECs tariffs) and that the regulatory
framework governing competition for local exchanges services should apply to local VoIP services.
As a result, local VoIP services provided in-territory by ILECs are subject to economic
regulation and prior tariff approval, as well as other provisions restricting bundling, contacts
with former customers (winback rules) and promotions, whereas local VoIP services provided by
competitors of the ILECs (such as us) are not. The CRTC also ruled that cable operators,
14
such as
us, are required to fulfill obligations imposed on CLECs when providing local VoIP services, and
must also remove any restrictions that would prevent third-party Internet service providers from
offering VoIP services over Internet access facilities leased from the cable operators on a
wholesale basis. We believe that our local telephony service plans will not be materially altered
by the CRTCs decision. However, on July 28, 2005, Bell Canada and other ILECs filed a petition
with the Federal Cabinet requesting that it overturn that part of the CRTCs decision that applies
economic regulation and prior tariff approval to the ILECs VoIP offerings. Within one year of the
CRTCs decision, Cabinet has the authority, if the petition is successful, to vary or rescind the
decision or refer it back to the CRTC for reconsideration. A successful petition could have a
material impact on our business ability to compete with the ILECs in the local telephony market.
Several ILECs have also filed an appeal with the Federal Court of Appeal challenging the
constitutionality of the winback restrictions imposed on ILECs.
For a more complete description of the regulatory environment affecting our business, see
Item 4. Information on the Company Business Overview Regulation.
The CRTC may not renew our existing broadcast and distribution licenses or grant us new licenses on
acceptable terms, or at all.
Our CRTC broadcasting and distribution licenses must be renewed from time to time, typically
every seven years, and cannot be transferred without regulatory approval. While CRTC regulations
and policies do not require CRTC approval before a broadcaster purchases an unregulated media
entity, such as a newspaper, the CRTC may consider the issue of our cross-media ownership at
license renewal proceedings, and may also consider the issue in deciding whether to grant new
licences to us. The CRTC further has the power to prevent or address the emergence of undue
competitive advantage on behalf of one licensee where it is found to exist.
The CRTC may require us to take measures which could have a material adverse effect on the
integration of our assets, our employees and our ability to realize certain of the anticipated
benefits of our acquisitions. Our inability to renew any of our licenses or acquire new interests
or licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
We are required to provide third-party Internet service providers with access to our cable systems,
which may result in increased competition.
The four largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the
CRTC to provide third-party Internet service providers with access to their cable systems at
mandated wholesale rates. The CRTC has approved cost-based rates for our third-party Internet
access service and has resolved most, if not all, of the technical issues that had been delaying
third party interconnection. The CRTC has also required us to file new costs study in order to
review the rates that will be charged to third-party Internet service providers and to establish
the level of mark-up on costs that is appropriate for third party access services and facilities
provided by us. Operations by one third-party Internet service provider interconnected to our cable
network commenced in the fourth quarter of 2005. Several other providers are in the process of
interconnecting. Upon the CRTCs decision, which is expected in 2006, a new rate for our
third-party Internet access service will be implemented.
Until access through interconnection is provided to third-party Internet service providers to
the underlying telecommunications facilities used to provide Internet service, the CRTC requires us
and other incumbent cable carriers to allow third-party retail Internet service providers to
purchase for the purpose of resale our retail cable Internet services at a discount of 25% off the
lowest retail Internet service rate charged by such cable carriers to their cable customers during
a one-month period. We expect some, if not all, of our existing resellers to migrate their
customers to our third-party Internet access service.
The CRTC has also recently directed that large cable carriers, such as us, remove restrictions
in their third-party Internet access tariffs in order to allow third-party Internet service
providers to provide VoIP telephony services in
addition to retail Internet services.
As a result of these requirements, we may experience increased competition for retail cable
Internet and
15
residential telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access
rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated
with providing this access.
We may have to support increasing costs in securing access to support structures needed for our
network.
We require access to the support structures of hydro-electric and telephone utilities and to
municipal rights of way to deploy our cable network. Where access cannot be secured, we may apply
to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada). However, the
CRTCs jurisdiction to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structure of
hydro-electric utilities has been challenged in the courts. In a recent decision of the Supreme
Court of Canada, it was held that the CRTC does not have the jurisdiction to establish the terms
and conditions of access to the support structure of hydro-electric utilities. As a result, our
costs of obtaining access to support structures of hydro-electric companies could be substantially
increased. Although we are a party to an agreement for access to the support structures of
hydro-electricity utilities in Québec, this agreement expired in December 2005. Negotiations with
the hydro-electricity utility in our service areas have begun. However, if the parties are unable
to come to an agreement, we may elect to file an application with the
Commission municipale du
Québec
, a provincial administrative tribunal, requesting that it exercise its legislated power to
order the sharing of the utilization of a public utility installation on such conditions as it may
determine.
We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.
We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Certain of our operations
are subject to federal, provincial, state and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among
other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharges, handling and disposal of hazardous
materials, wastes, recycling, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. In
addition, laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other
things regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our
operations. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in
substantial liability to us. Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have
changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. Our properties, as well as
areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may
have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may
affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We are not currently planning
any material study or remedial measure, and none has been required by regulatory authorities.
However, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that
any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to
us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or
that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate
financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our
business, our financial results and investors view of us.
Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in
place to help ensure that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a
costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We have begun the
process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and
procedures in connection with the application of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which
requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial
reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments starting with
fiscal year 2007. We may, during testing, identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies
in our internal controls over financial reporting requiring remediation, or areas for further
attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require
specific compliance training of our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs in
order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete.
Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls,
and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial
statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and
could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, investors
perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or subject to material weaknesses or
significant deficiencies or are otherwise perfectible, or that we are unable
16
to produce accurate
financial statements may adversely affect the price of our outstanding notes.
There is no public market for our notes.
There is currently no established trading market for our issued and outstanding notes and we
do not intend to apply for listing of any of our notes on any securities exchange or on any
automated dealer quotation system. No assurance can be given as to the prices or liquidity of, or
trading markets for, any series of our notes. The liquidity of any market for our notes will depend
upon the number of holders of the notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in
the notes, prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors,
including general economic conditions, our financial condition and performance and our prospects. The absence of an active market for our notes could adversely affect the market price and
liquidity of the notes.
In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has historically been subject to
disruptions that caused volatility in prices. It is possible that the market for the notes will be
subject to disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on your ability to sell the
notes regardless of our prospects and financial performance.
Our Senior Notes due 2016 may only be transferred in a transaction registered under or exempt from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, or, in Canada, in a transaction exempt
from the applicable securities laws of the provinces or territories of Canada.
Our Senior Notes due 2016 were offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration
under the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws. Our Senior Notes due 2016
may only be transferred or resold only in a transaction registered under, or exempt from, the
Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws. In addition, our notes (of each
series) may not be sold directly or indirectly in Canada except in accordance with applicable
securities laws of the provinces or territories of Canada.
We may not be able to finance an offer to purchase our Senior Notes due 2016 following a change of
control as required by the indenture governing the notes because we may not have sufficient funds
at the time of the change of control or our senior secured credit facilities may not allow the
repurchases.
If we experience a change of control, as that term is defined in the indenture governing our
Senior Notes due 2016, or if we or our subsidiaries dispose of significant assets under specified
circumstances, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase all of our notes prior to
maturity. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds or be able to arrange for
additional financing to repurchase the notes following such change of control or asset sale.
In addition, under our senior secured credit facilities, a change of control would be an event
of default. Any future credit agreement or other agreements relating to our senior indebtedness to
which we become a party may contain similar provisions. Similarly, our failure to purchase the
notes upon a change of control would, pursuant to the terms of the indentures governing our
outstanding notes, constitute an event of default under the indentures. Any such default could in
turn constitute an event of default under future senior indebtedness, any of which may cause the
related debt to be accelerated after the expiry of any applicable notice or grace periods. If debt
were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase the notes and repay the
debt.
Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the trustees ability to enforce remedies under
our notes.
The rights of the trustees, who represent the holders of our notes, to enforce remedies could
be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency
and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to
us. For example, both the
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
(Canada) and the
Companies Creditors
Arrangement Act
(Canada) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of
proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of
its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each
affected class of creditors, and if approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on
all creditors within each affected class, including those
creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain
instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property,
subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the
17
applicable debt instrument,
during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place.
The powers of the court under the
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
(Canada) and particularly
under the
Companies Creditors Arrangement Act
(Canada) have been interpreted and exercised broadly
so as to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties.
Accordingly, we cannot predict whether payments under our outstanding notes would be made during
any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustee could
exercise its rights under the indentures governing our outstanding notes or whether and to what
extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal,
interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the respective trustees.
U.S. investors in the notes may have difficulties enforcing civil liabilities.
We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec. Moreover, substantially all of
our directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada or other jurisdictions
outside of the United States and a substantial portion of our assets and their assets are located
outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for holders of our outstanding notes
to effect service of process upon us or such persons within the United States or to enforce against
us or them in the United States, judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil
liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or other laws of the United
States. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of liabilities predicated
solely upon U.S. federal or state securities law against us and our directors, controlling persons
and officers who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for
enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts.
18
ITEM 4 INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
History and Development of Quebecor Media
Our legal and commercial name is Quebecor Media Inc. Our registered office is located at 612
St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, and our telephone number is (514) 954-0101.
Our corporate website may be accessed through the URL http://www.Quebecor.com. The information
found on our corporate website is, however, not part of this annual report. In respect of our
issued and outstanding notes, our agent for service of process in the United States is
CT
Corporation System
, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.
Quebecor Media Inc. was incorporated in Canada on August 8, 2000 under Part 1A of the
Companies Act (Québec)
. In connection with our formation, our parent company, Quebecor, transferred
all the shares of its wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Communications Inc., or QCI, to us, which
made QCI our wholly-owned subsidiary. The assets of QCI, as of the date of the transfer in October
2000, included a 70% interest in Sun Media (which was subsequently increased to 100%); a 57.3%
interest in Nurun; all the assets of the Canoe network; and all the assets of our Leisure and
Entertainment segment. Concurrently with that transfer, we sold our interest in our subsidiary TQS
Inc. to Quebecor, which subsequently sold such interest to a private consortium. In addition,
Quebecor and Capital CDPQ contributed $0.9 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, in cash in
exchange for common shares of the capital stock of Quebecor Media. On December 31, 2001 QCI was
liquidated into Quebecor Media.
In October 2000, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Groupe Vidéotron for $5.3
billion. At the time of the acquisition, the assets of Groupe Vidéotron included all of the shares
of Videotron, a 99.9% voting interest in TVA Group, all of the shares of Le SuperClub Vidéotron
ltée and Protectron Inc., a 66.7% voting interest in Videotron Telecom, a 54.0% voting interest in
Netgraphe Inc. (which changed its name, effective December 31, 2004, to Canoe Inc., and which we
refer to in this report as Canoe) and a minority interest in Microcell Telecommunications Inc.
Since December 31, 2004, we have completed several business acquisitions, combinations,
divestiture projects and financing transactions through our direct and indirect subsidiaries,
including, among others, the following:
|
|
|
On December 16, 2005, as part of a refinancing plan, we announced tender offers and
consent solicitations pursuant to which we offered to repurchase and retire any and all
of our outstanding 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011 and 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount
Notes due 2011 and sought consents to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive
covenants contained in the indentures governing these notes. In these tender offers,
we repurchased, on January 17, 2006, US$561.6 million in aggregate principal amount of
our Senior Notes due 2011 (representing 95.7% of the Senior Notes due 2011 outstanding)
and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our Senior Discount
Notes due 2011 (representing 97.4% of the Senior Discount Notes due 2011 outstanding).
We paid total cash consideration of US$1.3 billion to purchase the notes, including the
premium and the cost of settlement of cross-currency swap agreements. We will recognize
a loss on settlement of debt estimated at $206.0 million, net of income tax, including
the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the repurchased notes
and the related cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred
financial expenses. We intend to redeem our remaining outstanding Senior Notes due 2011
and Senior Discount Notes due 2011 on July 15, 2006 at the redemption prices specified
in the respective indentures governing the notes. See also Item 5. Operating And
Financial Review And ProspectsSubsequent Events below.
|
|
|
|
|
On December 12, 2005, we closed our acquisition of Sogides ltée, which we refer to
as Sogides, a major Québec-based book publishing and distribution group which owns the
publishing houses Les Éditions de lHomme, Le Jour, Utilis, Les Presses Libres and
Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature (which includes LHexagone, VLB Éditeur and Typo), and
owns the distributor Les Messageries A.D.P., which is a distributor for more than 120
Québec-based and foreign publishing houses. With this acquisition, Quebecor Media
offers a more complete selection of books by Québec authors, will be able to promote
Québec
writers in Europe through the Sogides network on that continent, and becomes the largest
Québec-based publisher
|
19
|
|
|
and distributor of French-language books in the Province of
Québec. For the acquisition of Sogides, we paid cash
consideration of $24.0 million, and an additional contingent
amount of $5.0 million payable upon the satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
In the year ended December 31, 2005, TVA Group repurchased 3,739,599 of its
non-voting Class B Shares for cash consideration of $81.9 million pursuant to a
substantial issuer bid dated May 19, 2005, and pursuant to TVA Groups share
repurchase and cancellation program, increasing our interest in TVA Group at December
31, 2005 to 45.2% from 39.7% at December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
On September 20, 2005, we announced, through Videotron, that we had signed a
strategic relationship agreement with a partnership owned by Rogers Wireless Inc., or
Rogers Wireless, the operator of Canadas largest integrated wireless voice and data
network. Through that relationship, we will be able to offer Québec consumers a
quadruple play of television, broadband Internet, VoIP telephony and Videotron-branded
mobile wireless services. Videotron will operate as a Mobile Virtual Network Operator,
or MVNO, utilizing wireless voice and data services provided by Rogers Wireless across
its GSM/GPRS network. We currently intend to launch our mobile wireless offering during
the second half of 2006, with services to include international roaming and popular
options. We will be responsible for acquiring and billing customers, as well as for
providing customer support under our own brand.
|
|
|
|
|
On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175.0 million aggregate principal amount
of its 6
3
/
8
% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015. The net proceeds from this sale of
Videotrons 6
3
/
8
% Senior Notes were used primarily to refinance the repurchase of all
the outstanding Senior Notes issued by our CF Cable TV subsidiary and a portion of the
repurchase by Quebecor Media of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes.
|
|
|
|
|
In August 2005, we announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to relocate
and modernize the
Journal de Montréal
printing plant. The project includes the
acquisition of three new printing presses and state-of-the-art shipping and inserting
equipment. Construction of the new printing plant in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, north of
Montréal, began on September 9, 2005 and should be completed by spring 2007. We also
announced the creation of a partnership with our affiliate Quebecor World Inc., or
Quebecor World, to operate a new printing press in Islington, in the Greater Toronto
area. The project entails a $110.0 million investment. The new
facility should make it
possible to consolidate some of Quebecor Worlds printing operations in Ontario and to strengthen
the convergence among our Toronto media properties. This new facility is expected to be
fully operational by 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
On July 19, 2005, we repurchased and retired US$128.2 million in aggregate principal
amount of our 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011 and US$12.1 million in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of our 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 pursuant to
cash tender offers commenced on June 20, 2005. We paid aggregate cash consideration of
$215.3 million to purchase these notes, including the redemption premium and the cost
of settlement of related cross-currency swap agreements, recognizing a $60.8 million
loss on settlement of debt.
|
|
|
|
|
In January 2005, Videotron launched its telephony services in the Province of
Québec, using VoIP technology. Videotron became the first major cable company in Canada
to offer consumers residential telephone service over cable. See Cable below.
|
In addition, on January 1, 2006, subsequent to the 2005 fiscal year-end, our wholly-owned
subsidiary Videotron Telecom was merged with and into Videotron pursuant to an amalgamation under
Part IA of the
Companies Act
(Québec).
Business Overview
We are one of Canadas leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution,
newspaper publishing,
television broadcasting, business and residential telecommunications, book, magazine and video
retailing, publishing and
20
distribution, music recording, production and distribution and new media
services. Through our operating subsidiaries, we hold leading positions in the creation, promotion
and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal
to audiences in every demographic category.
Through our operating subsidiary Videotron, we are the largest cable operator in the Province
of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, a
major Internet service provider and a provider of telephony services in the Province of Québec.
Through our operating subsidiary Sun Media, we are the largest newspaper publisher in the Province
of Québec, based on paid and unpaid circulation, and we are the second largest newspaper publisher
in Canada. We have established the number one or two market position, in terms of paid circulation,
in each of our eight urban daily markets. Through our public operating subsidiary TVA Group, of
which we own 45.2% of the equity and control 99.9% of the voting power, we are the largest
private-sector television broadcaster in Québec in terms of market share, the largest
private-sector French-language television broadcaster in North America in terms of market share,
and one of the largest private-sector producers of French-language television programming in Québec
in terms of number of hours of production and broadcasting of French-language programming. We are
also engaged in book publishing and distribution; magazine publishing and production; the
distribution and retailing of cultural products through companies such as Archambault Group, which
owns one of the largest chains of music, books, videos and musical instruments stores in Québec and
is the largest producer of French-language music products in Québec and the largest independent
distributor of music and video products in Canada; film and television distribution through TVA
Films; and video and video game rental and retailing through Le SuperClub Vidéotrons chain of
video rental stores, which is the largest chain of video stores in Québec. In the new media sector,
we have developed, through Canoe and its subsidiaries, two of Canadas leading English and
French-language Internet news and information portals, as well as leading Internet sites dedicated
to automobiles, employment, personals, real estate and classifieds. Through our subsidiary Nurun,
we provide global and local blue-chip clients with consulting services which include strategic
planning and online branding; Web and new media interface design; technical platform implementation
(content management, e-commerce, automated publishing solutions); online marketing and customer
relationship programs; online media planning and buying; and Web/data analytics.
Strengths
We believe that our diversified portfolio of media assets provides us with a number of
competitive strengths, including the ability to:
|
|
|
cross-promote our brands, programs and other content across multiple media
platforms;
|
|
|
|
|
provide advertisers with an integrated solution for local, regional and national
multi-platform advertising;
|
|
|
|
|
offer a differentiated, bundled suite of entertainment, information and
communication services and products, including digital television, cable Internet
access, video-on-demand and other interactive television services, as well as
residential and commercial telephony services using VoIP technology;
|
|
|
|
|
deliver high-quality services and products, including, for example, our standard
cable Internet access service that enables our customers to download data at a higher
speed than that currently offered by standard digital subscriber line, or DSL,
technology, and the widest range of French-language programming in Canada;
|
|
|
|
|
leverage our content, management, sales and marketing and production resources to
provide superior information and entertainment services to our customers;
|
|
|
|
|
extend our market reach by leveraging our multimedia platform and cross-marketing
expertise and experience to enhance our national media platform;
|
|
|
|
|
leverage our single, highly contiguous network that covers approximately 80% of
Québecs total addressable market and five of the provinces top six urban areas. We
believe that our single cluster and
network architecture provides many benefits, including a higher quality and more
reliable network, the
|
21
|
|
|
ability to rapidly and efficiently launch and deploy new products
and services, and a lower cost structure through reduced maintenance and technical
support costs;
|
|
|
|
|
leverage our advanced broadband network, 98% of which is bi-directional which allows
us to offer a wide range of advanced services on the same media, such as analog and
digital television, video-on-demand, cable Internet access and VoIP telephony services.
We are committed to maintaining and upgrading our network capacity and, to that end,
we currently anticipate that future capital expenditures over the next five years will
be required to accommodate the evolution of our products and services and to meet the
demand for increased capacity resulting from the launch of our new telephony service
and the offering of our other advanced products and services.
|
Our Strategy
Our objective is to increase our revenues and profitability by leveraging the integration and
growth opportunities presented by our portfolio of leading media assets. We attribute our strong
historical results and positive outlook for growth and profitability to an ability to develop and
execute forward-looking business strategies. The key elements of our strategy are to:
|
|
|
Introduce new and enhanced products and services.
We expect a significant portion
of our growth in our Cable segment revenues to be driven by the introduction of new
products and services and continuing penetration of products and services such as
digital cable services, cable Internet access, VoIP telephony, wireless services,
high-definition television, video-on-demand and interactive television. Our objective
is also to increase our revenue per subscriber by focusing sales and marketing efforts
on the bundling of these value-added products and services.
|
|
|
|
|
Offer multi-platform media advertising solutions.
Our multi-platform media assets
enable us to provide advertisers with an integrated advertising solution. We are able
to provide flexible, bundled advertising packages that allow advertisers to reach
local, regional and national markets, as well as special interest and specific
demographic groups. We will focus on further integrating our television, newspaper and
magazine publishing, and Internet advertising platforms to enable us to tailor
advertising packages to customers needs.
|
|
|
|
|
Cross-promote brands, programs and other content.
The geographic overlap of our
cable, television, newspaper and magazine publishing, music and video store chains, and
Internet platforms enables us to cost effectively promote and co-brand media
properties. We will continue to promote initiatives to advance these cross-promotional
activities, including the cross-promotion of various businesses, cross-divisional
advertising and shared infrastructures.
|
|
|
|
|
Use content across media properties.
We are the largest private-sector
French-language programming broadcaster, a leading producer of French-language
programming, the second largest newspaper publisher, and a leading English- and French-
language Internet news and information portal in Canada. Our objective is to further
accelerate the distribution of our content across platforms.
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage geographic clustering.
Our subsidiary Videotron holds cable licenses that
cover approximately 80% of Québecs 3 million homes and commercial premises passed by
cable. Geographic clusters facilitate bundled service offerings and, in addition, allow
us to tailor our offerings to certain demographic markets. We aim to leverage the
highly clustered nature of our systems to enable us to use marketing dollars more
efficiently and to enhance customer awareness, increase use of products and services
and build brand support.
|
|
|
|
|
Maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty
. Across our media
platform, we believe that maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction is critical
to future growth and profitability. An important factor in our historical growth and
profitability has been our ability to attract and satisfy customers with
|
22
|
|
|
high quality products and services and we will continue our efforts to maximize customer
satisfaction and build customer loyalty.
|
Through our direct and indirect interests in several businesses, we operate in the following
industry segments: Cable, Newspapers, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, Business
Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and Communications and Internet/Portals.
Cable
Through our cable television operations, we are the largest cable operator in the Province of
Québec and the third largest cable operator in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable
customers, a major Internet service provider and a provider of telephony services in the Province
of Québec. We offer pay television, Internet access and telephony services. Our cable network
covers approximately 80% of Québecs 3 million residential and commercial premises passed by cable.
Our cable licenses include licenses for the greater Montréal area, the second largest urban area in
Canada. The greater Montréal area represents one of the largest contiguous clusters in Canada and
is among the largest in North America as measured by the number of cable customers. This
concentration provides us with improved operating efficiencies and is a key element in the
development and launch of our bundled service offerings.
As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 1.5 million basic customers (which we define as
customers receiving basic cable service, including analog and digital customers), representing a
basic penetration rate of 62.3%. Through our extensive broadband coverage, we also offer digital
television and cable Internet access services to approximately 98% of our total homes passed. We
have rapidly grown our digital customer base in recent years, and at December 31, 2005, we had
474,629 digital cable customers, representing 31.5% of our basic customers and 19.6% of our total
homes passed. We have also rapidly grown our cable Internet access customer base, and at December
31, 2005, we had 637,971 cable Internet access customers, representing 42.4% of our basic customers
and 26.4% of our total homes passed. We believe that the continued increase in the penetration of
our digital television, cable Internet access and telephony services will result in increased
average revenue per customer.
Our bi-directional hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network enabled us to launch, in January 2005, a
new telephony service using VoIP technology to our residential and commercial customers in selected
areas of the Province of Québec (Montréal, South Shore and North Shore of Montréal, Laval and
Québec City). As of December 31, 2005, we had 162,979 VoIP telephony customers, representing 10.8%
of our basic customers and 6.7% of our total homes passed. In addition, as of December 31, 2005,
approximately 64% of all of our cable customers were in areas in which our telephony service was
available and we currently expect that this figure will increase to approximately 94% by December
31, 2006.
We offer our advanced products and services, which include video-on-demand and selected
interactive television services, as a bundled package that is unique among the competitors in our
market. We differentiate our services by offering a higher speed Internet access product and the
widest range of French-language programming in Canada. We believe that our bundled packages of
products and services, together with our focus on customer service and the breadth of our
French-language offerings, have resulted in improved customer satisfaction, increased use of our
services and higher customer retention.
Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we also own the largest chain of video and game rental stores
in Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada, with a total of 276 retail locations (of
which 227 are franchised) and more than 1.65 million video club rental members. Le SuperClub
Vidéotrons operations include approximately 80 video and video game rental stores that we acquired
in July 2004 from Jumbo Entertainment, a nation-wide Canadian franchisor and operator of such
stores.
We own a 100% voting and 100% equity interest in Videotron.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, our cable operations generated revenues of $1.002
billion and operating income of $382.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our cable
operations generated revenues of $871.6 million and operating income of $341.2 million.
23
Cable Television Industry Overview
Cable television has been available in Canada for more than 50 years and is a well developed
market. Competition in the cable industry was first introduced in Canada in 1997. As of August 31,
2004, there were approximately 6.6 million cable television customers in Canada, representing a
basic cable penetration rate of 65% of homes passed. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2004,
total industry revenue was estimated to be over $4.5 billion and is expected to grow in the future
because Canadian cable operators have aggressively upgraded their networks and are deploying new
products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television services and, more
recently, telephony services. The following table summarizes the most recent available annual key
statistics for the Canadian and U.S. cable television industries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2000
|
|
2001
|
|
2002
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
CAGR
(1)
|
|
|
(Dollars in billions; homes passed and basic cable customers in millions)
|
Canada
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industry Revenue
|
|
$
|
3.2
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
$
|
3.7
|
|
|
$
|
4.2
|
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
Homes Passed
(2)
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Basic Cable Customers
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
-1.2
|
%
|
Basic Penetration
|
|
|
73.8
|
%
|
|
|
72.0
|
%
|
|
|
69.3
|
%
|
|
|
65.5
|
%
|
|
|
65.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended August 31,
|
|
|
2001
|
|
2002
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
CAGR
(3)
|
|
|
(US$ in billions; homes passed and basic cable customers in millions)
|
United States
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industry Revenue
|
|
US$
|
43.5
|
|
|
US$
|
49.4
|
|
|
US$
|
51.3
|
|
|
US$
|
57.6
|
|
|
US$
|
69.5
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
Homes Passed
(2)
|
|
|
100.6
|
|
|
|
102.7
|
|
|
|
102.9
|
|
|
|
108.2
|
|
|
|
110.8
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Basic Cable Customers
|
|
|
73.0
|
|
|
|
73.5
|
|
|
|
73.4
|
|
|
|
73.6
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Basic Penetration
|
|
|
72.6
|
%
|
|
|
71.6
|
%
|
|
|
71.3
|
%
|
|
|
68.0
|
%
|
|
|
66.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source of Canadian data: CRTC. Source of U.S. data: NCTA, A.C. Nielsen Media Research and Kagan
Research LLC.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Compounded annual growth rate from 2000 through 2004.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Homes passed means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or
multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution
network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Compounded annual growth rate from 2001 through 2005.
|
The traditional cable business, which is the delivery of video via hybrid fiber coaxial
network, is fundamentally similar in the U.S. and Canada. Different economic and regulatory
conditions, however, have given rise to important differences between the two markets. Canadian
operators have more limited revenue sources than U.S. operators due to Canadian regulations which
prevent cable operators from generating revenue from local advertising. However, the lack of local
advertising revenues allows Canadian cable operators to benefit from lower programming costs as
compared to U.S. cable operators.
A significant portion of Canadas cable television customers are based in Québec. As of August
31, 2004, Québec is home to approximately 24% of Canadas population and approximately 22.1% of its
basic cable customers. Basic cable penetration in Québec, which was approximately 54.7% as of
August 31, 2004, has traditionally been lower than in other populated provinces in Canada,
principally due to the higher concentration of French-speaking Canadians in Québec. It is estimated
that over 80% of Québecs population is French-speaking. Contrary to the English-speaking provinces
of Canada, where programming in English comes from all over North America, programming in French is
available over-the-air in most of Québecs French-speaking communities. The arrival of a variety of
French-language specialty programming not available over-the-air contributed to a slight cable
penetration level increase in the 1990s.
Expansion of Digital Distribution and Programming
In order to compete with the direct broadcast satellite offerings, the cable industry began
deploying digital technology, which allows for a large number of programming channels and advanced
services to be offered.
24
In addition, in the last four years, the choice and range of television programming has
expanded substantially in Canada. In November 2000, the CRTC released its decisions on the
applications for new digital pay and specialty television channels. In total, the CRTC approved 21
Category One licenses (16 English-language and five French-language) and 262 Category Two licenses,
as well as two pay-per-view and four video-on-demand licenses. Cable service providers using
digital technology are required to carry all of the approved Category One services appropriate to
their markets while Category Two licensees who do not have guaranteed distribution rights must
negotiate with cable service providers for access. Since then, the CRTC has licensed dozens of
Category Two additional programming licenses. The increase in programming content as a result of
the launch of approximately 50 of these programming services is believed to be a key factor in
driving increases in digital cable penetration in Canada.
Many programming services have announced their intention to convert to high-definition format.
We believe that the availability of HDTV programming will increase significantly in the coming
years and will result in a higher penetration level of digital distribution.
In recent years, digital cable has significantly expanded the range of services that may be
offered to our customers. We are now offering to our digital cable customers more than 300
channels, including 130 English-language channels, 64 French-language channels, 18 HDTV channels,
10 time-shifting channels and 63 radio/music channels.
Our strategy, in the coming years, will be to try to continue the expansion in our offering
and maintain the quality of our programming. Our cable television service depends in large part on
our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming
at reasonable rates and will be an import factor in our success to maintain the attractiveness of
our services to customers.
Products and Services
We currently offer our customers analog cable television services and programming as well as
new and advanced high-bandwidth products and services such as cable Internet access, digital
television, premium programming, selected interactive television services and telephony services.
We continue to focus on our cable Internet access, digital television and telephony services, which
are increasingly desired by customers. With our advanced broadband network, we are increasing the
penetration of value-added services such as video-on-demand, high-definition television, personal
video recorders, as well as interactive programming and advertising.
In January 2005, we launched our VoIP telephony service in Québec, an initiative that
leverages Videotrons customer base with Videotron Telecoms telecommunication network and
expertise. Videotron Telecom was merged with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006, thereby
combining its operations with those of Videotron. Combining Videotron Telecoms telecommunication
network and expertise with Videotrons commercial customer base should enable us to offer
additional bundled services to our customers, and our objective is that this reorganization will
result in new business opportunities. This reorganization is a continuation of Videotrons
collaboration with Videotron Telecom in, among other things, the VoIP telephony project and fiber
network development, and it reflects our corporate strategy to improve our operating efficiency.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, Videotron Telecom generated revenues of $102.1 million
(including $23.7 million of revenues from Videotron and its subsidiaries and $20.3 million of
revenues from Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor). Approximately 49% of
Videotron Telecoms revenue in 2005 came from services provided to Quebecor and its subsidiaries,
including Quebecor Media and Videotron.
Traditional Cable Television Services
Customers subscribing to our traditional analog basic and analog extended basic services
generally receive a line-up of 53 channels of television programming, depending on the bandwidth
capacity of their local cable system. Customers who pay additional amounts can also subscribe to
additional channels, either individually or in packages. For any additional programming, customers
must rent or buy a set-top box. We tailor our channels to satisfy the specific needs of the
different customer segments we serve.
25
Our analog cable television service offerings include the following:
|
|
|
Basic Service.
All of our customers receive a package of basic programming,
consisting of local broadcast television stations, the four U.S. commercial networks
and PBS, selected Canadian specialty programming services, and local or regional
community programming. Our basic service customers generally receive 29 channels on
basic cable.
|
|
|
|
|
Extended Basic Service.
This expanded programming level of services, which is
generally comprised of approximately 24 channels, includes a package of French-language
and English-language specialty television programming and U.S. cable channels in
addition to the basic service channel line-up described above. Branded as Telemax,
this service was introduced in almost all of our markets largely to satisfy customer
demand for greater flexibility and choice.
|
Advanced Products and Services
Cables high bandwidth is a key factor in the successful delivery of advanced products and
services. Several emerging technologies and increasing Internet usage by our customer base have
presented us with significant opportunities to expand our sources of revenue. In most of our
systems, we currently offer a variety of advanced products and services including cable Internet
access, digital television, VoIP telephony and selected interactive services. We intend to continue
to develop and deploy additional services to further broaden our service offering.
|
|
|
Cable Internet Access.
Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable
Internet access to our residential customers primarily via cable modems attached to
personal computers. We provide this service at speeds up to 290 times the speed of a
conventional telephone modem. As of December 31, 2005, we had over 637,971 cable
Internet access customers, representing 42.4% of our basic customers and 26.4% of our
total homes passed. In addition, as of December 31, 2005, we had 18,034 dial-up
Internet access customers. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of
cable Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of
51% as of December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
Digital Television.
As part of our network modernization program, we have installed
headend equipment capable of delivering digitally encoded transmissions to a two-way
digital-capable set-top box in the customers home. This digital connection provides
significant advantages. In particular, it increases channel capacity, which allows us
to increase both programming and service offerings while providing increased
flexibility in packaging our services. We launched our digital television service in
March 1999 with the introduction of digital video compression terminals in the greater
Montréal area. Since introducing our digital television service in the greater Montréal
area, we have also introduced the service in other major markets. In September 2001, we
launched a new digital service offering under the
illico
brand. In addition to
providing high quality sound and image quality,
illico Digital TV
offers our customers
significant programming flexibility. Our basic digital package includes 24 television
channels, 45 audio services providing CD quality music, 18 AM/FM radio channels, an
interactive programming guide as well as television-based e-mail capability. Our
extended digital basic television service, branded as Self-Service, offers customers
the ability to select more than 200 additional channels of their choice, including U.S.
super-stations and other special entertainment programs, allowing them to customize
their choices among many specialty channels. This service also offers customers
significant programming flexibility including the option of French-language only,
English-language only or a combination of French and English-language programming. We
also offer pre-packaged themed service tiers in the areas of news, sports and
discovery. Customers who purchase basic service and one customized package can also
purchase channels on an
à la carte
basis at a specified cost per channel per month. As
part of our digital service offering, customers can also purchase video-on-demand
services. As of December 31, 2005, we had 474,629 customers for our digital television
service, representing 31.5% of our basic customers and 19.6% of our total homes passed.
Our customers currently have the option to purchase or lease the digital set-top boxes
required for digital service. We believe that the sale of equipment to customers
improves customer
|
26
|
|
|
retention, and, as of December 31, 2005, approximately 92% of our digital television
customers have purchased and 8% lease our digital set-top boxes.
|
|
|
|
|
VoIP.
In January 2005, we launched our new telephony service using VoIP technology
in selected areas of the Province of Québec (Montréal, South Shore and North Shore of
Montréal, Laval and Québec City), and since then progressively among our other
residential and commercial customers in the Province of Québec. Our new telephony
service includes both local and long-distance calling, and permits all of our telephony
customers, both residential and commercial, to access all service features mandated by
CRTC Decision 97-8 and other regulatory decisions and orders, including: enhanced 911
Emergency service; number portability from and to any local exchange carrier; a message
relay service allowing subscribers to communicate with the hearing impaired; and a
variety of personal privacy features including universal call tracing. We also offer
free basic listings in local telephone directories, as well as full operator
assistance, including: operator-assisted calls; collect and third-party calls; local,
national and international directory assistance; person-to-person calls; and busy-line
verification. Finally, we offer as part of our new telephony service a host of
convenient, optional features, including: name and number caller ID; call waiting with
long-distance distinctive ring and audible indicator tone; name and number caller ID on
call waiting; visual indicator of a full voice mail box and audible message waiting
indicators; automatic call forwarding; three-way conference calling; automatic
recalling; and last incoming call identification and recall. In the future, VoIP will
allow us to deliver new cutting-edge features, such as voice-mail to e-mail
functionality launched in December 2005, which allows customers access their voice-mail
via e-mail in the form of audio-file attachments. In keeping with our competitive
strength of providing differentiated, bundled service offerings, we offer free
installation of our new telephony service to existing cable television and/or Internet
customers and to new bundled customers. We also offer discounts to our bundled
customers, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided
to these customers. In addition, we offer discounts for a second telephone line
subscription. As of December 31, 2005, we had 162,979 customers of our VoIP telephony
service.
|
|
|
|
|
Interactive Services.
In September 2001, we also launched digital interactive
services under the
illico Interactive
brand. These services, which combine our digital
television and Internet access services, enable customers equipped with wireless
keyboards to access the Internet and send and receive e-mail. In the near future, we
intend to provide additional functionality including e-commerce. We believe interactive
services will be increasingly desired by customers, and we intend to continue to
develop and deploy advanced products and services to add greater functionality to our
interactive services offering.
|
|
|
|
|
Video-On-Demand.
Video-on-demand service enables digital cable customers to rent
from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital
set-top box. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their video-on-demand
selections for a period of 24 hours, which they are then able to watch at their
convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during
that period. Our video-on-demand service is available to 98% of the homes passed by us.
We also offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permit our customers
to access and watch any of their video-on-demand selections at any time at their
convenience.
|
|
|
|
|
Other New Business Initiatives.
To maintain and enhance our market position, we are
focused on increasing penetration of high-definition television and personal video
recorders, as well as other high-value products and services. On September 20, 2005, we
announced that we had signed a strategic relationship agreement with Rogers Wireless,
the operator of Canadas largest integrated wireless voice and data network, that will
enable us to offer Québec consumers a quadruple play of television, broadband Internet,
VoIP telephony and Videotron-branded mobile wireless services. We will operate as a
Mobile Virtual Network Operator, or MVNO, utilizing wireless voice and data services
provided by Rogers Wireless across its GSM/GPRS network. We currently intend to launch
our mobile wireless offering during the second half of 2006, with services to include
international roaming and popular options. We will be responsible for acquiring and
billing customers, as well as for providing customer support under our own brand.
|
27
The following table summarizes our customer statistics for our analog and digital cable and
advanced products and services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
2001
|
|
2002
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
Basic analog cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Homes passed(1)
|
|
|
2,330,648
|
|
|
|
2,329,023
|
|
|
|
2,351,344
|
|
|
|
2,383,443
|
|
|
|
2,419,335
|
|
Basic customers(2)
|
|
|
1,510,408
|
|
|
|
1,431,060
|
|
|
|
1,424,144
|
|
|
|
1,452,554
|
|
|
|
1,506,113
|
|
Penetration(3)
|
|
|
64.8
|
%
|
|
|
61.4
|
%
|
|
|
60.6
|
%
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
62.3
|
%
|
Digital cable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Digital customers
|
|
|
114,634
|
|
|
|
171,625
|
|
|
|
240,863
|
|
|
|
333,664
|
|
|
|
474,629
|
|
Penetration(4)
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
31.5
|
%
|
Number of digital terminals
|
|
|
121,210
|
|
|
|
182,010
|
|
|
|
257,350
|
|
|
|
362,053
|
|
|
|
537,364
|
|
Dial-up Internet access
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dial-up customers
|
|
|
55,427
|
|
|
|
43,627
|
|
|
|
28,821
|
|
|
|
23,973
|
|
|
|
18,034
|
|
Cable Internet access
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable modem customers
|
|
|
228,759
|
|
|
|
305,054
|
|
|
|
406,277
|
|
|
|
502,630
|
|
|
|
637,971
|
|
Penetration(3)
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
|
|
21.1
|
%
|
|
|
26.4
|
%
|
Telephony Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VoIP customers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,135
|
|
|
|
162,979
|
|
Penetration(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Homes passed means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling
units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable
television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the
programming services are offered.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Basic customers are customers who receive basic cable service in either the
analog or digital mode. The number of basic customers for the years 2000-2003
inclusive, were restated in order to permit such numbers to be compared to the 2004
number of basic customers.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic
customers.
|
In the year ended December 31, 2005, our cable operations recorded a net increase of
53,559 basic customers. During the same period, we also recorded net additions of: 135,341
customers of our cable Internet access service; 140,965 customers of our digital television
service, the latter of which includes customers who have upgraded from our analog cable service;
and 160,844 customers of our VoIP telephony services.
Business Telecommunications Services
We integrated Videotron Telecoms operations within Videotrons operations pursuant to the
merger of Videotron Telecom with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006. Videotron Telecom is a
provider of a wide range of network solutions, Internet services, application/server hosting, local
and long-distance telephone service, and studio-quality audio-video services to large and
medium-sized business, ISPs, application service providers (ASP), broadcasters and carriers.
Combining Videotron Telecoms telecommunication network and expertise with Videotrons commercial
customer base should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers, and our
objective is that this reorganization will result in new business opportunities.
Video Stores
Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we also operate the largest chain of video and game rental
stores in Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada, with a total of 276 retail
locations (of which 227 are franchised) and more than 1.65 million video club rental members. Le
SuperClub Vidéotrons operations include approximately 80 video and video game rental stores that
we acquired in July 2004 from Jumbo Entertainment, a nation-wide Canadian franchisor and operator
of such stores. With approximately 150 retail locations located in our markets, Le SuperClub
Vidéotron is both a showcase and a valuable and cost-effective distribution network for our growing
array of advanced products and
28
services, such as cable Internet access and digital television.
Pricing of Our Products and Services
Our Cable segment revenues are derived principally from the monthly fees our customers pay for
cable services. The rates we charge vary based on the market served and the level of service
selected. Rates are usually adjusted annually. We also offer discounts to our bundled customers,
when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. As
of December 31, 2005, the average monthly fees for basic and extended basic cable were $22.53 and
$36.22, respectively, and the average monthly fees for basic digital cable and extended basic
digital cable were $12.03 and $39.98, respectively. A one-time installation fee, which may be
waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to new customers. Monthly fees for
rented equipment such as set-top boxes and cable modems, and administrative fees for delinquent
payments for service, are also charged. Except in respect of our Internet access services,
customers are typically free to discontinue service at any time without additional charge, but they
may be charged a reconnection fee to resume service.
The CRTC only regulates rates in certain circumstances. Fees for extended cable service (over
and above basic cable service rates), pay-television and pay-per-view services, and rentals for
set-top boxes are priced by us on a discretionary basis and are not regulated by the CRTC.
Although our service offerings vary by market, because of differences in the bandwidth
capacity of the cable systems in each of our markets and competitive and other factors, our
services are typically offered at monthly price ranges, which reflect discounts for bundled service
offerings, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
|
|
|
Price Range
(1)
|
Basic analog cable
|
|
|
$
|
15.07 $28.19
|
|
Extended basic analog cable
|
|
|
$
|
26.81 $40.50
|
|
Basic digital cable
|
|
|
$
|
12.98 $14.98
|
|
Extended basic digital cable
|
|
|
$
|
25.98 $73.98
|
|
Pay-television
|
|
|
$
|
6.00 $19.95
|
|
Pay-per-view (per movie or event)
|
|
|
$
|
3.99 $79.95
|
|
Video-on-demand (per movie or event)
|
|
|
$
|
0.99 $24.95
|
|
Dial-up Internet access
|
|
|
$
|
9.95 $19.95
|
|
Cable Internet access
|
|
|
$
|
26.95 $74.90
|
|
VoIP Telephony
|
|
|
$
|
15.95 $22.95
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
These rates reflect price increases, effective March 1, 2006, of $0.60 on
basic analog cable and extended basic analog cable, $1.00 on basic digital
cable, between $1.00 and $3.00 on extended digital cable and $1.00 on cable
internet access and VoIP telephone.
|
Our Network Technology
As of December 31, 2005, our cable systems consisted of approximately 9,400 km of fiber optic
cable and 29,500 km of coaxial cable, passing approximately 2.4 million homes and serving
approximately 1.62 million customers. Our network is the largest broadband network in Québec
covering over 80% of cable homes passed.
The following table summarizes the current technological state of our systems, based on the
percentage of our customers who have access to the bandwidths listed below and two-way capability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450 MHz and Under
|
|
480 MHz to 625 MHz
|
|
750 MHz to 860 MHz
|
|
Two-Way Capability
|
December 31, 2001
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
72
|
%
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
December 31, 2002
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
|
|
97
|
%
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
98
|
%
|
29
Our cable television networks are comprised of four distinct parts including signal
acquisition networks, main headends, distribution networks and subscriber drops. The signal
acquisition network picks up a wide variety of television, radio and multimedia signals. These
signals and services originate from either a local source or content provider or are picked up from
distant sites chosen for satellite or over-the-air reception quality and transmitted to the main
headends by way of over-the-air links, coaxial links or fiber optic relay systems. Each main
headend processes, modulates, scrambles and combines the signals in order to distribute them
throughout the network. Each main headend is connected to the primary headend in order to receive
the digital MPEG2 signals and the IP Backbone for the Internet services. This connection is
provided by Videotrons inter-city fiber network. The first stage of this distribution consists of
either a fiber optic link or a very high capacity microwave link which distributes the signals to
distribution or secondary headends. After that, the signal uses the hybrid fiber coaxial cable
network made of wide-band amplifiers and coaxial cables capable of serving up to 30 km in radius
from the distribution or secondary headends to the subscriber drops. The subscriber drop brings the
signal into the customers television set directly or, depending on the area or the services
selected, through various types of customer equipment including set top boxes.
We have adopted the hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network architecture as the standard for our
ongoing system upgrades. Hybrid fiber coaxial network architecture combines the use of fiber optic
cable with coaxial cable. Fiber optic cable has excellent broadband frequency characteristics,
noise immunity and physical durability and can carry hundreds of video and data channels over
extended distances. Coaxial cable is less expensive and requires greater signal amplification in
order to obtain the desired transmission levels for delivering channels. In most systems, we
deliver our signals via fiber optic cable from the headend to a group of nodes to the homes passed
served by that node. Our system design provides for cells of approximately 1,000 homes each to be
served by fiber optic cable. To allow for this configuration, secondary headends were put into
operation in the greater Montréal area and in the greater Québec City area. Remote secondary
headends must also be connected with fiber optic links. The loop structure of the two-way networks
brings reliability through redundancy, the cell size improves flexibility and capacity, while the
reduced number of amplifiers separating the home from the headend improves signal quality and
reliability. Our network design provides us with significant flexibility to offer customized
programming to individual cells of 1,000 homes, which is critical to our ability to deploy certain
advanced services in the future, including video-on-demand and the continued expansion of our
interactive services. Our network design also allows for further segmentation to 500 or 250 homes
where cable, Internet and telephony service penetration requires higher network capacity. We also
believe that our network design provides high capacity and superior signal quality that will enable
us to provide to our current and future customers new advanced products and services in addition to
those currently offered by us.
Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in the suite of products and services
currently offered by us and launching new products and services requires investments in our network
to support growth in our customer base and increases in bandwidth requirements. For that reason, we
have in place a modernization plan to upgrade our networks in Québec City and in the Central Region
of Québec from a bandwidth of 480 Mhz to 750 Mhz or greater. We currently expect to complete these
projects by the end of the first half of 2007, which will bring approximately 95% of our network in
Québec to an upgraded bandwidth of 750 Mhz or greater. Also, in light of the greater availability
of HDTV programming, the ever increasing speed of Internet access and increasing demand for our new
VoIP telephony service, we are currently considering a number of alternatives for how best to
address increasing network capacity requirements resulting from higher demand for such advanced
products and services. Pursuing one or more of these alternatives will require us to make
substantial investments in our network in the coming years.
Videotron Telecoms network was integrated into Videotrons assets pursuant to the merger of
Videotron Telecom with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006. Videotron Telecoms regional network
has over 9,000 km of fiber optic cable in Quebec and 2,000 km of fibre optic cable in Ontario and
reaches more than 80% of the businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of each of Quebec
and Ontario. Videotron Telecoms extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in
Ontario, eastern Quebec, the Maritimes and the United States.
30
Marketing and Customer Care
Our long term marketing objective is to increase our cash flow through deeper market
penetration of our services and continued growth in revenue per customer. We believe that customers
will come to view their cable connection as the best distribution channel to the home for a
multitude of services. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:
|
|
|
continue to rapidly introduce and deploy advanced products and services such as
cable Internet access, digital television and VoIP telephony;
|
|
|
|
|
design product offerings that provide greater opportunity for customer entertainment
and information choices;
|
|
|
|
|
target marketing opportunities based on demographic data and past purchasing
behavior;
|
|
|
|
|
develop targeted marketing programs to attract former customers, households that
have never subscribed to our services and customers of alternative or competitive
services;
|
|
|
|
|
enhance the relationship between customer service representatives and our customers
by training and motivating customer service representatives to promote advanced
products and services;
|
|
|
|
|
leverage the retail presence of SuperClub Videotron, Archambault Group and
third-party commercial retailers;
|
|
|
|
|
cross-promote the wide variety of content and services offered within the Quebecor
Media group (including, for example, the content of TVA Group productions and the 1-900
service for audience voting during television programs such as
Star Académie
,
Occupation Double
and other reality shows popular in Québec) in order to distribute our
cable, data transmission and telephony services to our existing and future customers;
|
|
|
|
|
introduce new value-added packages of products and services, which we believe
increases ARPU and improves customer retention; and
|
|
|
|
|
leverage our business market, using the Videotron Telecom network and expertise with
our commercial customer base, which should enable us to offer additional bundled
services to our customers and may result in new business opportunities.
|
We continue to invest time, effort and financial resources in marketing new and existing
services. To increase both customer penetration and the number of services used by our customers,
we use coordinated marketing techniques, including door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, media
advertising, e-marketing and direct mail solicitation.
Maximizing customer satisfaction is a key element of our business strategy. In support of our
commitment to customer satisfaction, we operate a 24-hour customer service hotline seven days a
week for nearly all of our systems. We currently have five operational call centers and we are
implementing various initiatives to improve customer service and satisfaction. For example, all of
our customer service representatives and technical support staff are trained to assist our
customers with respect to all products and services offered by us, which in turn allows our
customers to be served more efficiently and seamlessly. Our customer care representatives continue
to receive extensive training to develop customer contact skills and product knowledge, which are
key contributors to high rates of customer retention as well as to selling additional products and
services and higher levels of service to our customers. We have also implemented Web-based customer
service capabilities. To assist us in our marketing efforts, we utilize surveys, focus groups and
other research tools as part of our efforts to determine and proactively respond to customer needs.
31
Programming
We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled programming is an important
factor in influencing a customers decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. We
devote significant resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe
will appeal to both existing and potential customers. We rely on extensive market research,
customer demographics and local programming preferences to determine our channel and package
offerings. The CRTC currently regulates the distribution of foreign content in Canada and, as a
result, we are limited in our ability to provide such programming to our customers. We obtain basic
and premium programming from a number of suppliers, including TVA Group.
Videotrons programming contracts generally provide for a fixed term of up to seven years, and
are subject to negotiated renewal. Programming tends to be made available to us for a flat fee per
customer. Videotrons overall programming costs have increased in recent years and may continue to
increase due to factors including, but not limited to, additional programming being provided to
customers as a result of system rebuilds that increase channel capacity, increased costs to produce
or purchase specialty programming and inflationary or negotiated annual increases.
Competition
Videotron operates in a competitive business environment in the areas of price, product and
service offerings and service reliability. Videotron competes with other providers of television
signals and other sources of home entertainment. In addition, as Videotron expands into additional
services such as interactive and telephony services, Videotron may face additional competition.
Videotrons principal competitors include over-the-air television and providers of other
entertainment, direct broadcast satellite, digital subscriber line, private cable, other cable
distribution, ILECs and wireless distribution. Videotron also faces competition from illegal
providers of cable television services and illegal access both to foreign DBS (also called grey
market piracy) as well as signed theft of DBS that enable customers to access programming services
from U.S. and Canadian direct broadcast satellite services without paying any fee (also called
black market piracy).
|
|
|
Over-the-air Television and Providers of Other Entertainment
. Cable television has
long competed with broadcast television, which consists of television signals that the
viewer is able to receive without charge using an over-the-air antenna. The extent of
such competition is dependent upon the quality and quantity of broadcast signals
available through over-the-air reception compared to the services provided by the local
cable system. Cable systems also face competition from alternative methods of
distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment
such as live sporting events, movie theaters and home video products, including
videotape recorders, DVD players and video games. The extent to which a cable
television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable systems
ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and
superior customer service than are available over the air or through competitive
alternative delivery sources.
|
|
|
|
|
Direct Broadcast Satellite.
Direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, is a significant
competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to
receiving dishes from medium- and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery
transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of
our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually
anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or side-mounted antenna.
Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to
increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals
transmitted to their customers.
|
|
|
|
|
DSL.
The deployment of digital subscriber line technology, known as DSL, provides
customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that which is
available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service is comparable to cable-modem
Internet access over cable systems. We also face competition from providers of DSL
service.
|
|
|
|
|
VDSL.
The CRTC and Industry Canada have authorized video digital subscriber line,
or VDSL, services. VDSL technology increases the capacity of DSL lines available, which
permits the distribution of digital
|
32
|
|
|
video. We expect that we will soon face competition from incumbent local exchange
carriers, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using
this technology. ILECs are currently installing this new technology, which operates over
the copper lines in phone lines, in our markets. This technology can achieve speeds as
high as 52 Mbps upstream, but VDSL can only operate over a short distance of about 4,000
feet (1,200 metres). As a result, telephone companies are replacing many of their main
feeds with fibre-optic cable. By placing a VDSL transceiver, a VDSL gateway, in larger
multiple dwelling units, the distance limitation is overcome. Further, as a result of
such improvements in broadband speeds over DSL and the evolution of compression
technology, incumbent telephone carriers in our service areas may be in a position to
enable delivery of digital television over their cable Internet connections (IPTV) in
the coming years. Advanced trials are underway in Canada and in other countries. Tests
in our service markets are expected to be performed in the first half of 2006. If
successful, IPTV may provide telecommunications carriers with a way to offer services
similar to those offered by cable operators in the consumer market.
|
|
|
|
|
Private Cable.
Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna
television systems known as SMATV systems serving multi-dwelling units, such as
condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Cable Distribution.
There is currently a cable operator offering analog
television distribution and providing cable Internet access service serving the greater
Montréal area. This cable operator, which has approximately 15,000 customers, is owned
by the regional ILEC.
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Distribution.
Cable television systems also compete with wireless program
distribution services such as multi-channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS.
This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission
sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customers premises.
|
|
|
|
|
Grey and Black Market DBS Providers.
Cable and other distributors of television
signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that
enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized
access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of
foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that
are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).
|
|
|
|
|
Telephony Service.
Our new VoIP telephony service competes against other telephone
companies, including both the incumbent telephone service provider in Québec, which
controls a significant portion of the telephony market in Québec, as well as other VoIP
telephony service providers and cellular telephone service providers.
|
|
|
|
|
Other Internet Service Providers.
In the Internet access business, cable operators
compete against other Internet service providers offering residential and commercial
Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable
operators to offer access to their high speed Internet system to competitive Internet
service providers at mandated rates.
|
Newspapers
Through our newspaper publishing operations, we are the largest newspaper publisher in Québec
based on total paid and unpaid circulation. Sun Media is also the second largest newspaper
publisher in Canada, with a 21.0% market share in terms of weekly paid circulation as of March 31,
2005, according to statistics published by the Canadian Newspaper Association. We publish 17 paid
daily newspapers and serve eight of the top ten urban markets in Canada. Each of Sun Medias eight
urban daily newspapers ranks either first or second in its market in terms of paid circulation. Sun
Media also publishes 189 weekly newspapers, weekly shopping guides and agriculture and other
specialty publications, including three free daily commuter publications,
24 Hours
in Toronto and
Vancouver 24 Hours
in Vancouver, and
24 Heures
in Montréal. Sun Media publishes the second and
third largest non-national dailies in Canada,
based on weekly paid circulation as of September 30, 2005:
Le Journal de Montréal
, with a paid
circulation of 1.9 million
33
copies according to the Audit Bureau of Circulation, and
The Toronto
Sun
, with a paid circulation of 1.5 million copies according to the Audit Bureau of Circulation.
The combined weekly paid circulation of our daily newspapers is, as of December 31, 2005,
approximately 6.6 million copies according to internal statistics.
We also provide a range of distribution services through Sun Medias
Messageries Dynamiques
and
Dynamic Press Group.
Furthermore, we provide a range of commercial printing and other related services to third
parties through a national network of production and printing facilities and distributes newspapers
and magazines for other publishers across Canada.
As of the date of this annual report, we own a 100% voting and a 100% equity interest in Sun
Media.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, our newspaper operations generated revenues of $915.6
million and operating income of $222.2 million. For this same period, Sun Media derived 70.7% of
its revenues from advertising, 17.9% from circulation, and 11.4% from distribution, commercial
printing and other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our newspaper operations
generated revenues of $888.1 million and operating income of $227.8 million. For this same period,
Sun Media derived 69.7% of its revenues from advertising, 19.2% from circulation, and 11.1% from
distribution, commercial printing, distribution and other revenues.
Canadian Newspaper Publishing Industry Overview
Newspaper publishing is the oldest segment of the advertising-based media industry in Canada.
The industry is mature and is dominated by a small number of major newspaper publishers largely
segmented in different markets and geographic areas, of which we are the second largest with a
combined average weekly circulation (paid and unpaid) of approximately 12.8 million copies.
According to the Canadian Newspaper Associations circulation data for the six months ended March
31, 2005, our 21.0% market share of paid weekly circulation for Canadian daily newspapers is
exceeded only by CanWest MediaWorks Inc., with a 28.4% market share, and followed by Torstar
Corporation (13.9%), Power Corporation (9.8%), Bell Globemedia (6.3%), and Osprey Media (5.9%).
The newspaper market consists primarily of two segments, broadsheet and tabloid newspapers,
which vary in format. With the exception of the broadsheet
The London Free Press
, all of Sun
Medias urban paid daily newspapers are tabloids.
According to the Canadian Newspaper Association, there are approximately 100 paid circulation
daily newspapers, numerous paid non-daily publications and free-distribution daily and non-daily
publications. Of the 100 paid circulation daily newspapers, 26 have average weekday circulation in
excess of 50,000 copies. These include 20 English-language metropolitan newspapers, four
French-language daily newspapers and two national daily newspapers.
In addition to daily newspapers, both paid and unpaid non-daily newspapers are distributed
nationally and locally across Canada. Newspaper companies may also produce and distribute niche
publications that target specific readers with customized editorial content and advertising.
Newspaper publishers derive revenue primarily from the sale of local, classified, national and
insert advertising, and to a lesser extent through paid subscriptions and single copy sales of
newspapers. The mature nature of the Canadian newspaper industry has resulted in stable revenue
levels (and limited growth) for many years. Most daily newspapers are well established in their
communities, and many have been in existence for over 100 years. According to industry sources, in
2004, the total Canadian daily newspaper industry revenue was $3.4 billion, with 78% derived from
advertising and the remaining 22% coming from circulation. Total advertising revenue for the
Canadian daily newspaper industry was $2.6 billion in 2004, which represented approximately 22.0%
of total Canadian advertising spending according to the Television Bureau of Canada. From 1995 to
2004, advertising revenues for daily newspapers increased at an average annual rate of 4.2%.
34
Advertising and Circulation
Total Canadian advertising revenue in all media sectors was $12.0 billion in 2004. Newspapers
are one of the largest media segments in Canada and represent an important advertising medium, as
they reach a broadly based and demographically attractive audience. In 2004, over the course of an
average week, 79% of adults over the age of 18 read a daily newspaper.
Advertising revenues are cyclical and are generally affected by changes in national and
regional economic conditions. Local advertisers, such as retail stores, employment advertisers and
auto dealers, rely most heavily upon newspapers, directories and radio to reach their local
audiences with specific promotional and service offerings. Local classified advertising primarily
relies upon newspapers, and, more recently, internet websites to reach their local markets with
specific requirements. Generally, local advertising is less dependent on the economy than national
advertising, and is therefore more stable. Local and classified advertising represented
approximately 77% of daily newspaper advertising revenue in 2004.
Advertising revenue is Sun Medias largest source of revenue and represented 70.7% of Sun
Medias total revenues in 2005. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in which
each newspaper operates, circulation, readership, demographic composition of the market and the
availability of alternative advertising media. Sun Medias strategy is to maximize advertising
revenue by providing advertisers with a range of pricing and marketing alternatives to better
enable them to reach their target audience. Sun Medias newspapers offer a variety of advertising
alternatives, including full-run advertisements in regular sections of the newspaper targeted to
different readers (including automotive, real estate and travel), geographically-targeted inserts,
special interest pullout sections and advertising supplements.
Sun Medias principal categories of advertising revenues are classified, retail and national
advertising. Classified advertising has traditionally accounted for the largest share of our
advertising revenues in our urban daily newspapers (47% in the year ended December 31, 2005)
followed by retail advertising (34% in the same period) and national advertising (16% in the same
period). Classified advertising is made up of four principal sectors: automobiles, private party,
recruitment and real estate. Automobile advertising is the largest classified advertising category,
representing about 45% of all of Sun Medias classified advertising in terms of revenue for the
year ended December 31, 2005. Retail advertising is display advertising principally placed by local
businesses and organizations. Most of our retail advertisers are department stores, electronics
stores and furniture stores. National advertising is display advertising primarily from advertisers
promoting products or services on a national basis. Sun Medias national advertisers are
principally in the retail automotive sector.
In the smaller community papers, substantially all of the advertising revenues are derived
from local retailers and classified advertisers. These newspapers publish advertising supplements
with specialized themes such as agriculture, tourism, home improvement and gardening to encourage
advertisers to purchase additional linage in these special editions.
We believe that our newspaper advertising revenues are diversified not only by category
(classified, retail and national), but also by customer and geography. For the year ended December
31, 2005, Sun Medias top ten national advertisers accounted for approximately 5% of Sun Medias
total advertising revenue and approximately 4% of Sun Medias total revenue. In addition, because
Sun Media sells advertising in numerous regional markets in Canada, the impact of a decline in any
one market can be offset by strength in other markets.
Circulation sales are Sun Medias second-largest source of revenue and represented 17.9% of
Sun Medias total revenues in 2005. In the large urban markets, newspapers are available through
newspaper boxes and retail outlets Monday through Sunday. We offer daily home delivery in each of
our newspaper markets. We derive our circulation revenues from single copy sales and subscription
sales. Our strategy is to increase circulation revenue by adding newspaper boxes and point-of-sale
locations, as well as expanding home delivery. In order to increase readership, we are expanding
coverage of local news in our newspapers and targeting editorial content to identified groups
through the introduction of niche products.
The majority of the community newspaper publications are distributed free of charge through a
controlled
35
distribution system. This enables the publisher to better identify the clientele
targeted by advertisers.
Newspaper Operations
We operate our newspaper businesses in urban and community markets through two groups:
|
|
|
the Urban Daily Group; and
|
|
|
|
|
the Community Newspaper Group.
|
A majority of our newspapers in the Community Newspaper Group are clustered around its eight
paid urban dailies in the Urban Daily Group. We have strategically established our community
newspapers near regional printing facilities in suburban and rural markets across Canada. This
geographic clustering enables us to realize operating efficiencies and economic synergies through
sharing of management, production, printing, and distribution, as well as accounting and human
resources functions.
In August 2005, we approved a plan to invest in a new printing facility to be operated by an
entity co-owned by us and our affiliate Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor.
The new printing facility will be located in Toronto, Ontario in a building owned by Quebecor
World. As part of this plan, Sun Media will outsource the printing of certain of its publications
in Ontario to the new facility. The new facility should make it possible to consolidate some of Quebecor Worlds printing operations in Ontario and to strengthen the convergence among our Toronto media
properties. In addition, in August 2005, we approved a plan to modernize and relocate the printing
facilities of
Le Journal de Montréal
to a new printing facility owned by Quebecor Media, which will
be located in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, Québec. Each of these projects is expected to be completed
in 2007. Management has not yet finalized its analysis of the impact of these two projects on work
force reduction costs or adopted a plan in this regard.
The Urban Daily Group
On a combined weekly basis, the eight paid daily newspapers in our Urban Daily Group circulate
approximately 6.3 million copies, as of December 31, 2005. These newspapers hold either the number
one or number two position in each of their respective markets in terms of circulation. In
addition, on a combined basis, over 50% of our readers do not read our principal competitors
newspaper in each of our urban daily markets, according to data from the NADbank
®
2004
Study.
Our Urban Daily Group is comprised of eight paid daily newspapers, three free daily commuter
publications, and three free weekly publications. With the exception of the broadsheet
The London
Free Press
, the paid daily newspapers are tabloids published seven days a week. These are mass
circulation newspapers that provide succinct and complete news coverage with an emphasis on local
news, sports and entertainment. The tabloid format makes extensive use of color, photographs and
graphics. Each newspaper contains inserts that feature subjects of interest such as fashion,
lifestyle and special sections. In addition, the Urban Daily Group includes two distribution
businesses,
Messageries Dynamiques
and
Dynamic Press Group
.
Paid circulation is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue. Readership (as opposed
to paid circulation) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average
issue of a newspaper and is measured by a continuous independent survey conducted by NADbank Inc.
According to the NADbank
®
2004 Study, the estimates of readership are based upon the
number of people responding to the Newspaper Audience Databank survey circulated by NADbank Inc.
who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper during a given period
equal to the publication interval of the newspaper.
The following chart lists Sun Medias paid daily newspapers and their respective readership in
2004 as well as their market position by paid circulation during that period:
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 Average Readership
|
|
Market Position by
|
Newspaper
|
|
Saturday
|
|
Sunday
|
|
Mon-Fri
|
|
Paid Circulation(1)
|
Le Journal de Montréal
|
|
|
694,900
|
|
|
|
424,600
|
|
|
|
642,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Le Journal de Québec
|
|
|
224,700
|
|
|
|
137,700
|
|
|
|
204,300
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
The Toronto Sun
|
|
|
628,400
|
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
795,400
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
The London Free Press
|
|
|
176,700
|
|
|
|
108,000
|
|
|
|
164,000
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
The Ottawa Sun
|
|
|
98,300
|
|
|
|
104,200
|
|
|
|
128,000
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
The Winnipeg Sun
|
|
|
107,500
|
|
|
|
99,000
|
|
|
|
126,500
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
The Edmonton Sun
|
|
|
146,400
|
|
|
|
187,400
|
|
|
|
193,800
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
The Calgary Sun
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
176,400
|
|
|
|
185,300
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Average Readership
|
|
|
2,226,900
|
|
|
|
2,137,300
|
|
|
|
2,439,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Based on paid circulation data published by the Audit Bureau of Circulations in September
2005 with respect to non-national newspapers in each market.
|
Le Journal de Montréal.
Le Journal de Montréal
is published seven days a week and is
distributed by Messageries Dynamiques, which specializes in the distribution of publications.
According to the Audit Bureau of Circulations,
Le Journal de Montréal
ranks second in paid
circulation, among non-national Canadian dailies and first among French-language dailies in North
America. The average daily circulation of
Le Journal de Montréal
exceeds the circulation of each of
its main competitors in Montréal,
La Presse
and
The Gazette
, according to Audit Bureau of
Circulation data as of September 30, 2005.
The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of
Le Journal de Montréal
for the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
Le Journal de Montréal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
314,600
|
|
|
|
312,500
|
|
|
|
308,000
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
263,500
|
|
|
|
262,400
|
|
|
|
259,800
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
269,600
|
|
|
|
267,000
|
|
|
|
268,200
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
Le Journal de Québec.
Le Journal de Québec
is published seven days a week and is distributed
by
Messageries Dynamiques
.
Le Journal de Québec
is the number one newspaper in its market. The
average daily circulation of
Le Journal de Québec
exceeds the circulation of its main competitor,
Le Soleil
, according to Audit Bureau of Circulations data as of September 30, 2005.
The following chart reflects the average daily paid circulation of
Le Journal de Québec
for
the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
Le Journal de Québec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
124,300
|
|
|
|
124,100
|
|
|
|
123,400
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
101,500
|
|
|
|
101,600
|
|
|
|
101,400
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
99,400
|
|
|
|
100,500
|
|
|
|
99,700
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
37
The Toronto Sun.
The Toronto Sun
is published seven days a week and has its own distribution
network to serve the greater metropolitan Toronto area.
The Toronto Sun
is the third largest
non-national daily newspaper in Canada in terms of circulation, according to the Audit Bureau of
Circulations.
The Toronto newspaper market is very competitive.
The Toronto Sun
competes with Canadas
largest newspaper,
The Toronto Star
and to a lesser extent with
The Globe & Mail
and
The National
Post
, which are national newspapers. As a tabloid newspaper,
The Toronto Sun
has a unique format
compared to these broadsheet competitors. The competitiveness
of the Toronto newspaper market is further increased by several free publications, and niche
publications relating to, for example, entertainment and television.
The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of
The Toronto Sun
for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
The Toronto Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
158,900
|
|
|
|
148,000
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
357,000
|
|
|
|
339,700
|
|
|
|
326,500
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
200,200
|
|
|
|
192,600
|
|
|
|
183,600
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
The London Free Press.
The London Free Press
, one of Canadas oldest daily newspapers,
emphasizes national and local news, sports and entertainment and is distributed throughout the
London area through its own network. It is the only local daily newspaper in its market.
The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of
The London Free Press
for the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
The London Free Press
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
111,900
|
|
|
|
108,300
|
|
|
|
104,400
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
66,300
|
|
|
|
66,300
|
|
|
|
64,600
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
92,800
|
|
|
|
90,700
|
|
|
|
87,600
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
The London Free Press
also publishes
The London Pennysaver
, a free weekly community
shopping guide with circulation of approximately 145,000, according to internal statistics, as at
December 31, 2005.
The Ottawa Sun.
The Ottawa Sun
is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout the
Ottawa region through its own distribution network.
The Ottawa Sun
is the number two newspaper in
its market, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, and competes daily with the English
language broadsheet,
The Ottawa Citizen
, and also with the French language paper,
Le Droit
.
The following chart reflects the average daily paid circulation of
The Ottawa Sun
for the
periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
The Ottawa Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
44,700
|
|
|
|
44,200
|
|
|
|
44,800
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
52,500
|
|
|
|
51,600
|
|
|
|
51,000
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
49,300
|
|
|
|
49,100
|
|
|
|
51,200
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
38
The
Ottawa Sun
also publishes
The Ottawa Pennysaver
, a free weekly community shopping
guide with circulation of approximately 180,000, according to internal statistics, as at December
31, 2005.
The Winnipeg Sun.
The Winnipeg Sun
is published seven days a week. It serves the metropolitan
Winnipeg area and has its own distribution network.
The Winnipeg Sun
operates as the number two
newspaper in the Winnipeg market according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations and competes with
The Winnipeg Free Press
.
The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of
The Winnipeg Sun
for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
The Winnipeg Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
42,800
|
|
|
|
41,200
|
|
|
|
40,500
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
55,200
|
|
|
|
52,700
|
|
|
|
49,100
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
44,000
|
|
|
|
42,100
|
|
|
|
40,600
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
The Edmonton Sun.
The Edmonton Sun
is published seven days a week and is distributed
throughout Edmonton through its own distribution network.
The Edmonton Sun
is the number two
newspaper in its market, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, and competes with
Edmontons broadsheet daily,
The Edmonton Journal
.
The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of
The Edmonton Sun
for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
The Edmonton Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
69,300
|
|
|
|
66,200
|
|
|
|
68,100
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
98,700
|
|
|
|
95,400
|
|
|
|
94,900
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
69,800
|
|
|
|
68,900
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
The Calgary Sun.
The Calgary Sun
is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout
Calgary through its own distribution network.
The Calgary Sun
is the number two newspaper in its
market, according to the Audit Bureau of Circulations and competes with Calgarys broadsheet daily,
The Calgary Herald
.
The following chart reflects the average daily circulation of
The Calgary Sun
for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2003
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
The Calgary Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday
|
|
|
63,700
|
|
|
|
62,800
|
|
|
|
62,500
|
|
Sunday
|
|
|
95,400
|
|
|
|
94,400
|
|
|
|
91,500
|
|
Monday to Friday
|
|
|
64,400
|
|
|
|
64,200
|
|
|
|
62,300
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
24 Heures.
In October 2003, Sun Media re-launched its Montréal commuter paper,
Montréal
Métropolitain
, changing the name to
24 Heures
. The new publication is a free glossy daily
newspaper with an average weekday circulation of 136,700 copies, according to internal
statistics as at December 31, 2005.
39
24 Hours.
In November 2003, Sun Media launched a new commuter paper in Toronto,
24 Hours
, a free
daily glossy newspaper with an average weekday circulation at December 31, 2005 of 249,900 copies,
according to internal statistics. In December 2004, Sun Media launched
Find-A-Rental
, a free weekly
residential rental guide with an average weekly circulation of approximately 45,000 copies,
according to internal statistics, to complement
24 Hours
in Toronto. The editorial content of
24
Hours
concentrates on the greater metropolitan Toronto area.
Vancouver 24 Hours.
In March 2005, Sun Media, in partnership with The Jim Pattison Group, launched
Vancouver 24 Hours
, a free daily glossy newspaper in Vancouver and by December 2005, average
weekday circulation of
Vancouver 24
Hours
was 128,600, according to internal statistics. The editorial content of
Vancouver 24 Hours
concentrates on the greater metropolitan Vancouver area.
Competition
In addition to competing directly with other dailies published in their respective markets,
each of our newspapers in the Urban Daily Group competes for advertising revenue with weekly
newspapers, magazines, direct marketing, radio, television, Internet and other advertising media.
The high cost associated with starting a major daily newspaper operation represents a barrier to
entry to potential new competitors of our Urban Daily Group.
Through
Le Journal de Montréal
and
Le Journal de Québec
, we have established market leading
positions in Québecs two main urban markets, Montréal and Québec City.
Le Journal de Montréal
ranks second in circulation after
The Toronto Star
among non-national Canadian dailies and is first
among French-language dailies in North America.
Le Journal de Montréal
competes directly with two
other major dailies and also with the two free dailies, one of which is owned by Sun Media.
The London Free Press
is one of Canadas oldest daily newspapers and our only daily broadsheet
newspaper. It is the only local daily newspaper in its market, although it competes with daily
newspapers from surrounding markets.
The Toronto Sun
is the third largest non-national daily newspaper in Canada in terms of
circulation. The Toronto newspaper market is very competitive.
The Toronto Sun
competes with one
other major daily newspaper and to a lesser extent with two national papers. There are also three
free daily newspapers in Toronto:
24 Hours
, which is owned by Sun Media, and two others. As a
tabloid newspaper,
The Toronto Sun
offers readers and advertisers an alternative format to the
broadsheet format of other newspapers in the Toronto market.
Each of Sun Medias dailies in Edmonton, Calgary, Winnipeg and Ottawa competes against a
broadsheet newspaper and has established a number two position in its market.
The Community Newspaper Group
In total, the Community Newspaper Group consists of nine paid daily community newspapers, 164
community weekly newspapers and shopping guides, and 19 agriculture and other specialty
publications. The Community Newspaper Group also includes
NetMedia
, its distribution sales arm.
The total average weekly circulation of the publications in our Community Newspaper Group for
the year ended December 31, 2005 was approximately 2.9 million free copies and approximately
628,000 paid copies, according to internal statistics. The table below sets forth the average daily
paid circulation and geographic location of the daily newspapers published by the Community
Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily
|
Newspaper
|
|
Location
|
|
Paid Circulation
|
The Brockville Recorder and Times
|
|
Brockville, Ontario
|
|
|
11,800
|
|
Stratford Beacon Herald
|
|
Stratford, Ontario
|
|
|
10,700
|
|
The Daily Herald Tribune
|
|
Grande Prairie, Alberta
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
Simcoe Reformer
|
|
Simcoe, Ontario
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily
|
Newspaper
|
|
Location
|
|
Paid Circulation
|
St. Thomas Time-Journal
|
|
St. Thomas, Ontario
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Woodstock Sentinel-Review
|
|
Woodstock, Ontario
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
Fort McMurray Today
|
|
Fort McMurray, Alberta
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
The Daily Miner & News
|
|
Kenora, Ontario
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
The Daily Graphic
|
|
Portage La Prairie, Manitoba
|
|
|
2,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Average Daily Paid Circulation
|
|
|
|
|
62,100
|
|
Source: Internal Statistics.
The weekly and specialty publications of the Community Newspaper Group are distributed
throughout Canada. The number of weekly publications on a regional basis is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Province
|
|
Number of Publications
|
Québec
|
|
|
52
|
|
Ontario
|
|
|
50
|
|
Alberta
|
|
|
43
|
|
Manitoba
|
|
|
12
|
|
Saskatchewan
|
|
|
6
|
|
New Brunswick
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Publications
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our community newspaper publications generally offer news, sports and special features, with
an emphasis on local information. These newspapers cultivate reader loyalty and create franchise
value by emphasizing local news, thereby differentiating themselves from national newspapers.
Competition
Several of the Community Newspaper Groups publications maintain the number one position in
the markets that they serve. Our community publications are generally located in small towns and
are typically the only daily or weekly newspapers of general circulation published in their
respective communities, although some face competition from daily or weekly publications published
in nearby locations and circulated in markets where we publish our daily or weekly publications.
Historically, the Community Newspaper Groups publications have been a consistent source of cash
flow, derived primarily from advertising revenue.
Other Operations
Commercial Printing and Distribution
Sun Medias national network of production and printing facilities enables it to provide
printing services for web press (coldset and heatset) and sheetfed products, and graphic design for
print and electronic medium. Web presses utilize rolls of newsprint, whereas sheetfed presses use
individual sheets of paper. Heatset web presses, which involve a more complex process than coldset
web presses, are generally associated with printing on glossy paper. We own 25 web press and 10
sheet fed press operations located throughout Canada. These operations provide commercial printing
services for both our internal printing needs and for third parties. Our printing facilities
include 14 printing facilities for the daily publications, and 15 other printing facilities
operated by the Community Newspaper Group in five provinces.
Our third-party commercial printing provides us with an additional revenue source that
utilizes existing equipment with excess capacity. In our third-party commercial printing
operations, we compete with other newspaper publishing companies as well as with commercial
printers. Our competitive strengths in this area include our modern equipment, our status in some
of our markets as the only local provider of commercial printing services and our ability to
41
price
projects on a variable cost basis, as our core newspaper business covers overhead expenses.
The Urban Daily Group includes the distribution businesses of
Messageries Dynamiques
and
Dynamic Press Group
.
Messageries Dynamiques
distributes dailies, weeklies, magazines and other
electronic and print media and reaches approximately 250,000 households and 13,350 retail outlets
through its operations in Québec. We hold
Dynamic Press Group
in partnership with a division of The
Jim Pattison Group of Vancouver.
Dynamic Press Group
distributes English-language printed matter to
more than 400 outlets in Québec.
Similarly, the Community Newspaper Group operates the distribution business of
NetMedia
, which
distributes catalogues, flyers, product samples and other direct mail promotional material. Through
its own branch system and its associated distributors, the Community Newspaper Group currently has
the potential to provide advertising customers with
distribution to over nine million Canadian households.
Television Station
On December 2, 2004, Sun Media acquired 25% of the outstanding shares of Toronto 1, a
television station in Toronto, Canada. Following the acquisition, we changed the name of the
television station to SUN TV. In addition to cash, this transaction involved the sale of its 29.9%
interest in CablePulse24, which we refer to as CP24, a 24-hour local news channel in Toronto, to
the vendor of SUN TV. Our subsidiary TVA Group acquired the other 75% of SUN TV. Sun Media
management is working closely with SUN TV to develop opportunities for cross-promotions and to
leverage the Sun Media brand with consumers and advertisers in Canadas largest market place.
Seasonality and Cyclicality
Canadian newspaper publishing company operating results tend to follow a recurring seasonal
pattern with higher advertising revenue in the spring and in the fall. Accordingly, the second and
fourth fiscal quarters are typically the strongest quarters for our Newspapers segment, with the
fourth quarter generally being the strongest. Due to the seasonal retail decline and generally poor
weather, the first quarter has historically been the weakest quarter for our Newspapers segment.
Our newspaper business is cyclical in nature. The operating results of our newspaper business
are sensitive to prevailing local, regional and national economic conditions because of our
dependence on advertising sales for a substantial portion of our revenue. Similarly, a substantial
portion of our newspaper advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive advertisers, who
have historically been sensitive to general economic cycles, and our operating results have in the
past been materially adversely affected by extended downturns in the Canadian retail and automotive
sectors. In addition, most of our advertising contracts are short-term contracts that can be
terminated by the advertisers at any time with little notice.
Raw Materials
Newsprint is the second-largest expense in our Newspapers segment, after salaries, and
represents our largest raw material expense. Newsprint expense represented 15.0% of Sun Medias
total operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, for the year ended December 31,
2005. The newsprint industry is highly cyclical, and newsprint prices have historically experienced
significant volatility. We seek to manage the effects of newsprint price increases through a
combination of, among other things, managing waste, technology improvements, web width reduction,
inventory management and controlling the mix of editorial versus advertising content.
In addition, to obtain more favorable pricing and to provide for a more secure newsprint
supply, Sun Media entered into a long-term newsprint supply agreement with a newsprint producer for
the supply of substantially all of Sun Medias newsprint purchases. This agreement expired on
December 31, 2005, although the supplier has continued to supply newsprint to us while we negotiate
the extension of this agreement through December 31, 2006. This supply agreement had enabled us to
obtain a discount to market prices, as well as providing additional volume rebates for purchases
above certain thresholds. The supply available pursuant to this agreement satisfied most of our
newsprint requirements.
42
Aside from newsprint, the only other significant raw materials requirements of our Newspapers
segment are ink and press plates, which together accounted for approximately 1.3% of the total
operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization, of our newspaper publishing operations
in the year ended December 31, 2005.
Broadcasting
We are the largest private-sector broadcaster of French-language entertainment, information
and public affairs programs in North America. According to data published by the Bureau of
Broadcast Measurement (BBM) People Meters (which data are based on a new measurement methodology
using audimetry instead of surveys), we had a 28% market share of French-speaking viewers in the
Province of Québec in 2005 and according to the Canadian TVB Report for the same period, we
estimate that our share of the Québecs French-language broadcast television advertising market was
43%
in 2005. In 2005, we aired 9 of the ten most popular TV programs in the Province of Québec,
including
Star Académie 2005
,
Gala Metrostar, Les Olivier
and
Le Négociateur
. In 2005, we had 27
of the top 30 French-language television shows during prime time according to BBM People Meter
data. Since May 1999, the TVA network, which consists of ten stations, has been included in the
basic channel line-up of most cable and satellite providers across Canada, enabling us to reach a
significant portion of the French-speaking population of Canada.
Through various subsidiaries, we control or participate in the following ten programming
services:
LCN
, a French-language headline news service,
Canal Évasion
, a French-language travel and
tourism service,
Canal Indigo
, a French-language pay-per-view service,
illico sur Demande
, a
multilingual video-on-demand service, CPAC (Canadian Public Affairs Channel) also known as Canadas
Political Channel, a national bilingual public affairs programming service,
Canal TVAchats
, a
French-language infomercial and tele-shopping channel,
Argent
(
LCN-Affaires
), an economic, business
and personal finance news service,
Mystery TV
, a national English-language Category One specialty
television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming,
Mystère
, a national French-language
Category One specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming, and
MenTV
, a
national English-language Category One specialty television service dedicated to the Canadian mans
lifestyle. The CRTC allows analog specialty services to be distributed both via conventional
analog cable and digital distribution, whereas Category One and Category Two digital specialty
services may be distributed through digital only distribution.
On December 2, 2004, TVA Group acquired 75% of the outstanding shares of Toronto One
(CKXT-TV), now named SUN TV, a television station in Toronto, Ontario for $32.4 million in cash.
Sun Media acquired the other 25% of SUN TV for $2.8 million in cash and Sun Medias 29.9% interest
in CP24, a 24-hour local news channel in Toronto. This television station was launched by Craig
Media Inc. on September 19, 2003 under the first English-language conventional television license
granted for Toronto in almost 30 years. The license was granted on April 8, 2002 with an expiration
date of August 31, 2008. SUN TVs signal is broadcast from a main transmitter on the CN Tower and a
rebroadcast transmitter in Hamilton. In addition, SUN TV is currently distributed on cable by
Rogers Communications Inc. throughout Toronto on the desirable dial position of channel 15. SUN TV
is also available on satellite across Canada on ExpressVu and Star Choice.
As at December 31, 2005, we own 45.2% of the equity and control 99.9% of the voting power in
TVA Group.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, our television operations generated revenues of $401.4
million and operating income of $53.0 million. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2004,
our television operations generated revenues of $358.0 million and operating income of $80.5
million.
Canadian Television Industry Overview
Canada has a well-developed television market that provides viewers with a range of viewing
alternatives.
There are four French-language broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: Société
Radio-Canada, Réseau TQS, Télé-Québec and TVA Group. In addition to French-language programming,
there are three English-language national broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: the Global
Television Network, CTV and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, known as CBC. Global Television
Network and CTV are privately held commercial networks. CBC and Société Radio-Canada are
government-owned and financed by a combination of federal government grants and
43
advertising
revenue. French-language viewers in the Province of Québec also have access to U.S. networks,
either directly over the air or via broadcast distributors.
Drama and comedy programming are the most popular genres with French-speaking viewers,
followed by news and other information programming. Viewing trends by French-speaking viewers are
predominantly to French Canadian programs in all genres, with the exception of drama and comedy
programs where the viewing has remained evenly split between Canadian and foreign programs.
According to the most recent available Bureau of Broadcast Measurement and CRTC data,
French-language Canadian programs accounted for approximately 67% of the total viewing of
French-language programs in Canada in 2003-2004.
The following table sets forth the relative audience share of French-language viewers in the
Province of Québec in 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share of Province of Québec
|
Network
|
|
Television Audience
|
TVA Group
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
Société Radio-Canada
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
Réseau TQS
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
Télé-Québec
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
Various French-language specialty cable channels
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
Others
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
Source: BBM People Meter January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005 (audimetry data).
Transition of Over-the-air Television Broadcasting from Analog to Digital
On June 12, 2002 the CRTC announced a framework (Public Notice CRTC 2002-31) for the broadcast
of digital, over-the-air television services and the transition of over-the-air television
broadcasting from analog to digital. The CRTC is prepared to give fast-track consideration to
applications for broadcasting licenses to carry on digital television (DTV) based on the Advanced
Television Systems Committee transmission standard (A/53). The transition from analog to digital
television in Canada will be voluntary, market-driven and without mandated deadlines. Licensees who
wish to use digital television facilities to provide programming consisting essentially of a
simulcast of their existing analog services will qualify for licensing. The CRTC will give fast
track consideration to applications by existing over-the-air broadcasters. Should an existing
broadcaster fail to apply for a transitional digital television license within a reasonable period,
or otherwise demonstrate that it is not prepared to move to digital broadcasting on a timely basis,
the CRTC may consider applications by prospective new entrants predicated on the Department of
Industrys spectrum allotment. Both TVA Group and Sun Media hold a license for digital television
broadcasting. The TVA French-language stations are currently converting their operating facilities
to digital technology. Sun TV is currently broadcasting in digital.
Television Broadcasting
French-language Market
Our French-language network of ten stations, which consists of six owned and four affiliated
stations, is available to a significant portion of the French-speaking population in Canada.
Our owned and operated stations include: CFTM-TV in Montréal, CFCM-TV in Québec City, CHLT-TV
in Sherbrooke, CHEM-TV in Trois-Rivières, CFER-TV in Rimouski-Matane-Sept-Iles and CJPM-TV in
Saguenay (formerly Chicoutimi-Jonquière). Our four affiliated stations are CFEM-TV in
Rouyn-Noranda, CHOT-TV in Gatineau (formerly Hull), CHAU-TV in Carleton and CIMT-TV in
Rivière-du-Loup, of which we own a 45% interest of the latter two. Approximately 85% to 95% of our
networks broadcast schedule is originated from our main station in Montréal. Our signal is
transmitted from transmission and retransmission sites authorized by Industry Canada and licensed
by the CRTC and is also retransmitted by satellite elsewhere in Canada as a distant signal by
various modes of authorized
44
distribution: cable, direct-to-home satellite distribution and
multi-channel multipoint distribution services. We have the number one market share in each of our
ten Québec markets.
English-language Market
We own, through TVA Group and Sun Media, the English-language television station SUN TV
(CKXT-TV). SUN TV broadcasts in the Greater Toronto area, Canadas largest market, as well as in
Hamilton, Ontario. SUN TVs broadcast schedule includes a mixture of original local programming
designed to reflect the diverse lifestyle, culture and sports interests of the Toronto-Hamilton
market. The schedule also addresses the many tastes and preferences of its market with an appealing
variety of well known acquired American programming such as
60 Minutes
along with a blend of
situation comedies, talk shows, and primetime movies. SUN TVs signal is transmitted from a main
transmitter on the CN
Tower and a rebroadcast transmitter in Hamilton. In addition, SUN TV is distributed on cable
by Rogers Communications Inc. throughout Toronto on the desirable dial position of channel 15. SUN
TV is also available across Canada by satellite.
Advertising Sales and Revenue
We derive a majority of our revenues from the sale of air-time to national, regional and local
advertisers. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005, we derived approximately 70% of
our advertising revenues from national advertisers and 30% from regional and local advertisers.
Based on information provided by the TVB Time Sales Report, we estimate our share of the Québecs
French-language broadcast television advertising market was 43% in 2005.
Programming
We produce a variety of French-language programming, including a broad selection of
entertainment, news and public affairs programming. We actively promote our programming and seek to
develop viewer loyalty by offering a consistent programming schedule.
A majority of our programming is produced by our wholly-owned subsidiary, JPL Production Inc.
Through JPL Production Inc., we produced approximately 1,540 hours of original programming,
consisting primarily of soap operas, morning and general interest shows, variety shows and quiz
shows, from September 2004 to August 2005.
The remainder of our programming is comprised of foreign and Canadian independently-produced
programming.
Specialty Broadcasting
Through various subsidiaries, Quebecor Media controls or participates in ten programming
services other than television over the air, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Service
|
|
Language
|
|
Voting Interest
|
Analog Specialty Services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LCN Le Canal Nouvelles
|
|
French
|
|
TVA(1) 99.9%
|
Canal Évasion
|
|
French
|
|
TVA 8.3%
|
CPAC
|
|
French and English
|
|
V(2) 21.7%
|
Category One Digital Specialty Services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MenTV
|
|
English
|
|
TVA 51.0%
|
Mystery (13th Street)
|
|
English
|
|
TVA 50.0%
|
Mystère (13e rue)
|
|
French
|
|
TVA 99.9%
|
Argent (LCN Affaires)
|
|
French
|
|
TVA 99.9%
|
Pay Per View Services (terrestrial & direct broadcasting satellite):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canal Indigo
|
|
French
|
|
TVA 20.0%
|
Video-on Demand Services:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
illico sur Demande
|
|
French and English
|
|
AG(3) 100%
|
Exempted Programming Service:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canal TVAchats
|
|
French
|
|
TVA(1) 99.9%
|
45
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
TVA Group (TVA) controls the programming services. Quebecor Media controls TVA Group.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Videotron (V) controls the programming services. Quebecor Media controls Videotron.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Archambault Group (AG) controls the programming services. Quebecor Media controls the
Archambault Group.
|
Le Canal Nouvelles LCN
Le Canal Nouvelles
, or
LCN
, is a 24-hour broadcast format of 15-minute information segments
comprised of news, sports and weather components, updated on a regular basis.
LCN
went on the air
on September 8, 1997 and had 1.725 million customers as of August 31, 2005.
LCNs
revenues are
primarily derived from affiliate agreements and sale of air-time to national advertisers.
Argent
Argent
broadcasts economic, business and personal finance news. This channel benefits from the
expertise and knowledge of TVA Groups news team, as well as TVA Groups presence in every Québec
region.
Argent
is developing a unique niche by offering a business-focused product that has never
before been offered in Québecs television market.
Argent
is providing an essential service in
Québecs economy by promoting businesses of all sizes and explaining and commenting on the business
and financial news that will impact Québecs economic future.
Argent
began broadcasting in February
2005.
Canal Évasion
Canal Évasion
is a national French-language television specialty service that is dedicated
exclusively to tourism, adventure and travel.
Canal Évasion
began broadcasting in January 2000.
MenTV
MenTV
is a national English-language Category One specialty television service dedicated to
the Canadian mans lifestyle with programming related to the luxury market, the gourmet market,
mens beauty and fitness, the book and music market, outdoor adventures and leisure sports.
MenTV
began broadcasting in September 2001.
Mystery TV
Mystery TV
(formerly called
13th Street
) is a national English-language Category One specialty
television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming. The service nurtures and encourages
short form Canadian mysteries. It provides a wide assortment of genre-specific programs including
movies, television series, short films and documentaries that focus exclusively on the delivery of
entertaining programming relating to suspense, espionage and classic mysteries.
Mystery TV
began
broadcasting in September 2001.
Mystère
Mystère
(formerly called
13ieme rue
) is a national French-language Category One specialty
television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming. This programming service is a
French-language equivalent of
Mystery TV
. However, it also offers reruns of well known indigenous
Québec series.
Mystère
began broadcasting in October 2004.
Canal Indigo
Canal Indigo
is a pay-per-view television service that offers mainly blockbuster feature films
which have been exhibited in theatres as well as Canadian-based events targeting the
French-language market.
Canal Indigo
began broadcasting in August 1996.
46
Canal TVAchats; Home Shopping Service; Infomercials
TVA Group also owns 100% of Home Shopping Service Canada (now known as TVAchats Inc.), a
programming service that the CRTC has exempted from licensing requirements. Through TVAchats Inc.,
we also operate
La Boutique TVA
, a daily one-hour home tele-shopping service broadcast on the TVA
Network, as well as
Canal TVAchats
, a 24-hour infomercial and tele-shopping channel.
Canadian Public Affairs Channel (CPAC)
Through a consortium of cable operators, Quebecor Media has a 21.7% equity interest in the
Canadian Public Affairs Channel (CPAC), a national bilingual public affairs programming service
showing House of Commons debates and consisting exclusively of long-form programming focusing on
local, regional, national and international civic affairs.
Authorized Digital Specialty Services
Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2005-520 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language
Category Two
specialty programming undertaking to be known as
Humour
. The service will be devoted to humour
and comedy.
Broadcasting CRTC Decision 2005-521 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language
Category Two specialty programming undertaking to be known as
Télé-Services
. The service will be
devoted to manual labour, such as construction, renovation, repairs, gardening, landscaping,
decorating, interior design, mechanics and hobbies.
Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2005-527 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language
Category Two specialty programming undertaking to be known as
Nostalgie
. The service would consist
of movie and television classics.
Broadcasting CRTC Decision 2005-528 of October 21, 2005 approved a national, French-language
Category Two specialty service called
Star Système.
The service consists of programs relating to
the entertainment industry, television, movies, fashion and arts news.
TVA Group owns 100% of each of these speciality programming service projects.
Application for National Pay Television Services
Archambault Group has applied to obtain two national programming licences in order to operate
an English
-
and a French-language pay television service. The incumbent pay television licensees
opposed our applications as well as those from other applicants at a public hearing held on October
24, 2005. These licences could contribute to the amortization of programming costs over an
additional exhibition window. A CRTC decision is expected in the first half of 2006.
Magazine Publishing
In connection with the acquisition of Groupe Videotron, we also acquired TVA Publishing, a
subsidiary of TVA Group that was formed when TVA Group acquired Trustar Limited in January 2000. In
May 2002, Publicor, a subsidiary of Quebecor Media that publishes primarily interior design, home
improvement and womens magazines, including well known French-language titles such as
Les idées de
ma maison
,
Décoration Chez-Soi
,
Rénovation-Bricolage
,
Clin doeil
,
Filles daujourdhui
and
Femmes
Plus
, and other special editions and seasonal publications, was combined with TVA Publishing.
Publicor was also involved in contract publishing and collaborated with other members of the
Quebecor Media group of companies combining traditional print with new media to offer clients
additional alternatives to reach their target audience effectively. TVA Publishing, which now
includes all of the operations of Publicor, represents approximately 74% of newsstand sales of
French-language magazines in Québec and owns and operates 42 weekly and monthly publications. TVA
Publishing is the leading magazine publisher in Québec and we expect to leverage its focus on arts
and entertainment across our television and Internet programming.
47
Leisure and Entertainment
Our activities in the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retailing CDs,
books, videos, musical instruments and magazines through the Archambault chain of stores and the
archambault.ca
e-commerce site, online sales of downloadable music through the z
ik.ca
service,
distribution of CDs and videos (through Select, a division of Archambault Group), and music
recording (through Musicor, a division of Archambault Group) as well as book publishing in the
academic, literary and general literature categories, and book distribution. The acquisition of the
Sogides group, one of the largest book publishing and distribution groups in Québec, adds
significantly to our book publishing and distribution assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, the revenues of the Leisure and Entertainment segment
totalled $255.4 million and operating income totalled $27.0 million. For the twelve-month period
ended December 31, 2004, our Leisure and Entertainment segment generated revenues of $241.7 million
and operating income of $22.7 million.
Cultural Products Production, Distribution and Retailing
Archambault Group is one of the largest chains of music and book stores in Québec with 19
retail locations, consisting of 15 Archambault megastores, three Camelot-Info stores and one
Paragraphe bookstore. Archambault Group is also a computer books and software retailer, through
Camelot-Info. Archambault Groups products are also distributed
through its websites
archambault.ca
,
camelot.ca
and
paragraphbooks.com
. In January 2004,
Archambault Group launched a new music downloading service, known as z
ik.ca
, with per-track fees.
Archambault Group, through Select, is also the largest independent music distributor in
Canada. Select has a catalogue of over of 6,000 different CDs, 900 DVDs and 1,400 videocassettes, a
large number of which are from French-speaking artists. Archambault Group is a wholesaler serving
approximately 1,475 locations in Québec through its Trans-Canada division. In 2005, Musicor, the
music recording division of Archambault Group, sold more than 478,000 CDs, including approximately
221,500 of the
Star Académie 2005
compilation.
In November 2004, Archambault Group launched Groupe Archambault France S.A.S., a new producer,
publisher and distributor of cultural content (music and videos) in Europe. At the same time,
Archambault Group announced a partnership agreement with Warner Music France for the distribution
of Groupe Archambault Frances catalogue in Europe.
Book Publishing and Distribution
Through Éditions Quebecor Média (which is comprised of seven publishing houses, including
Éditions Libre Expression, Éditions Internationales Alain Stanké, Éditions Logiques, Éditions du
Trécarré, Éditions Quebecor and Publistar) and CEC Publishing, we are involved in French-language
book publishing and we form one of Québecs largest book publishing groups. In 2005, we published,
reissued and reprinted a total of 803 titles and sold 3,274,000 copies.
Through Québec-Livres, our book distribution division, we operate one of the largest book
distributors in Québec and represent several Québec-based publishers. We distribute French-language
books to approximately 1,400 retail outlets in Canada.
In December 2005, Quebecor Media completed the acquisition of the Sogides group, one of the
largest publishing and distribution groups in Québec, which owns the publishing houses Les Éditions
de lHomme, Le Jour, Utilis, Les Presses Libres and Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature (which itself
includes the publishing houses LHexagone, VLB Éditeur and Typo), and the distributor Les
Messageries A.D.P., which is a distributor for more than 120 Québec-based and foreign publishing
houses. With this acquisition, Quebecor Media offers a more complete selection of books by Québec
authors, will be able to promote Québec writers in Europe through the Sogides network on that
continent and becomes the largest Québec-based publisher and distributor of French-language books
in Québec.
48
Video-On-Demand Services
Archambault Group owns a video-on-demand service licensed by the CRTC. Videotron and
Archambault Group have established both an affiliation agreement, pursuant to which Videotron is
granted the non-exclusive right to offer Archambault Groups video-on-demand services to customers
of Videotron, and a video-on-demand services agreement, pursuant to which Videotron provides
administrative services to Archambault Group. See also Cable above.
Ownership
We own 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Archambault Group, Éditions
Quebecor Média and Sogides.
Business Telecommunications
Videotron is a provider of a full range of business telecommunications services, including
local switch dial tone service, long distance, high speed data transmission, Internet connectivity
and Internet hosting, to customers that include businesses and governmental end users and other
telecommunications service providers in Canada. Videotrons regional network has over 9,000 km of
fibre optic cable in Québec and 2,000 km of fibre optic cable in Ontario and reaches most large and
medium sized users of telecom services in the metropolitan areas of Québec and Ontario. Videotrons
extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, eastern Québec, the
Maritimes and the United States.
Videotron is focusing its development efforts on its core business telecommunications customer
base,
i.e
.
telecommunications local and long distance carriers, wholesalers of long distance
telecommunications services, wireless operators and Internet service providers, and other high-end
users of business telecommunication services. In 2004, Videotron Telecom was awarded a major
outsourcing contract by Quebecor World to host managed servers and communications software for
North America and to provide other services.
In January 2005, we launched our VoIP telephony service in Québec, an initiative that
leverages Videotrons customer base with its telecommunication network and expertise. For more
information on this service, see Cable above.
In 2005, our Business Telecommunications segment generated revenues of $102.1 million and
operating income of $31.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our Business
Telecommunications segment generated revenues of $78.6 million and operating income of $22.6
million.
Interactive Technologies and Communications
Through our ownership interest in Nurun we provide interactive communication and technology
services in North America, Europe and China. As of January 31, 2006, Nurun employs approximately
600 professionals, and helps companies and other organizations develop interactive strategies,
including strategic planning and interface design, technical platform implementation, online
marketing programs and client relationships. Nuruns clients include organizations and
multi-national corporations such as LOréal, Groupe DANONE, Cingular Wireless, AutoTrader.com,
Louis Vuitton, Thalès, Club Med, Pfizer, SkyTeam, Home Depot,
Pleasant Holidays, Renault, Europcar,
Equifax, Telecom Italia, the Government of Québec and the State of Georgia.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
generated revenues of $65.1 million and operating income of $3.9 million. In the twelve-month
period ended December 31, 2004, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment generated
revenues of $51.9 million and operating income of $2.3 million, in each case excluding the revenues
from the discontinued operations of Mindready Solutions.
On September 28, 2005, our subsidiary Nurun announced that it had signed a binding letter of
intent for its acquisition of China Interactive, a privately owned corporation based in Shanghai.
Nurun completed this acquisition on January 23, 2006. China Interactive is an interactive marketing
agency that provides global and local blue-chip clients with services ranging from integrated
marketing communications strategies to Web development and online loyalty
49
programs. This
acquisition is intended to help Nurun strengthen relationships and better serve its North American
and European clients already established in China. China Interactive also brings with it a
portfolio of global brands, providing Nurun with new business development opportunities, both in
Asia and in its traditional markets. As consideration for the acquisition, Nurun paid a combination
of cash and Nurun common shares; the acquisition price also includes deferred payments of cash and
Nurun common shares, the aggregate amount of which is subject to adjustments linked to the
performance of China Interactive.
On April 28, 2004, Nurun acquired Ant Farm Interactive for a cash consideration of $5.4
million, plus additional payments contingent on the achievement of performance targets in the next
three years and, subject to certain conditions, the issuance of Nurun common shares in 2007 or an
equivalent cash consideration, at Nuruns option. The transaction strengthened Nuruns positioning
in the U.S. market and enhanced its capabilities in the fields of interactive marketing and online
customer relationship management. As of December 31, 2005, Nurun had paid $1.3 million in
performance-based earn-out payments to the sellers in connection with the acquisition of Ant Farm
Interactive.
In response to a partial takeover bid for Mindready Solutions shares in 2004, Nurun sold a
total of 6.75 million Mindready Solutions shares for cash consideration of $7.8 million, of which
$4.4 million was received on May 27, 2004, the closing date of the bid. The balance was paid on
February 23, 2005. The transaction left Nurun with a 9.6% interest in Mindready Solutions, which
interest was subsequently sold in March 2005 for cash consideration of $0.4 million.
In February 2005, Nurun announced a normal course issuer bid in order to repurchase on the
open market up to 1,665,883 of its common shares (or approximately 5% of Nuruns issued and
outstanding common shares) for cancellation between March 1, 2005 and February 28, 2006. During
the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005, a total of 377,600 Nurun common shares were
repurchased for cash considerations of $0.8 million. The repurchases increased
Quebecor Medias interest in Nurun by 0.6%, from 57.3% as of January 1, 2005 to 57.9% as of
December 31, 2005.
Ownership
We own 57.9% of the equity and voting interest in Nurun.
Internet/Portals
Canoe (formerly Netgraphe Inc.) is an integrated company offering e-commerce, information,
communication and IT consulting. Canoe owns the CANOE portals network, which, according to ComScore
Media Metrix (October 2005), is accessed by approximately 6.1 million unique visitors per month.
Canoe also owns Jobboom Publishing, Québecs leader in employment and career publishing, and the
IT-consulting firm Progisia Informatique. Brought together, Canoes complementary operations form
one of the most complete portfolios of Internet-related properties in Canada.
For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2005, our Internet/Portals segment generated
revenues of $50.0 million and operating income of $10.5 million. For the year ended December 31,
2004, our Internet/Portals segment generated revenues of $34.5 million and operating income of $4.5
million.
The CANOE portals network includes all of Canoes information and service sites for the
general public. As such, it is one of the most popular Internet destinations in Canada, in both the
English- and French-speaking markets, and a key vehicle for Internet users and advertisers alike.
Advertising revenues constitutes a large portion of Canoes annual revenues.
Media Properties
Canoes media properties include the following portals and destination sites:
50
|
|
|
CANOE (
canoe.qc.ca
and
canoe.ca
), a bilingual, integrated media and Internet
services network and one of Canadas leading Internet portals with more than 328
million page views in October 2005, according to Canoe internal statistics;
|
|
|
|
|
La Toile du Québec (
toile.com
), the first French-language navigational guide in
Canada and Québecs leading portal with approximately 45,000 indexed sites and more
than 60 guides;
|
|
|
|
|
Webfin Argent and Canoe Money (
argent.canoe.com
and
money.canoe.ca
), a financial Web
site which offers, among other things, a variety of services ranging from financial
information to portfolio management tools (the Webfin Argent website was redesigned in
early 2005 in partnership with TVAs new financial channel,
Argent
);
|
|
|
|
|
TVA Group and LCN (
tva.canoe.com
and
lcn.canoe.com
) dedicated Web sites for the TVA
television network and the LCN all-news channel; and
|
|
|
|
|
Several Web sites for popular TVA Group programs, such as
Occupation Double
(
occupationdouble.com
) and
Star Académie
(
staracademie.ca
).
|
E-commerce Properties
Canoes e-commerce properties include the following sites:
|
|
|
Jobboom.com
, a unique Web-based employment site with over 1.5 million members, which
also includes Jobboom Formation, an Internet directory of continuing education
services;
|
|
|
|
|
Autonet.ca
, Canadas leading site devoted entirely to cars;
|
|
|
|
|
ReseauContact.com
/
flirt.canoe.ca
, a bilingual dating and friendship site with
500,000 unique visitors per month, over 940,000 registered members and approximately
100,000 active members generating more than 125 million page views per month, as of
October 2005, according to internal statistics;
|
|
|
|
|
Micasa.ca
, a new real-estate Web site which, according to ComScore Media Metrix
(September 2005), was the leading real estate Web site in Québec for the month of its
official launch, having been visited by over 536,000 unique visitors in that month; and
|
|
|
|
|
Classifiedextra.ca
and
Classeesextra.ca
, classified ad sites through which visitors
can view classified ads from more than 150 Canadian newspapers.
|
Ownership
In 2004, Quebecor Media offered to acquire, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, all of the
outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and Subordinate Voting Shares of Netgraphe not owned or
controlled by Quebecor Media, its affiliates or its associates, at a price of $0.63 per share. In
the course of a number of transactions carried out in 2004, minority interests in Netgraphe
directly owned by minority shareholders were acquired for an aggregate consideration of
approximately $25.2 million. The shares of Netgraphe, which is now known as Canoe, were delisted
from the Toronto Stock Exchange shortly thereafter.
Quebecor Media, directly and through TVA Group, holds 100.0% of the issued and outstanding
shares of Canoe.
Intellectual Property
We use a number of trademarks for our products and services. Many of these trademarks are
registered by us in the appropriate jurisdictions. In addition, we have legal rights in the
unregistered marks arising from their use. We have taken affirmative legal steps to protect our
trademarks and we believe our trademarks are adequately protected.
51
Television programming and motion pictures are granted legal protection under the copyright
laws of the countries in which we operate, and there are substantial civil and criminal sanctions
for unauthorized duplication and exhibition. The content of our newspapers and Web sites is
similarly protected by copyright. We own copyright in each of our publications as a whole, and in
all individual content items created by our employees in the course of their employment, subject to
very limited exceptions. We have entered into licensing agreements with wire services, freelancers
and other content suppliers on terms that are sufficient to meet the need of our publishing
operations. We believe we have taken appropriate and reasonable measures to secure, protect and
maintain our rights or obtain agreements from licensees to secure, protect and maintain copyright
protection of content produced or distributed by us.
We have registered a number of domain names under which we operate Web sites associated with
our television, publishing and Internet operations. As every Internet domain name is unique, our
domain names cannot be registered by other entities as long as our registrations are valid.
Litigation
From time to time, we may be a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary
course of business.
On March 13, 2002, an action was filed in the Superior Court of Québec by Investissement
Novacap inc., Telus Québec Inc. and Paul Girard against Videotron, in which the plaintiffs allege
that Videotron wrongfully terminated its obligations under a share purchase agreement entered into
in August 2000. The plaintiffs are seeking damages totaling approximately $26 million. Videotrons
management believes that the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case.
In 1999, Regional Cablesystems Inc. (now Persona Communications Inc.) initiated an arbitration
with Videotron in which it is seeking an amount of $8.6 million as reduction of the purchase price
of the shares of Northern Cable Holdings Limited sold to Regional Cablesystems Inc. by a subsidiary
of Videotron in 1998. A settlement in principle has been reached subject to finalization of the
settlement documentation.
In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries
are currently pending. In the opinion of the management of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these
proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results, liquidity or
financial position.
Insurance
Quebecor Media is exposed to a variety of operational risks in the normal course of business,
the most significant of which are transferred to third parties by way of insurance agreements.
Quebecor Media has a policy of self-insurance when the foreseeable losses from self-insurance are
low relative to the cost of purchasing third-party insurance. Quebecor Media maintains insurance
coverage through third parties for property and casualty losses. Quebecor Media believes that it
has a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance sufficient to provide adequate
protection against unexpected losses, while minimizing costs.
Environment
Our operations are subject to federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations
relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the discharge of
pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous materials, the
recycling of wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. Laws and regulations relating to
workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to
hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Compliance with these laws has
not had, and management does not expect it to have, a material effect upon our capital
expenditures, net income or competitive position. Environmental laws and regulations and the
interpretation of such laws and regulations, however, have changed rapidly in recent years and may
continue to do so in the future.
The property on which Videotrons primary headend is located has contamination problems to
various degrees related to historical use by previous owners as a landfill site and is listed by
the authorities on their contaminated sites
52
registry. We believe that such contamination poses no
risk to public health, and we are currently updating our environmental studies to determine whether
further intervention is required. In November 2004, our environmental studies reported improvements
in the groundwater resources of this property, and we are presently in discussions with the
authorities to stop all ground water sampling. Our properties, as well as areas surrounding our
properties, may have had historic uses, including uses related to historic publishing operations,
or may have current uses that may affect these properties and require further study or remedial
measures. No material studies or remedial measures are currently anticipated or planned by us or
required by regulatory authorities with respect to our properties. However, we cannot provide
assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our
properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material
environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will
not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.
Organizational Structure
The following chart illustrates the relationship among Quebecor Media and its main operating
subsidiaries and holdings as of January 1, 2006, and shows the jurisdiction of incorporation of
each entity. In each case, unless otherwise indicated, Quebecor Media owns a 100% equity and voting
interest in its subsidiaries (where applicable, the number on the left indicates the percentage of
equity owned directly and indirectly by Quebecor Media and the number on the right indicates the
percentage of voting rights held).
53
Quebecor Inc., a communications holding company, owns 54.72% of Quebecor Media and Capital
dAmérique CDPQ inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
, owns
the other 45.28% of Quebecor Media. Quebecors primary assets are its interests in Quebecor Media
and Quebecor World, one of the largest commercial printers in the world. The
Caisse de dépôt et
placement du Québec
is Canadas largest pension fund manager, with approximately $215 billion in
assets under management.
Property, Plants and Equipment
Our corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 Saint-Jacques Street, Montréal,
Québec, H3C 4M8, Canada.
Cable
Videotrons corporate offices are located in leased space at 300 Viger Avenue East, Montréal,
Québec, Canada H2X 3W4. These premises are under an expropriation notice, in order to make space
for the new Université de Montréal Health Centre (CHUM). Videotron will be relocating its
operations and personnel from this building, although no date has yet been fixed for this
relocation. We are currently considering a number of alternative locations, and a committee has
been formed to oversee the negotiations regarding damages incurred and relocation costs.
Videotron also owns several buildings in the Province of Québec. The primary headend for our
cable operations is located at 150 Beaubien Street, Montréal, Québec (with approximately 27,850
square feet). Videotron also owns a
54
building of approximately 40,000 square feet in Québec City
where its regional headend for the Québec City region is located.
Videotron also owns or leases a significant number of smaller locations for signal reception
sites, customer service and business offices. Videotron generally leases space for the business
offices and retail locations for the operation of its video stores.
Newspapers
Our newspapers business properties are owned by Sun Media. Sun Medias principal business
office is located at 333 King Street East, Toronto, Ontario. The Community Newspapers Group
operates from 138 owned and leased facilities located in the communities in which they serve, with
building space totaling approximately 901,000 square feet. The Community Newspaper Group operates
18 web presses (159 units) and nine sheet fed presses in 21 operations across Canada. The
following table presents the addresses and sizes of the main facilities and other buildings of our
eight urban dailies. No other single property currently used in the Newspapers segment exceeds
50,000 square feet. Details are provided regarding the square footage Sun Media occupies, primary
use of the property and current press capacity. Unless stated otherwise, Sun Media owns all of the
properties listed below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Floor Space
|
Address
|
|
Use of Property
|
|
Press Capacity(1)
|
|
(sq. ft.)
|
Toronto, Ontario
|
|
Operations building,
|
|
4 Metro presses
|
|
|
263,600
|
|
333 King Street East
|
|
including printing plant
|
|
(32 units) and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Toronto Sun
|
|
1 Metroliner press
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
Operations building,
|
|
3 Metro presses and
|
|
|
162,000
|
|
4545 Frontenac Street
|
|
including printing plant
|
|
1 Cosmo press
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Le Journal de Montréal
|
|
(37 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
London, Ontario
|
|
Operations building,
|
|
2 Headliner presses
|
|
|
150,100
|
|
369 York Street
|
|
including printing plant
|
|
(12 units) and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The London Free Press
|
|
1 Urbanite press
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calgary, Alberta
|
|
Operations building,
|
|
1 Headliner press
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
2615-12 Street NE
|
|
including printing plant
|
|
(7 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Calgary Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vanier, Québec
|
|
Operations building,
|
|
2 Urbanite presses
|
|
|
74,000
|
|
450 Bechard Avenue
|
|
including printing plant
|
|
(24 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Le Journal de Québec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Winnipeg, Manitoba
|
|
Operations building,
|
|
1 Urbanite press
|
|
|
63,000
|
|
1700 Church Avenue
|
|
including printing plant
|
|
(15 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Winnipeg Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edmonton, Alberta
|
|
Printing plant
|
|
1 Metro press
|
|
|
49,600
|
|
9300-47 Street
|
|
The Edmonton Sun
|
|
(8 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edmonton, Alberta
|
|
Operations building
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
45,200
|
|
4990-92 Avenue
|
|
The Edmonton Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(leased until Dec. 2013)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gloucester, Ontario
|
|
Printing plant
|
|
1 Urbanite press
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
4080 Belgreen Drive
|
|
The Ottawa Sun
|
|
(14 units)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ottawa, Ontario
|
|
Operations buildin
g
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
19,300
|
|
6 Antares Drive
|
|
(leased until Oct. 2013)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Ottawa Sun
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
A unit is the critical component of a press that determines color and page count
capacity. All presses listed have between six and 15 units.
|
55
In August 2005, we approved a plan to invest in a new printing facility to be operated by
an entity co-owned by us and our affiliate Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor.
The new printing facility will be located in Toronto, Ontario in a building owned by Quebecor
World. As part of this plan, Sun Media will outsource the printing of certain of its publications
in Ontario to the new facility. The new facility should make it possible to consolidate some of Quebecor Worlds printing operations in Ontario and to strengthen the convergence among our Toronto media
properties. In addition, in August 2005, we approved a plan to modernize and relocate the printing
facilities of
Le Journal de Montréal
to a new 235,000 square foot printing facility owned by
Quebecor Media, which will be located in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, Québec. Each of these projects
is expected to be completed in 2007.
Television Broadcasting
Our television broadcasting operations are mainly carried out in Montréal in five buildings
owned by us which represent a total of approximately 574,000 square feet. We also own buildings in
Québec City, Chicoutimi, Trois-Rivières, Rimouski and Sherbrooke for local broadcasting and lease
space in Montréal for TVA Publishing.
Leisure and Entertainment segment and Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
We generally lease space for the business offices and retail outlets for the operation of our
Leisure and Entertainment segment, except for the building that we (Archambault Group) own at 500
rue Ste-Catherine Est, in Montreal. Business offices for our Interactive Technologies and
Communications operations are also primarily leased.
Liens and charges
Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and under eligible derivative
instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain
permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property (chattels). Our subsidiaries credit
facilities are generally secured by first priority charges over all of their respective assets.
Regulation
Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings
Subject to any directions issued by the Governor in Council (effectively the Federal Cabinet),
the CRTC regulates and supervises all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system.
The Governor in Council, through an Order-in-Council referred to as the Direction to the CRTC
(
Ineligibility of Non-Canadians
), has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting
license to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term in the Direction, means,
among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada, a qualified corporation, a
Canadian government, a non-share capital corporation of which a majority of the directors are
appointed or designated by statute, regulation or specified governmental authorities, or a
qualified mutual insurance company, qualified pension fund society or qualified cooperative of
which not less than 80% of the directors or members are Canadian. A qualified corporation is one
incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer (or if there is no chief
executive officer, the person performing functions similar to those performed by a chief executive
officer) and not less than 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued
and outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and
controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition to the above requirements, Canadians
must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66.6% of the issued and
outstanding voting shares and not less than 66.6% of the votes of the parent company that controls
the subsidiary, and neither the parent company nor its directors may exercise control or influence
over any programming decisions of the subsidiary if Canadians beneficially own and control less
than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares and votes of the parent corporation, if the chief
executive officer of the parent corporation is a non-Canadian or if less than 80% of the parent
corporations directors are Canadian. There are no specific restrictions on
56
the number of
non-voting shares which may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire,
amend or renew a broadcasting license must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a
question of fact which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion. Control is defined broadly
in the Direction to mean control in any manner that results in control in
fact, whether directly through the ownership of securities or indirectly through a trust,
agreement or arrangement, the ownership of a corporation or otherwise. Videotron, TVA Group,
Archambault Group and Sun Media are qualified Canadian corporations.
Regulations made under the
Broadcasting Act
(Canada) require the prior approval of the CRTC of
any transaction that directly or indirectly results in (i) a change in effective control of the
licensee of a broadcasting distribution undertaking or television programming undertaking (such as
a conventional television station, network or pay or specialty undertaking service), (ii) a person
or a person and its associates acquiring control of 30% or more of the voting interests of a
licensee or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of a licensee, or (iii)
a person or a person and its associates acquiring 50% or more of the issued common shares of the
licensee or of a person who has direct or indirect effective control of a licensee. In addition, if
any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring
control of at least 20% but less than 30% of the voting interests of a licensee, or of a person who
has, directly or indirectly, effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified of the
transaction. Similarly, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and
its associates acquiring control of 40% or more but less than 50% of the voting interests of a
licensee, or a person who has directly or indirectly effective control of the licensee, the CRTC
must be notified.
In November 2002, the federal Minister of Industry initiated a review of the existing foreign
ownership restrictions applicable to telecommunications carriers. In April 2003, the House of
Commons Standing Committee on Industry, Science and Technology released a report of its study of
the issue of foreign direct investment restrictions applicable to telecommunications common
carriers. The House of Commons Standing Committee on Industry, Science and Technology, recommended,
among other things, that the Government of Canada remove the existing foreign ownership
restrictions in the telecommunications industry and ensure that any changes made to the Canadian
ownership and control requirements applicable to telecommunications common carriers be applied
equally to broadcasting distribution undertakings. In June 2003, the House of Commons Standing
Committee on Canadian Heritage released a report of its review of the Broadcasting Act (Canada)
and, among other things, recommended that the current restrictions on foreign ownership relating to
broadcasting, cable and telecommunications remain. On April 4, 2005, the Canadian Government
released a response to the report of the latter committee wherein it stated, among other things,
that the Government wishes to indicate that it is not prepared to modify foreign ownership limits
on broadcasting or content more generally. However, it acknowledged the appointment by Industry
Canada of an independent panel of experts, the Telecommunications Policy Review Panel, to review
Canadas telecommunications policy and regulation of telecommunications and that the panels work
may be helpful in shedding new light on the issue. One of the many terms of reference for this
panel include consideration of Canadas foreign investment restrictions in telecommunications and
whether they should be removed. The panel is expected to report during the first quarter of 2006.
We cannot predict what, if any, recommendations will be made by the panel on foreign ownership of
telecommunications companies and whether any such recommendations will be acted upon by the
government. Given the increasing level of convergence in the industry and competition with
traditional telecommunications carriers, a change to the current regulatory regime allowing for
greater foreign investment in telecommunications carriers, without a comparable change allowing for
greater foreign investment for broadcasting distribution undertakings, may adversely affect our
ability to compete with some of our competitors who are telecommunication carriers.
Jurisdiction Over Canadian Broadcast Undertakings
Videotrons cable distribution undertakings, Archambault Groups and TVA Groups programming
activities are subject to the
Broadcasting Act
(Canada) and regulations made under the
Broadcasting
Act
(Canada) that empower the CRTC, subject to directions from the Governor in Council, to regulate
and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system in order to implement the policy set
out in that Act. Certain of Videotrons and TVA Groups undertakings are also subject to the
Radiocommunication Act
(Canada), which empowers Industry Canada to establish and administer the
technical standards that networks and transmission must respect, namely, maintaining the technical
quality of signals.
57
The CRTC has, among other things, the power under the
Broadcasting Act
(Canada) and
regulations to issue, subject to appropriate conditions, amend, renew, suspend and revoke
broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establish
and oversee compliance with regulations and policies concerning
broadcasting, including various programming and distribution requirements, subject to certain
directions from the Federal Cabinet.
Canadian Broadcast Distribution (Cable Television)
Licensing of Canadian Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings
The CRTC has responsibility for the issuance, amendment, renewal, suspension and revocation of
Canadian broadcasting licenses, including licenses to operate a cable distribution undertaking. A
cable distribution undertaking distributes broadcasting services to customers predominantly over
closed transmission paths. A license to operate a cable distribution undertaking gives the cable
television operator the right to distribute television programming services in its licensed service
area. Broadcasting licenses may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually
renewed, except in particular circumstances or in cases of a serious breach of the conditions
attached to the license or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public
hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a license. Videotron operates
52 cable systems pursuant to a license issuance or an order that exempts certain network operations
from the obligation to hold a license.
Cable systems with 2,000 customers or less and operating their own local headend are exempted
from the obligation to hold a license pursuant to exemption orders issued by the CRTC. These cable
systems continue to have to comply with a number of programming carriage requirements set out in
the exemption order and comply with the Canadian ownership and control requirements in the
Direction to the CRTC. Cable distribution undertakings that are fully interconnected with other
broadcasting distribution undertakings are ineligible for this exemption unless the aggregate
number of customers served by the interconnected broadcast distribution undertakings is less than
6,000. Videotron operates 23 exempted cable systems.
Similarly, cable systems with between 2,000 and 6,000 customers (generally Class 2 cable
systems or Class 3 cable systems not exempt under the CRTCs exemption for small cable
undertakings) are also exempted from holding a license pursuant to a CRTC public notice issued in
2003. Cable distribution undertakings that are fully interconnected with other broadcasting
distribution undertakings will be ineligible for this exemption unless the aggregate number of
customers served by the interconnected broadcast distribution undertakings is less than 6,000.
Three such networks benefit from the exemption by having reduced administrative costs and
regulatory burdens. As a result, Videotron still operates 26 licensed networks.
In November 2003, the CRTC finalized the regulatory framework that will govern the
distribution of digital signals by over-the-air television stations (Broadcasting Public Notice
CRTC 2003-61). The CRTC requires broadcasting distribution undertakings to distribute the primary
digital signal of a licensed over-the-air television service in accordance with the priorities that
currently apply to the distribution of the analog version of the services. The CRTC expects all
broadcasting distribution undertakings to implement the necessary upgrades. Analog carriage can be
phased-out only once 85% of a particular broadcasting distribution undertakings customers have
digital receivers or set-top boxes that can convert digital signals to analog. Exempt undertakings
will not be required to duplicate mandatory services in digital format. A further proceeding to
establish a licensing framework governing the transition of pay and specialty services to high
definition, or HD, signals was initiated in August 2004. It will also establish a framework to
govern the distribution of such services by broadcasting distribution undertakings. It is expected
that this policy will be made public sometime in 2006. According to the CRTC, the time period
during which broadcasters and distributors will have to provide services in both analog and digital
formats will depend on the speed with which customers convert from analog to digital. A shorter
transition period will reduce the overall costs of the transition for both broadcasters and
distributors.
In order to conduct our business, we must maintain our broadcasting distribution undertaking
licenses in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of our licenses may result in their short-term
renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. We have never failed to obtain a license renewal
for any cable systems.
58
Distribution of Canadian Content
The
Broadcasting Distribution Regulations
issued by the CRTC pursuant to the
Broadcasting Act
(Canada) mandate the types of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services that may be
distributed by broadcasting
distribution undertakings, or BDUs, including cable television systems. For example, Canadian
television broadcasters are subject to must carry rules which require terrestrial distributors,
like cable and MDS systems, to carry the signals of local television stations and, in some
instances, regional television stations as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage
enjoyed by local television broadcasters under the must carry rules is designed to ensure that
the signals of local broadcasters reach cable households and enjoy advantageous channel placement.
Furthermore, cable operators, DBS operators and MDS operators must offer their customers more
Canadian programming than non-Canadian programming services. In summary, each cable television
system is required to distribute all of the Canadian programming services that the CRTC has
determined are appropriate for the market it serves, which includes local and regional television
stations, certain specialty channels and pay television channels, and a pay-per-view service, but
does not include Category Two digital services and video-on-demand services.
As revised from time to time, the CRTC has issued a list of non-Canadian programming services
eligible for distribution in Canada on a discretionary user-pay basis to be linked along with
Canadian pay-television services or with Canadian specialty services. The CRTC currently permits
the linkage of up to one non-Canadian service for one Canadian specialty service and up to five
non-Canadian services for every one Canadian pay-television service. In addition, the number of
Canadian services received by a cable television customer must exceed the total number of
non-Canadian services received. The CRTC decided that it would not be in the interest of the
Canadian broadcasting system to permit the distribution of certain non-Canadian pay-television
movie channels and specialty programming services that could be considered competitive with
licensed Canadian pay-television and specialty services. Therefore, pay-television movie channels
and certain specialty programming services available in the United States and other countries are
not approved for distribution in Canada. Following recent CRTC policy statements, most foreign
third language (other than English and French) programming services can be eligible for
distribution in Canada if approved by the CRTC and if legacy Canadian services of the same language
are distributed as well.
Also important to broadcasting operations in Canada are the specialty (or thematic)
programming service access rules. Cable systems in a French-language market, such as Videotrons,
with more than 6,000 customers are required to offer each analog French-language Canadian specialty
and pay television programming service licensed, other than religious specialty services, to the
extent of available channels. Similarly, DBS satellite operators must, by regulation, distribute
all Canadian specialty services other than Category Two digital specialty services and religious
specialty services. Moreover, all licensed specialty services, other than Category Two digital
specialty services and religious specialty services, as well as at least one pay television service
in each official language, must be carried by larger cable operators, such as Videotron, when
digital distribution is offered. These rules seek to ensure wider carriage for certain Canadian
specialty services than might otherwise be secured through negotiation. However, Category Two
digital specialty services do not benefit from any regulatory assistance guaranteeing distribution
other than a requirement that a cable operator distribute at least five unrelated Category Two
digital specialty services for each Category Two digital specialty service distributed by such
cable operator in which such cable operator or its affiliates control more than 10% of the total
shares. Cable systems (not otherwise exempt) and DBS satellite operators are also subject to
distribution and linkage requirements for programming services set by the CRTC and amended from
time to time which include requirements that link the distribution of eligible non-Canadian
satellite programming services with Canadian specialty and pay television services.
1998 Broadcasting Distribution Regulations
The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations enacted in 1998, also called the 1998 Regulations,
apply to distributors of broadcasting services or broadcasting distribution undertakings in Canada.
The 1998 Regulations promote competition between broadcasting distribution undertakings and the
development of new technologies for the distribution of such services while ensuring that quality
Canadian programs are exhibited. The 1998 Regulations introduced important new rules, including the
following:
59
|
|
|
Competition, Carriage Rules and Signal Substitution.
The 1998 Regulations provide
equitable opportunities for all distributors of broadcasting services. Similar to the
signal carriage and substitution requirements that are imposed on existing cable
television systems, under the 1998 Regulations, new broadcasting distribution
undertakings are also subject to carriage and substitution requirements. The 1998
Regulations prohibit a distributor from giving an undue preference to any person,
including itself, or subjecting any person to an
undue disadvantage. This gives the CRTC the ability to address complaints of
anti-competitive behavior on the part of certain distributors.
|
|
|
|
|
A significant aspect of television broadcasting in Canada is simultaneous program
substitution, or simulcasting, a regulatory requirement under which Canadian
distribution undertakings, such as cable television systems with over 6,000 customers,
are required to substitute the foreign programming service, with local Canadian signal,
including Canadian commercials, for broadcasts of identical programs by a U.S. station
when both programs are exhibited at the same time. These requirements are designed to
protect the program rights that Canadian broadcasters acquire for their respective
local markets. The CRTC, however, has suspended the application of these requirements
to DTH satellite operators for a period of time, so long as they undertake certain
alternative measures, including monetary compensation to a fund designed to help
finance regional television productions.
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Programming and Community Expression Financing Rules. All distributors,
except systems with less than 2,000 customers, are required to contribute at least 5%
of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the creation and presentation of Canadian
programming including community programming. However, the allocation of these
contributions between broadcast and community programming can vary depending on the
type and size of the distribution system involved.
|
|
|
|
|
Inside Wiring Rules.
The CRTC determined that the inside wiring portion of cable
networks creates a bottleneck facility that could affect competition if open access is
not provided to other distributors. Incumbent cable companies may retain the ownership
of the inside wiring but must allow usage by competitive undertakings to which the
cable company may charge a just and reasonable fee for the use of the inside wire. On
September 3, 2002, the CRTC established a fee of $0.52 per customer per month for the
use of cable inside wire in MDUs. On October 9, 2002, the CRTC, had ordered Câblage QMI
and Videotron to comply with the inside wiring access rules. In Broadcasting Decision
CRTC 2005-223 of May 31, 2005, the CRTC rescinded the Mandatory Order issued against
Videotron and its subsidiaries. In Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2005-83 of August
15, 2005, the CRTC called for comments on possible regulatory amendments that would
expand competitive access to inside wire owned by a cable licensee and installed in
properties, such as hotels, hospitals, nursing homes and other commercial or
institutional premises that are used to house transient residents as well as in office
buildings, retail stores or other types of non-residential properties. Videotron has
opposed this expansion of the regulations because such access would make what we have
considered commercial accounts more vulnerable to competition.
|
Rates
Our revenue related to cable television is derived mainly from (a) monthly subscription fees
for basic cable service; (b) fees for premium services such as specialty services, pay-television,
pay-per-view television and video-on-demand; and (c) installation and additional outlets charges.
The CRTC does not regulate the fees charged by non-cable broadcast distribution undertakings
and does not regulate the fees charged by cable providers for non-basic services. The basic service
fees charged by Class 1 (6,000 customers or more) cable providers are regulated by the CRTC until
true competition exists in a particular service area, which occurs when:
|
(1)
|
|
30% or more of the households in the licensed service area have access to the
services of another broadcasting distribution undertaking. The CRTC has advised that as
of August 31, 1997, the 30% availability criterion was satisfied for all licensed cable
areas; and
|
60
|
(2)
|
|
the number of customers for basic cable service has decreased by at least 5%
since the date on which a competitor started offering its basic cable service in the
particular area.
|
For all but two minor service areas, our basic service fees for our customers have been
deregulated.
The CRTC further restricts installation fees to an amount that does not exceed the average
actual cost incurred to install and connect the outlet to a household situated in a residential
area.
Subject to certain notice and other procedural requirements, for Class 1 cable systems still
regulated, we may increase our basic service rates so as to pass through to customers increases in
CRTC authorized fees to be paid to specialty programming services distributed on our basic service.
However, the CRTC has the authority to suspend or disallow such an increase.
In the event that distribution services may be compromised as a result of economic
difficulties encountered by a Class 1 cable distributor, a request for a rate increase may be
submitted to the CRTC. The CRTC may approve an increase if the distributor satisfies the criteria
then in effect for establishing economic need.
Winback Restrictions
In a letter decision dated April 1, 1999, the CRTC established rules, referred to as the
winback rules, that prohibit the targeted marketing by incumbent cable companies of customers who
have cancelled basic cable service. These rules require us and other incumbent cable companies to
refrain for a period of 90 days from: (a) directly contacting customers who, through an agent, have
notified their cable company of their intention to cancel basic cable service; and (b) offering
discounts or other inducements not generally offered to the public, in instances when customers
personally initiate contact with the cable company for the purpose of cancelling basic cable
service. In August of 2004 (Public Notice CRTC 2004-62), the CRTC has decided that it will no
longer require incumbent cable companies to adhere to winback rules with respect to customers who
reside in single unit dwellings. However, the CRTC has also determined that the winback rules
should continue to apply to incumbent cable companies with respect to their dealings with
individual customers who reside in multiple unit dwellings. The CRTC has further determined that
incumbent cable companies are prohibited from initiating communication with residents of a multiple
unit dwelling for a period of 90 days from the date on which a new entrant enters into an access
agreement to provide service in the multiple unit dwelling. Moreover, the CRTC now requires
incumbent cable companies to refrain from the targeted marketing of all residents of a multiple
unit dwelling, or from offering them discounts or other inducements not generally available to the
public, for a period of 90 days following the date on which a new entrant enters into an access
agreement to offer services in the multiple unit dwelling.
In February 2001, the CRTC also announced similar winback restrictions on certain cable
operators, including Videotron, in the Internet service market. These restrictions limit cable
operators ability to win back Internet service customers who have chosen to switch to another
Internet service provider within 90 days of the customers switch.
With respect to VoIP services, the CRTC decided in May 2005, as part of its announced
regulatory framework for VoIP services, that it was not necessary to apply winback restrictions
to cable operators. However, it determined that the winback restrictions for ILECs was necessary to
foster competition and it extended the winback rules applicable to ILECs for local exchange
services to ILECs local VoIP services. These rules provide for a twelve-month no contact period in
the case of residential customers and a three-month no contact period for business customers. An
appeal has been filed with the Federal Court of Appeal by several ILECs on the grounds that these
no contact rules violate constitutional rights to freedom of expression. A group of ILECs also has
an earlier outstanding application before the CRTC seeking to eliminate the CRTCs prevailing
winback restrictions on local telephony on the same constitutional grounds. If either of these
challenges to the winback restrictions are successful, we could face a more challenging marketing
environment for our local telephony services offering.
Copyright Board Proceedings
Certain copyrights in radio, television and pay audio programming are administered
collectively and tariff rates are established by the Copyright Board of Canada. Tariffs set by the
Copyright Board are generally applicable until a
61
public process is held and a decision of the
Copyright Board is rendered for a renewed tariff. Renewed tariffs are often applicable
retroactively. Proposed tariffs for online music activities are also under review by the Copyright
Board. See Proposed Tariffs in Respect of Online Activities below.
Royalties for the Retransmission of Distant Signals
Following the implementation in 1989 of the Canada-U.S. Free Trade Agreement, the
Copyright
Act
(Canada) was amended to require retransmitters, including Canadian cable television operators,
to pay royalties in respect of the retransmission of distant television and radio signals.
Since this legislative amendment, the
Copyright Act
(Canada) empowers the Copyright Board of
Canada to quantify the amount of royalties payable to retransmit these signals and to allocate them
among collective societies representing the holders of copyright in the works thus retransmitted.
Regulated cable television operators cannot automatically recover such paid retransmission
royalties from their customers, although such charges might be a component of an application for a
basic cable service rate increase based on economic need.
Distant television signal retransmission royalties vary from $100 per year for Class 3 cable
systems and from $0.30 to $0.65 per customer per month for Class 2 cable systems serving areas with
fewer than 1,500 customers and to $0.70 per customer per month for more than 6,000 customers (Class
1 cable systems), except in French-language markets. In French-language markets, there is a 50%
rebate for Class 1 and Class 2 cable systems, where the maximum rate is $0.35 per customer per
month. The same pricing structure, with lower rates, still applies for distant radio signal
transmission. All of Videotrons undertakings operate in French-language-markets. In 2003, the
collective societies representing copyright holders filed with the Copyright Board of Canada a
tariff request to increase to $1.00 per customer per month the distant signal retransmission
royalty applicable to systems of more than 6,000 customers for the years 2000 to 2008. In December
2003, the 2003 tariff was extended indefinitely on an interim basis until the Copyright Board rules
on the proposed tariff, and a hearing in respect of the proposed tariff had been scheduled for
October 2005. The parties have, however, reached an agreement in March 2005 on the rates and the
tariff prior to the initiation of the public hearing process. The distant television signal
retransmission royalties will be an annual average of approximately $0.80 for Class 1 systems with
a 50% rebate for French-language markets, until 2008.
Royalties for the Transmission of Pay and Specialty Services
In 1989, the
Copyright Act
(Canada) was amended, in particular, to define copyright as
including the exclusive right to communicate protected works to the public by telecommunication.
Prior to the amendment, it was generally believed that copyright holders did not have an exclusive
right to authorize the transmission of works carried on radio and television station signals when
these signals were not broadcast but rather transmitted originally by cable television operators to
their customers. In 1996, at the request of the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers
of Canada (SOCAN) the Copyright Board approved Tariff 17A, which required the payment of royalties
by broadcasting distribution undertakings, including cable television operators, that transmit
musical works to their customers in the course of transmitting television services on a
subscription basis. Through a series of industry agreements, this liability was shared with the pay
and specialty programming services.
In March 2004, the Copyright Board changed the name of this tariff from Tariff 17A to Tariff
17 and rendered its decision setting Tariff 17 royalty rates for 2001 through 2004. The Copyright
Board changed the structure of Tariff 17 to calculate the royalties based on the revenues of the
pay and specialty programming services (affiliation payments only in the case of foreign and pay
services, and all revenues in the case of Canadian specialty services) and set a basic royalty rate
of 1.78% for 2001 and 1.9% for 2002 through 2004. The basic royalty rate is subject to reductions
in certain cases, although there is no French-language discount. SOCAN has agreed that the 2005 and
2006 tariff will continue on the same basis as in 2004, the royalty rate remaining at 1.9%.
Royalties for Pay Audio Services
The Copyright Board of Canada rendered a decision on March 16, 2002 regarding two new tariffs
for the years 1997-1998 to 2002, which provide for the payment of royalties from programming and
distribution undertakings
62
broadcasting pay audio services. The tariffs fix the royalties payable to
SOCAN and to the Neighbouring Rights Collective of Canada, or NRCC, respectively, during this
period at 11.115% and 5.265% of the affiliation payments payable during a month by a distribution
undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal. The royalties
payable to SOCAN and NRCC by a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low or very low
power television station or by equivalent small transmission systems during this period were fixed
by the Board at 5.56% and 2.63%, respectively, of the affiliation payments payable during a year by
the distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio
signal. Royalties payable by a system located in a French-language market during
this period are calculated at a rate equal to 85% of the rate otherwise payable.
In February 2005, the Copyright Board rendered its decision setting pay audio services
royalties for 2003 through 2006. The Copyright Board fixed the rate of royalties payable to SOCAN
and NRCC during this period to 12.35% and 5.85%, respectively, of the affiliation payments payable
during a month by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a
pay audio signal. In addition, the Copyright Board established the rate of royalties payable to
SOCAN and NRCC during this period at 6.17% and 2.95%, respectively, for a small cable transmission
system, an unscrambled low or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission
system. The Copyright Board also eliminated the previously effective 15% discount to royalties
payable by a system located in a French-language market. We have made interim royalty payments for
2003 and 2004 based on the lower royalty rate of the 2002 tariffs. The retroactive royalty
obligations to SOCAN and NRCC owed by us since 2003 were paid in 2005.
Tariff in Respect of Internet Service Provider Activities
In 1996, SOCAN proposed a tariff (Tariff 22) to be applied against Internet service providers,
in respect of composers/publishers rights in musical works communicated over the Internet to
Internet service providers customers. SOCANs proposed tariff was challenged by a number of
industry groups and companies. In 1999, the Copyright Board decided that Internet service providers
should not be liable for the communication of musical works by their customers, although they might
be liable if they themselves operated a musical website. In June 2004, the Supreme Court of Canada
upheld this portion of the decision of the Copyright Board and determined that Internet service
providers do not incur liability for copyright content when they engage in normal intermediary
activities, including web hosting for third parties and caching. SOCANs tariff proposal will,
therefore, be subject to further consideration by the Copyright Board to determine what royalties
should be paid by content providers in respect of music communicated over the Internet. A proposed
amendment to the
Copyright Act
(Canada) was introduced in June 2005 in Parliament to exempt ISPs
for copyright liability for merely providing customers with access to the Internet and not
operating the web site itself. It is premature to predict whether the amendment will be
reintroduced in Parliament and enacted into law.
Proposed Tariffs in Respect of Online Activities
The Copyright Board is currently reviewing various tariff proposals that would apply to the
use of music on the Internet, including, among others, websites that use audio webcasts of any kind
which contain music, online music services and other similar undertakings using musical works on
the Internet. If all such proposed tariffs are approved by the Copyright Board, it may have a
significant impact on our online music activities. It is currently anticipated that public hearings
regarding online music service tariffs will be held by the Copyright Board during the third quarter
of 2006.
Canadian Broadcast Programming (Television Stations)
Programming of Canadian Content
CRTC regulations require licensees of television stations to maintain a specified percentage
of Canadian content in their programming. Television broadcasters are subject to regulations
requiring that, over the broadcast year and over any six-month period specified in the license, a
minimum of 60% of the aggregate programming shown during the broadcast day (a continuous 18-hour
period between 6:00 a.m. and 1:00 a.m. the following day) must be of Canadian origin. Canadian
origin is most commonly achieved on the basis of a points system requiring that a number of
creative and production staff be Canadian and that specified Canadian production expenditure levels
be met. In addition, not less than 50% of the aggregate programming between the hours of 6:00 p.m.
and 12:00 midnight over the broadcast year must be of Canadian origin. Specialty or thematic
television channels also have to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian
63
content in their
programming, generally set forth in the conditions of their license.
Since September 1, 2000, we have been subject to a CRTC policy requiring the largest
multi-station ownership groups to broadcast over the broadcast year on average a minimum of eight
hours per week of priority programming during prime time, from 7:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. To permit
greater flexibility in meeting these requirements, the definitions of priority programs and prime
time have been expanded. Priority programming now includes Canadian-produced drama, music and
dance, variety and long-form documentaries, but does not include news and information or sports
programming. Quantitative commitments and fixed spending requirements have been eliminated.
Advertising
The CRTC also regulates the quantity and content of television advertising. A television
licensee shall not broadcast more than 12 minutes of advertising during any hour subject to certain
exceptions for unpaid public service announcements and promotions for upcoming Canadian programs.
According to Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2004-93 of November 29, 2004, any English-language
licensee broadcasting, in peak time, certain Canadian television drama program with an hourly
production budget of at least $800,000 and a licence fee of at least $300,000, will be permitted to
broadcast three minutes of additional advertising for each hour broadcast. SUN TV does not produce
Canadian drama. According to Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2005-8 of January 27, 2005,
French-language conventional television stations broadcasting original French-language Canadian
drama programming can, in certain circumstances qualify for two to seven minutes of additional
advertising for each original hour of drama broadcast additional advertising minutes, depending on
the type of drama. The TVA network has applied for that relief and the application has been
approved. Advertising content is also regulated by various federal and provincial statutes and
regulations, as well as by standards in the Canadian television broadcasting industry.
Broadcasting License Fees
Broadcasting licensees are subject to annual license fees payable to the CRTC. The license
fees consist of two fees. One fee allocates the CRTCs regulatory costs for the year to licensees
based on a licensees proportion of the gross revenue derived during the year from the licensed
activities of all licensees whose gross revenues exceed specific exemption levels. The other fee,
also called the Part II license fee, for a broadcasting distribution undertaking, is 1.365% of the
amount by which its gross revenue derived during the year from its licensed activity exceeds
$175,000. Our broadcasting distribution activities are subject to both fees. In February 2004, we
filed a claim before the Federal Court on the basis that the Part II license fee is similar to a
tax levy and that the CRTC has no jurisdiction to impose a tax. This claim has been merged with a
similar claim from the Canadian Association of Broadcasters.
Canadian Telecommunications Services
Jurisdiction
The provision of telecommunications services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC pursuant to
the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada). With certain exceptions, companies that own or operate
transmission facilities in Canada that are used to offer telecommunications services to the public
for compensation are deemed telecommunications common carriers under the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada) administered by the CRTC and are subject to regulation. Cable operators offering
telecommunications services are deemed Broadcast Carriers.
The
Telecommunications Act
(Canada), which came into force on October 25, 1993, as amended,
provides for the regulation of facilities-based telecommunications common carriers under federal
jurisdiction. Under the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada), the CRTC may exempt any class of Canadian
telecommunications carriers from the application of the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada) if the CRTC
is satisfied that such an exemption is consistent with implementation of the Canada
telecommunications policy objectives. The CRTC must refrain from regulating certain
telecommunications services or classes of services provided by Canadian carriers, if it finds that
such service or class is or will be subject to competition sufficient to protect the interests of
users. The CRTC is prohibited from making a determination to refrain if refraining from regulation
could likely impair unduly the establishment or continuance of a competitive market for a
particular service or class of services.
64
In the Canadian telecommunications market, Videotron operates as a CLEC and a Canadian
broadcast carrier since its merger with Videotron Telecom.
Overview of the Telecommunications Competition Framework
Competition in the Canadian long-distance and local telephony markets is guided to a large
extent by the principles set out in Telecom Decision CRTC 92-12, which removed the telephone
companies monopoly in the provision of public long-distance voice telecommunications services,
Review of Regulatory Framework
, Telecom Decision CRTC 94-19, which sets out the principles for a
new, pro-competitive regulatory framework, and
Local Competition
Telecom Decision
CRTC 97-8, which establishes the policy framework for local exchange competition. This latter
decision, along with four others (Telecom Decision CRTC 97-9, CRTC Telecom Orders 97-590 and
97-591, as well as CRTC Public Notice 1997-49) comprise the Local Competition Decisions (the LC
Decisions), which set out many of the terms and conditions for competitive entry in the market for
local telephony services. A number of technical, operating and other details are being established
through subsequent proceedings and meetings of the CISC.
Application of Canadian Telecommunications Regulation
In a series of decisions, the CRTC has determined that the carriage of non-programming
services by cable companies results in the company being regulated as a carrier under the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada). This applies to a company serving its own customers, or allowing a
third party to use its distribution network to provide non-programming services to customers, such
as providing access to cable Internet services.
In addition, the CRTC regulates the provision of telephony services in Canada. On May 1, 1997,
the CRTC established the regulatory framework for the provision of competitive local telephony
services in Canada. Among the key elements of this framework are: a technical form of
interconnection based on a co-carrier (
i.e.
, peer-to-peer) relationship between the ILEC and CLECs;
mutual compensation for traffic termination (including Bill & Keep compensation at low levels of
traffic imbalance); effective deregulation of CLEC retail service offerings with the exception of
certain social obligations such as the provision of enhanced 911 service; and the imposition of a
series of regulatory safeguards on the ILECs to protect against anti-competitive conduct on their
part, including retail tariffing requirements, service bundling restrictions and winback
restrictions.
Elements of the CRTCs telecommunications regulatory framework to which Videotron is subject
include: interconnection standards and inter-carrier compensation arrangements; the mandatory
provision of equal access (i.e. customer choice of long distance provider); standards for the
provision of 911 service, message relay service and certain privacy features; and the obligation
not to prevent other local exchange carriers from accessing end-users on a timely basis under
reasonable terms and conditions in multi-dwelling units where Videotron provides service.
Generally speaking, the CRTC has pursued a policy of favouring facilities-based competition in
telecommunications. Key to the CRTCs framework are decisions issued on January 25, 2001 and June
30, 2003, respectively, regarding access to municipal rights of way and access to multi-dwelling
units. In both cases, the CRTC adopted a policy of open access, with fees generally limited to
recovering costs reasonably incurred. Application of the framework principles to individual access
cases, however, has encountered resistance from certain municipalities and building owners. It
remains to be determined whether any of these access cases will need to be brought before the CRTC
for resolution.
On February 3, 2005, the CRTC issued a decision re-affirming and expanding a tariff regime
initially establishing in June 2002 whereby competitive carriers may purchase certain digital
network services from the ILECs at reduced cost-based rates. This regime had undermined Videotrons
position in the wholesale market for business telecommunications services. To remain competitive
with the ILECs in the wholesale market, Videotron has substantially reduced the rates it charges
other competitive carriers for certain digital network services that would be eligible under the
new tariff regime were they purchased from the ILEC. On July 28, 2005, Quebecor Media, on behalf of
Videotron, filed an application with the CRTC seeking compensation for financial losses incurred as
a result of this regime, on the same basis as the compensation already accorded to the ILECs. The
compensation requested amounts to $13.2 million for the period June 1, 2002 to June 30, 2005. The
CRTC has denied our application, and we do not intend to pursue an appeal.
65
On May 12, 2005, the CRTC established a framework for regulating voice communications services
using Internet Protocol that regulates only local VoIP services but not peer-to-peer VoIP services.
The regulatory framework governing competition for local telephony services will apply to local
VoIP services. As a result, local VoIP services provided in-territory by ILECs are subject to
economic regulation and prior tariff approval, whereas local VoIP services provided by competitors
such as Videotron are not. The CRTC also ruled that cable operators, such as Videotron, are
required to fulfill obligations imposed on CLECs when providing local VoIP services, and must also
remove any restrictions that would prevent third-party Internet service providers from offering
VoIP services over Internet access facilities leased from the cable operators on a wholesale basis.
It further determined that revenues from VoIP services are contribution-eligible for purposes of
the revenue-based contribution regime established by the CRTC to subsidize residential telephone
services in
rural and remote parts of Canada. We believe that our VoIP service plans will not be altered
materially by the CRTCs decision. However, on July 28, 2005, Bell Canada and other ILECs filed a
petition with the Federal Cabinet requesting Cabinet to overturn that part of the CRTCs decision
that applies economic regulation and prior tariff approval to the ILECs VoIP offerings. Within one
year of the CRTCs decision, Cabinet has the authority, if the petition is successful, to vary or
rescind the decision or refer it back to the CRTC for reconsideration. A successful petition could
have a material impact on our business ability to compete with the ILECs in the local telephony
market.
The CRTC has initiated a public proceeding to establish a framework for the forbearance from
regulation of residential and business local exchange services provided by the ILECs. Among the
issues being considered in this proceeding are: the scope of local exchange services to be
considered for forbearance; the definition of relevant service and geographic markets; the criteria
to be applied to determine whether the relevant markets are sufficiently competitive for
forbearance; the CRTCs powers and duties to be forborne; post-forbearance criteria and conditions;
and the appropriate process for future applications for forbearance. The CRTC has stated that it
intends to issue its decision within 150 days after the record closes. The record closed on October
7, 2005. Depending on the framework established by the CRTC, any successful forbearance
applications could have a material impact on our ability to compete with the ILECs in the local
telephony market.
Right to Access to Telecommunications and Hydro-Electric Support Structures
The CRTC has concluded that some provisions of the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada) may be
characterized as encouraging joint use of existing support structures of telephone utilities to
facilitate efficient deployment of cable distribution undertakings by Canadian carriers. We access
these support structures in exchange for a tariff that is regulated by the CRTC. If it were not
possible to agree on the use or conditions of access with a support structure owner, we could apply
to the CRTC for a right of access to a supporting structure of a telephone utility. The Supreme
Court of Canada, however, held on May 16, 2003 that the CRTC does not have jurisdiction under the
Telecommunications Act
(Canada) to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support
structure of hydro-electricity utilities. Terms of access to the support structures of
hydro-electricity utilities must therefore be negotiated with those utilities.
We entered into an agreement, which ran through December 2005, for access to the support
structures of hydro-electricity utilities in Québec. We are currently negotiating the renewal of
this agreement with Hydro-Québec, the hydro-electricity monopoly in our licensed areas. If we
cannot come to an agreement with Hydro-Québec, we may file an application to a provincial
administrative tribunal under
An Act respecting certain public utility installations (Québec)
to
establish the terms and conditions on which we could access the Hydro-Québec support structure.
We also have a limited number of facilities in Ontario. In March 2005, pursuant to an
application filed by the Canadian Cable Telecommunications Association, or the CCTA, the Ontario
Energy Board, or the OEB, established a uniform rate for access to electricity distribution power
poles in Ontario for the purpose of transmitting cable services of $22.35 per pole per year for the
use of Ontario electric utility poles by cable television providers and other parties. The OEB
Decision stated that an electricity distributor could apply for a different charge where the
electricity distributor costs were not adequately recovered through the approved charge. The rate
established by the OEB represents a significant increase relative to earlier prevailing rates.
Access by Third Parties to Cable Networks
66
In Canada, access to the Internet is a telecommunications service. While Internet access
services are not regulated on a retail (price and terms of service) basis, Internet access for
third-party Internet service providers is mandated and tariffed according to conditions approved by
the CRTC for cable operators.
On July 6, 1999, the CRTC required certain of the largest cable operators, including
Videotron, to submit tariffs for cable Internet access services, known as open access or third
party access, in order to allow competing retail Internet service providers, to offer such services
over a cable infrastructure. Some of our tariff elements, most notably the per end-user rate we may
charge to third-party Internet service providers, were approved by the CRTC on an interim basis in
August 2002. A revised cost study for our per end-user rate was filed with the CRTC in August 2004
and is under consideration. Other tariff elements, most notably those related to our
interconnection architecture and service charges, were approved by the CRTC on an interim basis in
November 2004. Other technical, operational and business policies to
implement access services were addressed by the CRTC Interconnection Steering Committee, or
CISC, and technical tests were concluded.
Final tariff rates for our per end-user charge to Internet service providers and our other
third-party interconnection service charges will be established pursuant to CRTC follow-up
proceedings currently underway. Operations by one third-party Internet service provider
interconnected to our cable network commenced in the fourth quarter of 2005. Several other
providers are in the process of interconnecting.
Until third-party access to our cable network is provided, the CRTC requires certain of the
largest cable operators, including Videotron, to allow third-party retail Internet service
providers to purchase for the purpose of resale its retail cable Internet services at a discount of
25% off the lowest retail Internet service rate charged by Videotron to its cable customers during
a one-month period. This resale obligation will cease to be mandated once facilities-based access
is available to Internet service providers. We expect some, if not all, of our existing resellers
to migrate their customers to our third-party Internet access service.
As part of the CRTCs announced regulatory framework for VoIP, on May 12, 2005 the CRTC
directed that large cable carriers, such as us, remove restrictions in their third-party Internet
access tariffs in order to allow third-party Internet service providers to provide VoIP services in
addition to retail Internet services.
Foreign Ownership Restrictions
In November 2002, the federal Minister of Industry initiated a review of the existing foreign
ownership restrictions applicable to the telecommunications carriers. The House of Commons Standing
Committee on Industry, Science and Technology issued a report on April 28, 2003 recommending the
removal of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and that any changes
made to the Canadian ownership and control requirements applicable to telecommunications common
carriers be applied equally to broadcasting distribution undertakings. However, in June 2003, the
House of Commons Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage instead recommended the status quo
regarding foreign ownership levels for broadcasting and telecommunications companies. On April 4,
2005, the Canadian government released a response to the report of the latter committee wherein it
stated that the Government wishes to indicate that it is not prepared to modify foreign ownership
limits on broadcasting or content more generally. However, it acknowledged the appointment by
Industry Canada of an independent panel of experts, the Telecommunications Policy Review Panel, to
review Canadas telecommunications policy and regulation of telecommunications, including
consideration of Canadas foreign investment restrictions in telecommunications and whether those
restrictions should be removed. The panel is expected to report during in 2006.
Canadian Publishing
Federal and provincial laws do not directly regulate the publication of newspapers in Canada.
There are, however, indirect restrictions on the foreign ownership of Canadian newspapers by virtue
of certain provisions of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada). The
Income Tax Act
(Canada) limits the
deductibility by Canadian taxpayers of advertising expenditures which are made in a newspaper other
than a Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper. For any given publication to qualify as a
Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper, the entity that publishes it, if publicly traded on a
prescribed stock exchange in Canada, must ultimately be controlled, in law and in fact, by Canadian
citizens and, if a
67
private company, must be at least 75% owned, in law and in fact, in vote and in
value, by Canadians. In addition, the publication must, with limited exceptions, be printed and
published in Canada and edited in Canada by individuals resident in Canada. All of our newspapers
qualify as Canadian issues of Canadian newspapers and, as a result, our advertisers generally
have the right to deduct their advertising expenditures with us for Canadian tax purposes.
ITEM 4A UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
68
ITEM 5 OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion and analysis provides information concerning our operating results
and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and the accompanying notes included under Item 17. Financial Statements. Our
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP, which
differs from U.S. GAAP in certain respects. For a discussion of the principal differences between
Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, and the extent to which these differences affect our consolidated
financial statements, see note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which
are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those
contemplated by these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences
include, but are not limited to, those discussed above under Forward-Looking Statements and in
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors.
Overview
Quebecor Media is one of Canadas leading media companies, with activities in cable
distribution, newspaper publishing, television broadcasting, business and residential
telecommunications, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and distribution, music
recording, production and distribution, and new media services. Through its operating subsidiaries,
the Company holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news,
entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every
demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture
synergies among its portfolio of media properties.
The Companys operating subsidiaries primary sources of revenues include: subscriptions for
cable television, Internet access and telephony services; newspaper advertising and distribution;
television broadcasting advertising and distribution; book and magazine publishing and
distribution; retailing, distribution and production of music products (compact discs, or CDs,
digital video discs, or DVDs, musical instruments, and music recording); rental and sale of
videocassettes and DVDs; and internet/portal services. Its broad portfolio of media assets includes
businesses that have historically tended to provide stable revenues with relatively low sensitivity
to general economic conditions, such as cable television, and businesses that have tended to be
more cyclical and sensitive to economic conditions and fluctuations, such as newspaper publishing.
While some of the Companys businesses are relatively stable or mature, it continues to develop,
acquire or take advantage of capabilities and assets with growth potential, such as cable telephone
service and digital cable.
Principal direct costs of the Company consist of television programming costs, Internet
bandwidth and transportation costs, newsprint and publishing costs, and set-top box and modem
costs. Major components of its operating expenses include salaries and benefits, subcontracting
costs, advertising, and regulatory expenses.
Lines of Business
Quebecor Medias subsidiaries operate in the following business segments: Cable, Newspapers,
Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, Business Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and
Communications, and Internet/Portals.
Cable segment
Videotron is the largest distributor of pay television services in the Province of Québec and
the third largest cable operator in Canada, based on the number of cable customers. Its
state-of-the-art network passes 2.4 million homes and serves approximately 1.6 million customers.
At December 31, 2005, Videotron had approximately 1.5 million cable customers, including
approximately 474,600 subscribers to its
illico Digital TV
service. Videotron is also involved in
interactive multimedia development and Internet Service Provider (ISP) services, with 656,000
subscribers to its cable modem and dial-up Internet access services and 163,000 subscribers to its
Internet Protocol (IP) telephone service. Its Le SuperClub Vidéotron stores are engaged in sales
and rentals of DVDs, videocassettes and video games.
69
Newspapers segment
Sun Media is Canadas largest national chain of tabloids and community newspapers. It
publishes paid daily newspapers in eight of the ten largest markets in the country. In all, Sun
Media publishes 22 dailies, including 3 free dailies in Toronto, Montréal and Vancouver, and 184
community weeklies and specialty publications across Canada. Sun Media is also engaged in the
distribution of newspapers and magazines. In addition, it offers commercial printing and related
services to other publishers through its national printing and production platform. Sun Media holds
a 25% interest in the Sun TV television station in Toronto, Ontario, acquired in partnership with
TVA Group at the end of 2004. Sun TV operations are reported in our Broadcasting segment.
Broadcasting segment
TVA Group is the largest private-sector producer and broadcaster of French-language
entertainment, information and public affairs programming in North America and one of the largest
private-sector producers of French-language programming in Québec. It is sole owner of 6 of the 10
television stations in the TVA Network, of the analog specialty channel Le Canal Nouvelles TVA
(LCN) and of the digital specialty channels
Mystère
and
Argent
. It holds a 75% interest in the
English-language analog station Sun TV in Toronto. TVA Group also holds interests in the
Canal
Évasion
specialty channel, the Indigo pay-per-view service, and the English-language digital
specialty channels
Men TV
and
Mystery
. In addition, TVA Group is engaged in teleshopping services.
Its TVA Publishing Inc. (TVA Publishing) subsidiary, the largest publisher of French-language
magazines in Québec, publishes general-interest and entertainment weeklies and monthlies. Its TVA
Films subsidiary distributes films and television products in Canadas English- and French-language
markets.
Leisure and Entertainment segment
The operations in the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retailing CDs,
books, videos, musical instruments and magazines through the Archambault chain of stores and the
archambault.ca
e-commerce site; online sales of downloadable music through the
ZIK.ca
service;
distribution of CDs and videos (through Select, a division of Archambault Group); music recording
and video production in Québec and Europe (through Musicor, a division of Archambault Group, and
Groupe Archambault France S.A.S., a subsidiary of Archambault Group); and book publishing in the
academic, literary and general literature categories through 14 publishing houses, including 7
acquired with the acquisition of Sogides in 2005. The acquisition of Sogides, one of the largest
book publishing and distribution groups in Québec, adds significantly to Quebecor Medias book
publishing and distribution assets, notably with the acquisition of distributor Messageries A.D.P.
inc., which we refer to as Messageries A.D.P.
Business Telecommunications segment
Videotron Telecom, which was merged with and into Videotron on January 1, 2006, is a business
telecommunications provider that offers a wide range of network solutions, Internet services,
application/server hosting, local and long-distance telephone service, and studio-quality
audio-video services to large and medium-sized business, ISPs, application service providers
(ASP), broadcasters and carriers. Videotron Telecoms regional network has over 9,000 km of fiber
optic cable in Québec and 2,000 km of fibre optic cable in Ontario and reaches more than 80% of the
businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of each of Québec and Ontario. Videotron
Telecoms extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, eastern Québec,
the Maritimes and the United States.
Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
Our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment consists of Nurun, which provides
global and local blue-chip clients with consulting services which include strategic planning and
online branding; web and new media interface design; technical platform implementation (content
management, e-commerce, automated publishing solutions); online marketing and customer relationship
programs; online media planning and buying; and web/data analytics.
70
Internet/Portals segment
Canoe is an integrated company offering e-commerce, information and communication services and
information technology consulting. Canoe operates the Internet portal network of the same name
which serves over 6.2 million Internet users per month and includes
canoe.ca, canoe.qc.ca,
La Toile
du Québec (
toile.com
) and
money.canoe.ca
(
argent.canoe.com
in French). Canoe also operates a number
of e-commerce sites:
jobboom.com
(employment),
autonet.ca
(automobiles),
flirt.canoe.ca
and
reseaucontact.com
(dating),
micasa.ca
(real estate),
classifiedextra.ca
and
classeesextra.ca
(classifieds). In addition, Canoe operates the
tva.canoe.com
and
lcn.canoe.com
sites, as well as
two sites for popular TVA Group programs,
occupationdouble.com
and
staracademie.ca
. Canoes
subsidiary Progisia Informatique offers information technology consulting services that include
e-commerce, outsourcing, integration and secure transaction environments. The Jobboom publishing
division produces various print publications, including the magazine
Jobboom
, which has a print run
of 100,000 copies and is distributed free 10 times a year, and career guides such as the bestseller
Carrières davenir
, which is sold in bookstores.
2005 Highlights
Quebecor Media developed its business and introduced successful new products and services in
2005. Customer growth and product line expansion in the Cable, Business Telecommunications,
Interactive Technologies and Communications and Internet/Portals segments helped increase Quebecor
Medias revenues and profitability. The Cable segments revenues broke through the $1.0 billion
mark for the first time in 2005. Videotron also registered record customer growth for its digital
cable television and Internet access services in 2005, as well as strong consumer response to the
roll-out of its cable telephone service.
Also in 2005, Quebecor Media announced major investments in its Newspapers segment and
strategic acquisitions in its Interactive Technologies and Communications and its Leisure and
Entertainment segments. Investments in new product launches and in product development by the
Broadcasting and Newspapers segments impacted the results and cut into the growth recorded by the
other segments.
Significant developments since the end of 2004 include:
In January 2006, Quebecor Media refinanced almost the totality of its Notes. The Senior Notes
and Senior Discount Notes that were refinanced were repurchased in two stages, the first block on
July 19, 2005, and the second block on January 17, 2006. The refinancing will reduce Quebecor
Medias annual interest expense by approximately $80.0 million. On July 15, 2005, Videotron also
repurchased all the outstanding Senior Notes of its CF Cable TV subsidiary. These refinancing
transactions were carried out in the following stages:
|
Ø
|
|
On January 17, 2006, Quebecor Media issued US$525.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 2016. The Company also established new credit
facilities consisting of a five-year term loan A facility in the amount of $125.0
million, maturing in 2011, a seven-year term loan B facility in the amount of US$350.0
million, maturing in 2013, and a five-year revolving credit facility in the amount of
$100.0 million, maturing in 2011. The facilities also provide for an uncommitted $350
million incremental facility that may be available to Quebecor Media under certain
conditions.
|
|
|
Ø
|
|
Quebecor Media used the proceeds from its new Senior Notes, the full amount of its
new term loan A and term loan B, and amounts received from its subsidiaries ($251.7
million from Videotron, drawn on its existing revolving credit facilities and cash on
hand, and $40.0 million from Sun Media, drawn on its new credit facility), to finance
the repurchase, on January 17, 2006, of US$561.6 million aggregate principal amount of
its 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes and US$275.6 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of
its 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes (representing 95.7% and 97.4%, respectively, of these
notes outstanding at that date). Quebecor Media paid a total cash consideration of $1.3
billion to purchase the notes, including the premium and the cost of settlement of
cross-currency swap agreements. Consequently, Quebecor Media will recognize a loss on
settlement of debt estimated at $206.0 million, net of income tax, including the amount
by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the
|
71
|
|
|
repurchased notes and the
related cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred financing
expenses.
|
|
|
Ø
|
|
On September 16, 2005, Videotron successfully closed a private placement of US$175.0
million aggregate principal amount
of
6
3
/
8
%
Senior Notes due December 15, 2015. The
total net proceeds of $205.1 million from the sale of Senior Notes and the Companys
cash assets were used to finance the repurchase of Senior Notes of Videotrons CF Cable
TV subsidiary for a cash consideration of $99.3 million, and the repurchase of US$128.2
million aggregate principal amount of its 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes and US$12.1 million
aggregate principal amount of its 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes by Quebecor Media on July
19, 2005. Quebecor Media paid a total cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase
the Notes, including the premium and the cost of settlement of cross-currency swap
agreements. Consequently, Quebecor Media recognized a loss on settlement of debt of
$41.0 million, net of income tax, in the third quarter of 2005.
|
During 2005, Videotron phased in a cable telephony service for residential customers. The
popularity of its VoIP telephony service exceeded all expectations, and, following the launch and
the accompanying marketing campaign, Videotron added approximately 163,000 customers for its VoIP
telephony service. In 2005, Videotron also recorded net additions of 135,400 customers for its
cable Internet access service, an annual growth record; 140,900 customers for its
illico
Digital TV
service (including customers who upgraded from Videotrons analog cable service), also an annual
growth record; and 53,500 customers for its basic cable television service, the best performance
since 1999.
On February 21, 2005, TVA Group launched
Argent
, the first French-language all-business
channel in North America. The service carries business, financial, economic and market news.
On June 14, 2005, Videotron signed agreements extending its collective agreements with its
employees in the Montréal, Québec City, Saguenay-Lac-Saint-Jean, and Gatineau areas.
On August 24, 2005, Quebecor Media announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to
relocate and modernize the Journal de Montréal printing plant. Construction of the new printing
plant in Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, north of Montréal, began on September 9, 2005, and should be
completed by spring 2007.
On August 29, 2005, Quebecor Media and Quebecor World Inc. (Quebecor World) announced the
creation of a partnership to operate a new printing plant in Islington, in the Greater Toronto
Area. The $110.0 million facility will facilitate consolidating some of Quebecor Worlds printing
operations in Ontario and strengthen convergence between Quebecor Medias Toronto media properties.
The new plant should be fully operational by 2007.
On December 13, 2005, Quebecor Media closed the acquisition of Sogides, a major Québec book
publishing and distribution group, for cash consideration of $24.0 million, and an additional
contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon on the satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with Canadian GAAP or
U.S. GAAP to assess our financial performance. We use these non-GAAP financial measures, such as
operating income, free cash flow from operations and average monthly revenue per user, which we
refer to as ARPU, because we believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our
method of calculating these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from the methods used by other
companies and, as a result, the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this annual report may not
be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.
Operating Income.
We define operating income, as reconciled to net income under Canadian
GAAP, as net (loss) income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of
operations, impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on
repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, gain (loss) on sales of businesses and
other assets and gain on dilution, write-down of goodwill, income taxes, amortization of goodwill
(net of non-controlling interest), non-controlling interest and the results of discontinued
operations and other
72
expenses. Operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that
is consistent with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative
to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of
liquidity. It is not intended to represent funds available for debt service, dividends or
distributions, reinvestment or other discretionary uses, and should not be considered in isolation
or as a substitute for
measures of performance prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. Our management
believes that operating income is a meaningful measure of performance. Our parent company,
Quebecor, considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the
performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors use this
measure in evaluating our consolidated results as well as results of our operating segments. As
such, this measure eliminates the significant level of non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and
amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or
investment activities of Quebecor Media and of our segments. Operating income is also relevant
because it is a significant component of our annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation
of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible
and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our segments. Management evaluates the costs
of such tangible and intangible assets through other financial measures such as capital
expenditures and free cash flow from operations. In addition, measures like operating income are
commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in
the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as
similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We provide a reconciliation of operating
income to net income as disclosed in our financial statements in note 1 under Item 3. Key
Information Selected Financial Data.
Free Cash Flow from Operations.
We use free cash flow from operations as a measure of
liquidity. Free cash flow from operations represents funds available for business acquisitions, the
payment of dividends on equity shares and the repayment of long-term debt. Free cash flow from
operations is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. It is
not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or
to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Free cash flow from operations is
considered to be an important indicator of our liquidity and is used by our management and Board of
Directors to evaluate cash flows generated by our consolidated operations and our segment
operations. This measure is unaffected by our capital structure or investment activities or by
those of our segments. Our definition of free cash flow from operations may not be identical to
similarly titled measures reported by other companies. When we discuss free cash flow from
operations in this annual report we provide a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP
financial measure in the same section.
ARPU.
Average monthly revenue per user, or ARPU, is an industry metric that we use to measure
our average cable, Internet and telephony revenues per month per basic cable customer. ARPU is not
a measurement under Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP, and our definition and calculation of ARPU may not
be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. We calculate ARPU by
dividing our combined cable television, Internet-access and telephony revenues by the average
number of basic cable customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting
amount by the number of months in the applicable period.
Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2004
Quebecor Medias revenues totalled $2.70 billion in 2005, compared with $2.46 billion in 2004,
an increase of $240.5 million (9.8%). All segments posted revenue increases: Cable ($130.4 million
or 15.0%), Broadcasting ($43.4 million or 12.1%), Newspapers ($27.5 million or 3.1%), Business
Telecommunications ($23.5 million or 29.9%), Internet/Portals ($15.5 million or 44.9%), Leisure and
Entertainment ($13.7 million or 5.7%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($13.2
million or 25.4%).
Quebecor Medias operating income rose by $36.4 million (5.2%) from $697.2 million in 2004 to
$733.6 million in 2005 due to increases in the following segments: Cable ($40.8 million or 12.0%),
Business Telecommunications ($8.7 million or 38.5%), Internet/Portals ($6.0 million or 133.3%),
Leisure and Entertainment ($4.3 million or 18.9%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications
($1.6 million or 69.6%). Those increases were however partially offset by decreases in the
Broadcasting segment ($27.5 million or -34.2%) and Newspapers segment ($5.6 million or -2.5%).
73
Net income was $96.5 million in 2005, an increase of $8.3 million (9.4%) from $88.2 million in
2004. The increase in operating income and the decrease in financial expenses more than offset the
impact of the recording of a loss on debt refinancing of $60.0 million in 2005, compared with $4.8
million in 2004.
The amortization charge increased by $6.0 million from $225.9 million in 2004 to $231.9
million in 2005 as a result of increased investments in capital assets in 2005 and 2004.
Financial expenses totalled $285.3 million in 2005 compared with $314.6 million in 2004, a
$29.3 million decrease. Interest on Quebecor Medias long-term debt decreased by $11.4 million,
primarily because of the impact of refinancing a portion of the Notes issued by Quebecor Media
(including a repayment from the cash and cash equivalents held by the Company) and all the Notes
issued by CF Cable TV, a subsidiary of Videotron, as well as the impact of prepayments resulting
from an increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements. As well, the
loss on re-measurement of the Additional Amount payable to The Carlyle Group (see Contractual
ObligationsThe Carlyle Group below) totalled $10.1 million in 2005, compared with $26.9 million
in 2004, a $16.8 million improvement. Finally, certain derivative financial instruments are
recognized at fair value when they become ineffective (according to the criteria established under
accounting standards) and/or when hedge accounting is not used. The impact of exchange rate
fluctuations on the value of the debt denominated in foreign currency affects the income statement
without any offset when the hedging instrument has become ineffective (according to the criteria
established under accounting standards). A $4.4 million loss was recognized in 2005 in respect of
the re-measurement of financial instruments, compared with an $8.0 million loss in 2004, a $3.6
million improvement.
In 2005, Quebecor Media recognized a loss on settlement of debt of $60.0 million, compared
with $4.8 million in 2004. The loss on settlement of debt in 2005 derived primarily from the
repurchase of US$128.2 million principal amount of Quebecor Medias 11 1/8% Senior Notes and
US$12.1 million principal amount at maturity of its 13 3/4% Senior Discount Notes in the third
quarter of 2005. The Company paid a cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase the Notes,
including the redemption premium and the cost of settlement of the cross-currency swap agreements.
The loss includes the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the repurchased
Notes and the related cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred
financial expenses. The refinancing enables Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries to take advantage
of more advantageous interest rates.
In 2004, Quebecor Media recorded a reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of
assets and other special charges in the amount of $2.8 million, compared with a reversal of $0.2
million in 2005 related to restructuring initiatives of prior years. It also recorded a gain on
disposal of businesses and other assets of $9.3 million in 2004, resulting mainly from a gain on
the transfer of Sun Medias 29.9% interest in CP24 as consideration in respect to the acquisition
of Sun TV.
The income tax expense was $44.0 million in 2005, a $6.6 million increase from 2004. Under a
tax planning arrangement involving an exchange of tax benefits with Quebecor, the Company
recognized tax benefits in the amount of $15.9 million in 2005 in connection with capital losses
related to the winding up of a subsidiary. The Company also recognized tax benefits totalling $8.2
million in 2005 related to previously unrecorded operating losses and capital losses. In 2004,
$23.7 million in previously unrecorded tax benefits were recognized. In 2005, the Company also
recorded a future tax impact in the amount of $11.9 million in connection with an increase in the
tax rate in the Province of Québec. Finally, non-deductible expenses, primarily financial
expenses, decreased in 2005 compared with 2004. In view of tax loss carry forwards and other tax
attributes held by Quebecor Media, as well as its latest income forecasts, Quebecor Media does not
expect to incur significant current income tax expenses between now and the year 2008, except in
respect of its TVA Group subsidiary. The Companys consolidated income tax expense should therefore
consist mainly in future income taxes and Part 1.3 large corporation taxes, with the exception of
income tax payable by TVA Group.
Quarter Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Quarter Ended December 31, 2004
In the fourth quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media generated revenues of $756.2 million, compared
with $695.6 million in 2004, an increase of $60.6 million (8.7%). The following segments all
reported revenue increases: Cable ($46.8 million or 20.2%), Broadcasting ($13.2 million or 12.4%),
Business Telecommunications ($6.9 million
74
or 30.7%), Leisure and Entertainment ($6.7 million or
8.3%), Internet/Portals ($4.0 million or 38.5%), and Interactive Technologies and Communications
($1.5 million or 10.2%). Revenues decreased only at the Newspapers segment, with a decline of $4.4
million (-1.8%).
Quebecor Medias operating income was $213.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, an
increase of $9.2 million (4.5%) from the same period of 2004, mainly as a result of increases in
operating income in the following segments: Cable ($12.2 million or 13.9%), Leisure and
Entertainment ($3.5 million or 43.2%) and Internet/Portals ($2.6 million or 216.7%). Those
increases were however partially offset by decreases in the following segments: Broadcasting ($8.7
million or -34.1%), Newspapers ($2.9 million or -4.0%) and Business Telecommunications ($0.7
million or -6.2%). In the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, operating income was
stable at $0.8 million.
Net income was $58.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, compared with $49.1 million in the
same period of 2004. The $9.3 million (18.9%) increase was mainly due to the growth in operating
income and the decrease in financial expenses, which more than offset the impact of the increase in
the income tax expense. The decrease in financial expenses and the increase in the income tax
expense were due primarily to the factors noted above in the discussion of the annual results.
Segment Analysis
The Company is subject to certain reporting requirements under the indentures governing its
Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes issued in July 2001. Pursuant to the indentures, the
Interactive Technologies and Communications subsidiary, Nurun, has been designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. Following the privatization of Canoe in September 2004, its designation was changed
from Unrestricted Subsidiary to Restricted Subsidiary. For the purpose of reporting the
financial condition and operating results of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the
figures for 2003 and 2004 have been reorganized to retroactively reflect the new designation.
Restricted Subsidiaries
In 2005, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries generated revenues of $2.64 billion,
compared with $2.41 billion in 2004, and operating income of $729.7 million, compared with $694.9
million in 2004.
Cable segment
In 2005, the Cable segment generated revenues of $1.0 billion, compared with $871.6 million in
2004, an increase of $130.4 million (15.0%).
The revenues of Videotrons
illico Digital TV
service, excluding related services, rose $54.8
million (39.5%) to $193.5 million in 2005. The strong performance of
illico Digital TV
in 2005 more
than compensated for decreased revenues from analog cable television services. Combined revenues
from all cable television services increased by $41.5 million (7.2%) to $618.3 million due to the
impact of customer base growth, higher rates, sales of more lucrative packages, the favourable
impact of the introduction of the
illico on Demand
service, and increased pay-per-view revenues.
These favourable factors were partially offset by decreased revenues from equipment rentals and
other sources.
At the end of 2005,
illico Digital TV
had a customer base of 474,600, compared with 333,700 at
the end of 2004 (
see Table 1
). The 140,900 (42.2%) increase is the largest annual customer base
growth, in absolute terms, since the launch of the service at the beginning of 1999. By comparison,
illico Digital TV
recruited 69,200 and 92,800 new customers in 2003 and 2004 respectively. In the
fourth quarter of 2005 alone,
illico Digital TV
recruited 50,000 customers, the largest quarterly
increase, in absolute terms, since 1999. As of December 31, 2005,
illico Digital TV
had a
penetration rate (number of subscribers as a proportion of total subscribers to all cable
television services) of 31.5%, compared with 23.0% a year earlier.
Videotrons analog cable television services had a net decrease of 87,400 customers in 2005,
compared with decreases of 76,100 and 64,400 in 2003 and 2004 respectively
(see Table 1)
. The
combined customer base for all of Videotrons cable television services increased by 53,500 in
2005, compared with a decrease of 6,900 in 2003 and an
75
increase of 28,400 in 2004
(see Table 1).
In
the fourth quarter of 2005, analog cable television services lost 15,500 customers. The combined
customer base for all cable television services thus increased by 34,500 in the fourth quarter of
2005. The increases of 53,500 customers in 2005 and 34,500 in the fourth quarter of 2005 are the
largest annual and quarterly net growth numbers for cable television services since 1999.
Table 1
Customer base for cable television services
Videotrons Internet access services registered continued growth in 2005, posting
revenues of $270.8 million, a $48.3 million (21.7%) increase over 2004. The improvement was mainly
due to customer growth. The number of customers for cable Internet access services stood at 638,000
at the end of 2005, an increase of 135,400 (26.9%) from the end of 2004
(see Table 2)
. By
comparison, the number of customers for the service increased by 101,200 in 2003 and 96,300 in
2004. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the number of customers for cable Internet services increased
by 50,300 or 8.5%. The increases of 135,400 customers in 2005 and 50,300 in the fourth quarter of
2005 are the largest annual and quarterly growth numbers, in absolute terms, since the service was
launched in 1998.
Table 2
Customer base for cable Internet access services
76
Videotrons Internet telephone service was officially launched at the beginning of 2005.
The number of customers grew substantially during each quarter of 2005 and stood at 163,000 at the
end of 2005. In the fourth quarter of 2005, 67,000 new customers subscribed to the service, a 69.8%
increase
(see Table 3).
The Internet telephone service generated total revenues of $21.1 million in
2005.
TABLE 3
Customer base for cable telephone service
Videotrons net monthly ARPU increased by $5.36 (11.5%) to $51.86 in 2005, compared with
$46.50 in 2004. By comparison, ARPU increased by $2.82 (6.5%) in 2004.
Le SuperClub Vidéotron registered revenues of $55.4 million in 2005. The $7.1 million (14.6%)
increase mainly reflects the impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment Inc. (Jumbo
Entertainment) in July 2004, as well as higher retail sales, the opening of two new stores, and an
increase in the number of franchises. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in rental
revenues.
The Cable segment generated total operating income of $382.0 million in 2005, compared with
$341.2 million in 2004. The $40.8 million (12.0%) rise was due primarily to customer growth and the
improved profitability of Videotrons services as a result of increases in some rates. These
favourable factors offset the negative impact on profitability of increases in some operating
expenses, including labour, advertising and promotion costs, some royalty expenses, and statutory
contributions. The new Internet telephone service launched at the beginning of 2005 accounted for a
large portion of the increase in operating costs.
The operating income of Le SuperClub Vidéotron increased by $1.3 million (9.8%) to $14.5
million, mainly because of the impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment, as well as the
favourable effect of the increase in revenues.
The Cable segments operating margin for all operations,
i.e
., operating income as a
percentage of revenues, was 38.1% in 2005, compared with 39.1% in 2004.
Under the Companys accounting policies, revenues and costs related to equipment sales to
customers are entered in full in the results as the transactions are made. It is a common industry
practice to sell equipment at less than cost, often as part of promotions aimed at increasing
customer recruitment and generating recurring revenues over an extended period.
Table 4
below shows
operating income before the cost of subsidies granted to customers on equipment sales and their
impact on the segments results.
77
Table 4: Cable segment
Operating income
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Operating income before cost of equipment
subsidies to customers
|
|
$
|
310.9
|
|
|
$
|
377.9
|
|
|
$
|
418.7
|
|
Cost of equipment subsidies to customers
|
|
|
(35.6
|
)
|
|
|
(36.7
|
)
|
|
|
(36.7
|
)
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
275.3
|
|
|
$
|
341.2
|
|
|
$
|
382.0
|
|
|
Free cash flow from operations amounted to $163.9 million in 2005, compared with $189.0
million in 2004, a $25.1 million decrease (
see Table 5
). A $43.7 million increase in cash flows
from continuing operating activities, including the favourable impact of the increase in operating
income, and a $13.6 million improvement in the net change in non-cash balances related to
operations, were offset by a $68.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment
as a result of investment in the network, including investments made in connection with the cable
telephony project.
Table 5: Cable segment
Free cash flow from operations
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities before
undernoted item
|
|
$
|
220.4
|
|
|
$
|
291.7
|
|
|
$
|
321.8
|
|
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
|
|
|
(45.2
|
)
|
|
|
19.0
|
|
|
|
32.6
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities
|
|
|
175.2
|
|
|
|
310.7
|
|
|
|
354.4
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(90.3
|
)
|
|
|
(123.1
|
)
|
|
|
(191.8
|
)
|
Proceeds from disposal of assets
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
Free cash flow from operations
|
|
$
|
88.7
|
|
|
$
|
189.0
|
|
|
$
|
163.9
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Cable segment recorded revenues of $278.0 million,
compared with $231.2 million in the same period of the previous year, an increase of $46.8 million
(20.2%). The segments operating income grew by $12.2 million (13.9%) to $99.9 million. The higher
quarterly revenues and operating income were essentially due to the factors noted above in the
discussion of the annual results. ARPU was $55.09 in the fourth quarter of 2005, an increase of
$7.16 (14.9%) from $47.93 in the same period of 2004. Le SuperClub Vidéotrons revenues increased
by $2.4 million (15.7%) to $17.4 million and its operating income by $0.7 million (17.4%) to $4.8
million in the fourth quarter of 2005.
The Cable segments average operating margin for all operations was 35.9% in the fourth
quarter of 2005, compared with 37.9% in the same period of 2004.
The operations of Videotron Telecom (Business Telecommunications segment) have been
incorporated into the Cable segment since January 1, 2006. The Cable segment now includes a new
division called Videotron Business Solutions, a full-service business telecommunications provider
which offers telephone, high-speed data transmission, Internet access, hosting, and cable
television services.
78
On September 20, 2005, Videotron announced a strategic agreement with Rogers Wireless, a
subsidiary of Rogers Communications Inc., which should enable Videotron to offer its customers
wireless telephone service in the second half of 2006. The launch of Videotrons own wireless
service will meet consumer demand for one-stop shopping for telephone (land line and wireless),
cable television and Internet access services.
With respect to labour relations, Videotron signed agreements with its employees on June 14,
2005, extending its collective agreements until 2009 in the Montréal and Québec City areas, until
2010 in Saguenay-Lac-Saint-Jean, and until 2011 in Gatineau. The agreements enhance Videotrons
competitive position by giving it the increased operational flexibility it needs to invest in
network modernization and new product launches.
Videotron twice increased download speeds on its basic cable Internet access service, first
from 128 kbps to 300 kbps on March 7, 2005, and then from 300 kbps to 600 kbps on January 16, 2006.
On the Extreme High-Speed service, download speeds were increased from 6.5 mbps to 10 mbps on
January 16, 2006.
In March 2005,
illico Digital TV
announced the introduction of the new Hispano package, which
includes five major international Spanish-language services and the popular Italian channel
Telelatino.
On January 24, 2005, Videotron and Videotron Telecom launched an IP-based telephone service on
Montréals South Shore. Videotron became the first major cable company in Canada to offer consumers
residential telephone service over cable. Following strong consumer acceptance of the new product
on the South Shore, Videotron rolled out the service in Laval (March 29), Montréal West Island (May
25), the Québec City area (July 11), the rest of the Island of Montréal (August 17) and on
Montréals North Shore (November 24). As of December 31, 2005, Videotron had 163,000 customers for
its residential telephone service in the Montréal, Laval and Québec City areas. When announcing the
Québec City roll-out, Videotron also unveiled plans to invest $29.0 million by the end of 2006 to
upgrade its network and add bandwidth in the Québec City area.
Newspapers segment
The revenues of the Newspapers segment increased by $27.5 million (3.1%) to $915.6 million in
2005, compared with $888.1 million in 2004. Advertising revenues grew by 4.5%, primarily as a
result of higher total volumes. Distribution revenues also rose, while revenues from circulation
and commercial printing decreased by 3.5% and 2.9%, respectively. The revenues of the urban dailies
grew by $14.5 million (2.2%) in 2005. The free dailies
24 heures Montréal
Métropolitain
mc
in Montréal and
24 Hours
in Toronto and Vancouver accounted for
$8.6 million of the increase. At the community newspapers, revenues rose by $19.5 million (7.2%).
Operating income decreased $5.6 million (-2.5%) from $227.8 million in 2004 to $222.2 million
in 2005. At the urban dailies (excluding the free dailies), operating income decreased by $12.5
million (-6.6%). The revenue growth did not entirely offset increases in operating costs, including
labour, distribution, promotion and marketing costs. The operating losses of the free dailies rose
by $1.8 million from $12.2 million in 2004 to $14.0 million in 2005. The increase in the operating
loss attributable to the launch of
24 Hours
in Vancouver in 2005 outweighed the decrease in the
operating losses of the other free dailies. At the community newspapers, operating income increased
by $9.0 million (14.3%), mainly because of the higher revenues, which were partially offset by
higher operating and circulation costs.
The Newspapers segment generated free cash flow from operations of $107.9 million in 2005,
compared with $159.2 million in 2004, a decrease of $51.3 million
(see Table 6).
The decrease was
essentially caused by an increase in additions to property, plant and equipment due to progress
payments made to acquire six new presses to print products including
Le Journal de Montréal, The
Toronto Sun
and
The London Free Press.
79
Table
6: Newspapers segment
Free cash flows from operations
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cash flows from continuing operating activities
before undernoted item
|
|
$
|
199.8
|
|
|
$
|
187.1
|
|
|
$
|
184.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
|
|
|
25.2
|
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
Cash flows from continuing operating activities
|
|
|
225.0
|
|
|
|
177.4
|
|
|
|
181.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
|
(18.8
|
)
|
|
|
(74.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from disposal of assets
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
Free cash flows from operations
|
|
$
|
211.0
|
|
|
$
|
159.2
|
|
|
$
|
107.9
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the revenues of the Newspapers segment amounted to $242.8
million, compared with $247.2 million in the same period of 2004. The $4.4 million (-1.8%) decline
was caused primarily by decreases of 9.0% and 0.7% in circulation and advertising revenues
respectively, due in large part to the impact on operating results of an extra week in the fourth
quarter of 2004. Operating income totalled $69.3 million, compared with $72.2 million in the same
period of 2004, a $2.9 million (-4.0%) decrease attributable to the lower revenues and to increases
in some operating expenses. The free dailies increased their revenues by $0.7 million and reduced
their operating losses by $1.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 in comparison with the third
quarter.
In the third quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media announced an investment of more than $110.0
million to relocate and modernize the
Journal de Montréal
printing plant
.
The project involves
construction of a printing plant with a total floor area of more than 200,000 square feet in
Saint-Janvier-de-Mirabel, north of Montréal, and the acquisition of three new printing presses and
new shipping and inserting equipment. Construction began on September 9, 2005, and should be
completed by the spring of 2007.
Another major investment was also announced for construction of a new printing plant in
Islington in the Greater Toronto Area at a cost of $110.0 million. The new facility, to be operated
by Quebecor Media and Quebecor World, will facilitate consolidating some of Quebecor Worlds
printing operations in Ontario and strengthen Quebecor Medias Toronto properties. The two new
printing plants should be fully operational by 2007. Management has not yet completed its analysis
of the impact of the two projects on work-force reduction costs or adopted a plan in this regard.
Sun Media acquired the assets of five community newspapers in 2005: the
Morinville Mirror
and
Redwater Tribune
in Alberta, as well as
The Weekender
,
LHorizon
and
The Londoner
in Ontario. The
total value of the above transactions was $1.8 million. Sun Media also acquired the
Journal La
Vallée
in exchange for the
Beauport Express
and a cash consideration of $0.3 million. This
transaction was recognized at the book value of the transferred net assets.
In March 2005, Sun Media launched
24 Hours
in Vancouver in partnership with Great Pacific
Capital Partnership, owned by The Jim Pattison Group. Sun Medias third free daily, after the
newspapers in Montréal and Toronto, is a new advertising product that offers national advertisers a
more attractive vehicle.
Broadcasting segment
The Broadcasting segment reported revenues of $401.4 million in 2005, compared with $358.0
million in 2004, a $43.4 million (12.1%) increase. Revenues from broadcasting operations rose by
$35.6 million (13.1%) due to higher advertising revenues, including revenues from the Sun TV
television station, the LCN channel, and the new Mystère and
argent
channels, as well as
higher commercial production revenues. Distribution revenues rose by $8.5 million,
80
primarily
because of revenues generated by the video release of
White Noise,
the success of the theatrical
release of the Québec feature
C.R.A.Z.Y.
, the DVD released by comic Lise Dion, and the DVD of the
television series
Le coeur a ses raisons
. Publishing revenues increased by $0.9 million in 2005.
Operating income totalled $53.0 million in 2005, compared with $80.5 million in 2004, a
decrease of $27.5 million (-34.2%). Operating income from broadcasting operations declined by $12.9
million in 2005, mainly as a result of the operating losses at Sun TV and the newly launched
specialty channels Mystère and
argent
. The increase in revenues from comparable operations
was partially offset by an increase in operating costs, including programming. Distribution
operations generated $0.3 million in operating income in 2005, compared with a $1.8 million
operating loss in 2004. The $2.1 million improvement was mainly due to the success of the films
White Noise
and
C.R.A.Z.Y.
Operating income from publishing operations declined by $15.4 million in
2005, primarily as a result of increased investment in content, advertising and marketing at the
weekly magazines in response to increased competition.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Broadcasting segments revenues were $119.6 million, a
$13.2 million (12.4%) increase. Operating income decreased by $8.7 million (-34.1%) to $16.8
million. The increase in quarterly revenues and the decrease in operating income were due to
essentially the same factors as those noted above in the discussion of the annual results.
In 2005, TVA Group changed the name of its general-interest television station in Toronto,
acquired in December 2004, from Toronto 1 to Sun TV. The new name reflects the closer ties that
will be established between Sun TV and Quebecor Medias properties in the Toronto market,
particularly the daily
The Toronto Sun
, the free daily
24 Hours
, and the Internet portal
canoe.ca
.
During the fall season, from September 5 to December 18, 2005, the TVA Network had 19 of the
20 top-rated shows in Québec. The
Star
Académie
2005
Sunday-evening galas attracted an average of
2,377,500 viewers. According to BBM People Meter survey results, the TVA Network had an audience
share of 31% during the period; its audience share again exceeded that of its two main rivals,
Radio-Canada (15%) and TQS (13%), combined.
On July 6, 2005, TVA Group repurchased 3,449,199 Class B Non Voting Shares for a cash
consideration of $76.0 million under its substantial issuer bid dated May 19, 2005. The share
repurchase was financed using TVA Groups revolving credit facility, which was increased by $65.0
million to $160.0 million during the second quarter of 2005 pursuant to an amendment to the credit
agreement. During the 12-month period ended December 31, 2005, a
total of 3,739,599 Class B
Non-Voting Shares were repurchased under TVA Groups share repurchase and cancellation program and
under its substantial issuer bid. As a result of these repurchases, Quebecor Medias interest in
TVA Group increased by 5.5 percentage points, from 39.7% on January 1, 2005 to 45.2% as of December
31, 2005.
On May 12, 2005, the TVA Network signed a new five-year agreement with the Just for Laughs
Group granting TVA Group exclusive broadcasting rights to content from the humour production
company until 2010.
On February 21, 2005, TVA Group launched
argent
, the first French-language
all-business channel in North America. The service carries business, financial, economic and market
news.
Leisure and Entertainment segment
In 2005, the Leisure and Entertainment segments revenues totalled $255.4 million, a $13.7
million (5.7%) increase from $241.7 million in 2004. The Books divisions revenues increased by
17.6% due to the strong performance of all the publishing houses in the Éditions Quebecor Média
family, which released a number of best-selling titles in 2005, and the strong results of academic
publisher CEC Publishing Inc., which we refer to as CEC Publishing. Archambault Groups
revenues rose 3.3% in comparison with the previous year. Retail sales grew by 9.3% as a result
of improved sales of books and videos, combined with the impact of the addition of three new stores
in Gatineau, Boucherville and Québec City in 2005. This increase was partially offset by a decrease
in distribution revenues as a result of delays in the marketing and sales of CDs
by some artists.
81
The segments operating income was $27.0 million in 2005, compared with $22.7 million in 2004.
The $4.3 million (18.9%) increase was mainly attributable to the Books segment and was due
primarily to the increase in the segments revenues. The positive impact on operating income of
strong retail sales at Archambault Group was more than offset by the negative impact of delays in
realizing distribution revenues.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the revenues of the Leisure and Entertainment segment totalled
$87.7 million, compared with $81.0 million in the same period of 2004, an increase of $6.7 million
(8.3%). Archambault Groups revenues grew by 5.8%, mainly because of the addition of the three new
stores, while the Books segments revenues increased by 28.9%, primarily as a result of sales of
bestsellers. The segments operating income increased by $3.5 million (43.2%) to $11.6 million,
primarily as a result of the higher revenues.
In December 2005, Quebecor Media closed the acquisition of Sogides for cash consideration of
$24.0 million, and an additional contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon on the
satisfaction of specific conditions in 2008. Sogides is a major Québec book publishing and
distribution group which owns the publishing houses Les Éditions de lHomme, Le Jour, éditeur, Les
Éditions Utilis, Les Presses Libres and Le Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature (which includes
lHexagone, VLB Éditeur and Typo), and the distributor Messageries A.D.P., which distributes more
than 120 Québec and foreign publishing houses. With this acquisition, Quebecor Media will be able
to offer a more complete selection of Québec books and promote Québec writers in Europe through the
Sogides network on that continent.
Archambault Group opened three retail locations selling cultural and entertainment products
during 2005: one store was opened in Gatineau in February, another in Boucherville, on Montréals
South Shore, in October, and the third in the Galeries de la Capitale in Québec City in December.
The addition of the three outlets brings the total number of stores in the Archambault chain to 15.
The Books segment benefited from strong bookstore sales by a number of best-selling titles in
2005, including
Briser le silence
, a biography of Nathalie Simard by Michel Vastel, published by
Les Éditions Libre Expression (221,000 copies sold);
Les aliments contre
le
cancer
by Dr. Richard
Béliveau, published by Les Éditions du Trécarré (141,000 copies);
Les recettes de Janette
by
Janette Bertrand, published by Les Éditions Libre Expression (125,000 copies);
Le Guide de lauto
,
published by Les Éditions du Trécarré (123,000 copies); and
En toutes lettres
, a biography of
Jacques Demers by Mario Leclerc, published by Les Éditions Internationales Alain Stanké (68,000
copies).
Business Telecommunications segment
In 2005, Videotron Telecom reported revenues of $102.1 million, compared with $78.6 million in
2004, a $23.5 million (29.9%) increase due mainly to a $10.7 million increase in revenues from
telephone services, generated primarily by the IP-based telephone service Videotron has been
offering since January 2005; a $6.2 million increase in server hosting and management revenues
under the outsourcing contract with Quebecor World; a $4.2 million increase in revenues from
network solutions; and a $1.5 million increase in Internet revenues.
Operating income increased by $8.7 million (38.5%) to $31.3 million in 2005, compared with
$22.6 million in 2004. The additional revenues generated by the residential telephone service and
the outsourcing contract signed with Quebecor World in July 2004 had a positive impact on operating
income.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, Videotron Telecoms revenues grew by $6.9 million (30.7%) to
$29.4 million, mainly because of a $4.2 million increase in revenues from telephone services and a
$2.0 million increase in revenues from network solutions. Operating income decreased by $0.7
million (-6.2%) from $11.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 to $10.6 million in the same
period of 2005, mainly because of the impact of the reversal of certain reserves in 2004, after a
favourable settlement of a dispute over access rights to office buildings in Ontario.
Internet/Portals segment
The revenues of the Internet/Portals segment totalled $50.0 million in 2005, a $15.5 million
(44.9%) increase from $34.5 million in 2004. The revenues of the Progisia Informatique consulting
division increased by 83.5% in 2005, largely because of work done for Quebecor Media subsidiaries.
At the general-interest portals, revenues grew by 53.1%,
82
primarily as a result of strong revenues
from advertising sales and other sources, including site creation, keyword sales and e-commerce
services. Revenues increased by 18.3% at the special-interest portals, due primarily to revenue
growth at
jobboom.com.
Operating income more than doubled from $4.5 million in 2004 to $10.5 million in 2005. The
$6.0 million (133.3%) increase was due primarily to the increase in revenues.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, Canoes revenues totalled $14.4 million, compared with $10.4
million in the same period of 2004. The performance of the Progisia Informatique subsidiary and the
general-interest portals accounted for most of the $4.0 million (38.5%) increase. Operating income
more than tripled to $3.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, compared with $1.2 million in the
same period of 2004, mainly because of the increase in revenues.
In 2005, Canoe expanded its family of portals with the launch of
micasa.ca
, a site for buying
and selling real estate. After its official launch in September 2005,
micasa.ca
quickly became the
most popular real estate site in Québec with 536,000 unique visitors (source: comScore MediaMetrix,
All locations, September 2005). The
micasa.ca
site is Québecs only complete real estate site
intended for both agents and the public.
During 2005, Canoe launched a new version of its La Toile du Québec (
toile.com
) site, a new
Webfin Argent site, in collaboration with TVA Groups
argent
digital specialty channel,
the
Défi Santé
site, and the French-language
Canoë Santé
site. Canoe also launched Web sites for
Sun Medias three free dailies,
24 heures Montréal Métropolitain
mc
in Montréal
and
24 Hours
in Toronto and Vancouver, and created six new sites for the English-language urban
dailies published by Sun Media. Canoe also developed and launched the site for the third season of
the TVA Networks
Star Académie
series. Finally, Canoe launched other value-added services and
enriched the content of both its general-interest and special-interest portals.
Unrestricted Subsidiary
Nurun, in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment, has been designated as the
Companys only Unrestricted Subsidiary under the indentures governing its Senior Notes and Senior
Discount Notes.
Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
In 2005, the revenues of the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment amounted to
$65.1 million, compared with $51.9 million in 2004. The $13.2 million (25.4%) increase was due to
the recruitment of new customers in the government market, as well as in North America and Europe,
increased sales to existing customers, and the contribution of Atlanta-based Ant Farm Interactive
llc
(Ant Farm Interactive), acquired in April 2004.
The segments operating income increased by $1.6 million (69.6%) from $2.3 million in 2004 to
$3.9 million in 2005, mainly because of revenue growth resulting from business development and the
acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive, which more than offset increases in some operating costs.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Interactive Technologies and Communications segments
revenues were $16.2 million, a $1.5 million (10.2%) increase from $14.7 million in the same period
of 2004. The improvement was due mainly to new customers in government markets and in Europe. The
segments operating income was substantially unchanged at $0.8 million.
On September 28, 2005, Nurun signed a letter of intent to acquire China Interactive, a Chinese
interactive marketing firm. The closing of the transaction was announced on January 23, 2006. The
acquisition will further expand Nuruns ability to deliver all its services to customers the world
over, including the high-potential Asian market. With an
experienced executive team of local Chinese marketing and design professionals, China
Interactive fulfills a need in a high-growth and value-added sector. Since 2000, China Interactive
has worked with many prestigious companies and organizations such as Pepsi, LOréal, FAW-VW Audi,
FAW-VW Volkswagen, Chivas Regal, Malibu, JCDecaux and Philips.
83
In May 2005, Nurun made a $1.3 million payment in connection with the acquisition of Ant Farm
Interactive in 2004. The payment was in consideration of the achievement of performance targets.
On February 24, 2005, Nurun announced a normal course issuer bid in order to repurchase up to
1,665,883 Common Shares for cancellation on the open market (or approximately 5% of Nuruns issued
and outstanding Common Shares) between March 1, 2005 and February 28, 2006. During the 12-month
period ended December 31, 2005, a total of 377,600 Common Shares were repurchased for a cash
consideration of $0.8 million. The repurchases increased Quebecor Medias interest in Nurun by 0.6
percentage points, from 57.3% as of January 1, 2005 to 57.9% as of December 31, 2005.
In March 2005, Nurun sold its remaining 9.6% interest in Mindready Solutions Inc. (Mindready
Solutions) for a cash consideration of $0.4 million. The purchaser held an option, which expired
June 27, 2005, to buy the 1.2 million shares Nurun still held in Mindready Solutions for $1.165 per
share, less the special cash distribution of $1.1 million paid to Nurun on August 18, 2004. Nurun
also received $3.4 million in final payment of the 6.75 million Common Shares of Mindready
Solutions sold by Nurun under the partial takeover bid that closed May 27, 2004.
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003
Quebecor Media recorded revenues of $2.46 billion in 2004, an increase of $164.3 million
(7.1%). All of the Companys business segments without exception reported higher revenues: revenues
rose $66.6 million (8.3%) in the Cable segment, $42.2 million (5.0%) in the Newspapers segment,
$36.7 million (17.9%) in the Leisure and Entertainment segment, $17.1 million (5.0%) in the
Broadcasting segment, $7.1 million (15.8%) in the Interactive Technologies and Communications
segment, $6.3 million (22.3%) in the Internet/Portals segment, and $0.9 million (1.2%) in the
Business Telecommunications segment.
Operating income grew $85.4 million (14.0%) in 2004 from $611.8 million to $697.2 million,
mainly because of a $65.9 million (23.9%) increase in operating income in the Cable segment due
primarily to customer base growth and the increased profitability of the segments services. Higher
operating income was also recorded by the Business Telecommunications segment ($8.2 million or
56.9%), Leisure and Entertainment segment ($8.0 million or 54.4%), Newspapers segment ($3.0 million
or 1.3%), Internet/Portal segment ($1.4 million or 45.2%), and Interactive Technologies and
Communications segment ($1.2 million or 109.1%), more than offsetting a decrease in one segment,
Broadcasting ($1.0 million or -1.2%).
Quebecor Medias net income was $88.2 million in 2004, compared with $203.9 million in the
previous year. Excluding unusual items, including a $153.7 million gain recognized in 2003 on the
repurchase of the Preferred Shares held by The Carlyle Group in Videotron Telecom, net income rose
by $26.2 million (45.5%) in 2004, mainly because of the increase in operating income, which was
partially offset by higher financial expenses and income tax expense.
The amortization charge was relatively stable at $225.9 million in 2004, compared with $226.6
million in 2003.
Financial expenses totalled $314.6 million in 2004, compared with $300.1 million in 2003. The
$14.5 million increase reflects the recording of a $6.8 million loss on the value of a financial
instrument which ceased to be effective (according to the criteria established under accounting
standards) and a $1.2 million foreign-exchange loss on the unhedged portion of the long-term debt,
compared with recognition of a $22.0 million gain in 2003. The impact of these factors was
partially offset by a decrease in financial expenses resulting from lower debt levels and other
factors.
Quebecor Media recorded a $2.8 million charge (including $2 million in the Business
Telecommunications segment) for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special
charges in the 2004 fiscal year, compared with $1.8 million in 2003.
The Company recorded a gain on disposal of businesses and other assets of $9.3 million in 2004
resulting mainly from the transfer of Sun Medias 29.9% interest in CP24 as consideration in
respect to the acquisition of television station Toronto 1 (now Sun TV). In 2003, a $1.1 million
loss was recorded for this item.
84
In 2004, the Company recorded a $4.8 million loss on debt refinancing and on the repurchase of
Preferred Shares of a subsidiary resulting from recognition of financial instruments at fair value
following refinancing by Videotron in October 2004. In 2003, the Company recorded a net gain on
debt refinancing of $144.1 million, including a gain of $153.7 million, without any tax
consequences, realized on the repurchase of the Preferred Shares held by The Carlyle Group in
Videotron Telecom, and a gain of $7.5 million on the refinancing of Sun Media in February 2003,
which were partially offset by a $17.1 million loss related to the refinancing of Videotron in
October 2003.
Income tax expense increased by $49.9 million in 2004, mainly as a result of higher pre-tax
income (excluding the $153.7 million net gain, without any tax consequences) and the recognition in
2003 of previously unrecorded tax benefits totalling $45.0 million, compare with $23.7 million in
2004.
Cable segment
The Cable segment recorded revenues of $871.6 million in 2004, a $66.6 million (8.3%)
increase. Internet access services and the
illico Digital TV
service, excluding related services,
realized revenue increases of $39.2 million and
$52.5 million for growth rates of 21.4% and 60.9%,
respectively, more than compensating for lower revenues from analog cable television and other
services. The combined revenues of all cable television services increased by $17.9 million (3.2%).
The customer base for Videotrons cable Internet access and
illico Digital TV
services grew by
96,300 (23.7%) and 92,800 (38.5%) respectively in 2004 to 502,600 and 333,700. Videotron recorded a
net gain of 28,400 customers for all its cable television services combined in 2004, after posting
a net loss of 7,000 customers in 2003. Videotrons net monthly ARPU rose 6.5% to $46.50 in 2004
compared with $43.68 in 2003.
The Cable segment generated total operating income of $341.2 million. The $65.9 million
(23.9%) increase was due primarily to the increase in the customer base, higher rates, lower
operating costs, lower bandwidth costs because of the renegotiation of the service agreement with
Videotron Telecom, and the reversal of reserves for legal disputes concerning copyrights and
royalties. These favourable factors more than offset the impact on profitability of decreases in
other revenues and increases in some operating expenses, including advertising and promotion costs.
The segments operating margin, stated as a percentage, increased to 39.1% in 2004 compared with
34.2% in the previous year.
Le SuperClub Vidéotron registered revenues of $48.3 million. The $8.0 million (19.8%) increase
was mainly due to the favourable impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment. Higher royalties
and annual fees, strong results at the Microplay
tm
video game stores, and
higher retail revenues were also factors. Le SuperClub Vidéotron generated operating income of
$13.2 million in 2004. The $3.9 million (41.9%) increase was mainly due to the recognition in 2003
of a charge related to the shortening of the amortization period for videocassettes, as well as the
impact of the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment and the higher revenues.
The Cable segment generated free cash flow from operations of $189.0 million in 2004 compared
with $88.7 million in 2003, a $100.3 million increase. The additional $135.0 million contribution
from operating activities (including $65.9 million from higher operating income and $64.2 million
from decreased use of funds for non-cash balances related to operations) more than offset the $32.8
million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment related to network expansion and
upgrading programs, and the development of new services.
In 2004, Videotron twice upgraded file transfer speeds on its High-Speed and Extreme
High-Speed Internet services. These services now support download speeds of 5.1 mbps and 6.5 mbps
respectively, faster by 65% and 63% than the previous speeds of 3.1 mbps and 4.0 mbps.
Newspapers segment
The Newspapers segments revenues increased by $42.2 million (5.0%) to $888.1 million in 2004,
primarily as a result of increases of 5.5% in advertising revenues, 3.0% in circulation revenues
and 7.7% in distribution revenues. The favourable impact of the acquisition of the assets of Annex
Publishing & Printing Inc. (Annex Publishing & Printing), which closed in November 2003,
accounted for $13.0 million of the increase in revenues in 2004. Operating income rose
85
$3.0 million
(1.3%) to $227.8 million in 2004. The performance of the urban dailies and community newspapers,
combined with the acquisition of Annex Publishing & Printing, more than offset the $7.1 million
increase in the operating losses of the free dailies
24 heures Montréal
Métropolitain
mc
in Montréal and
24 Hours
in Toronto. The launch of the Toronto
paper in 2003 and the introduction of a new concept for the Montréal paper accounted for the larger
losses.
In 2004, Sun Media generated $159.2 million in free cash flow from operations, compared with
$211.0 million in 2003, a $51.8 million decrease. The change in non-cash balances related to
operations translated into a $9.7 million injection in 2004, whereas it generated $25.2 million in
2003, a negative variation of $34.9 million. The decline in free cash flow from operations was also
due to current income tax credits received in 2003.
Broadcasting segment
The Broadcasting segment generated revenues of $358.0 million in 2004, a $17.1 million (5.0%)
increase. Revenues from broadcasting operations grew by $25.6 million, primarily as a result of
higher advertising revenues, which more than offset a decrease in revenues from distribution and
publishing operations. Operating income was $80.5 million compared with $81.5 million in the 2003
fiscal year. The impact of the increase in revenues was more than offset by higher operating costs
and the investments made in the Toronto 1 (now Sun TV) television station, the launch of the
Mystère digital specialty channel in October 2004, and two new magazines. On December 2, 2004, TVA
Group and Sun Media closed the acquisition of the analog television station Toronto 1 to position
Quebecor Media strategically in the Toronto market, the largest television market in Canada and one
of the largest advertising markets in North America.
Leisure and Entertainment segment
The Leisure and Entertainment segment recorded total revenues of $241.7 million in 2004, an
increase of $36.7 million (17.9%). The revenues of Archambault Group rose 14.3% on the strength of
a 25.6% increase in revenues from distribution and recording operations and an 8.9% increase in
retail sales. Higher figures recorded for CEC Publishing due to the increase in the Companys
interest in the business from 50% to 100% and the favourable impact of the education reform on
Québec in book sales were also a factor in the higher revenues. The Leisure and Entertainment
segment generated total operating income of $22.7 million in 2004, an increase of $8.0 million
(54.4%), resulting from the increased interest in CEC Publishing and the improved profitability of
Archambault Group. In November 2004, Archambaul Group announced a partnership with Warner Music
France to launch Groupe Archambault France S.A.S., a new producer, publisher and distributor of
cultural content in Europe.
Business Telecommunications segment
The Business Telecommunications segment increased its revenues by $0.9 million (1.2%) to $78.6
million in 2004. A decrease in revenues from traditional services was offset by an outsourcing
breakthrough with the signing of a major contract with Quebecor World to host and manage servers
and communications software for North America and to provide other services. The contract generated
$9.2 million in revenues in the second half of 2004, which more than made up for the decrease in
revenues caused by the renegotiation of the service agreement with Videotron and other factors.
Operating income increased $8.2 million (56.9%) to $22.6 million in 2004. The impact on operating
profits of the outsourcing contract with Quebecor World more than offset decreases in other
services. For the year as a whole, Videotron Telecom recorded higher gross margins, realized
economies through work-force reductions, and achieved a favourable settlement of a dispute over
access rights to office buildings in Ontario, thus reversing a reserve held for that purpose. In
2003, operating income was affected by the recognition of dispute settlement costs.
Interactive Technologies and Communications segment
The revenues of the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment increased by $7.1
million (15.8%) to $51.9 million in 2004, mainly as a result of the impact of the acquisition of
Ant Farm Interactive in April 2004 and higher revenues at most offices because of new contracts.
The segments operating income more than doubled from $1.1 million in 2003 to $2.3 million in 2004
due to the increase in revenues and better cost control. In May 2004, in response to a partial
takeover bid for Mindready Solutions, Nurun sold its interest in the subsidiary. In April 2004,
Nurun closed the acquisition of Ant Farm Interactive, an interactive marketing agency located in
Atlanta (Georgia).
86
Internet/Portals segment
In 2004, the revenues of the Internet/Portals segment totalled $34.5 million, a $6.3 million
(22.3%) increase. Revenues from the special-interest portals, Progisia Informatique and the
general-interest portals grew by $3.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million respectively. Canoes
operating income rose by $1.4 million (45.2%) to $4.5 million in 2004, largely as a result of the
strong performance of its general-and special-interest portals, particularly
jobboom.com
. In 2004,
Quebecor Media acquired all of the outstanding Multiple Voting Shares and Subordinate Voting Shares
of Netgraphe Inc. (Netgraphe) through a wholly owned subsidiary. Netgraphe was subsequently
delisted from the Toronto Stock Exchange.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Companys primary sources of liquidity and capital resources are:
|
|
|
funds from operations; and
|
|
|
|
|
access to unused portions of its credit facilities.
|
The Companys principal liquidity and capital resource requirements consist of:
|
|
|
capital expenditures to grow or upgrade its fixed assets;
|
|
|
|
|
servicing and repayment of debt, and servicing of other contractual obligations; and
|
|
|
|
|
business acquisitions.
|
Operating Activities
Cash flows from continuing operating activities amounted to $471.4 million, compared with
$499.9 million in 2004, a $28.5 million decrease. The net change in non-cash balances related to
operations used funds in the amount of $32.2 million in 2005, whereas it provided funds of $38.6
million in 2004. The unfavourable variance of $70.8 million more than offset the favourable impact
of the increase in operating income and the decrease in interest on the long-term debt.
At December 31, 2005, working capital was negative $109.1 million, compared with negative
$21.9 million at the end of 2004, an unfavourable variance of $87.2 million resulting mainly from
the use of temporary investments for investing and financing activities, an increase in dividends
payable, and an increase in the additional amount payable.
In 2004, cash flow provided by continuing operating activities totalled $499.9 million, an
increase of $135.1 million from $364.8 million in 2003 due primarily to the $85.4 million rise in
operating income and the positive contribution of non-cash balances related to operations, which
generated funds of $38.6 million in 2004 and used funds in the amount of $17.5 million in 2003.
At the end of the 2004 fiscal year, working capital was negative $21.9 million, compared with
positive $52.9 million at the same point in 2003. The $74.8 million difference was mainly due to
the use of funds to pay down long-
term debt and to make prepayments on cross-currency swap agreements, as well as an increase in
the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group (see Contractual ObligationsThe Carlyle
Group below).
Financing Activities
During the 2005 financial year, Quebecor Medias consolidated debt (excluding the additional
amount payable to The Carlyle Group) was reduced by $2.9 million.
87
During the third quarter of 2005, Videotron closed a private placement of Senior Notes. The
$205.1 million net proceeds were used, along with Quebecor Medias cash assets, primarily to
finance the repurchase of Senior Notes issued by the CF Cable TV subsidiary with a book value of
$93.1 million, and to finance the repurchase of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes with a
book value of $167.7 million by Quebecor Media. TVA Group drew down $72.2 million on its revolving
credit facility to finance the repurchase of its shares. The net increase in debt caused by the
transactions described above and the effect of discount amortization were more than offset by the
favourable impact of the exchange rate on the debt denominated in a foreign currency. The decrease
in debt related to changes in the exchange rate was however offset by an equal increase in the
value of the cross-currency swap agreements entered under Other liabilities.
Because of the increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements
during 2005, Quebecor Media had to make prepayments totalling $75.9 million. These prepayments were
financed from Quebecor Medias cash assets and were applied against other liabilities related to
the cross-currency swap agreements.
On January 6, 2006, Quebecor Media signed an agreement for a long-term credit facility for the
Canadian dollar equivalent of 59.4 million euros relating to the purchase of six rotary presses by
Quebecor Media in 2005.
On January 17, 2006, Quebecor Media closed a major refinancing of its long-term debt. The
refinancing comprised two primary stages: (i) the issuance of US$525.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 2016 (the net interest rate in Canadian dollars, considering
the cross-currency swap agreements, is 7.39%); and (ii) refinancing of Quebecor Medias credit
facilities through new senior secured credit facilities comprised of a $125.0 million term loan A,
maturing in January 2011, a US$350.0 million term loan B, maturing in January 2013, and a five-year
$100.0 million revolving credit facility. The proceeds from the issuance of Quebecor Medias new
Senior Notes, the full drawings of its term loan A and term loan B, and amounts received from its
subsidiaries ($251.7 million from Videotron, drawn on its existing revolving credit facilities and
its cash and cash equivalents, and $40.0 million from Sun Media, drawn on a new credit facility),
were used to finance the repurchase of substantially all of Quebecor Medias existing notes, which
will have the effect of reducing Quebecor Medias annual financial expenses by nearly $80.0
million. Quebecor Media will recognize a loss on settlement of debt estimated at $206.0 million,
net of income tax, including the amount by which the disbursements exceed the book value of the
Notes and the cross-currency swap agreements, and the write-down of deferred financial expenses.
The Senior Notes due 2016 were offered and sold on a private placement basis.
On September 16, 2005, Videotron successfully closed a private offering of US$175.0 million
aggregate principal amount of 6 3/8% Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, which were sold at a
discount (99.5%) and result in an effective yield of 6.44% (the net interest rate in Canadian
dollars, taking into account cross-currency swap agreements, is 6.05%). The net proceeds from the
sale of the Senior Notes totalled US$174.1 million ($205.1 million), before transaction fees of
$3.8 million. These Notes were offered and sold on a private placement basis. Pursuant to a
registration rights agreement, Videotron filed a registration statement with respect to an exchange
offer under which these privately placed notes were exchanged for notes registered with the SEC.
Videotron completed this exchange offer in February 2006.
On
July 19, 2005, Quebecor Media, pursuant to partial tender offers
announced June 20, 2005, purchased US$128.2 million in aggregate principal amount of
its Senior Notes and US$12.1 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of its Discount
Notes, bearing interest at 11.125% and 13.750%, respectively. Quebecor
Media paid a cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase
these notes, including the
redemption premium and the cost of settlement of the cross-currency swap agreements. Quebecor Media
therefore recognized a $60.8 million loss on settlement of debt in the third quarter of 2005,
including the amount by which the disbursements exceeded the book value of the Notes and the
cross-currency swap agreements, as well as the write-down of deferred financial expenses. The
refinancing enabled Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries to take advantage of more advantageous
interest rates.
On
July 15, 2005, Videotron repurchased all the outstanding 9
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2007 issued
by its CF Cable TV subsidiary for cash consideration of $99.3 million, including the cost of
terminating the related cross-currency swap agreements. In connection with this transaction,
Videotron recognized a $0.8 million gain on settlement of debt in the third quarter of 2005.
88
In the second quarter of 2005, TVA Group amended the credit agreement governing its revolving
credit facility. The maturity date was extended to June 15, 2010, and the amount of the facility
was increased by $65.0 million to $160.0 million.
During the 2004 financial year, Quebecor Medias consolidated long-term debt and consolidated
bank debt (excluding the additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group) were reduced by $212.2
million.
The Company made net debt repayments totalling $163.8 million in 2004, including mandatory
payments of $37.5 million and $3.5 million by Videotron and Sun Media respectively. As well,
voluntary net repayments of bank credit facilities in the amount of $97.0 million and $25.8 million
were made by Quebecor Media and Sun Media respectively. As a result of the issuance of new Senior
Notes by Videotron on November 19, 2004, its debt level increased by $78.1 million as of that date.
The positive impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of the debt denominated in foreign
currency, partially offset by the effect of the amortization of discounts on the face value of
debt, also contributed to debt reduction.
Because of the appreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar, the Company had to
make prepayments of $123.6 million in 2003 and $197.7 million in 2004 under its cross-currency swap
agreements. These prepayments were financed from the Companys cash assets and credit facilities,
and were applied against other liabilities related to the cross-currency swap agreements.
On November 19, 2004, Videotron closed a private offering of US$315.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2014 and amended the terms of its credit facilities. The
new Notes formed a single series with the US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior
Notes issued in October 2003. The new Notes were sold at a 5% premium to their face amount,
resulting in gross proceeds of approximately US$331.0 million before accrued interest, and an
effective interest rate of 6.15%.
The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used to repay in full Videotrons term loan
of approximately $318.1 million and to pay a $54.6 million dividend to Quebecor Media. Concurrent
with this offering, Videotron also amended the terms of its credit facilities to increase its
revolving credit facility by $350.0 million to $450.0 million, increase its capacity to make future
distributions to Quebecor Media, and extend the maturity of its revolving credit facility to 2009.
On October 12, 2004, Sun Medias credit facility was amended to reduce the interest rates
applicable on U.S. dollar advances made under its term loan B credit facility by 0.25% per year,
with the possibility of a further reduction under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2004,
the aggregate amount outstanding under the term loan B credit facility was $241.6 million. This
reduction followed a similar reduction on December 2, 2003, whereby Sun Medias credit facility was
also amended to reduce the interest rates applicable on U.S. dollar advances made under its term
loan B credit facility by 0.25% per year.
Investing Activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment and business acquisitions, including buyouts of
minority interests, totalled $426.0 million in 2005, compared with $293.6 million in 2004, a $132.4
million increase.
Additions to property, plant and equipment amounted to $315.5 million in 2005, compared with
$181.1 million in 2004. The $134.4 million increase was mainly due to instalment payments made
under contracts to acquire six new presses, which will be used primarily to print
Le Journal de
Montréal
,
The Toronto Sun
and
The London Free Press
, as well as investments by Videotron in its
network, including investments made in connection with the cable telephony project, and investments
in the Archambault chain of stores.
Business acquisitions (including buyouts of minority interest) decreased by $2.0 million from
$112.5 million in 2004 to $110.5 million in 2005.
89
In the fourth quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media acquired Sogides for cash consideration of $24.0
million, and an additional contingent amount of $5.0 million payable upon on the satisfaction of
specific conditions in 2008. In 2005, TVA Group repurchased 3,739,599 Class B Non-Voting Shares
for a cash consideration of $81.9 million.
Additions to property, plant and equipment and business acquisitions, including buyouts of
minority interests, increased by $86.2 million from $207.4 million in 2003 to $293.6 million in
2004.
Additions to property, plant and equipment were $181.1 million in 2004, compared with $131.2
million in 2003. The $49.9 million increase was mainly related to ongoing network expansion and
upgrading programs and the development of new services in the Cable segment.
Business acquisitions (including buyouts of minority interest) amounted to $112.5 million in
2004, compared with $76.2 million in 2003. Major acquisitions closed in 2004 included the purchase
of Sun TV for $43.2 million, the buyout of minority interests in Netgraphe for a cash consideration
of $25.2 million and in TVA Group for $41.0 million, and the acquisition of Jumbo Entertainment for
a cash consideration of $7.2 million and of Ant Farm Interactive for $5.4 million in cash and other
considerations.
Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2005, material contractual obligations included future payments under
long-term debt arrangements, operating lease arrangements and capital asset purchases and other
commitments. These obligations are summarized in Table 7 below and are described in notes 14 and 19
to Quebecor Medias audited consolidated financial statements
included in Item 17 of this annual report. The obligations listed in Table 7 do
not reflect the impact of the refinancing carried out by Quebecor Media on January 17, 2006.
Table 7: Contractual obligations
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
1-3 years
|
|
|
3-5 years
|
|
|
and more
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
2,533.2
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
$
|
5.4
|
|
|
$
|
330.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,195.0
|
|
Interest payments(1)
|
|
|
1,492.4
|
|
|
|
167.6
|
|
|
|
464.0
|
|
|
|
425.8
|
|
|
|
435.0
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
188.3
|
|
|
|
38.8
|
|
|
|
58.8
|
|
|
|
39.6
|
|
|
|
51.1
|
|
Capital asset purchases
and other commitments
|
|
|
143.1
|
|
|
|
94.1
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
4,357.0
|
|
|
$
|
303.2
|
|
|
$
|
572.3
|
|
|
$
|
800.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,681.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimate of interest to be paid on long-term debt based on the interest rates and
foreign exchange rate as at December 31, 2005.
|
On August 24, 2005, Quebecor Media announced an investment of more than $110.0 million to
relocate and modernize the
Journal de Montréal
printing plant. The newspaper will acquire three new
presses and state-of-the-art shipping and inserting equipment, representing a commitment of $42.9
million at December 31, 2005.
On August 29, 2005, Quebecor Media and Quebecor World also announced the creation of a
partnership to operate a new printing plant in Islington, in the Greater Toronto Area. The $110.0
million plant will facilitate consolidating some of Quebecor Worlds printing operations in Ontario
and strengthen convergence between Quebecor Medias Toronto media properties. The new plant should
be fully operational by 2007. The new jointly operated entity will acquire three new presses under
commitments totalling $31.8 million as of December 31, 2005.
Newsprint represents a significant input and component of operating costs for the Newspapers
segment. The segment sources its newsprint needs through one newsprint producer. The long-term
supply agreement with this producer expired on December 31, 2005, although it has continued to
supply newsprint to us while we negotiating the extension of of this agreement through December 31,
2006. The agreement provides for discounts from prevailing market prices and
90
include a minimum
annual purchase commitment of 15,000 metric tonnes of newsprint. In 2005, our newspaper operations
used approximately 150,000 metric tonnes of newsprint.
The Broadcasting segment has commitments to invest $62.5 million over an eight-year period in
the Canadian television industry and the Canadian telecommunications industry in order to promote
television content and the development of communications. As at December 31, 2005, the remaining
balance to be invested in coming years amounted to $18.7 million.
The Carlyle Group
On December 22, 2003, Quebecor Media closed an agreement to acquire all the Preferred Shares
held by The Carlyle Group in 3662527 Canada Inc., the parent company of Videotron Telecom, for
consideration with an estimated value of $125.0 million at closing. On the same date, a $55.0
million payment was made to The Carlyle Group. The additional amount payable, which is adjusted
based on the value of Quebecor Medias Common Shares, has been payable on demand since December 15,
2004, and matures on December 15, 2008.
The value of this additional amount payable to The Carlyle Group fluctuates based on the
market value of Quebecor Medias common shares. Until Quebecor Media is listed on a stock exchange,
the value of the additional amount payable is based on a formula established in the acquisition
agreement. At the date of the transaction, both parties had agreed to an initial value of $70.0
million. As at December 31, 2005, the additional amount payable was valued at $111.5 million
($101.4 million as at December 31, 2004). The change in the amount payable is recorded as a
financial expense in the statement of income. If Quebecor Media files a prospectus for an initial
public offering, the holder has the right to require Quebecor Media to pay the additional amount
payable by delivering 3,740,682 Quebecor Media Common Shares and an additional number of Common
Shares determined by the amount of dividends paid by Quebecor Media on its Common Shares. Quebecor
Media holds an option to pay the additional amount payable in cash, for a period of 30 days
following each June 15 in 2007 and 2008.
See also note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under Item 17 of
this annual report.
Financial Instruments
The Company uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade
receivables, temporary investments, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables,
accrued liabilities, dividends payable and long-term debt. The carrying amount of these financial
instruments, except for temporary investments, long-term investments and long-term debt,
approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature. The fair value of long-term debt is
estimated based on discounted cash flows using period-end market yields of similar instruments with
the same maturity. The fair value of temporary investments and long-term investments is based on
market value.
The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices.
Quebecor Media has entered into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency swap
agreements to hedge foreign currency risk exposure on all of its U.S. dollar-denominated
long-term debt. Quebecor Media also uses interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of
fluctuations in interest rates on its long-term debt.
Quebecor Media has also entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge the planned
purchase, in U.S. dollars, of digital set-top boxes and modems in 2005 and for other purposes.
Quebecor Media also entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge the contractual
instalments, in euros and Swiss francs, of its investment in printing presses and related
equipment.
91
During the second quarter of 2004, Quebecor Media determined that one of its cross-currency
interest rate swap agreements had ceased to be an effective hedge (according to the criteria
established by accounting standards). Consequently, Quebecor Media ceased to use hedge accounting
for this derivative instrument. The instrument has a notional value of US$155.0 million, covers the
period 2008 to 2013, and has a nominal annual interest rate of 7 5/8%, and an effective annual
interest rate equal to the three-month bankers acceptance rate plus 3.7%. Management believes that
this cross-currency interest rate swap agreement remains suitable to Quebecor Medias needs, based
on current economic criteria.
In 2005, Quebecor Media recorded total losses on derivative financial instruments of $82.5
million ($191.1 million in 2004 and $351.9 million in 2003), outweighing gains of $78.1 million on
the hedged instruments ($183.1 million in 2004 and $373.9 million in 2003), for a net loss of $4.4
million (net loss of $8.0 million in 2004 and net gain of $22.0 million in 2003). The net loss in
2005 related mainly to fluctuations in the fair value of a cross-currency swap agreement entered
into by Sun Media that had ceased to be effective (according to criteria established by accounting
standards), partially offset by gains recognized by Videotron on an interest rate swap agreement
and a currency forward contract. The net loss in 2004 was mainly due to the recording of a $30.2
million loss on the value of a financial instrument that had ceased to be effective (according to
accounting standards) and of financial instruments that were not designated as hedges, as well as a
$22.2 million foreign-exchange gain on the unhedged portion of the long-term debt. In 2003, the
Company recorded a $22.0 million gain on the unhedged portion of the long-term debt.
Some of Quebecor Medias cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a floor limit on
negative fair value, below which Quebecor Media can be required to make prepayments to reduce the
lenders exposure. The prepayments are offset by equal reductions in Quebecor Medias future
payments under the agreements. The portion of the reduction in commitments related to interest
payments is accounted for as a reduction in financial expenses. Prepayments are applied against
liabilities related to derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet. All the
cross-currency swap agreements subject to a floor limit on negative fair market value were closed
out as part of the refinancing carried out on January 17, 2006.
Due to the increase in the negative fair value of certain cross-currency swap agreements
during 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company had to make prepayments totalling $75.9 million $197.7
million and $123.6 million respectively. These prepayments were financed from Quebecor Medias cash
assets and credit facilities.
In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by Quebecor Media and its
subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date
or at any time, from an anniversary date of the transaction to maturity, at the then fair market
value.
92
The fair value of derivative financial instruments is estimated using period-end market rates
and it reflects what the Company would receive or pay if the instruments were terminated on those
dates (
see Table 8
). The information in the table below does not show the effects of the
Refinancing Plan carried out by the Company on January 17, 2006.
Table 8: Quebecor Media Inc.
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Carrying amount
|
|
Fair value of
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
of asset (liability)
|
|
asset (liability)
|
|
|
Derivative financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
$
|
95.0
|
CAD
|
|
$ (0.9
|
)
|
|
$ (0.9
|
)
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in US$
|
|
|
8.8
|
US$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
in EUR
|
|
|
40.6
|
EUR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
in CHF
|
|
|
13.2
|
CHF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swap agreements
|
|
$
|
2,099.0
|
US$
|
|
$(248.5
|
)
|
|
$(582.9
|
)
|
|
Financial Position
As of December 31, 2005, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries had cash, cash
equivalents and liquid investments with remaining maturities greater than three months totalling
$90.7 million. The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries also had available unused lines of
credit of $600.0 million, for total available liquid assets of $690.7 million.
At December 31, 2005, consolidated debt, excluding the additional amount payable to The
Carlyle Group, totalled $2.55 billion. Quebecor Medias long-term debt included Videotrons $971.7
million debt, Sun Medias $466.3 million debt, TVA Groups $119.4 million debt, and Senior Notes in
an aggregate amount of $988.1 million.
In 2005, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared dividends totalling $105.0 million,
of which $45.0 million was paid to shareholders in the course of the year 2005 and $60.0 million in
January 2006. In 2005, Quebecor Media received aggregate dividends of $210.0 million from Videotron
and $169.7 million from Sun Media indirectly.
Management believes that cash flows from continuing operating activities and available sources
of financing should be sufficient to cover cash requirements for capital investment, working
capital, interest payments, mandatory debt repayment, pension plan contributions and dividends. The
Company has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends and cash advances
paid by the private subsidiaries and through the dividends paid by the subsidiaries listed on the
Stock Exchange, including TVA Group. The Company also has access to a maximum of $50.0 million from
the revolving credit facility of its Newspapers segment subsidiary and a minimum $50.0 million from
the credit facility of its Cable segment subsidiary. The Cable segment subsidiary may also borrow
in order pay dividends to the Company, subject to certain restrictions.
Pursuant to its financing agreements, the Company and its subsidiaries are required to
maintain certain financial ratios. The key indicators listed in these agreements include the debt
service coverage ratio and the debt ratio (long-term debt over operating income). As of December
31, 2005, the Company was in compliance with all required financial ratios.
93
Related Party Transactions
The following describes some transactions in which the Company and its directors, executive
officers and affiliates are involved. The Company believes that each of the transactions described
below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from
independent third parties.
Management Arrangements
Quebecor Inc. has entered into management arrangements with Quebecor Media and certain of its
subsidiaries. Under these management arrangements, Quebecor, Quebecor Media and certain of its
subsidiaries provide mutual management services on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject
to reimbursement include the salaries of our executive officers who also serve as executive
officers of Quebecor Inc. In 2005, Quebecor Media received a total of $3.0 million in management
fees from Quebecor, the same amount as in 2004.
In 2005, Quebecor Media also paid aggregate management and guarantee fees of $1.2 million and
$1.0 million respectively ($1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in 2004) to its
shareholders, Quebecor and CDP Capital. The guarantee fees related to Quebecor Medias $135.0
million credit facility (reduced to $75.0 million in June 2005 and repaid and terminated in January
2006), which was guaranteed by each of Quebecor and CDP Capital in proportion to their respective
interest in Quebecor Media. An annual fee equivalent to 1.0% of the credit facility was payable to
the guarantors in this respect.
Lease Arrangements
Quebecor and other related parties lease office spaces to Quebecor Media. In 2005, the
aggregate rent expense paid to Quebecor and other related parties was $2.6 million, compared with
$3.7 million for 2004.
Commercial Printing and Other Services
Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries have incurred expenses for commercial printing and other
services and have earned revenue for advertising and other services from Quebecor World, which is
also a subsidiary of Quebecor, and from another affiliated company. The aggregate purchases from
Quebecor World and the affiliated company were $88.4 million in 2005, while in 2004, such purchases
amounted to $75.1 million, in the aggregate. The 2005 total revenues from Quebecor World and the
affiliated company were $21.5 million, compared to $11.1 million in 2004. Quebecor Media conducts
all of its business with Quebecor World and the affiliated company on a commercial, arms-length
basis and records the transactions at the exchange value.
In 2004, Quebecor World reached an agreement with Videotron Telecom, Business
Telecommunications segment, to outsource its information technology infrastructure in North America
for a period of seven years. As part of this agreement, Videotron Telecom purchased some of
Quebecor Worlds information technology infrastructure equipment at a cost of $3.0 million. The
outsourcing services to Quebecor World are estimated to generate revenues of approximately $18.1
million annually. Both the price of the equipment transferred and the revenues of the outsourcing
services have been accounted for at the exchange value. The transfer of the equipment was completed
in December 2004.
In the first quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media acquired certain assets of Quebecor World, which
is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, for cash consideration of $3.3 million ($1.4 million paid in cash
and an estimated balance payable of $1.9 million). The transaction was recorded at the book value
of the transferred assets.
In August 2005, we announced the creation of a new entity to be co-owned by Quebecor Media
(75%) and Quebecor World (25%) to operate a new printing facility in Islington, in the Greater
Toronto Area. This facility will serve customers of both Quebecor Media and Quebecor World. The new
facility is expected to be fully operational by 2007.
94
Tax benefit transactions
During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, some of the Companys subsidiaries acquired
tax benefits amounting to $13.7 million and $12.9 million respectively from Quebecor World, a
company under common control. Of this amount, $13.4 million and $12.9 million were recorded as
income taxes receivable in 2003 and 2004 respectively, while $0.3 million was recorded as long-term
future income tax assets in 2003. These transactions allowed the Company to realize gains of $2.1
million and $0.1 million respectively (net of non-controlling interest), which are recorded as
contributed surplus. Additional tax benefits of $8.0 million will be recognized in the statement of
income as a reduction in income tax expense when the new deduction multiple applied on the tax
benefits bought in 2003 and 2004 will be officially enacted. However, if the new deduction multiple
does not become enacted, $6.0 million will be recorded as contributed surplus since the amount paid
to Quebecor World will be recovered by an equal amount.
On December 14, 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the
Company has transferred $192.0 million in capital losses to its parent company for a cash
consideration of $15.9 million. In addition, in 2006, the parent company will transfer $75.0
million of non-capital losses to the Company in exchange for a cash consideration of $16.3 million.
Cash considerations have been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represent
the fair value of the tax deductions being transferred. As a result of these transactions, the
Company has recorded a reduction of $15.9 million in income tax expense for 2005 and expects to
reduce its income tax expense by $8.5 million in the future.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Guarantees
In the normal course of business, Quebecor Media enters into numerous agreements containing
guarantees. The major guarantees provided by Quebecor Media are described below.
Operating lease agreements
The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating
leases with expiry dates between 2006 and 2010 to the benefit of the lessor. Should the Company
terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of the lease terms) and should the fair value
of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Company must, under certain
conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Company has
provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises leases, with expiry dates through 2016.
Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Company must, under certain conditions,
compensate the lessor. As at December 31, 2005, the maximum exposure with respect to these
guarantees is $16.9 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet
since the Company does not expect to make any payments pertaining to these guarantees.
Business and asset disposals
In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification
relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Company
may agree to indemnify against claims related to its past conduct of the business. Typically, the
term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these
indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it
could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. Also, in connection with the sale of Mindready
Solutions, the Company has guaranteed that companys commitments related to a lease of premises
that expires in 2011 up to a maximum amount of $1.0 million. The Company has not accrued any amount
in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet.
Long-term debt
Under the terms of their respective U.S. indebtedness, the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify their respective lenders against changes in withholding
taxes. These indemnifications extend for the term of the indebtedness and do not have a limit on
the maximum potential liability. The nature of the indemnification agreements
95
prevents the Company
from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay lenders. Should such
amounts become payable, the Company and its subsidiaries would have the option of repaying those
debts. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these
indemnifications.
Outsourcing companies and suppliers
In the normal course of its operations, the Company enters into contractual agreements with
outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Company agrees to provide indemnifications
in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Company provides
indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and
suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the
maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the
consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnifications.
Seasonality
Quebecor Medias business is sensitive to general economic cycles and may be adversely
affected by the cyclical nature of the markets Quebecor Media serves, as well as by local,
regional, national and global economic conditions. In addition, because Quebecor Medias operations
are labour intensive, its cost structure is highly fixed. During periods of economic contraction,
revenue may decrease while the cost structure remains stable, resulting in decreased earnings. In
any given year, this seasonality could adversely affect Quebecor Medias cash flows and operating
results.
Risks and uncertainties
Quebecor Media operates in the communications and media industries, which entails a variety of
risk factors and uncertainties. Quebecor Medias operating environment and financial results may be
materially affected by the risks and uncertainties outlined below.
Labour agreements
As of December 31, 2005, approximately 41% of Quebecor Medias employees were represented by
labour agreements. Through its subsidiaries, Quebecor Media is currently a party to 78 collective
bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
Videotrons 4 collective bargaining agreements, representing 2,199, or 100%, of its
unionized employees, have been recently renewed and are scheduled to expire on
respective dates between December 2009 and August 2011;
|
|
|
|
|
20 of Sun Medias collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 388,
or 19%, of its unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these 20
collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006.
Furthermore, eight of Sun Medias collective bargaining agreements, covering 484
employees, expire in 2006, while Sun Medias 21 other collective bargaining agreements,
representing approximately 1,137 unionized employees, are scheduled to expire on
respective dates between December 2007 and June 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
12 of TVA Groups 15 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately
379, or 41%, of its unionized employees, will expire between April 2007 and the end of
December 2008, one of its collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately
516, or 56%, of its unionized employees, will expire at the end of December 2006 and
two collective bargaining agreements, representing 26, or 3%, of its employees, have
expired and negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements will be
undertaken in 2006. A group of 53 employees is currently in the process of being
unionized;
|
|
|
|
|
three of our other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 126,
or 13%, of our other unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these
collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006.
Another seven of our collective bargaining agreements,
|
96
|
|
|
representing approximately 859,
or 87%, of our other unionized employees, expire at various dates between the end of
December 2006 and March 2010.
|
We have had significant labor disputes in the past, which have disrupted our operations,
resulted in damages to our network or our equipment and impaired our operating results. We cannot
predict the outcome of our current or future negotiations relating to union representation or the
renewal of our collective bargaining agreements, nor can we assure you that we will not experience
work stoppages, strikes, property damage or other forms of labor protests pending the outcome of
any future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or if there is any other form
of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, damages to our
property and service interruption, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial
position and results of operations. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labor
protests, the outcome of labor negotiations could negatively impact our operating results.
Contingencies
On March 13, 2002, an action was filed in the Superior Court of Québec by Investissement
Novacap inc., Telus Québec Inc. and Paul Girard against Videotron, in which the plaintiffs allege
that Videotron wrongfully terminated its obligations under a share purchase agreement entered into
in August 2000. The plaintiffs are seeking damages totaling approximately $26 million. Videotrons
management believes that the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case.
In 1999, Regional Cablesystems Inc. (now Persona Communications Inc.) initiated an arbitration
with Videotron in which it is seeking an amount of $8.6 million as reduction of the purchase price
of the shares of Northern Cable Holdings Limited sold to Regional Cablesystems Inc. by a subsidiary
of Videotron in 1998. A settlement in principle has been reached subject to finalization of the
settlement documentation.
In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries
are currently pending. In the opinion of the management of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these
proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results, liquidity or
financial position. We also carry insurance coverage in such amounts that we believe to be
reasonable under the circumstances.
Credit Risks
Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to Quebecor
Medias diverse operations and large customer base. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had no
significant concentration of credit risk. The Company believes that the diversity of its product
mix and customer base reduces its credit risk, as well as the impact of any change in its local
markets or product-line demand.
Quebecor Media is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties in
connection with its cross-currency and interest rate swap agreements. The Company does not obtain
collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but it
mitigates this risk by dealing only with major Canadian and U.S. financial institutions and,
accordingly, do not anticipate loss for non-performance.
Financial Risks
In the normal course of business, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries are exposed to
fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and commodity prices. Quebecor Media manages this
exposure through staggered maturities and an optimal balance of fixed and variable rate debt. As of
December 31, 2005, the weighted average term of Quebecor Medias consolidated debt was
approximately 6.6 years. The debt comprises approximately 66% fixed-rate debt and 34% floating-rate
debt. These figures do not reflect the impact of the refinancing that Quebecor Media completed on
January 17, 2006.
As at December 31, 2005, Quebecor Media, Videotron and Sun Media were using derivative
financial instruments to manage their exchange rate and interest rate exposure. While these
agreements expose Quebecor Media and subsidiaries to the risk of non-performance by a third party,
Quebecor Media and subsidiaries believe that the possibility of incurring such loss is remote due
to the creditworthiness of the parties with whom they deal. Quebecor Media does not hold or issue
97
any derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and subscribes to a financial
risk-management policy. These financial derivatives are described under Financial Instruments
above.
Foreign Currency Risk
Most of Quebecor Media revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S.
dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes and cable modems and certain capital
expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of the interest,
principal and premium, if any, payable on our debt must be paid in U.S. dollars. The Company has
entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of its U.S.
dollar-denominated debt obligations.
Interest Rate Risk
The Companys revolving and term bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based
on the following reference rates: (i) bankers acceptances rate (BA), (ii) London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR), and (iii) bank prime rate (Prime). Quebecor Media Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior
Discount Notes due 2011, as well as the Senior Notes issued by Videotron and the Senior Notes
issued by Sun Media, bear interest at fixed rates. The Company has entered into various interest
rate swap agreements (
see Table 9
) and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (
see Table 10
)
in order to manage its cash flows and fair value risk exposure to changes in interest rates.
Table 9: Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005
(in millions of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Pay/
|
|
|
Fixed
|
|
Floating
|
Maturity
|
|
|
amount
|
|
|
receive
|
|
|
rate
|
|
rate
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 2006
|
|
$
|
90.0
|
|
|
Pay fixed/
receive
floating
|
|
|
5.41
|
%
|
|
Bankers acceptance
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 2007
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
Pay fixed/
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
Bankers acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
receive floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
98
Table 10: Cross-currency Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005
(in millions of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
and capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
effective
|
|
|
nominal
|
|
|
payments per
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
CDN dollar for
|
|
|
|
covered
|
|
|
amount
|
|
|
rate
|
|
|
rate
|
|
|
one US dollar
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2001 to 2011
|
|
|
US$
|
586.8
|
|
|
|
11.98
|
%
|
|
|
11.125
|
%
|
|
|
1.5255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Discount Notes
|
|
|
2001 to 2011
|
|
|
US$
|
282.9
|
|
|
|
14.60
|
%
|
|
|
13.75
|
%
|
|
|
1.58221
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and
its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2004 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
190.0
|
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 2.80
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2004 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
125.0
|
|
|
|
7.45
|
%
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.1950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
200.0
|
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 2.73
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
135.0
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2005 to 2015
|
|
|
US$
|
175.0
|
|
|
|
5.98
|
%
|
|
|
6.375
|
%
|
|
|
1.1781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation
and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2008
|
|
|
US$
|
155.0
|
|
|
|
8.17
|
%
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2008 to 2013
|
|
|
US$
|
155.0
|
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 3.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2013
|
|
|
US$
|
50.0
|
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 3.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term-loan
B credit facility
|
|
|
2003 to 2009
|
|
|
US$
|
199.3
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
LIBOR
|
|
|
1.5175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
+ 2.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 2.48
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As per the agreement, the exchange rate includes an exchange fee.
|
Commodity Price Risk
Through its Newspapers operations, the Company was party to a long-term supply contract with a
newsprint producer pursuant to which it benefited from a volume discount from prevailing market
prices. Management mitigates this commodity price risk through centralized purchases in order to
benefit from volume rebates based on total consumption
99
requirements. This newsprint agreement expired on December 31, 2005, although the supplier has
continued to supply newsprint to the Company as it negotiates an extension of the supply agreement.
The Company may also in the future enter into forward commodity price contracts or other
hedging arrangements that limit its exposure to fluctuations in the price of newsprint.
Fair value of financial instruments
Table 11 below provides information on the carrying value and fair value of derivative
financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest
rates and foreign currencies as of the year shown.
Table 11: Carrying value and fair value
As at December 31, 2005
(in millions of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
(1,140.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,332.9
|
)
|
|
|
(988.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,078.8
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(241.9
|
)
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)
|
|
|
(261.3
|
)
|
Foreign forward exchange contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
(888.9
|
)
|
|
|
(901.1
|
)
|
|
|
(971.7
|
)
|
|
|
(967.4
|
)
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)
|
|
|
(72.3
|
)
|
|
|
(73.7
|
)
|
|
|
(135.0
|
)
|
Foreign exchange forward contract
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
(484.3
|
)
|
|
|
(507.7
|
)
|
|
|
(466.3
|
)
|
|
|
(476.1
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps and
foreign exchange forward contract
|
|
|
(147.4
|
)
|
|
|
(169.8
|
)
|
|
|
(154.1
|
)
|
|
|
(186.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)
|
|
|
(107.1
|
)
|
|
|
(107.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Including current portion.
|
Material limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market
information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with
precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Principal repayments
As of December 31, 2005, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments required in each
of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve
month period ending
December 31,
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2009
|
|
|
223.0
|
|
2010
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
2,195.0
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Does not reflect the impact of the refinancing that the Company completed on
January 17, 2006.
|
100
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Revenue Recognition
Cable Segment
The Cable segment provides services under arrangement with multiple deliverables, comprising a
separate unit of accounting for subscriber services (connecting fees and operating services) and a
separate unit of accounting for the sale of equipment to subscribers.
The Cable segments connection fee revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the
estimated average 30-month period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network.
The incremental and direct costs related to connection fees, in an amount not exceeding the
revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same 30-month period.
Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet and telephony access, are
recognized when services are provided. Revenues from sales of equipment to subscribers and
equipment costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Revenues from video
rentals are recorded as revenue when services are provided. Promotion offers are accounted for as a
reduction in the related service revenue when customers take advantage of offers.
Newspapers segment
Revenues of the Newspapers segment, derived from circulation and advertising from publishing
activities, are recognized when the publication is delivered. Revenues from the distribution of
publications and products are recognized on delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns.
Revenues from commercial printing contracts are recognized once the product is delivered.
Broadcasting segment
Revenues of the Broadcasting segment derived from the sale of advertising airtime are
recognized when the advertising has been broadcast. Revenues derived from circulation and
advertising from publishing activities are recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition
policy used by the Newspaper segment for its publishing activities. Revenues derived from specialty
television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time the service is rendered.
Revenues derived from the sale and distribution of films and from television program rights
are recognized when the following conditions are met: (a) persuasive evidence of a sale or a
licensing agreement with a customer exists and is provided solely by a contract or other legally
enforceable documentation that sets forth, at a minimum (i) the licence period, (ii) the film or
group of films affected, (iii) the consideration to be received for the rights transferred; (b) the
film is complete and has been delivered or is available for delivery; (c) the licence period of the
arrangement has begun and the customer can begin its exploitation, exhibition, or sale; (d) the
arrangement fee is fixed or determinable; (e) the collection of the arrangement fee is reasonably
assured. Theatrical revenues are recognized over the presentation period and when all of the above
conditions are met. Theatrical revenues are based on a percentage of revenues generated by movie
theatres. Revenues generated from video are recognized at the time of delivery of the
videocassettes and
dvd
s, less a provision for future returns, or are accounted for based
on a percentage of retail sales and when the aforementioned conditions are met.
Leisure and Entertainment segment
Revenues derived from retail stores, book publishing and distribution activities are
recognized upon delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the
segments historical rate of return.
101
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test is carried out in two
steps.
In the first step, the fair value of a reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount. To
determine the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company uses a combination of valuation
methods, including discounted future cash flows, operating income multiples, and market price.
The discounted cash flows method involves the use of estimates such as the amount and timing
of the cash flows, expected variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows, the time value
of money as represented by a risk-free interest rate, and the risk premium associated with the
asset or liability.
The operating income multiples method calls for the fair value of enterprises with comparable
and observable economic characteristics being available, as well as recent operating income
multiples.
The market price method must take into account the fact that the price of an individual share
may not be representative of the fair value of the business unit as a whole, due to factors such as
synergies, control premium and temporary market price fluctuations.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit, therefore, is based on managements judgement
and is reliant on estimates and assumptions.
When the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the
goodwill impairment test is carried out. The fair value of the reporting units goodwill is
compared with its carrying amount in order to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any.
The fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as a business combination. The
Company allocates the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of the
unit, whether or not recognized separately, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a
business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the
reporting unit. The excess of the fair value over the amounts assigned to the reporting units
assets and liabilities is the fair value of goodwill.
The judgement used in determining the fair value of the reporting unit and in allocating this
fair value to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit may affect the value of the goodwill
impairment to be recorded.
The last impairment tests carried out by the Company indicated that goodwill was not impaired,
based on the assumptions and estimates used. The net book value of goodwill at December 31, 2005
was $3.9 billion.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets by comparing the carrying
amount of the asset or group of assets with the projected undiscounted future cash flows associated
with the asset or group of assets when events indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. Examples of such events and changes include a significant decrease in the market price
of an asset, the decommissioning of an asset, assets rendered idle after a plant shutdown, costs
that significantly exceed the amount initially estimated for the acquisition or construction of an
asset, and operating or cash flow losses associated with the use of an asset. In accordance with
Section 3063 of the
CICA Handbook
,
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
, an impairment loss is
recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets held for use exceeds the sum of
the undiscounted future cash flows expected from its use or disposal. The amount by which the
assets or group of assets carrying amount exceeds its fair value is recognized as an impairment
loss. The Company estimates future cash flows based on historical performance as well as on
assumptions as to the future economic environment, pricing and volume. Quoted market prices are
used as the basis for fair value measurement.
102
The Company does not believe that the value of any of its long-lived assets was impaired in
2005. Should the assumptions and estimates prove inaccurate, an impairment loss may have to be
charged against future results.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company does not hold or
use any derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company documents all relationships
between derivatives and hedged items, its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management
objective. The Company assesses the effectiveness of derivatives when the hedge is put in place
and on an ongoing basis.
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge anticipated
foreign-denominated equipment purchases. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation gains
and losses are recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant and equipment when the
transaction is recorded. The portion of the forward premium or discount on the contract relating to
the period prior to consummation of the transaction is also recognized as an adjustment to the cost
of property, plant and equipment when the transaction is recorded.
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency swaps to hedge
some of its long-term debt. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation gains and losses
are recorded under other assets or other liabilities. The fees on forward foreign exchange
contracts and on cross-currency swaps are recognized as an adjustment to interest expenses over the
term of the agreement.
The Company also enters into interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of fluctuations
in interest rates on its long-term debt. These swap agreements require the periodic exchange of
payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. The
Company designates its interest rate hedge agreements as hedges of the interest cost on the
underlying debt. Interest expense on the debt is adjusted to include the payments made or received
under the interest rate swaps on an accrual basis.
Some of the Companys cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a floor limit on negative
fair market value, below which the Company can be required to make prepayments to reduce the
lenders exposure. Such prepayments are reimbursed by reductions in the Companys future payments
under the agreements. The portion of these reimbursements related to interest is accounted for as a
reduction in financial expenses. The prepayments are presented on the balance sheet as a reduction
in the liability of the derivative instrument.
Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative instruments that have been
terminated or that cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred under other current or
non-current assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and recognized in income in the period in
which the underlying hedged transaction is recognized. In the event a designated hedged item is
sold, extinguished or matures prior to the termination of the related derivative instrument, any
realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative instrument is recognized in income.
Derivative instruments that are ineffective or that are not designated as a hedge are reported
on a market-to-market basis in the consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value
of these derivative instruments is recorded in income.
Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits
The Company offers defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution pension plans to
some of its employees. The Companys policy is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient
to cover benefits. Actuarial valuations of the Companys numerous pension plans were performed at
different dates in the last three years and the next required valuations will be performed at
various dates over the next three years. Pension plan assets are measured at fair value and consist
of equities and corporate and government fixed-income securities.
The Companys obligations with respect to postretirement benefits are assessed on the basis of
a number of economic and demographic assumptions, which are established with the assistance of the
Companys actuaries. Key
103
assumptions relate to the discount rate, the expected return on the plans assets, the rate of
increase in compensation, and health care costs.
The Company considers the assumptions used to be reasonable in view of the information
available at this time. However, variances from these assumptions could have a material impact on
the costs and obligations of pension plans and postretirement benefits in future periods.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses from
customers who are unable to pay their debts. The allowance is reviewed periodically and is based on
an analysis of specific significant accounts outstanding, the age of the receivable, customer
creditworthiness, and historical collection experience.
Business Combinations
Business acquisitions are accounted for by the purchase method. Under this accounting method,
the purchase price is allocated to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities based on their
estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the sum of
the values ascribed to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities is recorded as goodwill. The
judgements made in determining the estimated fair value and the expected useful life of each
acquired asset, and the estimated fair value of each assumed liability, can significantly impact
net income, because, among other things, of the impact of the useful lives of the acquired assets,
which may vary from projections. Also, future income taxes on temporary differences between the
book and tax value of most of the assets are recorded in the purchase price equation, while no
future income taxes are recorded on the difference between the book value and the tax value of
goodwill. Consequently, to the extent that greater value is ascribed to long-lived than to
shorter-lived assets under the purchase method, less amortization may be recorded in a given
period.
Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets and liabilities requires judgement and
involves complete reliance on estimates and assumptions. The Company primarily uses the discounted
future cash flows approach to estimate the value of acquired intangible assets.
The estimates and assumptions used in the allocation of the purchase price at the date of
acquisition may also have an impact on the amount of goodwill impairment to be recognized, if any,
after the date of acquisition, as discussed above under Goodwill.
Future Income Taxes
The Company is required to assess the ultimate realization of future income tax assets
generated from temporary differences between the book basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities
and losses carried forward into the future. This assessment is judgemental in nature and is
dependent on assumptions and estimates as to the availability and character of future taxable
income. The ultimate amount of future income tax assets realized could be slightly different from
that recorded, since it is influenced by the Companys future operating results.
The Company is at all times under audit by various tax authorities in each of the
jurisdictions in which it operates. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for
which management has established a reserve is audited and resolved. The number of years between
each tax audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. Management believes that its estimates are
reasonable and reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies, although the final outcome
is difficult to predict.
Changes in Accounting Policies
The Company makes changes to its accounting policies in order to conform to new Canadian
Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) accounting standards.
104
Revenue recognition and revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables
In 2004, the Cable segment reviewed and adopted a new accounting policy regarding the period
in which reconnection related revenues and expenses are recognized, based on Abstracts EIC-141 and
EIC-142, released by CICAs Emerging Issues Committee. The Company adopted the new accounting
policy on a prospective basis, without restatement of financial results for prior periods.
Since January 1, 2004, installation revenues in the Cable segment have been deferred and
recognized under revenues over 30 months, which is the estimated average period customers remain
connected to the network. Direct and incremental reconnection related costs, of an amount not
exceeding the revenues, are now deferred and recognized under operating expenses over the same
30-month period. Previously, reconnection expenses and direct and incremental costs were
immediately recognized under revenues and operating expenses. This change in accounting policy had
no effect on the reported amounts of operating income and net income.
Hedging relationships
In June 2003, the CICA issued amendments to Accounting Guideline 13 (AcG-13),
Hedging
Relationships
. The amendments clarify certain requirements and provide additional guidance related
to the identification, designation and documentation of hedging relationships, as well as the
assessment of the effectiveness of hedging relationships. The requirements of the guideline are
applicable to all hedging relationships in effect for financial periods beginning on or after July
1, 2003. Retroactive application is not permitted. All hedging relationships must be assessed as of
the beginning of the first year of application to determine whether the hedging criteria in the
guideline are met. Hedge accounting is to be discontinued for any hedging relationship that does
not meet all the requirements of the guideline. The Company adopted the new standards as of January
1, 2004.
Subscriber equipment and hook-up costs
In the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company revised its accounting for equipment sales to
subscribers and hook-up costs. Until the end of the third quarter of 2003, the cost of subsidies
granted subscribers on equipment sold was capitalized and amortized over three years on a
straight-line basis, and the cost of reconnecting subscribers, which included material, direct
labour and certain overhead charges, was capitalized to fixed assets and depreciated over three or
four years on a straight-line basis.
The Company has changed its accounting policies in order to expense as incurred the costs of
subscriber subsidies and the costs of reconnecting subscribers. These changes have been applied
retroactively.
Stock based compensation
Effective January 1, 2003, TVA Group, Nurun and Netgraphe changed the method of accounting for
stock option plans and decided to adopt the fair value method on a prospective basis for employee
stock option awards. Employee stock option awards granted, modified or settled prior to January 1,
2003 are not recognized according to the fair value method but according to the settlement method.
Thus, the fair value method is applied only to employee stock options granted after December 31,
2002.
On October 15, 2004, TVA Group amended its stock option plan and the stock option awards
agreement for all participants, effective as of that date. Under the amended plan, all awards may
now be settled in cash or other assets, at the employees option. Since October 15, 2004, the
compensation cost related to employee stock awards has therefore been recorded in operating
expenses and based on the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of the underlying shares
between the award date (the date of the stock option plan amendment for all options granted prior
to October 15, 2004) and the valuation date trigger a change in the assessed compensation cost.
Recent Accounting Developments in Canada
105
In June 2005, the CICA issued Section 3831,
Non-Monetary Transactions
. This revised standard
requires all non-monetary transactions to be measured at fair value, subject to certain
restrictions. This revised standard is effective for non-monetary transactions initiated in fiscal
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006.
In December 2005, the CICA issued EIC-159
Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations
, which
clarifies the timing of liability recognition for conditional obligations associated with the
retirement of a tangible long-lived asset in accordance with Section 3110 of the
CICA Handbook
. The
accounting treatment stipulated in this EIC is to be applied retroactively, with restatement of
prior periods, to all interim and annual financial statements for periods ended after March 31,
2006. This EIC will have no impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In 2005, CICA published Section 3855,
Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement
,
Section 3865,
Hedges
, and Section 1530,
Comprehensive Income
.
Section 3855 stipulates standards governing when and in what amount a financial instrument is
to be recorded on the balance sheet. Financial instruments are to be recognized at fair value in
some cases, at cost-based value in others. The section also stipulates standards for reporting
gains and losses on financial instruments.
Section 3865 is an optional application that allows entities to apply treatments other than
those provided under Section 3855 to eligible operations they choose to designate, for accounting
purposes, as being part of a hedging relationship. It expands on the guidance in AcG-13,
Hedging
Relationships
, and Section 1650,
Foreign Currency Translation
, specifying the application of hedge
accounting and the information that is to be reported by the entity.
Section 1530 stipulates a new requirement that certain gains and losses be temporarily
accumulated outside net income and recognized in other comprehensive income.
New standards in Sections 3855, 3865 and 1530 will become effective for interim and annual
financial statements relating to fiscal years beginning on or after October 1, 2006. The Company is
currently assessing the impact that these new standards will have on its financial statements
prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The Company believes, however, that these new standards
are similar to those currently used for U.S. GAAP purposes.
Recent Accounting Developments in the United States
In June 2005, FASB issued Statement No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
. This
Statement is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2005. FAS 154 requires retroactive application for changes in
accounting principles, unless it is unpracticable to determine either the cumulative effect or the
period-specific effects of the change.
In March 2005, FASB issued FIN 47,
Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations
,
which will take effect no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. FIN 47
clarifies the term conditional asset retirement obligation and refers to a legal obligation to
perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are
conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. FIN 47
also discusses the uncertainty surrounding the timing and/or method of settlement of a conditional
asset retirement obligation which should be factored into the measurement of a liability.
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123(R),
which establishes standards for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments
for goods or services. This standard requires an issuer to measure the cost of employee services
received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the
award. This eliminates the exception to account for such awards using the intrinsic method
previously allowable under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25. In March 2005, the SEC
released Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 107,
Share-Based Payment
, which expresses views of the SEC
Staff about the application of SFAS 123(R). In April 2005, the SEC issued a ruling that SFAS 123(R)
will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2005. The Company
previously adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation
, and is currently assessing the future impact of the revised statement.
106
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets
(SFAS
153), which eliminates the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and
replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have
commercial substance. SFAS 153 will be effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in
fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will apply the new standard from January
1, 2006.
In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement No. 151,
Inventory Costs
(SFAS 151), which
clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs,
and wasted material. SFAS 151 will be effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company believes that this statement will not have an impact on
its financial statements.
107
ITEM 6 DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Directors and Senior Management
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and senior
executive officers at March 1, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Municipality of Residence
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Serge
Gouin
Outremont,
Québec
|
|
62
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Chairman of the
Compensation
Committee
|
Jean La Couture,
FCA(1)
|
|
59
|
|
Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
André Delisle
(1)
|
|
59
|
|
Director
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
A. Michel Lavigne, FCA
(1)(2)
|
|
55
|
|
Director
|
Brossard, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Samuel Minzberg
(2)
|
|
56
|
|
Director
|
Westmount, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
The Right Honourable Brian
|
|
|
|
|
Mulroney P.C., C.C., LL.D.
|
|
66
|
|
Director
|
Westmount, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Jean Neveu
(2)
|
|
64
|
|
Director
|
Longueuil, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Érik Péladeau
|
|
49
|
|
Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
Rosemère, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Pierre Karl Péladeau
|
|
43
|
|
Director
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Normand Provost
|
|
51
|
|
Director
|
Longueuil, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Pierre Francoeur
|
|
53
|
|
President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Ste-Adèle, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Luc Lavoie
|
|
49
|
|
Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Mark DSouza
|
|
45
|
|
Vice President, Finance
|
Beaconsfield, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Sylvain Chamberland
|
|
43
|
|
Vice President, Business/Media Development
|
Ile Dupas, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Soly
|
|
68
|
|
Executive Vice President, Marketing & Content
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Louis St-Arnaud
|
|
59
|
|
Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary
|
Mont-Saint-Hilaire, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Bruno Péloquin
|
|
41
|
|
Senior Vice President, Strategic
Development, Customer Relations
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Pierre Lampron
|
|
59
|
|
Vice President, Institutional Relations
|
Outremont, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Michel Ethier
|
|
51
|
|
Vice President, Taxation
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Jean-François Pruneau
|
|
35
|
|
Treasurer
|
Repentigny, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Jean-François Richard
|
|
47
|
|
Vice President, Advertising Convergence
|
Kirkland, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Municipality of Residence
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Denis Sabourin
|
|
45
|
|
Vice President and Corporate Controller
|
Kirkland, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Claudine Tremblay
|
|
52
|
|
Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat and Assistant Secretary
|
Nuns Island, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Edouard G. Trépanier
|
|
55
|
|
Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
|
Boucherville, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
Sylvie Cordeau
|
|
41
|
|
Vice President, Communications
|
Verdun, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Member of the Audit Committee.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Member of the Compensation Committee.
|
Serge Gouin
, Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the
Compensation Committee. Mr. Gouin has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since May 25, 2001,
and he re-assumed the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors in May 2005, having also held
that position from January 2003 to March 2004. Mr. Gouin also re-assumed the position of Chairman
of our Compensation Committee in February 2006, having also held that position from May 2003 to May
2004. Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. from March
2004 until May 2005. Mr. Gouin has served as a Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of
Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation since July 2001 and May 2004, respectively. Mr. Gouin was
an Advisory Director of Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. from 1998 to 2003. From 1991 to 1996,
Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. in Montréal.
From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Gouin was President and Chief Executive Officer of TVA Group Inc. Mr. Gouin
is also a member of the Board of Directors of Cott Corporation, Onex Corporation, Cossette
Communication Group Inc. and TVA Group Inc.
Jean La Couture,
FCA, Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. La Couture has been a
Director of Quebecor Media Inc. and the Chairman of its Audit Committee since May 5, 2003 and he
has also been a Director and the Chairman of the Audit Committee of each of Sun Media Corporation
and Videotron Ltd. since June 2003 and October 2003, respectively. Mr. La Couture, a Fellow
Chartered Accountant, is President of Huis Clos Ltée, a management and mediation firm. He also acts
as President for the
Regroupement des assureurs de personnes à charte du Québec
(RACQ) since
August 1995. From 1972 to 1994, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of three
organizations, including The Guarantee Company of North America, a Canadian specialty line
insurance company from 1990 to 1994. Mr. La Couture also serves as Director of several
corporations, including Quebecor Inc., Groupe Pomerleau (a Québec-based construction company) and
two of our subsidiaries, Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation. He is Chairman of the Board of
Innergex Power Trust, Capital Desbog Inc., Americ Disc Inc. and Maestro (a real estate capital
fund).
André Delisle,
Director and member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Delisle has served as a
Director of Quebecor Media Inc. and a member of its Audit Committee since October 31, 2005. Since
that date, he has also served as a Director and a member of the Audit Committee of each of
Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation. From August 2000 until July 2003, Mr. Delisle acted as an
Assistant General Manager and Treasurer of the City of Montréal. He previously acted as internal
consultant for the
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
from February 1998 until August 2000.
From 1982 through 1997, he worked for Hydro-Québec and the Québec Department of Finance, mainly in
the capacity of Chief Financial Officer (Hydro-Québec) or Assistant Deputy Minister (Department of
Finance). Mr. Delisle is a member of the Institute of Corporate Directors, a member of the
Association of Québec Economists and a member of the
Barreau du Québec
.
A. Michel Lavigne
, FCA, Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation
Committee. Mr. Lavigne has served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee and the
Compensation Committee of Quebecor Media Inc. since June 30, 2005. Since that date, Mr. Lavigne has
also served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of each of Videotron Ltd., Sun Media
Corporation and TVA Group Inc. Mr. Lavigne is also a Director of the
Caisse de dépôt et placement
du Québec
, as well as the Chairman of the Board of each of Primary Energy Recycling Corporation and
Teraxion Inc. Until May 2005, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Raymond Chabot
Grant Thornton in Montréal, Québec, Chairman of the Board of Grant Thornton Canada and was a member
of the Board
109
of Governors of Grant Thornton International. Mr. Lavigne is a Fellow Chartered Accountant of
the
Ordre des comptables agréés du Québec
and a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered
Accountants. He received his certification in Administrative Sciences from the
École des Hautes
Études Commerciales
(HEC) in Montréal, Québec in 1972. Mr. Lavigne is active in many charitable and
cultural organisations.
Samuel Minzberg
, Director and member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Minzberg has been a
Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since June 2002 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr.
Minzberg is a partner with Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP. From January 1998 to December 2002,
he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Claridge Inc., a management and holding company, on
behalf of the Charles R. Bronfman Family. Until December 1997 he was a partner and Chairman of
Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg (Montréal). He also serves as a Director of HSBC Bank Canada and
Reitmans (Canada) Limited. Mr. Minzberg received a B.A., B.C.L. and LL.B from McGill University.
The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney
, P.C., C.C., LL.D, Director. Mr. Mulroney has been a
Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since January 31, 2001. Mr. Mulroney has also served as Chairman of
the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc. since April 2002. Mr. Mulroney served as Chairman of
the Board of Directors of Sun Media Corporation from January 2000 to June 2001. Since 1993, Mr.
Mulroney has been a Senior Partner with the law firm of Ogilvy
Renault LLP in Montréal,
Québec. Prior to that, Mr. Mulroney was the Prime Minister of Canada from 1984 until 1993. Mr.
Mulroney practiced law in Montréal and served as President of the Iron Ore Company of Canada before
entering politics in 1983. Mr. Mulroney serves as a Director of a number of public corporations
including Quebecor Inc., Quebecor World Inc., Barrick Gold Corporation, Trizec Properties, Inc.,
and Archer Daniels Midland Company.
Jean Neveu
, Director. Mr. Neveu has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since January 2001.
Mr. Neveu was also Chairman of our Compensation Committee from May 2004 to February 2006. Mr.
Neveu has been a Director of Quebecor Inc. since 1988 and its Chairman since 1999. Mr. Neveu has
also been a Director and the Chairman of TVA Group Inc. since 2001 and a Director of Quebecor World
Inc. since 1989. He joined Quebecor Inc. in 1969 as Controller and held several different
management positions before leaving in 1979 to join a major magazine publisher and distributor. In
1988, Mr. Neveu returned to Quebecor Inc. as its Vice President, Dailies and later became Senior
Vice President. In December 1997, he was appointed to the position of President and Chief Executive
Officer of Quebecor Inc., a position he has held until 1999. In April 1999, he was appointed
Chairman of Quebecor Inc. In addition, Mr. Neveu served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Quebecor World Inc. from 1989 to 1997 and as its Chairman from 1997 to 2002. He also served as
Quebecor Worlds interim President and Chief Executive Officer from March 2003 to March 2004.
Érik Péladeau
, Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Péladeau has been a
Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since January 29, 2001. He re-assumed the position of Vice Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media Inc. since March 30, 2005, having also held that
position from January 2001 to March 12, 2004. Mr. Péladeau served as Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Quebecor Media Inc. from March 12, 2004 to March 30, 2005. Mr. Péladeau is currently
Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Inc., a position he has held since April 1999,
Executive Vice President of Quebecor Inc., a position he has held since March 2005, Vice Chairman
of the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc., a position he has held since October 2001, and
Chairman of the Board of Group Lelys Inc. Mr. Péladeau has worked in the Quebecor group of
companies for 25 years. In November 1984, Mr. Péladeau left the Quebecor group of companies to
start Group Lelys Inc., a printing plant specializing in labels. In 1988, he returned to Quebecor
Inc. as Assistant Vice President for its printing division and has held several other management
positions since then. Mr. Péladeau is a member of several boards, including the Board of Directors
of Quebecor World Inc. Érik Péladeau is the brother of Pierre Karl Péladeau.
Pierre Karl Péladeau
, Director. Mr. Péladeau has been a Director of Quebecor Media Inc. since
August 18, 2000. From August 18, 2000 to March 12, 2004, Mr. Péladeau also served as the President
and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. Mr. Péladeau is President and Chief Executive
Officer of Quebecor Inc. and President and Chief Excecutive Officer of Quebecor World Inc. Mr.
Péladeau joined Quebecor Inc.s communications division in 1985 as Assistant to the President.
Since then, he has occupied various positions in the Quebecor group of companies. In 1994, Mr.
Péladeau helped establish Quebecor Printing Europe and, as its President, oversaw its growth in
France, the
110
United Kingdom, Spain and Germany to become one of Europes largest printers by 1997.
In 1997, Mr. Péladeau became Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Printing Inc. (which has
since become Quebecor World Inc.). In 1999, Mr. Péladeau became President and Chief Executive
Officer of Quebecor Inc. Mr. Péladeau was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of
Videotron Ltd. from July 2001 until June 2003. Mr. Péladeau sits on the board of numerous Quebecor
group companies and is active in many charitable and cultural organizations. Pierre Karl Péladeau
is the brother of Érik Péladeau.
Normand Provost
, Director. Mr. Provost has been a Director of Quebecor Media since July 2004.
Mr. Provost has served as Executive Vice President, Private Equity, of CDP Capital, a subsidiary of
the
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
since November 2003. Mr. Provost joined the
Caisse de
dépôt et placement du Québec
in 1980 and has held various management positions during his tenure,
including President, Americas, of CDP Capital from 1995 to 2004. Mr. Provost is a member of the
Leaders Networking Group of Québec and the Montréal Chamber of Commerce.
Pierre Francoeur
, President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Francoeur was appointed President
and Chief Operating Officer in March 2005. Mr. Francoeur has also served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Sun Media Corporation since May 2001, and as a Director of Sun Media
Corporation since June 2001. From 1995 to March 2005, Mr. Francoeur was the Publisher and Chief
Executive Officer of
Le Journal de Montréal
newspaper. From June 2000 to May 2001, Mr. Francoeur
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Sun Media Corporation. Mr.
Francoeur first joined
Le Journal de Montréal
in 1979. In 1983, Mr. Francoeur left
Le Journal de
Montréal
to found
LHebdo de Laval
, a weekly newspaper. In 1994, he returned to
Le Journal de
Montréal
as Editor-in-Chief, and was appointed Publisher the following year. In April 1998, Mr.
Francoeur was appointed Vice President, Dailies Division of Quebecor Communications Inc., and
became President of the Dailies Division later that same year. Mr. Francoeur is a member of the
Board of The Canadian Press.
Luc Lavoie
, Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs. Mr. Lavoie was appointed Executive
Vice President, Corporate Affairs, of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2001. Mr. Lavoie is also Vice
President, Corporate Affairs, of Quebecor Inc. He was previously the Executive Vice President of
National Public Relations, first in its Ottawa office, which he helped launch, and then in its
Montréal office. In that capacity, he advised executives and policy-makers across North America.
Before joining National Public Relations, Mr. Lavoie was Canadas Commissioner General to the 1992
Universal Exposition in Seville, Spain.
Mark DSouza
, Vice President Finance. Mr. DSouza was appointed Vice President Finance of
Quebecor Media Inc. in October 2005. Since April 2002, Mr. DSouza has also been a Vice President
of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation. Mr. DSouza is also Vice President and Treasurer of
Quebecor Inc. Mr. DSouza served as Vice President and Treasurer of Quebecor Media Inc., Videotron
Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation from April 2002 until September 2005. He was Chief Financial
Officer of Quebecor World Europe from June 2000 to April 2002, and he was Vice President and
Treasurer of Quebecor World from September 1997 to June 2000. Prior to joining the Quebecor group
of companies, he served as Finance Director of Société Générale de Financement du Québec from March
1995 to September 1997, and served in corporate finance positions at the Royal Bank of Canada and
the Union Bank of Switzerland from July 1989 to March 1995.
Sylvain Chamberland
, Vice President, Business/Media Development. Mr. Chamberland was appointed
Vice President, Business/Media Development in August, 2005. Before joining Quebecor Media Inc., Mr.
Chamberland spent more than 14 years working for communication companies, including TVA Group Inc.,
where he held several high-ranking positions. He has served as Chief Executive Officer of
Radiomedia, and more recently, he was an executive officer of the News Department of the national
public television network.
Richard Soly
, Executive Vice President, Marketing and Content. Mr. Soly was appointed
Executive Vice President, Marketing and Content of Quebecor Media Inc. in September 2002. Mr. Soly
also continues to serve as President of le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée which he founded 15 years ago.
Mr. Soly is a member of the Board of Directors of the Retail Counsel of Canada and Groupe les Ailes
de la Mode, Governor of the Conseil québécois de la Franchise (CQF) (the Franchise Council of
Québec) and Chairman of Groupe Archambault Inc.
111
Louis St-Arnaud
, Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary. Mr. St-Arnaud has been
the Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Quebecor Media Inc. since 2000. He was promoted to Senior Vice
President, Legal Affairs, and Secretary in October 2004. Mr. St-Arnaud is also the Senior Vice
President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Quebecor Inc. and Quebecor World. Mr. St-Arnaud has
worked in the Quebecor group of companies, at his current position and in others, for the past
nineteen years. Mr. St-Arnaud has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1971.
Bruno Péloquin
, Senior Vice President, Strategic Development, Customer Relations. Mr. Péloquin
was appointed Senior Vice President, Strategic Development, Customer Relations on November 7, 2005.
Prior to joining Quebecor Media Inc., he served as Vice President, Customer Relations and
Operations from 1997 to 2005 for Microcell Telecommunications (Fido) and as Vice President,
Operations from 1995 to 1997 for Diners Club/En Route. Previously, he held various positions in
sales, operations and business development for United Parcel Service Limited.
Pierre Lampron
, Vice President, Institutional Relations. Mr. Lampron was appointed to this
position in June 2004. Mr. Lampron joined the TVA Group Inc. in 2000 as President of TVA
International. Prior to this appointment, he served as President of TV5-America from 1999 to 2000.
From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Lampron served as President of Société de développement des entreprises
culturelles (SODEC), a public organization involved in the financing of cultural industries in
Québec.
Michel Ethier
, Vice President, Taxation. Mr. Ethier was appointed Vice President, Taxation of
Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2004. Mr. Ethier is also Vice President, Taxation, of Quebecor Inc.
From 1988 to 2000, Mr. Ethier was Director, Taxation of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. Following the
purchase of Le Groupe Videotron ltée by Quebecor Media Inc. in October 2000, Mr. Ethier became
Senior Director, Taxation of Quebecor Media Inc. From 1983 to 1988, Mr. Ethier was Senior Tax
Advisor of Gaz Metropolitain Inc. and from 1978 to 1983, he was, successively, auditor and tax
specialist for Coopers & Lybrand, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Ethier has been a member of the
Canadian Institute of the Chartered Accountants since 1980.
Jean-François Pruneau
, Treasurer. Mr. Pruneau has served as Treasurer of Quebecor Media Inc.
since October 31, 2005. In addition, Mr. Pruneau has also served as Treasurer of Videotron Ltd. and
Sun Media Corporation since the same date. He also serves as Treasurer of various subsidiaries of
Quebecor Media Inc. Before being appointed Treasurer of Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Pruneau
successively served as Director, Finance and Assistant Treasurer Corporate Finance of Quebecor
Media Inc. Before joining Quebecor Media Inc. in May 2001, Mr. Pruneau was Associate Director of
BCE Media from 1999 to 2001. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Corporate Finance Officer at Canadian
National Railway. He has been a member of the CFA Institute, formerly the Association for
Investment Management and Research, since 2000.
Jean-François Richard
, Vice President, Advertising Convergence. Mr. Richard was appointed as
Vice President, Advertising Convergence of Quebecor Media Inc. in January 2005. Prior to joining
Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Richard served, from August 2002 to May 2004, as Vice President Marketing
and Image of Boutique Jacob Inc. From December 1997 to March 2002, Mr. Richard served in various
marketing and communications positions at Bell Canada.
Denis Sabourin
, Vice President and Corporate Controller. Mr. Sabourin was appointed Vice
President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2004. Before that date, he held
the position of Senior Manager, Control. Mr. Sabourin is also Vice President and Corporate
Controller of Quebecor Inc. Prior to joining Quebecor Media Inc., Mr. Sabourin served as corporate
controller of Compagnie Unimédia (previously known as Unimédia Inc.) from 1994 to 2001 and as
Operating Controller for the Hotel Group Auberges des Gouverneurs Inc. from 1990 to 1994. He also
spent seven years with Samson Bélair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Sabourin has
been a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1984.
Claudine Tremblay
, Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat and Assistant Secretary. Ms.
Tremblay has been Assistant Secretary of Quebecor Media Inc. since its inception and is also
currently Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat for Quebecor Media Inc., Quebecor World and
Quebecor Inc. Since August 1987, Ms. Tremblay has been Assistant
112
Secretary of Quebecor Inc. She
also serves as either Secretary or Assistant Secretary of various subsidiaries of Quebecor Inc.
and, since December 2004, Ms. Tremblay serves as Corporate Secretary of TVA Group Inc. Ms.
Tremblay was Assistant Secretary and Administrative Assistant at the National Bank of Canada from
1979 to 1987. She has also been a
member of the Chambre des Notaires du Québec since 1977.
Edouard G. Trépanier
, Vice President, Regulatory Affairs. Mr. Trépanier was appointed as the
Vice President, Regulatory Affairs of Quebecor Media Inc. in March 2002. He also serves as Vice
President, Regulatory Affairs of Videotron Ltd. Mr. Trépanier was Director, Regulatory Affairs of
Groupe Vidéotron from 1994 to 2001. Prior to joining Groupe Vidéotron in 1994, Mr. Trépanier held
several positions at the CRTC, including Interim General Director of Operations, Pay-television and
Specialty Services. Prior to joining the CRTC, Mr. Trépanier worked as a television producer for
TVA Group Inc., Rogers Communications Inc. and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation in Ottawa. Mr.
Trépanier is and has been a member of the boards of numerous broadcast industry organizations.
Sylvie Cordeau
, Vice President, Communications. Ms. Cordeau was appointed Vice President,
Communications of Quebecor Media Inc. as of March 14, 2003. She is responsible for communications
for the Quebecor Media Inc. group of companies. She also remains involved in the corporate
communications and the philanthropic activities of Quebecor Inc. Ms. Cordeau has worked in the
Quebecor group of companies in various management positions for the past ten years. Prior to her
appointment as Vice President, Communications, Ms. Cordeau was Executive Adviser, Office of the
President of Quebecor Inc. Ms. Cordeau is a member of the
Barreau du Québec
and holds a Masters
Degree in International and European Law from the
Université Catholique de Louvain
in Belgium.
Board of Directors
In accordance with our charter, our Board of Directors may consist of at least one director
and no more than 20 directors. Our Board of Directors presently consists of ten directors. Each
director serves a one-year term and holds office until the next annual general shareholders
meeting or until the election of his or her successor, unless he or she resigns or his or her
office becomes vacant by reason of death, removal or other cause. Pursuant to a Consolidated and
Amended Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2000, as amended, among Quebecor, certain
wholly-owned subsidiaries of Quebecor, Capital CDPQ and Quebecor Media, our Board of Directors is
comprised of nominees of each of Quebecor and of Capital CDPQ. In May 2003, our shareholders,
acting by written resolution, increased the size of our Board of Directors to ten directors from
nine, and established that Quebecor would be entitled to nominate six directors and Capital CDPQ
would be entitled to nominate four directors. See Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions Major Shareholders below for a description of the Consolidated and Amended
Shareholders Agreement and the shareholders resolution increasing the size of the Board of
Directors to ten.
Board Practices
Reference is made to Directors and Senior Management above for the current term of office,
if applicable, and the period during which our directors and senior management have served in that
office.
Audit Committee
In 2003, we formed an Audit Committee, which is currently composed of three directors, namely
Messrs. Jean La Couture, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our
Audit Committee and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an audit
committee financial expert as defined under SEC rules. See Item 16A Audit Committee Financial
Expert. Our Board of Directors adopted the mandate of our Audit Committee in light of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our
financial controls and reporting. Our Audit Committee also oversees our compliance with financial
covenants and legal and regulatory requirements governing financial disclosure matters and
financial risk management.
The current mandate of our Audit Committee provides, among other things, that our Audit
Committee reviews our annual and quarterly financial statements before they are submitted to our
Board of Directors, as well as the financial information contained in our annual reports on Form
20-F, our managements discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations,
our quarterly reports furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K and other documents
113
containing
similar information before their public disclosure or filing with regulatory authorities; reviews
our accounting policies and practices; and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of
their audit and reviews their recommendations and the responses of our management to their
recommendations. Our Audit Committee is also responsible
for ensuring that we have in place adequate and efficient internal control and management
information systems to monitor our financial information and to ensure that our transactions with
related parties are made on terms that are fair for us. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit
services and permitted non-audit services and pre-approves all the fees pertaining to those
services that are payable to our independent auditors, and it submits the appropriate
recommendations to our Board of Directors in connection with these services and fees. Our Audit
Committee also reviews the scope of the audit and the results of the examinations conducted by our
internal audit department. In addition, our Audit Committee recommends the appointment of our
independent auditors, subject to our shareholders approval. It also reviews and approves our Code
of Ethics for its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller, principal financial
officer and other persons performing similar functions.
Compensation Committee
Our Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Serge Gouin, A. Michel Lavigne and Samuel
Minzberg. Mr. Gouin is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee was
formed with the mandate to examine and decide upon the global compensation and benefits policies of
us and those of our subsidiaries, and to formulate appropriate recommendations to the Board of
Directors, among other things, concerning long-term compensation in the form of stock option
grants. Our Compensation Committee is also responsible for the review, on an annual basis, of the
compensation of our directors.
Compensation
Compensation of Directors
Our directors who are also employees of Quebecor Media are not entitled to receive any
additional compensation for serving as our Directors. Since January 1, 2006, each Director is
entitled to receive an annual directors fee of $25,000 from Quebecor Media. Directors are also
entitled to receive an attendance fee of $1,500 for each Board or committee meeting attended (other
than the Audit Committee) and an attendance fee of $2,000 for each Audit Committee meeting
attended, each payable quarterly. The President of our Audit Committee receives additional fees of
$9,000 per year and the President of our Compensation Committee receives additional fees of $5,000
per year. All of our Directors are reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in
attending board meetings. Mr. Jean Neveu, who serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of our
parent company, Quebecor, receives compensation from Quebecor and does not receive from us any
annual fees or attendance fees. In addition, Mr. Neveus compensation is not subject to the
Directors Deferred Stock Unit Plan, which we refer to as the DSUP plan. Mr. Serge Gouin, who
serves as Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media, receives compensation from us for acting in such
capacity.
During the financial year ended December 31, 2005, nine Directors (which includes the former
Directors François Laurin and Jean-Louis Mongrain, who resigned on May 13, 2005 and June 30, 2005,
respectively) earned an aggregate compensation of $301,332, which amount includes their annual fees
and attendance fees. None of our directors have service contracts with us or any of our
subsidiaries that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
In addition to the compensation described above, our directors who are also Directors of
Quebecor (other than Mr. Neveu), namely Jean La Couture, The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney, Érik
Péladeau and Pierre Karl Péladeau, participate in the DSUP plan. Under this plan, each beneficiary
receives a portion of his or her compensation in the form of units, such portion representing at
least 50% of the annual retainer of $37,500. Subject to certain conditions, each beneficiary may
elect to receive in the form of units any percentage, up to 100%, of the total fees payable for his
or her services as a director, including the balance of the annual retainer, meeting attendance
fees and any other fees payable to the director. Since January 1, 2004 and March 12, 2004,
respectively, Erik Péladeau and Pierre Karl Péladeau no longer receive compensation in the form of
units for serving as directors of Quebecor.
Under the DSUP plan, beneficiaries are credited, on the last day of each fiscal quarter of
Quebecor, a number of units determined on the basis of the amounts payable to such director in
respect of such fiscal quarter, divided by the value of
114
a unit. The value of a unit means the weighted average trading price of the Class B Shares of
Quebecor on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the five trading days immediately preceding such date.
The units take the form of a credit to the account of the director, who may not convert such units
into cash as long as he or she remains a director.
Under the DSUP plan, all of the units credited to the beneficiary are redeemed by Quebecor and
the value of these units are paid when the director ceases to serve as a director of Quebecor. For
purposes of redemption of units, the value of a unit corresponds to the market value of a Class B
Shares at the redemption date, being the closing price of the Class B Shares on The Toronto Stock
Exchange on the last trading day preceding such date.
Units entitle the holders thereof to dividends which will be paid in the form of additional
units at the same rate as applicable to dividends paid on the Class B Shares.
No units held by directors of Quebecor Media who also sit on the Board of Directors of
Quebecor were redeemed in 2005.
As of December 31, 2005, Jean La Couture held 2,543 units, the Right Honourable Brian Mulroney
held 10,466 units, Érik Péladeau held 3,685 units and Pierre Karl Péladeau held 6,172 units under
the DSUP plan.
Compensation of Executive Officers
Compensation of our senior executive officers is composed primarily of base salary and the
payment of cash bonuses. Cash bonuses are generally tied to the achievement of financial
performance indicators and personal objectives, and they may vary from 25% to 75% of base salary
depending upon the level of responsibilities of the senior executive officer. Our executive
compensation package is also complemented by long-term incentives in the form of options to
purchase our common shares to be issued pursuant to Quebecor Medias Stock Option Plan.
For the financial year ended December 31, 2005, thirteen senior executive officers (excluding
senior executive officers of our subsidiaries) received aggregate compensation of $4,504,100 for
services they rendered in all capacities during 2005, which amount includes the base salary,
bonuses, benefits in kind and deferred compensation paid to such senior executive officers.
Quebecor Medias Stock Option Plan
On January 29, 2002, we established a stock option plan to attract, retain and motivate our
directors, executive officers and key contributors, as well as those of our subsidiaries, including
Videotron and Sun Media. The Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of this
stock option plan and, as such, designates the participants under the stock option plan and
determines the number of options granted, the vesting schedule, the expiration date and any other
terms and conditions relating to the options.
Under this stock option plan, 6,185,714 Quebecor Media Common Shares (representing 5% of all
of the outstanding shares of Quebecor Media) have been set aside for officers, senior employees and
other key employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a
maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the
case may be, the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as
determined by our Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a
stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the trading price of the Common Shares of Quebecor
Media on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. Unless authorized
by our Compensation Committee in the context of a change of control, no options may be exercised by
an optionee if the shares of Quebecor Media have not been listed on a recognized stock exchange.
At December 31, 2007, if the shares of Quebecor Media have not been so listed, optionees may
exercise, between January 1 and January 31 of each year, starting January 1, 2008, their right to
receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value, as determined by
our Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options. Except under specific
circumstances, and unless our Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a
five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by our
Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting
on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25%
vesting on
115
the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33%
vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, no
optionee may hold options representing more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Quebecor Media.
As of December 31, 2005, an aggregate total of 3,228,321 options to purchase common shares of
Quebecor Media have been granted to employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, at a weighted
average exercise price of $18.90 per share, as determined by Quebecor Medias compensation
committee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Quebecor Media stock option plan. Of
that number, 1,172,398 options to purchase common shares of Quebecor Media have been granted to
executive officers of Quebecor Media, at a weighted average exercise price of $19.89 per share.
During the year ended December 31, 2005, an aggregate total of 255,630 options to purchase
common shares of Quebecor Media have been granted to employees of Quebecor Media and its
subsidiaries, at a weighted average exercise price of $28.96 per share, as determined by Quebecor
Medias compensation committee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Quebecor Media
stock option plan. Of that number, 154,206 options to purchase common shares of Quebecor Media
have been granted to executive officers of Quebecor Media, at a weighted average exercise price of
$29.63 per share. For more information on this stock option plan, see note 18 to our audited
consolidated financial statements.
Quebecor Inc.s Stock Option Plan
Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor, 6,500,000 Quebecor Class B Shares have been
set aside for officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor and its subsidiaries,
including Quebecor Media. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average
trading price of Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading
days immediately preceding the grant of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period
not exceeding 10 years from the date granted. Options usually
vest as follows:
1
/
3
after one year,
2
/
3
after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under Quebecor
stock option plan have the choice, when they want to exercise their options, to acquire Quebecor
Class B Shares at the corresponding option exercise price or to receive a cash payment from
Quebecor equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the
exercise price of the option. Quebecor believes that employees may choose to receive cash payments
on the exercise of stock options. The Board of Directors of Quebecor may, at its discretion, affix
different vesting periods at the time of each grant.
During the financial year ended December 31, 2005, no options to purchase Quebecor Class B
Shares were granted to senior executive officers of Quebecor Media or any of its subsidiaries. As
of December 31, 2005, a total of 250,000 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, at a weighted
average exercise price of $32.11 per share, were held by three senior executive officers of
Quebecor Media, of which 235,000 options were originally granted to two of these senior executive
officers in respect of their responsibilities within Quebecor. The closing sale price of the
Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on December 30, 2005, was $25.65 per share.
Pension Benefits
Quebecor Media maintains a pension plan for its non-unionized employees and those of its
subsidiaries. The pension plan provides higher pension benefits to eligible executive officers than
the pension benefits provided to other employees, such higher pension benefits being equal to 2% of
the average salary over the best five consecutive years of salary (including bonuses), multiplied
by the number of years of membership in the plan as an executive officer. The pension so calculated
is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the
executive officer, and, from age 61, without early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension
may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada),
in which case the pension is adjusted to take into account the delay in payment thereof in relation
to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension payable under such pension plan is as prescribed
by the
Income Tax Act
(Canada) and is based on a maximum salary of $105,550. An executive officer
contributes to the plan an amount equal to 5% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $5,278 in
respect of 2006.
In addition, Videotron maintains a pension plan for its non-unionized employees. The plan
provides pension benefits
116
equal to 2% of salary (excluding bonuses) for each year of membership in the plan.
The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or
sooner at the election of the executive officer, subject to an early retirement reduction. In
addition, the pension may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada), in which case the pension is adjusted to take into account the delay in
payment thereof in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension payable under such
pension plan is as prescribed by the
Income Tax Act
(Canada) and corresponds to a maximum salary of
$105,550. An executive officer contributes to the plan an amount equal to 5% of his or her salary
up to a maximum of $3,500 per year.
The total amount contributed or accrued by Quebecor Media in 2005 to provide the pension
benefits was $18.1 million on a consolidated basis. For a description of the amount set aside or
accrued for pension plans and post-retirement benefits by Quebecor Media see note 23 to our audited
consolidated financial statements included under Item 17 of this annual report.
The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable at the normal
retirement age of 65 years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Membership
|
|
Compensation
|
|
10
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
30
|
|
$105,550 or more
|
|
$
|
21,110
|
|
|
$
|
31,665
|
|
|
$
|
42,220
|
|
|
$
|
52,775
|
|
|
$
|
63,330
|
|
Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan for Designated Executives
In addition to the pension plans in force, Quebecor and Quebecor Media (through Videotrons
plan) provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain designated executives. Nine senior
executive officers of Quebecor Media are participants under the Quebecor plan and one senior
executive officer of Quebecor Media is a participant under the Videotron plan.
The pensions of the nine senior executive officers who participate in the Quebecor plan is
equal, for each year of membership under the plan to 2% of the difference between their respective
average salaries (including bonuses) for the best five consecutive years and the maximum salary
under the pension plan. The pension is payable for life without reduction from age 61. In case of
death after retirement and from the date of death, the plan provides for the payment of a pension
to the eligible surviving spouse representing 50% of the retirees pension and payable for up to 10
years.
As of December 31, 2005, one senior executive officer of Quebecor Media had a credited service
of approximately 19 years while the eight other senior executive officers had credited service of
less than five years.
The pension of the senior executive officer who participates in Videotrons plan is calculated
as 2% of the difference between his average salary (excluding bonuses) for the best five
consecutive years and the maximum salary under the pension plan multiplied by his years of
membership under the plan. The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which
is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, subject to an early
retirement reduction. In case of death after retirement and from the date of death, the plan
provides for the payment of a pension to the eligible surviving spouse representing 60% of the
retirees pension. As of December 31, 2005, such senior executive officer had a credited service of
approximately 16 years.
117
The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable under both
Quebecors and Videotrons plans at the normal retirement age of 65 years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Credited Service
|
|
Compensation
|
|
10
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
30
|
|
$ 200,000
|
|
$
|
18,890
|
|
|
$
|
28,335
|
|
|
$
|
37,780
|
|
|
$
|
47,225
|
|
|
$
|
56,670
|
|
$ 300,000
|
|
$
|
38,890
|
|
|
$
|
58,335
|
|
|
$
|
77,780
|
|
|
$
|
97,225
|
|
|
$
|
116,670
|
|
$ 400,000
|
|
$
|
58,890
|
|
|
$
|
88,335
|
|
|
$
|
117,780
|
|
|
$
|
147,225
|
|
|
$
|
176,670
|
|
$ 500,000
|
|
$
|
78,890
|
|
|
$
|
118,335
|
|
|
$
|
157,780
|
|
|
$
|
197,225
|
|
|
$
|
236,670
|
|
$ 600,000
|
|
$
|
98,890
|
|
|
$
|
148,335
|
|
|
$
|
197,780
|
|
|
$
|
247,225
|
|
|
$
|
296,670
|
|
$ 800,000
|
|
$
|
138,890
|
|
|
$
|
208,335
|
|
|
$
|
277,780
|
|
|
$
|
347,225
|
|
|
$
|
416,670
|
|
$1,000,000
|
|
$
|
178,890
|
|
|
$
|
268,335
|
|
|
$
|
357,780
|
|
|
$
|
447,225
|
|
|
$
|
536,670
|
|
$1,200,000
|
|
$
|
218,890
|
|
|
$
|
328,335
|
|
|
$
|
437,780
|
|
|
$
|
547,225
|
|
|
$
|
656,670
|
|
Liability Insurance
Quebecor carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers, as well as
for the directors and officers of its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media and certain associated
companies, against certain liabilities incurred by them in such capacity. These policies are
subject to customary deductibles and exceptions. The premiums in respect of this insurance are
entirely paid by Quebecor.
Employees
At December 31, 2005, we had 14,527 employees on a consolidated basis. At December 31, 2004
and December 31, 2003, we had approximately 13,000 and 12,500 employees, respectively. A number of
our employees work part-time. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our
employees in each of our operating segments as of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total number
|
|
Number of employees under
|
|
Number of
|
Operations
|
|
of employees
|
|
collective agreements
|
|
collective agreements
|
Cable
|
|
|
3,344
|
|
|
|
2,199
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
6,083
|
|
|
|
2,009
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
1,512
|
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
1,615
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Interactive
Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Internet / Portals
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Others
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,527
|
|
|
|
6,114
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005, approximately 41% of our employees on a consolidated basis were
represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently a party
to 78 collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
Videotrons 4 collective bargaining agreements, representing 2,199, or 100%, of its
unionized employees, have been recently renewed and are scheduled to expire on
respective dates between December 2009 and August 2011;
|
|
|
|
|
20 of Sun Medias collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 388,
or 19%, of its unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these 20
collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006.
Furthermore, eight of Sun Medias collective bargaining agreements, covering 484
employees, expire in 2006, while Sun Medias 21 other collective bargaining agreements,
representing approximately 1,137 unionized employees, are scheduled to expire on
respective dates between December 2007 and June 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
12 of TVA Groups 15 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately
379, or 41%, of its unionized employees, will expire between April 2007 and the end of
December 2008, one of its collective
|
118
|
|
|
bargaining agreements, representing approximately 516, or 56%, of its unionized
employees, will expire at the end of December 2006 and two collective bargaining
agreements, representing 26, or 3%, of its employees, have expired and negotiations
regarding these collective bargaining agreements will be undertaken in 2006. A group of
53 employees is currently in the process of being unionized;
|
|
|
|
|
three of our other collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 126,
or 13%, of our other unionized employees, have expired. Negotiations regarding these
collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2006.
Another seven of our collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 859,
or 87%, of our other unionized employees, expire at various dates between the end of
December 2006 and March 2010.
|
Share Ownership
Except as disclosed under Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Major
Shareholders of this annual report, none of our equity securities are held by any of our directors
or senior executive officers. For a description of Quebecor Medias stock option plan, see
Compensation above.
119
ITEM 7 MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders
As of December 31, 2005, Quebecor held, directly and indirectly, 67,636,713 common shares of
our company, representing a 54.72% voting and equity interest in us. The remaining 45.28% voting
and equity interest, or 55,966,094 common shares, was held by Capital CDPQ. The primary assets of
Quebecor, a communications holding company, are its interests in us and in Quebecor World. Capital
CDPQ is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
, Canadas largest
pension fund manager, with approximately $215 billion in assets under management. Capital CDPQ
specializes in financing for companies in the telecommunications, media and cultural industry
sectors.
To the knowledge of our directors and officers, the only person who beneficially owns or
exercises control or direction over more than 10% of the shares of any class of voting shares of
Quebecor is Les Placements Péladeau Inc., a corporation controlled by Fiducie Spéciale Pierre
Péladeau, a trust constituted for the benefit of Messrs. Erik Péladeau and Pierre Karl Péladeau. As
of December 31, 2005, Les Placements Péladeau Inc. held, directly and indirectly, a total of
17,465,264 Quebecor Class A Shares and 19,800 Quebecor Class B Shares, representing approximately
27.19% of the outstanding equity shares of Quebecor and approximately 66.53% of the voting rights
attached to all outstanding Quebecor shares.
Consolidated and Amended Shareholders Agreement
We entered into a shareholders agreement, dated October 23, 2000, with Quebecor, Capital CDPQ
and certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, as consolidated and amended by a shareholders
agreement dated December 11, 2000, which sets forth the rights and obligations of Quebecor and
Capital CDPQ as our shareholders. Except as specifically provided in the shareholders agreement,
the rights thereunder apply only to shareholders holding at least 10% of our equity shares, which
we refer to as QMI Shares, on a fully-diluted basis.
The shareholders agreement provides, among other things, for:
|
(a)
|
|
standard rights of first refusal with respect to certain transfers of QMI Shares;
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
standard preemptive rights which permit shareholders to maintain their respective
holdings of QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis in the event of issuances of additional
QMI Shares or our convertible securities;
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
rights of representation on our Board of Directors in proportion to
shareholdings, with Quebecor initially having five nominees (now six nominees) and
Capital CDPQ having four nominees to our Board of Directors;
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
consent rights in certain circumstances with respect to matters relating to us
and our non-reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries, including (1) a substantial change
in the nature of our business and our subsidiaries taken as a whole, (2) an amendment to
our articles or certain of our subsidiaries, (3) the merger or amalgamation of us or
certain of our subsidiaries with a person other than an affiliate, (4) the issuance by
us or certain of our subsidiaries of shares or of securities convertible into shares
except in the event of an initial public offering of QMI Shares, (5) any transaction
having a value of more than $75,000,000, other than the sale of goods and services in
the normal course of business, (6) a business acquisition in a business sector unrelated
to sectors in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are involved, and (7) in respect
of capital expenditures in excess of certain amounts for each of the first five years of
our operations;
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
standard rights of first refusal in favor of Capital CDPQ with respect to the
sale of all or substantially all of the shares or assets of TVA Group or Videotron;
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 22.5% of the QMI Shares on a fully diluted
basis, if the Péladeau family (as defined in the shareholders agreement) ceases to
control Quebecor, Capital CDPQ shall have at its option either a call on Quebecors
interest in us at fair market value, or a put right in respect of Capital CDPQs
interest in us to Quebecor or its new controlling shareholder at fair market value,
provided that the
|
120
|
|
|
call right shall not apply if the Péladeau family (as defined in the
shareholders agreement) has offered a standard right of first refusal on its Quebecor
control block to Capital CDPQ before selling control of Quebecor, and all of the
above-mentioned rights shall cease to apply five years following the approval by the
CRTC of the acquisition by us of Videotron; and
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
a non-competition covenant by Quebecor in respect of it and its affiliates
pursuant to which Quebecor and its affiliates shall not compete with QMI and its
subsidiaries in their areas of activity so long as Quebecor has
de jure
or
de facto
control of us, subject to certain limited exceptions.
|
The shareholders agreement provides that once we become a reporting issuer and have a 20%
public float of QMI Shares, certain provisions of the shareholders agreement will cease to
apply, including the consent rights described under subsections (d)(4) and (f) in the description
of the shareholders agreement above.
In a separate letter agreement, dated December 11, 2000, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ agreed,
subject to applicable laws, fiduciary obligations and existing agreements, to attempt to apply the
same board representation and consent rights as set forth in the shareholders agreement to our
reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 20% of the QMI Shares
on a fully-diluted basis or, in the case of TVA Group only, 10%.
On May 5, 2003, our Board of Directors, by resolution, increased the total number of directors
on our Board of Directors from nine to ten and determined that the tenth director would be a
nominee of Quebecor. Following the resolution, our Board of Directors consists of ten directors, of
which six are nominees of Quebecor and four are nominees of Capital CDPQ. See Item 6. Directors,
Senior Management and Employees Directors and Senior Management.
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
The following describes some transactions in which we and our directors, executive officers
and affiliates are involved. We believe that each of the transactions described below was on terms
no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.
Management Arrangements
Quebecor Inc. has entered into management arrangements with Quebecor Media and certain of its
subsidiaries. Under these management arrangements, Quebecor, Quebecor Media and certain of its
subsidiaries provide mutual management services on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject
to reimbursement include the salaries of our executive officers who also serve as executive
officers of Quebecor Inc. In 2005, Quebecor Media received a total of $3.0 million in management
fees from Quebecor, the same amount as in 2004.
In 2005, Quebecor Media also paid aggregate management and guarantee fees of $1.2 million and
$1.0 million respectively ($1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in 2004) to its
shareholders, Quebecor and CDP Capital. The guarantee fees related to Quebecor Medias $135.0
million credit facility (reduced to $75.0 million in June 2005 and repaid and terminated in January
2006), which was guaranteed by each of Quebecor and CDP Capital in proportion to their respective
interest in Quebecor Media. An annual fee equivalent to 1.0% of the credit facility was payable to
the guarantors in this respect.
Lease Arrangements
Quebecor and other related parties lease office spaces to Quebecor Media. In 2005, the
aggregate rent expense paid to Quebecor and other related parties was $2.6 million, compared with
$3.7 million for 2004.
Commercial Printing and Other Services
Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries have incurred expenses for commercial printing and other
services and have earned revenue for application/server hosting, advertising and other services
from Quebecor World, which is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, and from another affiliated company.
The aggregate purchases from Quebecor World and the
121
affiliated company were $88.4 million in 2005, while, in 2004, such purchases amounted to
$75.1 million, in the aggregate. The 2005 total revenues from Quebecor World and the affiliated
company were $21.5 million, compared to $11.1 million in 2004. Quebecor Media conducts all of its
business with Quebecor World and the affiliated company on a commercial, arms-length basis and
records the transactions at the exchange value.
In 2004, Quebecor World reached an agreement with Videotron Telecom, Business
Telecommunications segment, to outsource its information technology infrastructure in North America
for a period of seven years. As part of this agreement, Videotron Telecom purchased some of
Quebecor Worlds information technology infrastructure equipment at a cost of $3.0 million. The
outsourcing services to Quebecor World are estimated to generate revenues of approximately $18.1
million annually. Both the price of the equipment transferred and the revenues of the outsourcing
services have been accounted for at the exchange value. The transfer of the equipment was completed
in December 2004.
In the first quarter of 2005, Quebecor Media acquired certain assets of Quebecor World, which
is also a subsidiary of Quebecor, for cash consideration of $3.3 million ($1.4 million paid in cash
and an estimated balance payable of $1.9 million). The transaction was recorded at the book value
of the transferred assets.
In August 2005, we announced the creation of a new entity to be co-owned by Quebecor Media
(75%) and Quebecor World (25%) to operate a new printing facility in Islington, in the
Greater Toronto Area. This facility will serve customers of both Quebecor Media and Quebecor World.
The new facility is expected to be fully operational by 2007.
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec
and its subsidiary Capital CDPQ may from time to time
have equity interests in, or be creditors of, our subsidiaries, including TVA Group and Nurun.
Tax Consolidation Transactions
Unlike corporations in the United States, corporations in Canada are not permitted to file
consolidated tax returns. As a result, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries have entered into
certain tax consolidation transactions pursuant to which Quebecor Media typically issues preferred
shares to its subsidiaries and correspondingly acquires convertible debt obligations or
subordinated loans of these subsidiaries. As a result of such transactions, Quebecor Media and its
subsidiaries recognize significant income tax benefits.
Issuance and Redemption of Convertible Obligations and Investments in Quebecor Media
Preferred Shares
In July 2001, Sun Media and its subsidiaries issued a $1.6 billion convertible obligation to
Quebecor Media, and used the proceeds to invest in $1.6 billion of the Quebecor Media preferred
shares for tax consolidation purposes. In November 2002, Sun Media and its subsidiaries issued a
new convertible obligation to Quebecor Media in the amount of $350.0 million, and used the proceeds
to invest in $350.0 million of Quebecor Media preferred shares. In July 2003, Sun Media and its
subsidiaries redeemed $360.0 million and in January 2004, Sun Media and its subsidiaries redeemed
another $450.0 million of the convertible obligations, using the proceeds from the redemption of
Quebecor Media preferred shares.
In January 2005, Sun Media and its subsidiaries received a further $150.0 million for its
investment in the Quebecor Media preferred shares and used the proceeds to redeem $150.0 million of
its convertible obligations. In addition, Sun Media and its subsidiaries issued a new convertible
obligation to Quebecor Media in the amount of $255.0 million and used the proceeds from the
issuance to invest in an additional $255.0 million of Quebecor Media preferred shares.
Issuance of Subordinated Loans and Investments in Quebecor Media Preferred Shares
In January 2004, Archambault Group issued a $70.0 million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media
and used the proceeds to invest in $70.0 millions of the Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax
consolidation purposes. In April 2005,
122
Archambault Group issued a $55.0 million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest in $55.0
million of Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes.
In June 2004 and October 2004, CEC Publishing issued an aggregate $200.0 million subordinated
loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest an aggregate of $200.0 million in Quebecor
Medias preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes. In August 2005, CEC Publishing reimbursed
$184.0 million of the loan and Quebecor Media redeemed $184.0 million of preferred shares.
In March 2005, Telexperts Quebecor Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media, issued a $6.95
million subordinated loan to Quebecor Media and used the proceeds to invest in $6.95 million of
Quebecor Media preferred shares for tax consolidation purposes.
Other Income Tax Transactions
During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, some of the Companys subsidiaries acquired
tax benefits amounting to $13.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively, from Quebecor World, a
company under common control. Of this amount, $13.4 million and $12.9 million were recorded as
income taxes receivable in 2003 and 2004 respectively, while $0.3 million was recorded as long-term
future income tax assets in 2003. These transactions allowed the Company to realize gains of $2.1
million and $0.1 million respectively (net of non-controlling interest), which are recorded as
contributed surplus. Additional tax benefits of $8.0 million will be recognized in the statement of
income as a reduction in income tax expense when the new deduction multiple applied on the tax
benefits bought in 2003 and 2004 will be officially enacted. However, if the new deduction multiple
does not become enacted, $6.0 million will be recorded as contributed surplus since the amount paid
to Quebecor World will be recovered by an equal amount.
On December 14, 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the
Company has transferred $192.0 million in capital losses to its parent company for a cash
consideration of $15.9 million. In addition, in 2006, the parent company will transfer $75.0
million of non-capital losses to the Company in exchange for a cash consideration of $16.3 million.
Cash considerations have been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties and represent
the fair value of the tax deductions being transferred. As a result of these transactions, the
Company has recorded a reduction of $15.9 million in income tax expense for 2005 and expects to
reduce its income tax expense by $8.5 million in the future.
Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
ITEM 8 FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
The consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the
consolidated statements of income, shareholders equity and cash flows of Quebecor Media for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, as well as the auditors report thereon, are
presented at Item 17 of this annual report.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the conduct of
our business in the ordinary course.
On March 13, 2002, an action was filed in the Superior Court of Québec by Investissement
Novacap inc., Telus Québec Inc. and Paul Girard against Videotron, in which the plaintiffs allege
that Videotron wrongfully terminated its obligations under a share purchase agreement entered into
in August 2000. The plaintiffs are seeking damages totaling approximately $26 million. Videotrons
management believes that the suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case.
123
In 1999, Regional Cablesystems Inc. (now Persona Communications Inc.) initiated an arbitration
with Videotron in which it is seeking an amount of $8.6 million as reduction of the purchase price
of the shares of Northern Cable Holdings Limited sold to Regional Cablesystems Inc. by a subsidiary
of Videotron in 1998. A settlement in principle has been reached subject to finalization of the
settlement documentation.
In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries
are currently pending. In the opinion of the management of Quebecor Media, the outcome of these
proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our results, liquidity or
financial position. We also carry insurance coverage in such amounts that we believe to be
reasonable under the circumstances.
Dividend Policy and Dividends
Dividend Policies and Payments
Our authorized share capital consists of common shares and Cumulative First Preferred Shares,
consisting of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares, Series D Shares and Series F
Shares, as well as Preferred Shares, Series E. As of December 31, 2005, our issued and outstanding
share capital was as follows:
|
|
|
123,602,807 common shares outstanding, of which 67,636,713 were held by Quebecor and
55,966,094 were held by Capital CDPQ;
|
|
|
|
|
990,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, outstanding, which were held by
Sun Media, Bowes Publishers Limited and Sun Media (Toronto) Corporation;
|
|
|
|
|
147,950 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, outstanding, which were held by
Archambault Group and CEC Publishing of the Leisure and Entertainment segment; and
|
|
|
|
|
255,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, outstanding, which Series F
Shares were held by subsidiaries of Sun Media.
|
Holders of our common shares are entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of any
Preferred Shares, to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine. In 2005,
the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared aggregate dividends of $105.0 million, of which
$45.0 million was paid to shareholders in 2005 and $60.0 million was paid in January 2006. We
currently expect, to the extent permitted by our Articles of Incorporation, the terms of our
indebtedness and applicable law, to continue to pay dividends to our shareholders or reduce paid-up
capital in the future.
Holders of our Series A Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at
a rate of 12.5% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series A Shares are payable
semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be
paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have
become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
Holders of our Series B Shares are entitled to receive a cash dividend, when, as and if
declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend shall be payable only upon conversion of the
Series B Shares into Common Shares. Dividends are determined by the Board of Directors in
accordance with our Articles of Incorporation.
Holders of our Series C Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at
a rate of 11.25% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series C Shares are payable
semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be
paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have
become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
Holders of our Series D Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at
a rate of 11.0% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series D Shares are payable
semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be
paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have
become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
124
The holders of our Series E Shares are entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferred
monthly dividend at a rate of 1.25% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Series E
Shares when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series E Shares rank senior to the
common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D
Shares.
Holders of our Series F Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at
a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series F Shares are payable
semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be
paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have
become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
Significant Changes
Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including under Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Subsequent Events), there has been no significant change in our
financial position since December 31, 2005.
ITEM 9 THE OFFER AND LISTING
Offer and Listing Details
Not applicable.
Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
Markets
Outstanding Notes
In July 2001, we issued US$715.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes
due 2011 and US$295.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of our 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 in private placement transactions. In October
2001 we completed an exchange offer pursuant to which we exchanged our unregistered 11
1
/
8
% Senior
Notes due 2011 and 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 for SEC
registered 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011 and 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011. Both the Senior
Notes and the Senior Discount Notes are unsecured, and each are due July 15, 2011, with cash
interest payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year except that, in
the case of the Senior Discount Notes, interest will accrue, up to July 15, 2006, in the form of
an increase in the accreted value, representing amortization of original issue discount of such
Senior Discount Notes.
On
July 19, 2005, pursuant to portion tender offers announced on June 20, 2005, we purchased US$128.2 million in aggregate principal amount of
our Senior Notes and US$12.1 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of our Discount
Notes, bearing interest at 11.125% and 13.750%, respectively. Quebecor
Media paid a cash consideration of $215.3 million to purchase
these notes, including the
redemption premium and the cost of settlement of the cross-currency swap agreements.
On December 16, 2005, as part of our refinancing plan, we announced tender offers
and consent solicitations pursuant to which we offered to repurchase and retire any and all of our
outstanding 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011 and 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011. Upon
the completion of these tender offers in January 2006, we repurchased US$561.6 million in aggregate
principal amount of our Senior Notes due 2011 (representing 95.7% of the Senior Notes due 2011
outstanding) and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amount at maturity of Senior Discount
Notes due 2011 (representing 97.4% of the Senior Discount Notes due 2011 outstanding). We intend to
redeem any remaining outstanding Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011 on July
15, 2006 at a price equal to 105.563% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes and 106.875% of
the principal amount at maturity of such Senior Discount Notes, pursuant to the terms of the
respective indentures governing the notes.
Through a private placement that closed on January 17, 2006, we issued US$525.0 million
aggregate principal amount of our 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due 2016. In connection with the issuance of
our 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due 2016, we have agreed to use our best efforts to complete a registered
exchange offer pursuant to which our unregistered 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due 2016 are exchanged for
SEC-registered notes evidencing the same continuing indebtedness and
having substantially
125
identical terms. Our 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and each are due
March 15, 2016, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of
each year.
There is currently no established trading market for our 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011, 13
3
/
4
%
Senior Discount Notes due 2011 or
our
7
3
/
4
%
Senior Notes due 2016. There can be no assurance as to
the liquidity of any market that may develop for any series of our outstanding notes, the ability
of the holders of any such notes to sell them or the prices at which any such sales may be made. We
have not and do not presently intend to apply for a listing of any series of our outstanding notes
or on any automated dealer quotation system. The record holder of our Senior Notes due 2011, Senior
Discount Notes due 2011 and Senior Notes due 2016 is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust
Company.
Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
Dilution
Not applicable.
Expenses of the Issuer
Not applicable.
ITEM 10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Share Capital
In addition to our common shares, our authorized share capital is comprised of our Cumulative
First Preferred Shares, Series A, or Series A Shares; Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B,
or Series B Shares; Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, or Series C Shares; Cumulative
First Preferred Shares, Series D, or Series D Shares; Preferred Shares, Series E, or Series E
Shares; and Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, or Series F Shares.
As of December 31, 2005, Sun Media and its subsidiaries, collectively, held 990,000 of our
Series A Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Series A Shares. These shares were
issued pursuant to transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The
Series A Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series A Shares are entitled to a cumulative
annual dividend of 12.5% per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series A Shares at any
time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may,
at our option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and
unpaid dividends. The first issue of Series A Shares occurred in July 2001 and subsequent
transactions have resulted in the current shareholding.
As of December 31, 2005, there were no issued and outstanding Series B Shares.
As of December 31, 2005, 9101-0835 Québec Inc., one of our indirect, wholly-owned
subsidiaries, held 147,950 of our Series C Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding
Series C Shares. These shares were issued pursuant to transactions that consolidate tax losses
within the Quebecor Media group. The Series C Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series C
Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual dividend of 11.25% per share. Holders may require us to
redeem the Series C Shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and
unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of
$1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. The first issue of Series C Shares
occurred in January 2004 and subsequent transactions have resulted in the current shareholding.
As of December 31, 2005, there were no issued and outstanding Series D Shares, all of which
were redeemed in December 2004.
As of December 31, 2005, there were no issued and outstanding Series E Shares, one share of
which class was
126
issued and then redeemed in November 2004.
As of December 31, 2005, subsidiaries of Sun Media, collectively, held 255,000 of our Series F
Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Series F Shares. These shares were issued
pursuant to transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The Series F
Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series F Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual
dividend of 10.85% per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series F Shares at any time at a
price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our
option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid
dividends. The Series F Shares were issued in January 2005.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our Articles of Incorporation and the various Articles of Amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation filed by us are incorporated by reference from our registration statement filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 5, 2001 (Registration No. 333-13792). In
addition, (a) the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, which were filed on
February 3, 2003, are included as Exhibit 1.2 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2002 which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2003 and (b) the Articles of Amendment
to the Articles of Incorporation, which were filed on December 5, 2003 and January 16, 2004, are
included as Exhibits 1.4 and 1.5 to our annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003
which was filed with the SEC on March 31, 2004. The Articles of Amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation, which were filed on November 24, 2004, are included in this annual report as an
exhibit. The Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media and the various Articles of Amendment to
the Articles of Incorporation filed by Quebecor Media are collectively referred to as the
Articles. The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Articles and our bylaws.
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
|
|
We were incorporated, in Canada, under Part IA of the
Companies Act
(Québec) (the Companies Act) as 9093-9687
Québec Inc. on August 8, 2000 under registration number
1149501992. On August 18, 2000, a Certificate of Amendment
was filed to change our name to Media Acquisition Inc. Our
name was further changed to Quebecor Media Inc. on September
26, 2000. Our Articles do not describe our object and
purpose.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
.
|
|
(a)
|
|
Our by-laws provide that we may transact business with one or
more of our directors or with any firm of which one or more
of our directors are members or employees or with any
corporation or association of which one or more of our
directors are shareholders, directors, officers or employees.
The director who has an interest in the transaction shall
disclose his interest to us and to the other directors and
shall abstain from discussing and voting on the transaction,
except if his vote is required to bind us in respect of the
transaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain provisions with
respect to directors power, in the absence of an independent
quorum, to determine their remuneration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Subject to any restriction which may from time to time be
included in the Articles or our by-laws, or the terms, rights
or restrictions of any of our shares or securities
outstanding, the directors may authorize us to borrow money
and obtain advances upon the credit of our company, from any
bank, corporation, firm, association or person, upon such
terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The
directors may authorize the issuance of bonds or other
evidences of indebtedness of our company, and may authorize
the pledge or sale of the same upon such terms and
conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors
are also authorized to hypothecate the property, undertaking
and assets, movable or immovable, of our company to secure
payment for any bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or
otherwise give guarantees to secure the payment of loans.
|
Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain any provision with respect to (d) the retirement
of directors under an age limit requirement or (e) the number of shares, if any, required for the
qualification of directors
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
|
The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our Common
Shares, Cumulative First Preferred Shares (consisting of the Series A
Shares, the Series B Shares, the Series C Shares, the Series D Shares
and the Series F Shares) and our Preferred Shares, Series E are set
forth below:
|
127
Common Shares
|
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: Subject to the rights of the holders of our Preferred Shares,
each common share shall be entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors
shall determine.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights
: The holders of our common shares shall be entitled to receive
notice of any meeting of our shareholders and to attend and vote on all matters to be
voted on by our shareholders, except at meetings at which only the holders of another
specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each
common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Other than as provided in paragraph (a) above
(the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined by our
Board of Directors) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of our common shares are
entitled to participation in our remaining property and assets available for
distribution in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation
: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of
our common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred
Shares, to participate equally, share for share, in our remaining property and assets
available for distribution to our shareholders, without preference or distinction.
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: None
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions
: None
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media
: Our by-laws provide that our
directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in
respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our
share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law
or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. Our
directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any
moneys unpaid upon their shares.
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of common
shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of shares
: None
|
For a description of the Consolidated and Amended Shareholders Agreement among the holders of
our common stock, see Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions Major
Shareholders in this annual report.
Cumulative First Preferred Shares
Our Board of Directors may issue Cumulative First Preferred Shares at any time and from time
to time in one or more series. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First
Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on parity with the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of
every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in
the distribution of our assets in the event of our liquidation or dissolution. Unless the Articles
otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over our
common shares and any other class of our shares, with respect to priority in the payment of
dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of liquidation or
dissolution.
As long as there are Cumulative First Preferred Shares outstanding, we shall not, unless
consented to by the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares and upon compliance with the
provisions of the
Companies Act
(Québec), (a) create any other class of shares ranking
pari passu
or in priority to any outstanding series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, (b) voluntarily
liquidate or dissolve our company or execute any decrease of capital involving the distribution of
assets on any other shares of our capital stock or (c) repeal, amend or otherwise alter any
provisions of the Articles relating to any series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares.
128
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (Series A Shares)
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: The holders of record of the Series A Shares shall be entitled
to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 12.5%
per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series
A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares
have been paid or set aside for payment.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights
: Holders of Series A Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to
receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall
have failed to pay semi-annual dividends on the Series A Shares. In that event and only
for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series A Shares shall be
entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders meetings,
except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are
entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series A Share shall entitle the holder
thereof to one vote.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the
holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive a 12.5% cumulative preferential
dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to
receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per
Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the
event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation
: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of
Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to
the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid
dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: Holders of Series A Shares may require us to redeem the
Series A preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our
option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated
and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions
: None.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by us
: Our by-laws provide that our directors may,
from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or
otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital
on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may,
from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon
their shares.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series A
Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares
: None.
|
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (Series B Shares)
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: The holders of record of the Series B Shares shall be entitled
to receive a single dividend, payable in cash, in an amount to be determined by our
Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles, which dividend, once determined by
our Board of Directors, shall be paid on the date of conversion of the Series B Shares
into our common shares. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the
Series B Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series B
Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights
: Holders of Series B Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to
receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders, unless we
shall have failed to pay the dividend due to such holders. In that event and only for so
long as the said dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series B Shares shall be
|
129
|
|
entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders meetings,
except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are
entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series B Share shall entitle the holder
thereof to one vote.
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the
holders of Series B Shares are entitled to receive the dividend referred to in paragraph
(a) above) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of the Series B Shares are entitled to
receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per
Series B Share and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above in the event of
liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation
: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of
Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to
the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share held and the dividend referred to in
paragraph (a) above.
|
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: Holders of Series B Shares may require us to redeem the
Series B Shares at any time at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to
in paragraph (a) above. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Shares
at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions:
None.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by us
: Our by-laws provide that our directors may,
from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or
otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital
on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may,
from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon
their shares.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series B
Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares
: None.
|
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (Series C Shares)
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: The holders of record of the Series C Shares shall be entitled
to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of
11.25% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the
Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C
Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights
: Holders of Series C Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to
receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall
have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series C Shares. In that event and only for
so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series C Shares shall be
entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders meetings,
except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are
entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series C Share shall entitle the holder
thereof to one vote.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the
holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive a 11.25% cumulative preferential
dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to
receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per
Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the
event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation:
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or
|
130
|
|
involuntarily, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to
receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per
Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: Holders of Series C Shares may require us to redeem the
Series C preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its
option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated
and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions
: None.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by us
: Our by-laws provide that our directors may,
from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or
otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital
on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may,
from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon
their shares.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series C
Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares
: None.
|
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (Series D Shares)
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: The holders of record of the Series D Shares shall be entitled
to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.0%
per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series
D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares
have been paid or set aside for payment.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights: Holders of Series D Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to
receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall
have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series D Shares. In that event and only for
so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series D Shares shall be
entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders meetings,
except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are
entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series D Share shall entitle the holder
thereof to one vote.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the
holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive a 11.0% cumulative preferential
dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to
receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per
Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the
event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation
: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of
Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common
Shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid
dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: Holders of Series D Shares may require us to redeem the
Series D preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its
option, redeem the Series D Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated
and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions
: None.
|
131
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by us
: Our by-laws provide that our directors may,
from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or
otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital
on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may,
from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon
their shares.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series D
Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares
: None.
|
Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (Series F Shares)
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled
to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of
10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the
Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F
Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights
: Holders of Series F Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to
receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall
have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares. In that event and
only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares
shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders
meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of
shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the
holder thereof to one vote.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above
(holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential
semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series F Shares are
entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to
$1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto
in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation
: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of
Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to
the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid
dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: Holders of Series F Shares may require us to redeem the
Series F preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our
option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated
and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions
: None.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media
: Our by-laws provide that our
directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in
respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our
share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law
or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The
directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any
moneys unpaid upon their shares.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series F
Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares
: None.
|
132
Preferred Shares, Series E (Series E Shares)
|
(a)
|
|
Dividend rights
: The holders of record of the Series E Shares shall be entitled
to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend at the rate of 1.25%
per share per month, which dividend shall be calculated based on the redemption price
(the amount equal to the aggregate consideration for such share). The Series E Shares
rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares,
Series C Shares and Series D Shares.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Voting rights
: Holders of Series E Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to
receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Rights to share in our profits
: Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the
holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive a 1.25% maximum non-cumulative
preferential monthly dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series E Shares
are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent
to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares,
an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares and the amount of any
declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a)
above), none.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Rights upon liquidation
: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the
purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of
Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to
the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C
Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E
Shares held and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares
referred to in paragraph (a) above.
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Redemption provisions
: Holders of Series E Shares may require us to redeem the
Series E preferred shares at any time at a price equal to the redemption price plus an
amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date of redemption.
The redemption price shall be equal to the aggregate consideration received for such
share.
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
Sinking fund provisions
: None.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
Liability to capital calls by us: Our by-laws provide that our directors may,
from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or
otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital
on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the
Companies Act
(Québec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may,
from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon
their shares.
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series E
Shares
: None.
|
4.
|
|
For a description of the action necessary to change the rights of
holders of our Cumulative First Preferred Shares, see Section 3.
Cumulative First Preferred Shares above. As regards our Preferred
Shares, Series E, we will not, unless consented to by the holders of
the Series E Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the
Companies Act
(Québec), repeal, amend or otherwise alter any
provisions of the Articles relating to the Series E Shares. Under the
general provisions of the
Companies Act
(Québec), (i) our Articles may
be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds
(
2
/
3
) of
the vote cast by the shareholders at a special meeting, and (ii) our
by-laws may be amended by our directors and ratified by a majority of
the vote cast by the shareholders at a meeting called for such
purpose.
|
|
5.
|
|
Our by-laws provide that the annual meetings of the shareholders shall
be held at such time, on such date and at such place as the Board of
Directors determines from time to time. Annual meetings of the
shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of
Directors, the chairman of the board, or, provided they are directors
of our company, by the president or any vice president. Special
general meetings of the shareholders shall be held at
|
133
|
|
such time, on
such date and at such place as the Board of Directors determines from
time to time. Special general meetings of the shareholders may be
called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the chairman of
the board, or, provided they are directors of our company, by the
president or any vice president.
|
|
|
|
For any general meeting, our by-laws provide that a notice specifying
the date, time and place of the meeting and the items to be discussed
at the meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at
that meeting (at the address indicated in our books) at least
twenty-one (21) days before the date of such a meeting. If the
convening of any meeting of shareholders is a matter of urgency,
notice of a meeting may be given not less than 48 hours before such
meeting is to be held.
|
|
|
|
The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President, if he is
a director or, in his absence, one of the Vice Presidents who is a
director of our company shall preside at all meetings of shareholders.
If all of the aforesaid officers are absent or decline to act, the
persons present and entitled to vote may choose one of their number to
act as chairman of the meeting.
|
|
|
|
Our by-laws provide that the holders of not less than 50.1% of the
outstanding shares of our share capital carrying rights to vote at
such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum for any meeting of our shareholders.
|
|
6.
|
|
There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or
other constituent documents on the right of nonresidents or foreign
owners to hold or vote shares, other than as provided in the
Investment Canada Act
(Canada). The
Investment Canada Act
requires
non-Canadian (as defined in the
Investment Canada Act
) (Canada)
individuals, governments, corporations and other entities who wish to
acquire control of a Canadian business (as defined in the
Investment
Canada Act
(Canada)) to file either an application for review (when
certain asset value thresholds are met) or a post closing notification
with the Director of Investments appointed under the
Investment Canada
Act
(Canada), unless a specific exemption applies. The
Investment
Canada Act
(Canada) requires that, when an acquisition of control of a
Canadian business by a non-Canadian is subject to review, it must be
approved by the Minister responsible for the
Investment Canada Act
(Canada) on the basis that the Minister is satisfied that the
acquisition is likely to be of net benefit to Canada, having regard
to criteria set forth in the
Investment Canada Act
(Canada).
|
|
7.
|
|
The Articles provide that none of our shares may be transferred
without the consent of the directors expressed in a resolution duly
adopted by them. In addition, the total number of shareholders of our
company is limited to fifty, exclusive of present or former employees
of our company or a subsidiary.
|
|
|
|
A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all
transfers of shares of our share capital shall be kept either at our
head office or at another of our offices or at such other place in the
Province of Québec as may be determined, from time to time, by the
Board of Directors.
|
|
8.
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
9.
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
10.
|
|
Not applicable.
|
Material Contracts
The following is a summary of each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years
preceding publication of this annual report.
|
(a)
|
|
Indenture relating to US$525,000,000 of our 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016,
dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media Inc., and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee.
|
134
|
|
|
On January 17, 2006, we issued US$525,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7
3
/
4
%
Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006,
by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These
notes are unsecured and are due on March 15, 2016. Interest on these notes is payable
semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15,
2006. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at
our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in these
indentures. These indentures contain customary restrictive covenants with respect to
Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an
event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the
trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the
then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the issuance of these notes, we have agreed to file, within 120 days
after the issue date of the notes, a registration statement relating to the exchange of
these privately placed notes for publicly registered exchange notes with substantially
identical terms evidencing the same continuing indebtedness. We have also agreed to use
our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 210 days
after the issue date of the notes and to consummate the exchange offer with 255 days
after the issue date of the notes.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among Quebecor Media Inc.,
as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and
Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
|
|
|
|
|
On January 17, 2006, in connection with our refinancing plan, we entered into Senior
Secured Credit Facilities comprised of (i) a 5-year $100.0 million revolving credit
facility that matures in January 2011, (ii) a 5-year $125.0 million term loan A that
matures in January 2011, and (iii) a 7-year US$350.0 million term loan B facility that
matures in January 2013. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also include an
uncommitted $350 million incremental facility that may be available to us, subject to
compliance at all times with all financial covenants, absence of default and lenders
being willing to fund the incremental amount. This incremental facility will have a term
to be agreed with the lenders, although the maturity of borrowings under the incremental
facility will be required to have a maturity falling on or extending beyond the maturity
of the term loan B facility. We may draw Letters of Credit under the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities. The proceeds of the term loan A and term loan B were used to
refinance existing debt. The proceeds of our revolving facility may be used for our
general corporate purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility, term loan A and term loan B bear
interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the bankers acceptance rate
or LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are repayable in full in January 2011.
Borrowings under our term loan A facility are repayable in full in January 2011 and
borrowing under our term loan B facility are repayable in full in January 2013. We are
also required to make specified quarterly repayments of amounts borrowed under the term
loan A and term loan B.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative
instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to
certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property and first-ranking pledges
of all of the shares (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) of Sun Media and
Videotron.
|
|
|
|
|
The senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit
our ability to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions,
grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares
of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In
addition, the senior secured credit facilities contain customary financial covenants.
The senior secured credit facilities contain customary events of default including the
non-payment of principal or interest,
|
135
|
|
|
the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any
other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Quebecor Media and its
subsidiaries, and the occurrence of a change of control.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Indenture relating to US$650,000,000 of Videotrons 6
7
/
8
% Senior Notes due January
15, 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Vidéotron Ltée, the guarantors party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association) as trustee, as supplemented.
|
|
|
|
|
On October 8, 2003, Videotron issued
US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6
7
/
8
%
Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 and, on November 19, 2004, Videotron issued an
additional US$315.0 million in aggregate principal amount of these notes, pursuant to an
Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association), as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due January 15, 2014.
Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of
each year, beginning on July 15, 2004. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured
basis by most, but not all, of Videotrons subsidiaries. The notes are redeemable, at
Videotrons option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth
in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to
Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event
of default occurs and is continuing (other than Videotrons bankruptcy or insolvency)
the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the
then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Indenture relating to US$175,000,000 of Videotrons
6
3
/
8
% Senior Notes due December
15, 2015, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron Ltée, the guarantors
party thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee.
|
|
|
|
|
On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its
6
3
/
8
Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September
16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo,
National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due on December 15,
2015. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and
December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2005. These notes are guaranteed on
a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotrons subsidiaries. These notes
are redeemable, at Videotrons option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption
prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive
covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary
events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than
Videotrons bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to
be due and payable immediately.
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2004, by and
among Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the financial
institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as
administrative agent.
|
|
|
|
|
On November 19, 2004, concurrently with the closing of the private placement of a new
series of Videotrons 6
7
/
8
% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, Videotron amended and
restated its credit agreement, dated as of November 28, 2000, by executing and
delivering the seventh amending agreement to its credit agreement. Pursuant to this
amendment, Videotrons amended and restated credit agreement provides for a $450.0
million revolving credit facility maturing in 2009. The proceeds of Videotrons
revolving credit facility are to be used for Videotrons general corporate purposes,
including for distributions to Videotrons shareholder in certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under Videotrons amended and restated credit facility bear interest at the
Canadian prime rate, the bankers acceptance rate or LIBOR, plus, in each case, an
applicable margin. Borrowings under Videotrons revolving credit facility are repayable
in full in November 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under this amended and restated credit facility and under eligible derivative
instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec or security interest (subject to certain permitted
encumbrances) on all of
|
136
|
|
|
Videotrons current and future assets, as well as those
of the guarantors party thereto, including most but not all of Videotrons subsidiaries (the
Videotron Group), guarantees of all the members of the
Videotron Group, pledges of the shares of Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group, and other security.
|
|
|
|
This amended and restated credit facility contains customary covenants that restrict and
limit the ability of Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group to, among other
things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets,
pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur
indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, this amended and
restated credit facility contains customary financial covenants. It also contains
customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the
breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant,
certain bankruptcy events relating to Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group,
and the occurrence of a change of control.
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
Indenture relating to US$205,000,000 of Sun Medias 7
5
/
8
% Senior Notes due
February 15, 2013, dated as of February 7, 2003 by and among Sun Media Corporation, the
guarantors party thereto, and National City Bank, as trustee, as supplemented.
|
|
|
|
|
On February 7, 2003 Sun Media issued US$205.0 million aggregate principal amount of its
7
5
/
8
% Senior Notes due February 15, 2013 under an Indenture, dated as of February 7,
2003, as supplemented, by and among Sun Media, the guarantors party thereto, and
National City Bank, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due February 15,
2013. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and
August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2003. These notes are guaranteed on a
senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Sun Medias subsidiaries. These notes
are redeemable, at Sun Medias option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption
prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive
covenants with respect to Sun Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events
of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Sun Medias
bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount
at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and
payable immediately.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2003, by and among Sun Media
Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse
First Boston Canada, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, as amended.
|
|
|
|
|
On February 7, 2003, as part of the refinancing of its indebtedness, Sun Media entered
into a secured credit facility consisting of a five-year revolving credit facility of
$75.0 million and a six-year term loan B of US$230.0 million. In connection with
Quebecor Medias refinancing plan completed in January 2006, Sun Medias credit facility
was amended for the addition of a $40.0 million term loan C.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are repayable in full in February 2008.
Borrowings under the term loan B and term loan C facilities are repayable in full in
February 2009. Sun Media is also required to make specified quarterly repayments of
amounts borrowed under the term loan B and term loan C facilities.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under the term loan B facility are in US dollars and bear interest at LIBOR
plus an applicable margin. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and the term
loan C facility are in Canadian dollars and bear interest at the Canadian prime rate or
the bankers acceptance rate plus an applicable margin. The proceeds of the term loan B
and and term loan C were used to refinance existing debt and for permitted distributions
to Sun Medias shareholder. The proceeds of Sun Medias revolving facility may be used
for general corporate purposes including distributions to Sun Medias shareholder in
certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under this amended and restated credit facility and under eligible derivative
instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to
certain permitted encumbrances) on all of Sun Medias current and future assets, as well
as those of the guarantors party thereto, including most, but not all, of Sun Medias
subsidiaries (the Sun Media Group), guarantees of all the members of the Sun
Media Group, pledges of shares of the members of the Sun Media Group, and other
security.
|
137
|
|
|
This credit facility contains customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of
Sun Media and its subsidiaries to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation
transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other
distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related
party transactions. In addition, this credit facility contains customary financial
covenants. This credit facility also contains customary events of default including the
non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure
to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Sun
Media and members of the Sun Media Group, and the occurrence of a change of control.
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of our 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due July 15, 2011,
dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and National City Bank (now
U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services), as trustee, as amended, and Indenture relating to
US$295,000,000 of our 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due July 15, 2011, dated as of July 6,
2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and National City Bank (now U.S. Bank Corporate
Trust Services), as trustee, as amended.
|
|
|
|
|
We issued US$715.0 million aggregate principal amount of
our 11
1
/
8
% Senior
Notes due 2011 and US$295.0 million aggregate principal amount
at maturity of our 13
3
/
4
%
Senior Discount Notes due 2011 under two separate indentures, each dated as of July 6,
2001, by and between us and National City Bank (now U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services),
as trustee. These notes are unsecured and are due on July 15, 2011. Interest on these
notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July of each year.
|
|
|
|
|
On December 16, 2005, we announced tender offers and consent solicitations pursuant to
which we offered to repurchase and retire any and all of our
outstanding 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011 and 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011 and sought
consents to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants contained in the
indentures governing these notes. On December 30, 2005, we announced that we had
obtained the requisite majority consents to amend the respective indentures governing
our Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011, thereby removing the
principal restrictive covenants and certain events of default in respect of these notes.
These amendments became effective on January 17, 2006 upon our purchase of the tendered
Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011. In these tender offers, we
repurchased US$561.6 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2011
(representing 95.7% of the Senior Notes due 2011 outstanding) and US$275.6 million in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of Senior Discount Notes due 2011 (representing
97.4% of the Senior Discount Notes due 2011 outstanding). We intend to redeem any
remaining outstanding Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior Discount Notes due 2011 on July
15, 2006 at a price equal to 105.563% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes and
106.875% of the principal amount at maturity of such Senior Discount Notes, pursuant to
the terms of the respective indentures governing these notes.
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement dated December 22, 2003 between Carlyle VTL Holdings,
L.P. and Carlyle Partners III (Videotron), L.P., and Quebecor Media Inc. and 9101-0827
Québec Inc. relating to the purchase 9101-0827 Québec Inc. of 5,000 Class C Preferred
Shares of 3662527 Canada Inc., as amended by a First Amendment to Share Purchase
Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
On December 22, 2003, 9101-0827 Québec Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media
entered into an agreement with Carlyle VTL Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle Partners III
(Videotron), L.P. (collectively Carlyle) to purchase the 5,000 Class C Preferred
Shares held by Carlyle in 3662527 Canada Inc., the parent company of Videotron Télécom
Ltd., Quebecor Medias business telecommunications venture. The acquisition was made for
a purchase price with a value estimated at approximately $125 million at closing. A
payment of $55 million was made to Carlyle at closing on December 22, 2003. The balance
of the purchase price is subject to variation on the basis of the valuation of the
common shares of Quebecor Media and is payable on demand at any time after December 15,
2004, but no later than December 15, 2008. If the Company files a prospectus for an
initial public offering, the holder has the right to require the Company to
pay the additional amount payable by delivering 3,740,682 Common Shares of the Company.
The Company holds an option to pay this additional amount in cash, at its fair value for
a period of 30 days following each of June 15, 2007 and June 15, 2008. Quebecor Media
may, under certain conditions and if its shares are publicly
|
138
|
|
|
traded at that time, pay
the deferred purchase price by delivering 3,740,682 common shares to Carlyle
(123,602,807 common shares of QMI were outstanding as of December 22, 2003).
|
Exchange Controls
There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that
restricts the export or import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or
other payments to non-resident holders of the Companys securities, other than withholding tax
requirements.
There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles of Incorporation or other
charter documents of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold voting shares of the
Company, other than as provided by the Investment Canada Act, as amended (the Act), as amended by
the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Canada), and the World Trade
Organization (WTO) Agreement Implementation Act. The Act requires notification and, in certain
cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a
non-Canadian of control of a Canadian business, all as defined in the Act. Generally, the
threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the WTO or NAFTA.
In addition, there are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast
undertakings. See Item 4 Information on the Company Business Overview Regulation.
Taxation
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences
applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the 7
3
/
4
% notes due 2016 by a U.S. Holder
(as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal
income tax effects. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rulings
and judicial decisions now in effect. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive
effect, or different interpretations.
This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant
to particular U.S. Holders in light of their specific circumstances (for example, U.S. Holders
subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to holders that may be subject to
special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, including:
|
|
|
dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;
|
|
|
|
|
securities traders that use a mark-to-market accounting method;
|
|
|
|
|
banks and financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
|
insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
|
|
persons holding notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle;
|
|
|
|
|
persons deemed to sell notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;
|
|
|
|
|
persons who or that are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;
|
|
|
|
|
persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; and
|
|
|
|
|
direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares.
|
139
The summary also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law, or U.S. federal
estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S. Holders. In addition, this discussion is limited to
U.S. Holders purchasing the notes for cash at original issue at their issue price within the
meaning of the Code (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes are sold to
the public for cash). Moreover, the discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who purchase and hold the
notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held
for investment).
For purposes of this summary, U.S. Holder means the beneficial holder of a note who or that
for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident alien of the United States;
|
|
|
|
|
a corporation or other entity treated as such formed in or under the laws of
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation
regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
|
a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary
supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons
(within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust, or if a valid election is in effect to be treated as a
U.S. person.
|
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters
discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position
concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any
such position will not be sustained.
If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally
will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should
consult its own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership purchasing, owning and
disposing of the notes.
To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that the United
States tax advice contained herein: (i) is written in connection with the promotion or marketing by
Quebecor Media Inc. of the transactions or matters addressed herein, and (ii) is not intended or
written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding United States
tax penalties. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayers particular circumstances
from an independent tax advisor.
PROSPECTIVE U.S. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE
APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE
APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.
Interest on the Notes
Payments of stated interest on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as
ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with the U.S.
Holders method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the notes will
constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally, with certain exceptions,
for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2006, will be passive income (or, for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, passive category income), which is treated
separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to
a U.S. Holder under the federal income tax laws.
In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or
principal on the notes. According to U.S. Treasury regulations, the possibility that any such
payments in excess of stated interest or principal will be made will not affect the amount of
interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes
were issued that such payments will be made. We believe the likelihood that we will be obligated to
make any such
140
payments is remote. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payment of
additional amounts pursuant to the provisions related to changes in Canadian laws or regulations
applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, the registration rights provisions, the
optional redemption or change of control provisions as part of the yield to maturity of the notes.
Our determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such
holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS and if the IRS were to challenge
this determination, a U.S. Holder may be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of stated
interest and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the
taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a
contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S.
Holder. If we pay additional amounts on the notes, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such
amounts as income.
Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note
A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than for
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, as discussed below, or a tax-free transaction),
redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, equal to the difference, if any,
between:
|
|
|
the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received (less
any portion allocable to the payment of accrued interest not previously included
in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary interest income); and
|
|
|
|
|
the U.S. Holders tax basis in the notes.
|
Any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term
capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than one year at the time of
the disposition. Net capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be
taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The ability of a U.S. Holder to offset capital
losses against ordinary income is limited. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale
or other disposition of a note generally will be treated as income from sources within the United
States or loss allocable to income from sources within the United States. Any loss attributable to
accrued but unpaid interest will be allocated against income of the same category and source as the
interest on the notes unless certain exceptions apply. A U.S. Holders tax basis in a note will
generally equal the U.S. Holders cost therefor, less any principal payments received by such
holder.
Exchange of Notes Into Exchange Notes
The exchange of a note for an exchange note by a U.S. Holder pursuant to the exchange offer
will not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder will not
recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of an exchange note and a U.S. Holder will be required
to continue to include interest on the exchange note in gross income in the manner and to the
extent described herein. A U.S. Holders holding period for an exchange note will include the
holding period for the original note exchanged therefor, and such U.S. Holders basis in the
exchange note immediately after the exchange will be the same as such U.S. Holders basis in such
original note immediately before the exchange.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
A U.S. Holder of the notes may be subject to backup withholding with respect to certain
reportable payments, including interest payments and, under certain circumstances, principal
payments on the notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such
notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things:
|
|
|
fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification
number (TIN) certified under penalty of perjury within a reasonable time after the request for the TIN;]
|
|
|
|
|
furnishes an incorrect TIN;
|
|
|
|
|
is notified by the IRS that is has failed to report properly interest or dividends; or
|
141
|
|
|
under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed
under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that
such holder is not subject to backup withholding.
|
A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct TIN also may be subject to penalties
imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup
withholding rules is creditable against the U.S. Holders federal income tax liability,
provided
that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply,
however, with respect to payments made to certain exempt U.S. Holders, including corporations and
tax-exempt organizations,
provided
their exemptions from backup withholding are properly
established.
We will report to the U.S. Holders of notes and to the IRS the amount of any reportable
payments for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to these
payments.
Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-Residents of Canada
The following summary fairly describes the main Canadian federal income tax consequences
applicable to you if you invest in the notes and, for purposes of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada),
which we refer to as the Act, you hold such notes as capital property. Generally, a note will be
considered to be capital property to a holder
provided
the holder does not hold the note in the
course of carrying on a business and has not acquired the note in one or more transactions
considered to be an adventure or concerns in the nature of trade. This summary is based on the
Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, or the Convention, the relevant
provisions of the Act and the Regulations thereunder, or the Regulations, as in force on the date
hereof, and counsels understanding of the administrative practices of the Canada Revenue Agency.
It assumes that the specific proposals to amend the Act and the Regulations publicly announced by
the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date of this prospectus are enacted in their present
form, but the Act or the Regulations may not be amended as proposed or at all. This summary does
not address provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations. Changes in the law or
administrative practices or future court decisions may affect your tax treatment.
|
|
The following commentary is generally applicable to a holder who, at all times for purposes of
the Act, deals at arms length with us and is neither an insurer who carries on an insurance
business in Canada nor an authorized foreign bank and who, for the purposes of the Convention and
the Act, is not and is not deemed to be a resident of Canada during any taxation year in which it
owns the notes and does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold the notes in the course
of carrying on a business in Canada, who we refer to as a Non-Resident Holder.
|
Interest Payments
A Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax (including withholding tax) under the Act on
interest, principal or premium on the notes.
Dispositions
Gains realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of notes by a Non-Resident Holder will
not be subject to tax under the Act.
The preceding discussions of federal income tax consequences is for general information only
and is not legal or tax advice. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisor as to
particular tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of the notes, including the
applicability and effect of any state, provincial, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed
changes in applicable laws
.
Dividends and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
142
Statement by Experts
Not applicable.
Documents on Display
We file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy this
information at the public reference room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington,
DC 20549, or obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference room at prescribed
rates. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about
issuers like us who file electronically with the SEC. The URL of that website is
http://www.sec.gov.
In addition, you may obtain a copy of the documents to which we refer you in this annual
report without charge upon written or oral request to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 Saint-Jacques
Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, Attention: Investor Relations. Our telephone number is
(514) 380-1999.
Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
143
ITEM 11 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We use certain financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and
foreign exchange forward contracts, to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk exposures.
These instruments are used solely to manage the financial risks associated with our obligations and
are not used for trading or speculation purposes. While these agreements expose Quebecor Media and
subsidiaries to the risk of non-performance by a third party, Quebecor Media and subsidiaries
believe that the possibility of incurring such loss is remote due to the creditworthiness of the
parties with whom they deal. Quebecor Media subscribes to a financial risk-management policy.
Foreign currency risk
Most of Quebecor Media revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S.
dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes and cable modems and certain capital
expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of the interest,
principal and premium, if any, payable on our debt must be paid in U.S. dollars. The Company has
entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of its U.S.
dollar-denominated debt obligations.
Interest rate risk
The Companys revolving and term bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based
on the following reference rates: (i) bankers acceptances rate (BA), (ii) London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR), and (iii) bank prime rate (Prime). Quebecor Media Senior Notes due 2011 and Senior
Discount Notes due 2011, as well as the Senior Notes issued by Videotron and the Senior Notes
issued by Sun Media, bear interest at fixed rates. The Company has entered into various interest
rate swap agreements and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage its cash
flows and fair value risk exposures to changes in interest rates.
Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005
(in millions of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Pay/
|
|
Fixed
|
|
|
Floating
|
Maturity
|
|
amount
|
|
|
receive
|
|
rate
|
|
|
rate
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 2006
|
|
$
|
90.0
|
|
|
Pay fixed/
|
|
|
5.41
|
%
|
|
Bankers acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
receive floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
September 2007
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
Pay fixed/
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
Bankers acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
receive floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
144
Cross-currency Interest Rate Swaps
As at December 31, 2005
(in millions of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
Exchange rate of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
effective
|
|
|
nominal
|
|
|
interest and capital
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
payments per CDN
|
|
|
|
covered
|
|
|
amount
|
|
|
rate
|
|
|
rate
|
|
|
for one US dollar
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2001 to 2011
|
|
|
US$
|
586.8
|
|
|
|
11.98
|
%
|
|
|
11.125
|
%
|
|
|
1.5255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Discount Notes
|
|
|
2001 to 2011
|
|
|
US$
|
282.9
|
|
|
|
14.60
|
%
|
|
|
13.75
|
%
|
|
|
1.5822
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and
its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2004 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
190.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 2.80
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2004 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
125.0
|
|
|
|
7.45
|
%
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.1950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
200.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 2.73
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
135.0
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2005 to 2015
|
|
|
US$
|
175.0
|
|
|
|
5.98
|
%
|
|
|
6.375
|
%
|
|
|
1.1781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation
and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2008
|
|
|
US$
|
155.0
|
|
|
|
8.17
|
%
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2008 to 2013
|
|
|
US$
|
155.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 3.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2013
|
|
|
US$
|
50.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 3.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term-loan
B credit facility
|
|
|
2003 to 2009
|
|
|
US$
|
199.3
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
LIBOR
|
|
|
|
1.5175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptance
|
|
|
|
+ 2.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+ 2.48
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As per the agreement, the exchange rate includes an exchange fee.
|
Commodity Price risk
Through its Newspapers operations, the Company was party to a long-term supply contract with a
newsprint producer pursuant to which it benefited from a volume discount from prevailing market
prices. Management mitigates this commodity price risk through centralized purchases in order to
benefit from volume rebates based on total consumption requirements. This newsprint agreement
expired on December 31, 2005, although the supplier has continued to supply newsprint to the
Company as it negotiates an extension of the supply agreement.
145
The Company may also in the future enter into forward commodity price contracts or other
hedging arrangements that limit its exposure to fluctuations in the price of newsprint.
Credit risk
Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to Quebecor
Medias diverse operations and large customer base. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had no
significant concentration of credit risk. The Company believes that the diversity of its product
mix and customer base reduces its credit risk, as well as the impact of any change in its local
markets or product-line demand.
Quebecor Media is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties in
connection with its cross-currency swap agreements, interest rate swap agreements and its foreign
exchange forward contracts. The Company does not obtain collateral or other security to support
financial instruments subject to credit risk, but it mitigates this risk by dealing only with major
Canadian and U.S. financial institutions and, accordingly, do not anticipate loss for
non-performance.
Fair value of financial instruments
The table below provides information on the carrying value and fair value of derivative
financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest
rates and foreign currencies as of the year shown.
Carrying value and fair value
As at December 31, 2005
(in millions of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
(1,140.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,332.9
|
)
|
|
|
(988.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,078.8
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(241.9
|
)
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)
|
|
|
(261.3
|
)
|
Foreign forward exchange contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
(888.9
|
)
|
|
|
(901.1
|
)
|
|
|
(971.7
|
)
|
|
|
(967.4
|
)
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)
|
|
|
(72.3
|
)
|
|
|
(73.7
|
)
|
|
|
(135.0
|
)
|
Foreign exchange forward contract
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
(484.3
|
)
|
|
|
(507.7
|
)
|
|
|
(466.3
|
)
|
|
|
(476.1
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contract
|
|
|
(147.4
|
)
|
|
|
(169.8
|
)
|
|
|
(154.1
|
)
|
|
|
(186.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)
|
|
|
(107.1
|
)
|
|
|
(107.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Including current portion.
|
Material limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market
information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with
precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Principal repayments
146
As of December 31, 2005, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments required in each
of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve month period ending December 31,
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2009
|
|
|
223.0
|
|
2010
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
$
|
2,195.0
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Does not reflect the impact of the refinancing that the Company completed on
January 17, 2006.
|
ITEM 12 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
147
PART II
ITEM 13 DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
A. None.
B. Not applicable.
ITEM 14 MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders
These have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders.
Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
ITEM 15 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
As at the end of the period covered by this report, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief
Financial Officer, together with members of our senior management, have carried out an evaluation
of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. These
are defined (in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended)
as controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in
reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective.
There have occurred no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined
in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) during the period covered by this annual report
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
ITEM 16 [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an audit committee financial
expert (as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F) serving on our Audit Committee. Our Board of
Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an independent director, as defined under SEC
rules.
ITEM 16B CODE OF ETHICS
We have adopted a code of ethics (as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F) that applies to our
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller and
persons performing similar functions. We have filed a copy of this code of ethics as an exhibit to
this annual report on Form 20-F.
148
ITEM 16C PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
KPMG LLP has served as our independent public accountant for each of the fiscal
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005, for which audited financial statements
appear in this annual report on Form 20-F.
The Audit Committee establishes the independent auditors compensation. In 2003, the Audit
Committee pre-approved all audit services, determining which non-audit services the independent
auditors are prohibited from providing, and authorizing permitted non-audit services to be
performed by the independent auditors; however, only to the extent those services are permitted by
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Canadian law. For each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005,
none of the non-audit services described below were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of
Directors pursuant to the de minimis exception to the pre-approval requirement for non-audit
services. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP and
its affiliates are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Audit Fees
(1)
|
|
$
|
2,157,149
|
|
|
$
|
2,422,696
|
|
Audit-related Fees
(2)
|
|
|
435,497
|
|
|
|
462,030
|
|
Tax Fees
(3)
|
|
|
250,679
|
|
|
|
186,447
|
|
All Other Fees
(4)
|
|
|
214,993
|
|
|
|
349,125
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,058,318
|
|
|
$
|
3,420,298
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Audit Fees consist of fees approved for the annual audit of the Companys consolidated
financial statements and quarterly reviews of interim financial statements of the Company with
the SEC, including required assistance or services that only the external auditor reasonably
can provide and accounting consultations on specific issues.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Audit-related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are
traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning
financial accounting and reporting standards on proposed transactions, review of security
controls and operational effectiveness of systems, due diligence or accounting work related to
acquisitions; employee benefit plan audits, internal control reviews and audit or attestation
services not required by statute or regulation and audit and attestation services required by
statute or regulation, such as comfort letters and consents, SEC prospectus and registration
statements, other filings and other offerings, including annual reports and SEC forms,
statutory audits, and reports on internal controls required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
or other regulations.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including tax consultations, such
as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related
to mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, transfer pricing, and requests for advance tax
rulings or technical interpretations.
|
|
(4)
|
|
All Other Fees include fees billed for forensic accounting, assistance with respect to
internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures.
|
ITEM 16D
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 17 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated
statements of income, shareholders equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2005,
2004 and 2003, including the notes
149
thereto and together with the auditors report thereon, are included in this annual report
beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 18
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 19
EXHIBITS
EXHIBITS
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5,
2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed February 3, 2003 (translation)
(incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form
20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 which was filed on March 31, 2003).
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
By-laws of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration
Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed December 5, 2003 (translation)
(incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form
20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed January 16, 2004 (translation)
(incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form
20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed November 26, 2004 (translation)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.6 of Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form 20-F for
fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, which was filed on March 31, 2005).
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
By-law number 2004-1 of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1.7 of Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,
which was filed on March 31, 2005).
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
By-law number 2004-2 of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
1.8 of Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,
which was filed on March 31, 2005).
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media Inc., as of January 14,
2005 (translation).
|
|
1.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
By-law number 2005-1 of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation).
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of
11
1
/
8
% Senior Note due 2011 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.3 below) (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated
September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Note due 2011 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.4 below)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on
Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
1
/
8
% Senior Note Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media Inc. and
National City Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Quebecor Media
Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No.
333-13792).
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Note Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2001, by and between Quebecor Media
Inc. and National City Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Quebecor
Media Inc.s
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement
No. 333-13792).
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2005, to the Indenture, dated as of July
6, 2001, relating to Quebecor Media Inc.s 11
1
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2011, by and between Quebecor
Media Inc. and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services (as successor to National City Bank), as
trustee.
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2005, to the Indenture, dated as of July
6, 2001, relating to Quebecor Media Inc.s 13
3
/
4
% Senior Discount Notes due 2011,, by and
between Quebecor Media Inc. and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services (as successor to National
City Bank), as trustee.
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of 7
3
/
4
% Senior Note due 2016 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.8 below).
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media Inc.,
and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Sun Media Corporation 7
5
/
8
% Senior Note due 2013 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.10
below) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 to Sun Media Corporations
Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated April 10, 2003, Registration Statement No.
333-103998).
|
|
2.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indenture relating to Sun Media
Corporation 7
5
/
8
% Senior Notes due 2013, dated as of
February 7, 2003, among Sun Media Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and
National City Bank, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Sun Media
Corporations Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated April 10, 2003, Registration Statement
No. 333-103998).
|
|
2.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2004, by and among Sun
Media Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and U.S. Bank Corporate Trust
Services (formerly National City Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of
Sun Media Corporations annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed
on March 24, 2005).
|
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Vidéotron Ltée 6
7
/
8
% Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotrons Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8,
2004, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).
|
|
2.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Notation of Guarantee by
the subsidiary guarantors of the 6
7
/
8
% Vidéotron Ltée Senior
Notes due January 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 4.3 to
Videotrons Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement
No. 333-110697).
|
|
2.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indenture relating to
Vidéotron Ltée 6
7
/
8
% Notes due 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and
among Vidéotron Ltée, the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank
Minnesota, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Vidéotron Ltées
Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No.
333-110697).
|
|
2.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vidéotron Ltée First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2004, by and among Vidéotron
Ltée, SuperClub Videotron Canada inc., Les Propriétés SuperClub inc. and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Videotrons
Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No.
333-121032).
|
|
2.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Videotron Ltée 6
3
/
8
% Senior Note due 2015 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.18 below).
|
|
2.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Notation of Guarantee by
the subsidiary guarantors of Vidéotron Ltées 6
3
/
8
% Senior
Notes due 2015 (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.18 below).
|
|
2.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indenture relating to
Vidéotron Ltée 6
3
/
8
% Senior Notes, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and
between Videotron Ltée, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Vidéotron Ltées Registration Statement
on Form F-4 dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital
Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital dAmérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media,
together with a summary thereof in the English language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
9.1 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001,
Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letter Agreement dated December 11, 2000 between Quebecor Inc. and Capital Communications CDPQ
inc. (now known as Capital dAmérique CDPQ inc.) (translation) (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 9.2 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001
Registration Statement 333-13792).
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Written Resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media Inc. on May 5, 2003 relating
to the increase in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media Inc. (translation)
(incorporated by reference to the applicable exhibit to Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form
20-F for fiscal year ended
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease Agreement dated November 24, 1993 between Le Groupe Videotron Ltée and National Bank of
Canada for the property located at 300 Viger Avenue East, Montréal, Province of Québec, Canada,
together with a summary thereof in the English language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001,
Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among Quebecor Media Inc., as Borrower,
the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America,
N.A., as Administrative Agent.
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of February 7, 2003 among Sun Media Corporation, as borrower, Bank of
America, N.A., Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as
arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the financial institutions
signatory thereto, as lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Sun Media
Corporations Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated April 10, 2003, Registration Statement
No. 333-103998).
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Amending Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2003, amending the Credit Agreement dated as
of February 7, 2003 among Sun Media Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit
Suisse First Boston Canada and the lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to the applicable
exhibit to Sun Medias Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed
on March 30, 2004).
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Amending Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2004, amending the Credit Agreement dated as
of February 7, 2003 among Sun Media Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit
Suisse First Boston Canada and the lenders thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of
Sun Media Corporations Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed
on March 24, 2005, Commission file No. 333-6690).
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Amending Agreement, dated as
of January 17, 2006, amending the Credit Agreement dated as
of February 7, 2003, as amended, among Sun Media Corporation, Banc of America Securities LLC,
Credit Suisse First Boston Canada, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Sun Media Corporations
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 21, 2006,
Commission file no. 333-6690).
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000 among Vidéotron Ltée, RBC Dominion Securities
Inc., Royal Bank of Canada and the co-arrangers and lenders thereto, together with the First
Amending Agreement dated as of January 5, 2001 and the Second Amending Agreement dated as of
June 29, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Quebecor Media Inc.s Registration
Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sixth Amending Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2003, to the Credit Agreement dated as of
November 28, 2000, among Vidéotron Ltée, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the
financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée,
Groupe de Divertissement SuperClub inc., Videotron (1998) ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron
(Regional) Ltd, Télé-Câble Charlevoix (1997) inc., Videotron TVN inc. and Câblage QMI inc., as
guarantors and by Quebecor Media Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Vidéotron
Ltées Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated January 8, 2004, Registration Statement No.
333-110697).
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seventh Amending Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004 to the Credit Agreement dated as of
November 28, 2000, among Vidéotron Ltée, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the
financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée,
Groupe de Divertissement SuperClub inc., Videotron (1998) ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron
(Regional) Ltd., 9139-3256 Québec inc., Videotron TVN inc., Les Propriétés SuperClub inc. and
SuperClub Videotron Canada inc., as guarantors (the Guarantors), and by Quebecor Media Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Vidéotron Ltées Registration Statement on Form
F-4 dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).
|
|
4.10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement entered into as of November 28, 2000, as amended
by a First Amending Agreement dated as of January 5, 2001, as Second Amending Agreement dated
as of June 29, 2001, a Third Amending Agreement dated December 12, 2001 and accepted by the
Lenders as of December 21, 2001, a Fourth Amending Agreement dated as of December 23, 2002, a
Fifth Amending Agreement dated as of March 24, 2003, a Sixth Amending Agreement dated as of
October 8, 2003 and a
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seventh Amending Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004, among Vidéotron
Ltée, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory
thereto (incorporated by reference to Schedule 2 to Exhibit 10.2 to Videotrons Registration
Statement on Form F-4 dated January 18, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).
|
|
4.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Guarantee under the Vidéotron Ltée Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Schedule D of Exhibit 10.5 to Quebecor Medias Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated
September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
|
|
4.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of Share Pledge of the shares of Vidéotron Ltée and of the guarantors of the Vidéotron
Ltée Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule E of Exhibit 10.5 to Videotrons
Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No.
333-13792).
|
|
4.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement dated December 22, 2003 between Carlyle VTL Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle
Partners III (Videotron), L.P., and Quebecor Media Inc. and 9101-0827 Québec Inc. relating to
the purchase 9101-0827 Québec Inc. of 5,000 Class C Preferred Shares of 3662527 Canada Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of Quebecor Medias Annual Report on Form 20-F for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 31, 2004).
|
|
4.14
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Amendment to Share Purchase Agreement dated as of December 31, 2004 between Carlyle VTL
Holdings, L.P. and Carlyle Partners III (Videotron), L.P. and Quebecor Media Inc. and 9101-0827
Québec Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 of Quebecor Medias Annual Report on
Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005).
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement regarding calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 of Quebecor Medias Annual Report on
Form 20-F for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 which was filed on March 31, 2004).
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of Pierre Francoeur, President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Media
Inc., pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of Mark DSouza, Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer) of
Quebecor Media Inc., pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of Pierre Francoeur, President and Chief Operating Officer of Quebecor Media
Inc., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certification of Mark DSouza, Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer) of
Quebecor Media Inc., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
153
SIGNATURE
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F
and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its
behalf.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Mark DSouza
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Mark DSouza
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President, Finance
|
|
|
Dated:
March 29, 2006
154
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
|
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
to the Board of Directors and to the shareholders of Quebecor Media Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media Inc. and its
subsidiaries as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the consolidated statements of income,
shareholders equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 in accordance
with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles vary in certain significant respects from
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to
the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 25 to the consolidated financial
statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chartered Accountants
Montreal, Canada
February 10, 2006
F-2
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
2,298.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,462.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,702.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(1,686.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1,765.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1,969.3
|
)
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(226.6
|
)
|
|
|
(225.9
|
)
|
|
|
(231.9
|
)
|
Financial expenses (note 2)
|
|
|
(300.1
|
)
|
|
|
(314.6
|
)
|
|
|
(285.3
|
)
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets
and other special charges (note 3)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable
preferred shares of a subsidiary (note 4)
|
|
|
144.1
|
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(60.0
|
)
|
(Loss) gain on sale of businesses and other
assets
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Write-down of goodwill (note 12)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
225.8
|
|
|
|
158.4
|
|
|
|
156.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes (note 6)
|
|
|
(12.5
|
)
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
|
|
44.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
238.3
|
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
112.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(34.6
|
)
|
|
|
(31.7
|
)
|
|
|
(16.2
|
)
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
203.7
|
|
|
|
89.3
|
|
|
|
96.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (note 7)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
203.9
|
|
|
$
|
88.2
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of shareholders equity
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributed
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Total shareholders
|
|
|
|
Capital Stock
|
|
|
surplus
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
adjustment
|
|
|
equity
|
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2002
|
|
$
|
1,341.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,214.6
|
|
|
$
|
(2,801.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,751.9
|
|
Issuance of new shares (note 17)
|
|
|
431.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431.9
|
|
Purchase of
tax credits from a company under common control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203.9
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
3,220.6
|
|
|
|
(2,597.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
2,395.0
|
|
Purchase of
tax credits from a company under common control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88.2
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
3,216.8
|
|
|
|
(2,529.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
2,459.9
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105.0
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96.5
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
$
|
3,216.8
|
|
|
$
|
(2,538.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,450.1
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cash flows related to operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
203.7
|
|
|
$
|
89.3
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
215.1
|
|
|
|
218.1
|
|
|
|
225.3
|
|
Amortization of deferred charges and write-down of goodwill
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs and
of long-term debt discount
|
|
|
53.7
|
|
|
|
56.9
|
|
|
|
62.7
|
|
(Gain) loss on ineffective derivative instruments and on
foreign currency translation on unhedged long-term debt
|
|
|
(22.0
|
)
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Loss on revaluation of the additional amount payable (note 13)
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Loss (gain) on sale of businesses, other assets
and property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
(Gain) loss on debt refinancing and on repurchase
of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary (note 4)
|
|
|
(144.1
|
)
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
|
Future income taxes
|
|
|
(28.0
|
)
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
34.6
|
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
Interest on redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
|
|
|
24.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
382.3
|
|
|
|
461.3
|
|
|
|
503.6
|
|
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
|
|
|
(17.5
|
)
|
|
|
38.6
|
|
|
|
(32.2
|
)
|
|
Cash flows provided by continuing operations
|
|
|
364.8
|
|
|
|
499.9
|
|
|
|
471.4
|
|
Cash flows (used in) provided by discontinued operations
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by operations
|
|
|
363.6
|
|
|
|
500.5
|
|
|
|
471.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows related to financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in bank indebtedness
|
|
|
(8.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
Net borrowings under revolving bank facilities
|
|
|
70.1
|
|
|
|
(86.4
|
)
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees
|
|
|
1,553.2
|
|
|
|
389.5
|
|
|
|
200.9
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt and unwinding of hedging contracts
|
|
|
(2,053.3
|
)
|
|
|
(384.9
|
)
|
|
|
(318.9
|
)
|
Net increase in prepayments under cross-currency
swap agreements
|
|
|
(118.1
|
)
|
|
|
(184.4
|
)
|
|
|
(34.1
|
)
|
Repayments under an interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
Dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
(45.0
|
)
|
Dividends paid to non-controlling shareholders
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(5.0
|
)
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)
|
Issuance of capital stock by subsidiaries
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of
a subsidiary (note 4)
|
|
|
(55.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock
|
|
|
431.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
(184.3
|
)
|
|
|
(292.8
|
)
|
|
|
(121.4
|
)
|
|
|
Sub-total, balance carried forward
|
|
$
|
179.3
|
|
|
$
|
207.7
|
|
|
$
|
350.0
|
|
F-5
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (
continued
)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Sub-total, balance brought forward
|
|
$
|
179.3
|
|
|
$
|
207.7
|
|
|
$
|
350.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows related to investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents (note 5)
|
|
|
(76.2
|
)
|
|
|
(112.5
|
)
|
|
|
(110.5
|
)
|
Proceed from disposal of businesses, net of cash and cash
equivalents disposed (notes 5 and 7)
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(131.2
|
)
|
|
|
(181.1
|
)
|
|
|
(315.5
|
)
|
Net (increase) decrease in temporary investments
|
|
|
(106.8
|
)
|
|
|
94.5
|
|
|
|
59.1
|
|
Proceeds from disposal of assets
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Decrease (increase) in advances receivable from parent company
|
|
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15.9
|
)
|
Proceeds from disposal of tax deductions to the parent company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities
|
|
|
(262.4
|
)
|
|
|
(203.1
|
)
|
|
|
(360.7
|
)
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(83.1
|
)
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
(10.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
denominated in foreign currencies
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
188.3
|
|
|
|
103.6
|
|
|
|
108.8
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
103.6
|
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
97.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
43.0
|
|
|
$
|
8.0
|
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
Cash equivalents
|
|
|
60.6
|
|
|
|
100.8
|
|
|
|
82.5
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
103.6
|
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
97.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional information on the consolidated statements of cash flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in
non-cash balances related to operations (net of effect of business acquisitions and disposals):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
11.9
|
|
|
$
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(57.6
|
)
|
Inventories and investments in televisual products and movies
|
|
|
15.9
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
(20.3
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued charges
|
|
|
(85.2
|
)
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
43.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(17.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
38.6
|
|
|
$
|
(32.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash transaction related to financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of additional amount payable
|
|
$
|
70.0
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest payments
|
|
$
|
236.4
|
|
|
$
|
239.6
|
|
|
$
|
230.5
|
|
Cash payments (net of refunds) for income taxes
|
|
|
(20.9
|
)
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
97.4
|
|
Temporary investments (market value of $99.7 million in 2004
and $40.6 million in 2005)
|
|
|
99.7
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
|
Accounts receivable (note 8)
|
|
|
342.9
|
|
|
|
415.7
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
Advances receivable from parent company and companies under common control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
Inventories and investments in televisual products and movies (note 9)
|
|
|
134.7
|
|
|
|
155.5
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
|
Future income taxes (note 6)
|
|
|
70.6
|
|
|
|
98.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
802.3
|
|
|
|
855.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term investments (market value of $13.0 million in 2004 and $11.2 million in 2005)
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
Property, plant and equipment (note 10)
|
|
|
1,522.1
|
|
|
|
1,631.5
|
|
Future income taxes (note 6)
|
|
|
80.8
|
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
Other assets (note 11)
|
|
|
240.0
|
|
|
|
248.2
|
|
Goodwill (note 12)
|
|
|
3,851.0
|
|
|
|
3,871.9
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,509.2
|
|
|
$
|
6,675.5
|
|
|
F-7
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
consolidated balance sheets (
continued
)
December 31, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank indebtedness
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
12.7
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued charges
|
|
|
546.2
|
|
|
|
608.8
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
143.7
|
|
|
|
155.2
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
Dividends payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60.0
|
|
Advances payable to parent company and companies under common control
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional amount payable (note 13)
|
|
|
101.4
|
|
|
|
111.5
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt (note 14)
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
824.2
|
|
|
|
964.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (note 14)
|
|
|
2,546.0
|
|
|
|
2,530.5
|
|
Other liabilities (note 15)
|
|
|
297.0
|
|
|
|
359.3
|
|
Future income taxes (note 6)
|
|
|
189.4
|
|
|
|
227.0
|
|
Non-controlling interest (note 16)
|
|
|
192.7
|
|
|
|
144.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital stock (note 17)
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
1,773.7
|
|
Contributed surplus
|
|
|
3,216.8
|
|
|
|
3,216.8
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
(2,529.6
|
)
|
|
|
(2,538.1
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
2,459.9
|
|
|
|
2,450.1
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (note 19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees (note 20)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsequent events (note 24)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,509.2
|
|
|
$
|
6,675.5
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
On behalf of the Board of Directors,
|
|
|
/s/ Serge Gouin
|
|
/s/ Jean La Couture
|
|
|
|
Serge Gouin, Chairman of the Board
|
|
Jean La Couture, Director
|
F-8
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Segmented Information
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
Quebecor Media Inc. (the Company) operates in the following industry segments: Cable, Newspapers,
Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, Business Telecommunications, Interactive Technologies and
Communications and Internet/Portals. The Cable segment offers television distribution, Internet
and telephony services in Canada and operates in the rental of videocassettes, digital video discs
(DVD units) and games. The Newspapers segment includes the printing, publishing and distribution
of daily and weekly newspapers in Canada. The Broadcasting segment operates French- and
English-language general-interest television networks, specialized television networks, magazine
publishing and movie distribution in Canada. The Leisure and Entertainment segment, which has
operations solely in Canada, combines book publishing and distribution, and music production and
distribution. The Business Telecommunications segment operates in Canada and offers enterprises,
through its network, business-to-business connections, Internet connections, Website hosting and
telephone services. The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment offers e-commerce
solutions through a combination of strategies, technology integration, IP solutions and creativity
on the Internet and is active in Canada, the United States and Europe. The Internet/Portals
segment operates Internet sites in Canada, including French- and English-language portals and
specialized sites.
These segments are managed separately since they all require specific market strategies. The
Company assesses the performance of each segment based on income before amortization, financial
expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special charges,
gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary,
(loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets and write-down of goodwill.
The accounting policies of each segment are the same as the accounting policies used for the
consolidated financial statements.
Segment income includes income from sales to third parties and inter-segment sales. Transactions
between segments are negotiated and measured as if they were transactions between unrelated
parties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
805.0
|
|
|
$
|
871.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,002.0
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
845.9
|
|
|
|
888.1
|
|
|
|
915.6
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
340.9
|
|
|
|
358.0
|
|
|
|
401.4
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
205.0
|
|
|
|
241.7
|
|
|
|
255.4
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
|
|
102.1
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
|
51.9
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
|
34.5
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
|
Head Office and inter-segment
|
|
|
(49.4
|
)
|
|
|
(62.0
|
)
|
|
|
(88.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,298.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,462.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,702.9
|
|
|
F-9
QUEBECOR
MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Segmented
Information
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Income before amortization, financial
expenses, reserve for restructuring of
operations, impairment of assets and other
special charges, gain (loss) on debt
refinancing and on repurchase of redeemable
preferred shares of a subsidiary, (loss)
gain on sale of businesses and other assets
and write-down of goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
275.3
|
|
|
$
|
341.2
|
|
|
$
|
382.0
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
224.8
|
|
|
|
227.8
|
|
|
|
222.2
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
80.5
|
|
|
|
53.0
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
614.9
|
|
|
|
701.6
|
|
|
|
729.9
|
|
General corporate (expenses) revenues
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
611.8
|
|
|
$
|
697.2
|
|
|
$
|
733.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
141.8
|
|
|
$
|
143.5
|
|
|
$
|
145.2
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
35.9
|
|
|
|
33.6
|
|
|
|
34.5
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Head Office
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
226.6
|
|
|
$
|
225.9
|
|
|
$
|
231.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
90.3
|
|
|
$
|
123.1
|
|
|
$
|
191.8
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
|
|
|
74.0
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
23.8
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Head Office
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
131.2
|
|
|
$
|
181.1
|
|
|
$
|
315.5
|
|
|
F-10
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Segmented
Information
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in millions of Canadian dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
3,912.7
|
|
|
$
|
3,986.2
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
1,443.4
|
|
|
|
1,503.5
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
549.7
|
|
|
|
585.3
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
126.7
|
|
|
|
183.1
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
266.3
|
|
|
|
265.5
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
64.3
|
|
|
|
71.0
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
|
|
59.0
|
|
Head Office
|
|
|
88.6
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,509.2
|
|
|
$
|
6,675.5
|
|
|
F-11
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
The Company is incorporated under the laws of Quebec and is a subsidiary of Quebecor Inc.
1.
|
|
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
|
|
|
|
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with Canadian generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The significant differences between generally
accepted accounting principles in Canada and in the United States are described in note 25.
|
|
(a)
|
|
Basis of presentation:
|
|
|
|
|
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Quebecor Media Inc. (the
Company) and all its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated
on consolidation.
|
|
|
|
|
Certain comparative figures for the years 2003 and 2004 have been reclassified to conform
with the presentation adopted for the year ended December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Foreign currency translation:
|
|
|
|
|
Financial statements of self-sustaining foreign operations are translated using the rate in
effect at the balance sheet date for asset and liability items, and using the average
exchange rates during the year for revenues and expenses. Adjustments arising from this
translation are deferred and recorded in translation adjustment and are included in income
only when a reduction in the investment in these foreign operations is realized.
|
|
|
|
|
Other foreign currency transactions are translated using the temporal method. Translation
gains and losses are included in financial expenses.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Use of estimates:
|
|
|
|
|
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, related amounts of revenues and expenses, and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. Significant areas requiring the use of management
estimates relate to the determination of pension and other employee benefits, key economic
assumptions used in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts, the provision for
obsolescence, the allowance for sales returns, reserves for the restructuring of
operations, the useful life of assets for amortization and evaluation of expected future
cash flows to be generated by assets, the determination of the fair value of assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, implied fair value of goodwill,
provisions for income taxes and determination of future income tax assets and liabilities,
and the determination of fair value of financial instruments. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company reviews, when a triggering event occurs, the carrying values of its long-lived
assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets to the expected
future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset or group of assets. An
impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets held
for use exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected from its use and eventual
disposition. The impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the assets carrying
amount exceeds its fair value, based on quoted market prices, when available, or on the
estimated present value of future cash flows.
|
F-12
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1.
|
|
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED):
|
|
(e)
|
|
Revenue recognition:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recognizes its operating revenues when the following criteria are met:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the sellers price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the collection of the sale is reasonably assured.
|
|
|
|
|
The portion of unearned revenue is recorded under Deferred revenue when customers are
invoiced.
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition policies for each of the Companys main segments are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Cable segment
|
|
|
|
|
The Cable segment provides services under arrangement with multiple deliverables comprised
of a separate unit of accounting for subscriber services (connecting fees and operating
services) and a separate unit of accounting for sales of equipment to subscribers.
|
|
|
|
|
Connection fee revenues of the Cable segment are deferred and recognized as revenues over
the estimated average thirty-month period that subscribers are expected to remain connected
to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to connection fees, in an amount
not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the
same thirty-month period. Operating revenue from cable and other services, such as Internet
access and telephony, is recognized when services are provided. Revenue from sales of
equipment to subscribers and costs of equipment are recognized in income when the equipment
is delivered. Revenues from video rentals are recorded as revenue when services are
provided. Promotion offers are accounted for as a reduction in the related service revenue
when customers take advantage of the offer.
|
|
|
|
|
Newspapers segment
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues of the Newspapers segment, derived from circulation and advertising from
publishing activities, are recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition policy
used by the Newspaper segment for its publishing activities. Revenue from the distribution
of publications and products is recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated
returns. Revenue from commercial printing contracts is recognized once the product is
delivered.
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcasting segment
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues of the Broadcasting segment derived from the sale of advertising airtime are
recognized when the advertising has been broadcast. Revenues derived from circulation and
advertising from publishing activities are recognized when publication is delivered.
Revenues derived from specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at
the time the service is rendered.
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues derived from the sale and distribution of film and from television program rights
are recognized when the following conditions are met: (a) persuasive evidence of a sale or
a licensing agreement with a customer exists and is provided solely by a contract or other
legally enforceable documentation that sets forth, at a minimum (i) the licence period,
(ii) the film or group of films affected, (iii) the consideration to be received for the
rights transferred; (b) the film is complete and has been delivered or is available for
delivery; (c) the licence period of the arrangement has begun and the customer can begin
its exploitation, exhibition, or sale; (d) the arrangement fee is fixed or determinable;
(e) the collection of the arrangement fee is reasonably assured.
|
F-13
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(e)
|
|
Revenue recognition (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcasting segment (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Theatrical revenues are recognized over the period of presentation and when all of the
above conditions are met. Theatrical revenues are based on a percentage of revenues
generated by movie theatres. Revenues generated from video are recognized at the time of
delivery of the videocassettes and DVDs, less a provision for future returns, or are
accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales and when the aforementioned conditions
are met.
|
|
|
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment segment
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues derived from retail stores, book publishing and distribution activities are
recognized upon delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on
the segment historical rate of return.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Barter transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
In the normal course of operations, the Newspapers, the Broadcasting and the
Internet/Portals segments offer advertising in exchange for goods and services. Revenues
thus earned and expenses incurred are accounted for on the basis of the fair value of the
goods and services obtained.
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded $17.7 million of barter
advertising ($16.3 million in 2003 and $13.1 million in 2004).
|
|
(g)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased three months or less
from maturity and are stated at cost, which approximates market value. As at December 31,
2005, these highly liquid investments consist of commercial paper and bankers acceptance
bearing interest from 3.24% to 3.32% and maturing in January 2006.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Temporary investments:
|
|
|
|
|
Temporary investments are recorded at the lower of cost and market value. Temporary
investments consist of commercial paper bearing interest from 3.33% to 3.40% and maturing
between April and May 2006.
|
|
(i)
|
|
Trade receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit
risk of its customers and historical trends.
|
|
(j)
|
|
Tax credits and government assistance
|
|
|
|
|
The Broadcasting and Leisure and Entertainment segments have access to several government
programs designed to support production and distribution of televisual products and movies
and magazine and book publishing in Canada. The financial aid for production is accounted
for as reduction in expenses in compliance with the subsidiarys accounting policy for the
recognition of revenue from completed televisual products and movies. The financial aid
for broadcast rights is applied against investments in televisual products or used directly
to reduce operating expenses during the year. The financial aid for magazine and book
publishing is accounted for in revenues when the conditions for acquiring the government
assistance are met.
|
F-14
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(j)
|
|
Tax credits and government assistance (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
The Interactive Technologies and Communications and Leisure and Entertainment segments
receive tax credits mainly related to their research and development activities and
publishing activities. These tax credits are accounted for using the cost reduction
method. Under this method, tax credits related to eligible expenses are accounted for as a
reduction in related costs, whether they are capitalized or expensed, in the year the
expenses are incurred, as long as there is reasonable assurance of their realization.
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out method
or the weighted-average cost method, and net realizable value. Net realizable value
represents the market value for all inventories, except for raw materials and supplies, for
which it is replacement cost. Work in process is valued at the pro-rata billing value of
the work completed.
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
Investments in televisual products and movies:
|
|
(i)
|
|
Programs produced and productions in progress
|
|
|
|
|
Programs produced and productions in progress related to broadcast activities are
accounted for at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes direct
charges for goods and services and the share of labour and general expenses relating to
each production. The cost of each program is charged to cost of sales when the program
is broadcasted or when a loss can be estimated.
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Broadcast rights
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast rights are essentially contractual rights allowing limited or unlimited
broadcast of televisual products or movies. The Broadcasting segment records an asset
for the broadcast rights acquired and a liability for obligations incurred under a
licence agreement when the broadcast licence period begins and all of the following
conditions have been met: the cost of each program, movies or series is known or can be
reasonably determined; the programs, movies or series have been accepted in accordance
with the conditions of the broadcast licence agreement; the programs, movies or series
are available for the first showing or telecast.
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts paid for broadcast rights before all of the above conditions are met are
recorded as prepaid broadcast rights.
|
|
|
|
|
Broadcast rights are classified as short or long term, based on managements estimates
of the broadcast period. These rights are amortized upon the broadcast of televisual
products and movies over the contract period, based on the estimated number of showings,
using an amortization method based on future revenues. This amortization is presented in
cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses. Broadcast rights are valued at
the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Broadcast rights payable are
classified as current or long-term liabilities based on the payment terms included in
the licence.
|
F-15
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(l)
|
|
Investment in televisual products and movies (continued):
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Distribution rights:
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights relate to the distribution of televisual products and movies. The
costs include costs for movies acquisition rights and other operating costs incurred,
which provide future economic benefits. The net realizable value of distribution rights
represents the Broadcasting segments share of future estimated revenues to be derived,
net of future costs. The Broadcasting segment records an asset and a liability for the
distribution rights and obligations incurred under a licence agreement when the
televisual product and movie has been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the
licence agreement, the televisual product or movie is available for broadcast and the
cost of the licence is known or can be reasonably estimated.
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts paid for distribution rights prior to the conditions of recording the asset
being met are recorded as prepaid distribution rights. Distribution rights are amortized
using the individual film forecast computation method based on actual revenues realized
over total expected revenues.
|
|
|
|
|
Estimates of revenues related to television products and movies are examined
periodically by Broadcasting segment management and revised as necessary. The value of
unamortized costs is reduced to net realizable value, as necessary, based on this
assessment. The amortization of distribution rights is presented in cost of sales and
selling and administrative expenses.
|
|
(m)
|
|
Income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under
this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated
future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Future
income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on future income tax assets and
liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment or
substantive enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded if the realization of future
income tax assets is not considered more likely than not.
|
|
(n)
|
|
Long-term investments:
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the proportionate consolidation
method. Joint ventures represent a negligible portion of the Companys operations.
Investments in companies subject to significant influence are accounted for by the equity
method. Portfolio investments are accounted for by the cost method. Carrying values of
investments recorded for by the equity or cost method are reduced to estimated market
values if there is other than a temporary decline in the value of the investment.
|
|
(o)
|
|
Property, plant and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of government grants and investment
tax credits. Cost represents acquisition or construction costs, including preparation,
installation and testing charges and interest incurred with respect to the property, plant
and equipment until they are ready for commercial production. In the case of projects to
construct and connect receiving and distribution networks of cable, cost includes
equipment, direct labour and direct overhead costs. Projects under development may also be
comprised of advances for equipment under construction. Expenditures for additions,
improvements and replacements are capitalized, whereas maintenance and repair expenditures
are charged to cost of sales.
|
F-16
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(o)
|
|
Property, plant and equipment (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization is principally calculated on the straight-line basis over the following
estimated useful lives:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
|
|
Estimated useful life
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
25 to 40 years
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3 to 20 years
|
|
Receiving, distribution and telecommunications networks
|
|
|
3 to 20 years
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease.
The Company does not record an asset retirement obligation in connection with its cable
distribution networks. The Company expects to renew all of its agreements with utility
companies to access their support structures in the future, making the retirement date of
these assets undeterminable.
|
(p)
|
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, are not amortized.
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test is carried
out in two steps. In the first step, the carrying amount of the reporting unit is compared
to its fair value. When the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount,
then the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired and the second
step is not required. The second step of the impairment test is carried out when the
carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, in which case the implied fair
value of the reporting units goodwill is compared to its carrying amount to measure the
amount of the impairment loss, if any. When the carrying amount of the reporting units
goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized
in an amount equal to the excess and is presented as a separate item in the income
statement before discontinued operations.
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets acquired, such as broadcasting licences, that have an indefinite useful
life, are also tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test compares the
carrying amount of the intangible asset to its fair value, and an impairment loss is
recognized in the statement of income for the excess, if any.
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets with definite useful lives, such as customer relationships and
non-competition agreements, are amortized over their useful life using the straight-line
method over a period of three to ten years.
|
|
|
(q)
|
|
Deferred start-up costs and financing fees:
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred start-up costs are recorded at cost and include development costs related to new
specialty services and pre-operating expenditures and are amortized when commercial
operations begin using the straight-line method over periods of three to five years.
Financing fees related to long-term financing are amortized using the interest rate method
and the straight-line method over the term of the related long-term debt.
|
F-17
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(r)
|
|
Stock-based compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
The compensation cost attributable to stock-based awards to employees that call for
settlement in cash or other assets, at the option of the employee, is recognized in
operating expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the intrinsic value of the stock
options awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the
measurement of the liability and compensation cost. Other stock options awards to employees
are measured based on the fair value of the options at the grant date and a compensation
expense is recognized over the vesting period of the options, with a corresponding increase
to additional paid-in capital. When the stock options are exercised, capital stock is
credited by the sum of the consideration paid, together with the related portion previously
recorded to paid-in capital.
|
|
|
|
|
In the case of the employee share purchase plans of Companys subsidiaries, the
contribution paid by the subsidiaries on behalf of their employees is considered a
compensation expense. The contribution paid by employees for the purchase of shares is
credited to the subsidiarys capital stock.
|
|
|
(s)
|
|
Derivative financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company does not
hold or use any derivative instruments for trading purposes. The Company documents all
relationships between derivatives and hedged items, its strategy for using hedges and its
risk-management objective. The Company assesses the effectiveness of derivatives when the
hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge anticipated
foreign-denominated equipment purchases. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange
translation gains and losses are recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant
and equipment, when the transaction is recorded. The portion of the forward premium or
discount on the contract relating to the period prior to consummation of the transaction is
also recognized as an adjustment to the cost of property, plant and equipment, when the
transaction is recorded.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and cross-currency swaps to
hedge some of its long-term debt. Under hedge accounting, foreign exchange translation
gains and losses are recorded under other assets or other liabilities. The fees on forward
foreign exchange contracts and on cross-currency swaps are recognized as an adjustment to
interest expenses over the term of the agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company also enters into interest rate swaps in order to manage the impact of
fluctuations in interest rates on its long-term debt. These swap agreements require the
periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on
which the payments are based. The Company designates its interest rate hedge agreements as
hedges of the interest cost on the underlying debt. Interest expense on the debt is
adjusted to include the payments made or received under the interest rate swaps on an
accrual basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Some of the Companys cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a floor limit on
negative fair market value, below which the Company can be required to make prepayments to
reduce the lenders exposure. Such prepayments are reimbursed by reductions in the
Companys future payments under the agreements. The portion of these reimbursements
related to interest is accounted for as a reduction in financial expenses. The prepayments
are presented on the balance sheet as a reduction in the liability of the derivative
instrument.
|
|
|
|
|
Realized and unrealized gains or losses associated with derivative instruments, that have
been terminated or cease to be effective prior to maturity, are deferred under other
current or non-current assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and recognized in income
in the period in which the underlying hedged transaction is recognized. In the event a
designated hedged item is sold, extinguished or matures prior to the termination of the
related derivative instrument, any realized or unrealized gain or loss on such derivative
instrument is recognized in income.
|
F-18
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):
|
(s)
|
|
Derivative financial instruments (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments that are ineffective or that are not designated as an hedge are
reported on a market-to-market basis in the consolidated financial statements. Any change
in the fair value of these derivative instruments is recorded in income.
|
|
|
(t)
|
|
Pension plans and postretirement benefits:
|
|
(i)
|
|
Pension plans:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company offers defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution pension plans
to some of its employees. Defined benefit pension plan costs are determined using
actuarial methods and are funded through contributions determined in accordance with the
projected benefit method pro-rated on service, which incorporates managements best
estimate of future salary levels, other cost escalations, retirement ages of employees
and other actuarial factors. Pension plan expense is charged to operations and
includes:
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of pension plan benefits provided in exchange for employee services
rendered during the year;
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of the initial net transition asset, prior service costs and
amendments on a straight-line basis over the expected average remaining service
period of the active employee group covered by the plans; and
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost of pension plan obligations, expected return on pension fund
assets, and amortization of cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses
in excess of 10% of the greater of the accrued benefit obligation or the fair value
of plan assets over the expected average remaining service period of the active
employee group covered by the plans.
|
|
|
|
|
When an event gives rise to both a curtailment and a settlement, the curtailment is
accounted for prior to the settlement.
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual long-term rate
of return on plan assets for a period and the expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets for that period or from changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the
accrued benefit obligation.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company uses the fair value at year-end to evaluate plan assets for the purpose of
calculating the expected return on plan assets.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Postretirement benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company offers health, life and dental insurance plans to some of its retired
employees. The Company accrues the cost of postretirement benefits, other than
pensions. These benefits are funded by the Company as they become due. The Company
amortizes the cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of
the accrued benefit obligation over the expected average remaining service life of the
active employee group covered by the plans.
|
F-19
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
2. FINANCIAL EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Interest on long-term debt
|
|
$
|
242.0
|
|
|
$
|
224.1
|
|
|
$
|
212.7
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs and long-term debt discount
|
|
|
53.7
|
|
|
|
56.9
|
|
|
|
62.7
|
|
(Gain) loss on ineffective derivative instruments and on foreign
currency translation on unhedged long-term debt
|
|
|
(22.0
|
)
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Loss on revaluation of the additional amount payable
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Interest on redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Investment income
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
300.1
|
|
|
$
|
314.6
|
|
|
$
|
286.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest capitalized to the cost of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
300.1
|
|
|
$
|
314.6
|
|
|
$
|
285.3
|
|
|
3. RESERVE FOR RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS AND OTHER SPECIAL CHARGES:
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company and its subsidiaries recorded asset
write-downs totalling $1.3 million and severance costs and other restructuring charges of $0.5
million.
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2004, a write-down of deferred costs of $0.8 million in the
Broadcasting segment, and an additional charge of $2.0 million in the Business
Telecommunications segment for the settlement of a litigation related to the 2001 operations
restructuring program were recorded.
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Broadcasting segment recorded a net reversal of
$0.2 million related to restructuring initiatives of prior years.
|
F-20
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
4.
|
|
GAIN (LOSS) ON DEBT REFINANCING AND ON REPURCHASE OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES OF A
SUBSIDIARY:
|
|
(a)
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of the repurchase of a portion of its Notes on July 19, 2005, the Company
recorded a loss of $60.8 million, comprised of the excess of the consideration paid over
the carrying value of the Notes and of the hedging contracts, and the write-off of related
deferred financing costs. The Company repurchased US$128.2 and US$12.1 million in aggregate
principal amounts of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes (note 14(ii) and (iii)),
bearing interest at 11.125% and 13.750% respectively, pursuant to the tender offers
announced on June 20, 2005. Under these offers, the total consideration was a fixed price
of US$1,112.50 per US$1,000 principal amount for each Senior Note and a fixed price of
US$1,007.50 per US$1,000 principal amount at maturity for each Discount Note, which
includes an early tender premium in the amount of US$30.00 per US$1,000 of principal (or
principal amount at maturity, in the case of the Discount Notes). The Company paid cash
considerations totalling $215.3 million for the repurchase of the Notes, including the
premiums and disbursements for unwinding hedging contracts
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Videotron Ltd.:
|
|
|
|
|
On October 8, 2003, net proceeds from the issuance of a first series of the 6.875% Senior
Notes (note 14(vi)) were used to repay Videotron Ltd.s term-loan credit facilities A and
B, in place as at December 31, 2002, as well as amounts outstanding on its revolving
credit facilities. As a result of the debt refinancing, Videotron Ltd. recorded a loss of
$17.1 million, comprised of a loss on the unwinding of hedging contracts and the write-off
of deferred financing costs.
|
|
|
|
|
On November 19, 2004, the net proceeds from the issuance of a second series of the 6.875%
Senior Notes (note 14(vi)) were used to repay in full Videotron Ltd.s term loan credit
facility C in place as at December 31, 2003. As a result of the refinancing of the term
loan, Videotron Ltd. recorded a loss of $4.8 million, comprised of a loss of $4.6 million
on the marked-to-market of a derivative instrument and the write-off of $0.2 million in
deferred financing costs.
|
|
|
|
|
On July 15, 2005, Videotron Ltd., Cable segment, repurchased the entire aggregate principal
amount of its subsidiary, CF Cable TV Inc., Senior Secured First Priority Notes, which bore
interest at 9.125% and were due in 2007, for a total cash consideration of $99.3 million.
The repurchase resulted in a gain of $0.8 million including the cost of unwinding a hedging
contract.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Sun Media Corporation:
|
|
|
|
|
On February 7, 2003, net proceeds from the issuance of the 7.625% Senior Notes (note 14(x))
and from the new credit facilities were used to reimburse, in their entirety, the Senior
Bank Credit facility of Sun Media Corporation and the two series of Senior Subordinated
Notes at December 31, 2002. As a result of the debt refinancing, Sun Media Corporation
recorded a net gain of $7.5 million in 2003, comprised of a cash gain of $10.3 million from
unwinding hedging contracts, offset by the write-off of related deferred financing costs.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Videotron Telecom Ltd.:
|
|
|
|
|
On December 22, 2003, the Company repurchased the redeemable preferred shares issued by
Videotron Telecom Ltd., Business Telecommunications segment, for a cash consideration of
$55.0 million and an additional amount payable of $70.0 million (see note 13). As the
carrying value of these preferred shares, classified as a liability instrument, was $278.7
million at the date of the transaction, a gain of $153.7 million was recorded in the
consolidated statement of income.
|
F-21
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
5.
|
|
BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS:
|
|
|
|
Business acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the Company acquired or increased its
interest in several businesses and has accounted for these by the purchase method. Certain
purchase price allocations are preliminary and should be finalized as soon as Companys
management has gathered all the significant information believed to be available and considered
necessary. The results of operations of these businesses have been included in the Companys
consolidated financial statements from their date of acquisition.
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
A total of 1,452,200 Class B Non-Voting Common Shares of TVA Group Inc. were
repurchased for a cash consideration of $25.8 million, resulting in additional goodwill of
$5.9 million.
|
|
|
|
|
On October 15, 2003, Quebecor Media Inc. increased its interest in CEC Publishing Inc.,
Leisure and Entertainment segment, from 50% to 100%, for a cash consideration of $15.0
million, resulting in a preliminary additional goodwill of $9.4 million, which was reduced
by $5.5 million in 2004 when the purchase price allocation was finalized.
|
|
|
|
|
On November 3, 2003, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment, completed the
acquisition of the newspaper operations of Annex Publishing & Printing Inc. for a cash
consideration of $34.2 million, subject to certain purchase equation adjustments,
resulting in additional goodwill of $20.8 million. The newspaper operations are located in
Southern Ontario and include two daily newspapers, one semi-weekly and six weekly
publications, two shopping guides, as well as a commercial printing operation.
|
|
|
|
|
Other businesses were acquired for cash considerations totalling $3.6 million,
resulting in additional goodwill of $0.1 million.
|
2004
|
|
|
A total of 1,892,500 Class B non-voting Common Shares of TVA Group Inc. were
repurchased for a cash consideration of $41.0 million, resulting in additional goodwill of
$10.2 million.
|
|
|
|
|
All minority interests in Canoe Inc., Internet/Portals segment, directly owned by
minority shareholders, were acquired for a cash consideration of $25.2 million, resulting
in additional goodwill of $4.8 million.
|
|
|
|
|
On December 2, 2004, TVA Group Inc. and Sun Media Corporation, two subsidiaries of the
Company, completed the acquisition of Sun TV (formerly Toronto 1). The purchase price paid
at the closing was $43.2 million, $32.4 million of which was paid in cash by TVA Group
Inc. for its 75% interest in Sun TV. Sun Media Corporation paid $2.8 million in cash and
transferred to CHUM Limited its 29.9% interest in CablePulse24 (CP24), a 24-hour news
station in Toronto, for its 25% interest in Sun TV. In December 2005, TVA Group Inc. and
Sun Media Corporation recorded a balance payable of $3.6 million in respect with the final
purchase price adjustment. The acquisition resulted in a preliminary goodwill of $11.2
million, which was reduced by $0.5 million in 2005 when the purchase price allocation was
finalized. Also, the transfer of Sun Media Corporations interest in CP24 to CHUM Limited
resulted in a gain on disposal of $8.0 million.
|
|
|
|
|
Other businesses were acquired for cash considerations totalling $13.3 million,
resulting in additional goodwill of $8.8 million.
|
F-22
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
5.
|
|
BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS (continued):
|
|
|
|
Business acquisitions (continued):
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
A total of 3,739,599 Class B non-voting Common Shares of TVA Group Inc., Broadcasting
segment, were repurchased for a cash consideration of $81.9 million, resulting in an
additional goodwill of $22.3 million on a preliminary basis.
|
|
|
|
|
On December 12, 2005, the Company acquired Sogides Ltée, a major book publishing and
distribution group in Quebec, for a cash consideration of $24.0 million and an additional
contingent payment of $5.0 million based on the achievement of specific conditions in
2008. This acquisition resulted in an additional goodwill of $7.8 million on a
preliminary basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Other businesses were acquired for cash considerations totalling $4.6 million and the
operating assets of the community newspaper Beauport Express, resulting in additional
goodwill of $3.5 million.
|
Business acquisitions are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets acquired:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Non-cash current operating assets
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
32.8
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
Future income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
|
|
33.1
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
23.3
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
|
|
|
60.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
91.8
|
|
|
|
149.0
|
|
|
|
124.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank indebtness
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Non-cash current operating liabilities
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
|
(15.2
|
)
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future income taxes
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)
|
|
|
(11.1
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(13.2
|
)
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)
|
|
|
(9.6
|
)
|
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
|
$
|
78.6
|
|
|
$
|
122.7
|
|
|
$
|
115.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consideration:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
78.6
|
|
|
$
|
114.7
|
|
|
$
|
110.5
|
|
Balance payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Community newspaper (Beauport Express)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Investment in CP24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
78.6
|
|
|
$
|
122.7
|
|
|
$
|
115.2
|
|
|
Business disposals
|
|
|
In 2003 and 2005, the Company sold businesses for cash considerations of $2.0 million
and $0.5 million, resulting in a loss on disposal of $1.1 million and a gain on disposal
of $0.1 million, respectively.
|
F-23
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
6.
|
|
INCOME TAXES:
|
|
|
|
Income taxes on continuing operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
15.5
|
|
|
$
|
20.9
|
|
|
$
|
19.0
|
|
Future
|
|
|
(28.0
|
)
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(12.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
37.4
|
|
|
$
|
44.0
|
|
|
The following table reconciles the difference between the domestic statutory tax rate and the
effective tax rate of the Company and its subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Statutory tax rate
|
|
|
33.1
|
%
|
|
|
31.0
|
%
|
|
|
31.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of provincial and foreign tax rates differences
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Effect of non-deductible charges and/or tax rate deductions
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
Change in future income tax balances due to a tax rate increase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
Tax consolidation transaction with the parent company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10.1
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
Effective tax rate before the following items
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of the non-taxable net gain on debt refinancing
and on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
(21.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)%
|
|
|
23.6
|
%
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
|
F-24
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
6.
|
|
INCOME TAXES (continued):
|
|
|
|
The tax effects of significant items comprising the Companys net future income tax liabilities
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
257.1
|
|
|
$
|
296.0
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued charges
|
|
|
32.3
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(235.8
|
)
|
|
|
(226.0
|
)
|
Goodwill and other assets
|
|
|
(21.3
|
)
|
|
|
(33.2
|
)
|
Deferred charges
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)
|
|
|
(13.3
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
19.2
|
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
44.4
|
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(82.4
|
)
|
|
|
(152.3
|
)
|
|
Net future income tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(38.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70.8
|
)
|
|
The current and long-term future income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Future income tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
70.6
|
|
|
$
|
98.7
|
|
Long-term
|
|
|
80.8
|
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151.4
|
|
|
|
156.2
|
|
Future income tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
|
|
|
(189.4
|
)
|
|
|
(227.0
|
)
|
|
Net future income tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(38.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70.8
|
)
|
|
The net change in the total valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2005, is due
mainly to the realization of a capital loss of approximately $400.0 million resulting from a
subsidiary being wound-up in 2005 and for which, the Company has recorded a full valuation
allowance of $76.0 million.
Subsequent recognition of tax benefits relating to the valuation allowance as at December 31,
2005 will be entirely reported in the consolidated statement of income.
As at December 31, 2005, the Company had loss carryforwards for income tax purposes including
$482.0 million available to reduce future taxable income, of which $462.0 million will expired
from 2006 to 2025 and $20.0 million that can be carried forward indefinitely, and $679.0
million available to reduce future capital gains that can be carried forward indefinitely.
F-25
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
6.
|
|
INCOME TAXES (continued):
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, some of the Companys subsidiaries acquired
tax benefits amounting to $13.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively, from Quebecor World
Inc., a company under common control. Of this amount, $13.4 million and $12.9 million were
recorded as income taxes receivable in 2003 and 2004, respectively, while $0.3 million was
recorded as long-term future income tax assets in 2003. These transactions allowed the Company
to realize gains of $2.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively (net of non-controlling
interest) which are recorded as contributed surplus. Additional tax benefits of $8.0 million
will be recognized into the statement of income as a reduction of income taxes expenses when
the new deduction multiple applied on the tax benefits bought in 2003 and 2004 will be
officially enacted. However, if the new deduction multiple does not become enacted, $6.0
million will be recorded as contributed surplus since the amount paid to Quebecor World Inc.
will be recovered by an equal amount.
|
|
|
|
On December 14, 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which the
Company has transferred to its parent company $192.0 million of capital losses for a cash
consideration of $15.9 million. In addition, in 2006, the parent company will transfer to the
Company $75.0 million of non-capital losses in exchange of a cash consideration of $16.3
million. Cash considerations have been negotiated on an arms-length basis between the parties
and represent the fair value of tax deductions being transferred. As a result of these
transactions, the Company has recorded a reduction of $15.9 million of its income tax expense
in 2005 and expects to reduce its income tax expense by $8.5 million in the future.
|
|
|
|
The Company has not recognized a future income tax liability for the undistributed earnings of
its subsidiaries in the current or prior years since the Company does not expect to sell or
repatriate funds from those investments. Any such liability cannot reasonably be determined at
the present time.
|
|
7.
|
|
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
|
|
|
|
On March 14, 2003, Nurun Inc. closed the sale of its interest in Nurun Technologies S.A. for a
cash consideration of $0.3 million, resulting in a loss on disposal of $0.1 million (net of
income taxes and non-controlling interest).
|
|
|
|
On May 5 and 8, 2003, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment, concluded the sale of its
operating businesses in Florida and British Columbia for a total cash consideration of $22.4
million, resulting in a gain on disposal of $0.3 million (net of income taxes and
non-controlling interest). These operations included 13 weekly publications as well as
commercial printing operations.
|
|
|
|
On May 25, 2004, in response to a partial takeover bid for Mindready Solutions Inc., 6.75
million Common Shares of Mindready Solutions Inc. held by Nurun Inc., Interactive Technologies
and Communications segment, were sold for a cash consideration of $7.8 million, of which $4.4
million was received on the closing date of the bid and the balance of $3.4 million in February
2005. In March 2005, Nurun Inc. sold its 9.6% remaining interest in Mindready Solutions Inc.
for cash proceeds of $0.4 million. The sale resulted in a loss on disposal of $0.3 million (net
of income taxes and non-controlling interest).
|
|
|
|
The results of the disposed businesses were reclassified and disclosed in the consolidated
statements of income as Income (loss) from discontinued operations, while the cash flows
related to the operations of the disposed businesses were reclassified and disclosed in the
consolidated statements of cash flows as Cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued
operations.
|
F-26
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
7.
|
|
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (continued) :
|
|
|
|
The following tables provide additional financial information related to the operations from
the above discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
Combined and consolidated statements of income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
29.5
|
|
|
$
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(29.0
|
)
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Financial income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Gain (loss) on disposal of businesses (net of income taxes
and of non-controlling interest)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
$
|
310.0
|
|
|
$
|
360.5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
32.9
|
|
|
|
55.2
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
342.9
|
|
|
$
|
415.7
|
|
|
9.
|
|
INVENTORIES AND INVESTMENTS IN TELEVISUAL PRODUCTS AND MOVIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Raw materials and supplies
|
|
$
|
35.2
|
|
|
$
|
32.0
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
56.2
|
|
|
|
68.7
|
|
Investments in televisual products and movies
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
|
|
45.1
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
134.7
|
|
|
$
|
155.5
|
|
|
F-27
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
10.
|
|
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
amortization
|
|
|
Net amount
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
33.0
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
33.0
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
169.9
|
|
|
|
33.5
|
|
|
|
136.4
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
710.1
|
|
|
|
397.7
|
|
|
|
312.4
|
|
Receiving, distribution and telecommunication networks
|
|
|
1,384.2
|
|
|
|
359.2
|
|
|
|
1,025.0
|
|
Projects under development
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,312.5
|
|
|
$
|
790.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,522.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
amortization
|
|
|
Net amount
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
32.7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
32.7
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
179.6
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
|
|
134.7
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
818.3
|
|
|
|
476.2
|
|
|
|
342.1
|
|
Receiving, distribution and telecommunication networks
|
|
|
1,521.8
|
|
|
|
478.1
|
|
|
|
1,043.7
|
|
Projects under development
|
|
|
78.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78.3
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,630.7
|
|
|
$
|
999.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,631.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Broadcasting licenses
|
|
$
|
109.7
|
|
|
$
|
109.3
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization
|
|
|
49.2
|
|
|
|
42.6
|
|
Investments in televisual products and movies
|
|
|
22.3
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
Customer relationships and non-competition agreements, net of accumulated amortization
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
Deferred connection costs
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
Deferred asset related to the discontinuation of hedge accounting
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
Deferred pension charge (note 23)
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
240.0
|
|
|
$
|
248.2
|
|
|
F-28
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
12.
|
|
GOODWILL:
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the changes in the carrying amounts of
goodwill were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
purchase price
|
|
|
Balance as at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
acquisitions
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
allocation and
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
(disposals)
|
|
|
operations
|
|
|
Write-down
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
2,662.7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,661.1
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
1,000.1
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
(10.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,010.8
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
158.6
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
165.0
|
|
Leisure and
Entertainment
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43.6
|
|
Business
Telecommunications
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,883.4
|
|
|
$
|
35.3
|
|
|
$
|
(10.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,906.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
purchase price
|
|
|
Balance as at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
acquisitions
|
|
|
allocation and
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
(disposals)
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
2,661.1
|
|
|
$
|
5.2
|
|
|
$
|
(84.5
|
)
1
|
|
$
|
2,581.8
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
1,010.8
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,011.2
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
165.0
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185.3
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
43.6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
Interactive Technologies
and Communications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,906.2
|
|
|
$
|
34.5
|
|
|
$
|
(89.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,851.0
|
|
|
F-29
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
12.
|
|
GOODWILL (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as at
|
|
|
Business
|
|
|
purchase price
|
|
|
Balance as at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
acquisitions
|
|
|
allocation and
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
(disposals)
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
2,581.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,581.8
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
1,011.2
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(10.2
|
)
1
|
|
|
1,002.0
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
185.3
|
|
|
|
22.3
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
207.1
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46.9
|
|
Interactive Technologies
and Communications
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30.5
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,851.0
|
|
|
$
|
32.4
|
|
|
$
|
(11.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,871.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Recognition of tax benefits not recognized as at the business acquisition date.
|
13.
|
|
ADDITIONAL AMOUNT PAYABLE:
|
|
|
|
The value of the additional amount payable resulting from the repurchase of the redeemable
preferred shares (note 4 (d)) fluctuates based on the market value of the Companys Common
Shares. Until the Company is listed on a stock exchange, the value of the additional amount
payable is based on a formula established in the agreement. At the date of the transaction,
both parties had agreed to an initial value of $70.0 million. As at December 31, 2005, the
additional amount payable is valued at $111.5 million ($101.4 million as at December 31, 2004).
Change in the amount payable is recorded as a financial expense in the statement of income. The
additional amount payable matures on December 15, 2008. The holder has the right to require
payment at any time since December 15, 2004. If the Company files a prospectus for an initial
public offering, the holder has the right to require the Company to pay the additional amount
payable by delivering 3,740,682 Common Shares of the Company, adjusted to take into account
certain shareholders equity transactions. The Company holds an option to pay this additional
amount in cash, for a period of 30 days following each of June 15, 2007 and June 15, 2008. The
Company may, under certain conditions and if its shares are publicly traded at that time, pay
the additional amount by delivering 3,740,682 Common Shares to the holder.
|
F-30
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest rate as at
|
|
|
Year of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
maturity
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit facility (i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Senior Notes (ii)
|
|
|
11.50
|
%
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
844.7
|
|
|
|
672.0
|
|
Senior Discount Notes (iii)
|
|
|
13.75
|
%
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
296.0
|
|
|
|
316.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,140.7
|
|
|
|
988.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries (iv):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit facility (v)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes (vi)
|
|
|
6.59
|
%
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
|
796.6
|
|
|
|
769.2
|
|
Senior Notes (vii)
|
|
|
6.44
|
%
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202.5
|
|
Senior Secured First Priority Notes (viii)
|
|
|
7.59
|
%
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
92.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
888.9
|
|
|
|
971.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries (iv):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit facilities (ix)
|
|
|
6.24
|
%
|
|
|
2008-2009
|
|
|
|
241.6
|
|
|
|
231.1
|
|
Senior Notes (x)
|
|
|
7.88
|
%
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
242.7
|
|
|
|
235.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
484.3
|
|
|
|
466.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (iv):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving bank loan (xi)
|
|
|
4.02
|
%
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,548.8
|
|
|
|
2,533.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less current portion:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,546.0
|
|
|
$
|
2,530.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
The credit facility of $75.0 million ($135.0 million in 2004), available for general
liquidity purposes, is a one-year revolving credit facility that can be extended on a
yearly basis, which was refinanced in January 2006 (see note 24). The credit facility is
secured by a first ranking moveable hypothec on all tangible and intangible assets,
current and future, of the Company. As at December 31, 2005, the carrying value of assets
guaranteeing the credit facility is $6,675.5 million. The credit facility in aggregate is
secured by the Companys shareholders. The borrowed amounts bear interest at floating
rates based on bankers acceptance rate or bank prime rate. As at December 31, 2005, no
amount was drawn on the credit facility.
|
|
(ii)
|
|
The Senior Notes, for a principal amount of US$586.8 million, net of the partial
repurchase in July 2005 (see note 4 (a)) were issued at discount for net proceeds of
US$573.8 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 11.125%, payable semi-annually,
since January 15, 2002. Notes contain certain restrictions for the Company, including
limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness. The notes are unsecured and
are redeemable at the option of the Company at a decreasing premium, commencing on July
15, 2006. The Company has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the
Senior Notes by using a cross-currency interest rate swap, under which all payments were
set in Canadian dollars. On January 17, 2006, the Company repurchased US$561.6 million in
aggregate principal amounts of the notes (note 24).
|
F-31
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
14.
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT (continued):
|
|
(iii)
|
|
The Senior Discount Notes, for a principal amount of US$282.9 million, net of the
partial repurchase in July 2005 (see note 4(a)), were issued at discount for net proceeds
of US$145.0 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 13.75%, payable semi-annually,
commencing January 15, 2007. Notes contain certain restrictions for the Company, including
limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness. The notes are unsecured and
are redeemable at the option of the Company at a decreasing premium, commencing on July
15, 2006. The Company has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the
Senior Discount Notes by using a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement, under which
all payments were set in Canadian dollars. On January 17, 2006, the Company repurchased
US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amounts at maturity of the notes (note 24).
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
The debt of these subsidiaries is non-recourse to the parent company, Quebecor Media
Inc.
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
The credit facility of $450.0 million is a revolving credit facility maturing in
November 2009 and bears interest at bankers acceptance or LIBOR rates, plus a margin,
depending on Videotron Ltd.s leverage ratio. The credit facility is secured by a first
ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and
future, of Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2005, the carrying
value of assets guaranteeing the credit facility of Videotron Ltd. was $3,986.2 million.
The credit facility contains covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios and
some restrictions on the payment of dividends and asset acquisitions and dispositions. As
at December 31, 2005, no amount was drawn on the credit facility.
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
In October 2003, a first series of Senior Notes was issued at discount for net
proceeds of US$331.9 million, before issuance fees of US$5.7 million. In November 2004, a
second series of Senior Notes was sold at premium on their face amount of US$315.0 million
resulting in gross proceeds of US$331.0 million before accrued interest and issuance fees
of US$6.2 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 6.875%, payable every six months
on January 15 and July 15, and mature in January 2014. The notes contain certain
restrictions for Videotron Ltd., including limitations on its ability to incur additional
indebtedness, and are unsecured. Videotron Ltd. has fully hedged the foreign currency risk
associated with the Senior Notes by using cross-currency interest rate swaps, under which
all payments were set in Canadian dollars. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part,
at any time on or after January 15, 2009, with a premium.
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
On September 16, 2005, Senior Notes were issued at discount for net proceeds of
US$174.1 million, before issuance fees of $3.8 million. These Notes bear interest at a
rate of 6.375% payable every six months on December 15 and June 15, and mature on
December 15, 2015. The Notes contain certain restrictions for Videotron Ltd., including
limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, and are unsecured.
Videotron Ltd. has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior
Notes by using cross-currency interest rate swaps, under which all payments were set in
Canadian dollars. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time on or after
December 15, 2010, with a premium.
|
|
|
(viii)
|
|
The Senior Secured First Priority Notes were repurchased on July 15, 2005 (note 4 (b)).
|
F-32
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
14.
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT (continued):
|
|
(ix)
|
|
The bank credit facilities comprise a revolving credit facility amounting to $75.0
million, maturing in 2008, and a term loan B credit facility amounting to US$230.0
million, excluding issuance fees of US$0.5 million, maturing in 2009, and are
collateralized by liens on all of the property and assets of Sun Media Corporation and its
operating subsidiaries, now owned or hereafter acquired. The bank credit facilities
contain covenants that restrict the declaration and payment of dividends and other
distributions, as well as financial ratios. As at December 31, 2005, the carrying value of
assets guaranteeing the bank credit facilities was $ 1,503.5 million. Any amount borrowed
under the revolving credit facility bears interest at Canadian bankers acceptance and/or
Canadian prime rate plus an applicable margin determined by financial ratios. On October
12, 2004, the bank credit facilities were amended such that advances under the term loan
B credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% per annum, or at U.S.
prime rate plus a margin of 1.00% per annum, with the possibility of such margins being
reduced under certain circumstances. Sun Media Corporation has fully hedged the foreign
currency risk associated with the term B loan by using cross-currency interest rate swaps,
under which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2005, no amount
had been drawn on the revolving credit facility, while the term loan B credit facility
was in use for an amount of US$198.7 million.
|
|
|
(x)
|
|
The Senior Notes were issued at discount for net proceeds of US$201.5 million, before
issuance fees of US$4.1 million. These notes bear interest at a rate of 7.625% and mature
in 2013. The notes contain certain restrictions for Sun Media Corporation, including
limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, and are unsecured. The Senior
Notes are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of Sun Media Corporation Inc. Sun Media
Corporation has fully hedged the foreign currency risk associated with the Senior Notes by
using cross-currency interest rate swaps and a foreign exchange forward contract, under
which all payments were set in Canadian dollars. The notes are redeemable, in whole or in
part, at any time on or after February 15, 2008, with a premium.
|
|
|
(xi)
|
|
The credit agreement amended in 2005, consists of a revolving term bank loan of a
maximum of $160.0 million ($65.0 million in 2004), bearing interest at the prime rate of a
Canadian chartered bank or bankers acceptances rates, plus a variable margin determined
by certain financial ratios. In 2005, the revolving term loan maturity was extended until
June 15, 2010. The credit facility contains certain restrictions, including the obligation
to maintain certain financial ratios.
|
Certain debts of the Company and its subsidiaries contain restrictions to pay dividends. On
December 31, 2005, the Company and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all debt covenants.
Principal repayments on long-term debt over the next years are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
2009
|
|
|
223.0
|
|
2010
|
|
|
107.1
|
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
2,195.0
|
|
F-33
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cross-currency interest-rate swap agreements and other derivative instruments
|
|
$
|
209.8
|
|
|
$
|
261.0
|
|
Accrued stock-based compensation
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
32.8
|
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
|
23.4
|
|
Accrued post-retirement benefits liability (note 23)
|
|
|
29.5
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
|
Accrued pension benefit liability (note 23)
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
297.0
|
|
|
$
|
359.3
|
|
|
16.
|
|
NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST:
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling interest includes the interest of non-controlling shareholders in the
participating shares of the Companys subsidiaries. As at December 31, 2005, the most
significant non-controlling interests were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling
|
|
Subsidiary
|
|
Segment
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
TVA Group Inc.
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
54.77
|
%
|
Nurun Inc.
|
|
Interactive Technologies and Communications
|
|
|
42.10
|
%
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Authorized capital stock:
|
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Common Shares, without par value;
|
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, without par value; the number of
preferred shares in each series and the related characteristics, rights and privileges are
to be determined by the Board of Directors prior to each issue;
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (Preferred
A Shares), carrying a 12.5% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend,
redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the
Company;
|
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (Preferred
B Shares), carrying a fixed cumulative preferential dividend generally equivalent
to the Companys credit facility interest rate, redeemable at the option of the
holder and retractable at the option of the Company
|
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (Preferred
C Shares), carrying an 11.25% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend,
redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the
Company;
|
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (Preferred
D Shares), carrying an 11.00% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend,
redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the
Company;
|
F-34
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
17.
|
|
CAPITAL STOCK (continued):
|
|
(a)
|
|
Authorized capital stock (continued):
|
|
|
|
An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (Preferred
F Shares), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend,
redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the
Company.
|
An unlimited number of Preferred Shares, Series E (Preferred E Shares), carrying a
non-cumulative dividend subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares,
redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Company.
|
(b)
|
|
Issued capital stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
|
Preferred B Shares
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
95,131,972
|
|
|
|
1,341.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of new shares
|
|
|
14,221,664
|
|
|
|
215.8
|
|
|
|
216,145,684
|
|
|
|
216.1
|
|
Conversion of Preferred B
Shares into Common Shares
|
|
|
14,249,171
|
|
|
|
216.1
|
|
|
|
(216,145,684
|
)
|
|
|
(216.1
|
)
|
|
Balance as at December 31, 2003,
2004 and 2005
|
|
|
123,602,807
|
|
|
$
|
1,773.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2005, Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries, Newspaper segment,
owned 990,000 Preferred A Shares (1,140,000 Preferred A Shares in 2004) and 255,000
Preferred F Shares, for a total amount of $1,245.0 million (1,140.0 million in 2004), and
9101-0835 Quebec Inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment, owned 147,950 Preferred C Shares
(270,000 Preferred C Shares in 2004) for an amount of $147.9 million (270.0 million in
2004). These shares are eliminated on consolidation.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Transactions during the year:
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
At the beginning of 2003, the Company issued 216,145,684 Preferred B Shares, for a cash
consideration of $216.1 million.
|
|
|
|
|
On April 22, 2003, all of the issued and outstanding Preferred B Shares were converted into
14,249,171 Common Shares. On the same day, the Company issued 14,221,664 Common Shares for
a cash consideration of $215.8 million.
|
|
|
|
|
A dividend of $3.0 million was declared on the Preferred B Shares on April 22, 2003 and
paid in July 2003. This amount is recorded in financial expenses in the consolidated
statements of income, since the Preferred B Shares were classified as a liability while
outstanding.
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company redeemed 360,000 Cumulative First
Preferred Shares, Series A, for an amount of $360.0 million owned by its wholly owned
subsidiary, Sun Media Corporation.
|
F-35
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
17.
|
|
CAPITAL STOCK (continued):
|
|
(c)
|
|
Transactions during the year (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
On January 14, 2004, the Company redeemed 450,000 Preferred A Shares owned by its wholly
owned subsidiary, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment, for an amount of $450.0
million.
|
|
|
|
|
On January 16, June 1 and October 7, 2004, the Company issued 70,000, 100,000 and 100,000
Preferred C Shares respectively, for a total amount of $270.0 million, to its indirectly
wholly owned subsidiary, 9101-0835 Québec Inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment.
|
|
|
|
|
On January 16, 2004, the Company issued 1,100,000 Preferred D Shares, for an amount of
$1,100.0 million, to its indirectly wholly owned subsidiary, Vidéotron (1998) ltée, Cable
segment. On December 16, 2004, the Company redeemed the shares for an amount of $1,100.0
million.
|
|
|
|
|
On November 30, 2004, the Company issued one Preferred E share, for an amount of $3.6
million to its wholly owned subsidiary, Sun Media Corporation, Newspapers segment. On the
same day, the Company redeemed the shares for an amount of $3.6 million.
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
On January 14, 2005, the Company redeemed 150,000 Preferred A Shares for an amount of
$150.0 million from Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries, Newspaper segment, and
issued 255,000 Preferred F Shares for an amount of $255.0 million to Sun Media Corporation
and its subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
On March 9, 2005 and April 29, 2005, the Company issued 61,950 Preferred C Shares to
9101-0835 Quebec inc., Leisure and Entertainment segment, for a total amount of $61.9
million. On August 2, 2005, the Company redeemed 184,000 Preferred C Shares for an amount
of $184.0 million.
|
18.
|
|
SHARE PURCHASE PLANS:
|
|
(a)
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc. stock option plan:
|
|
|
|
|
Under a stock option plan established by the Company, 6,185,714 Common Shares of the
Company were set aside for officers, senior employees and other key employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10
years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be,
the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media Inc. at the date of grant, as
determined by its Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media Inc. are not
listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the trading price of the Common
Shares of the Company on the stock exchanges where such shares are listed at the time of
grant. Unless authorized by the the Company Compensation Committee in the context of a
change of control, no options may be exercised by an optionee if the shares of the Company
have not been listed on a recognized stock exchange. On December 31, 2007, if the shares of
the Company have not been so listed, optionees may exercise, between January 1 and January
31 of each year, starting January 1
st
, 2008, their right to receive an amount in
cash equal to the difference between the fair market value, as determined by the Companys
Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options. Except under specific
circumstances, and unless the Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a
five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by
the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first
20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years
with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii)
equally over three years with the first 33% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of
grant.
|
F-36
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
18.
|
|
SHARE PURCHASE PLANS (continued):
|
|
(a)
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc. stock option plan (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
The following table gives summary information on outstanding options granted as at December 31, 2004 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
2,607,537
|
|
|
$
|
16.93
|
|
|
|
3,135,040
|
|
|
$
|
17.99
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
663,930
|
|
|
|
21.84
|
|
|
|
255,630
|
|
|
|
28.96
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(136,427
|
)
|
|
|
16.48
|
|
|
|
(162,349
|
)
|
|
|
17.13
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
3,135,040
|
|
|
$
|
17.99
|
|
|
|
3,228,321
|
|
|
$
|
18.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested options at end of year
|
|
|
268,282
|
|
|
$
|
16.51
|
|
|
|
939,965
|
|
|
$
|
17.20
|
|
|
The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
Range of exercise price
|
|
Number
|
|
|
years to maturity
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
$ 15.19 to 21.77
|
|
|
2,921,392
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
936,335
|
|
|
$
|
17.18
|
|
21.77 to 31.55
|
|
|
306,929
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
3,630
|
|
|
|
22.98
|
|
|
$ 15.19 to 31.55
|
|
|
3,228,321
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
939,965
|
|
|
$
|
17.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2005, a charge of $10.8 million related to the plan is
included in income ($6.6 million in 2003 and 15.1 million in 2004).
|
F-37
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
18.
|
|
SHARE PURCHASE PLANS (continued):
|
|
(b)
|
|
TVA Group Inc. plans:
|
|
(i)
|
|
Stock option plan for senior executives
|
|
|
|
|
Under this stock option plan, 1,400,000 Class B shares of TVA Group Inc. have been set
aside for senior executives of TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries. The terms and the
conditions of options granted are determined by TVA Group Inc.s Compensation Committee.
The subscription price of an option cannot be less than the closing price of Class B
shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange the day before the option is granted. Options
granted under the plan may generally vest over a five-year period on the basis of 25%
each year, starting on the second anniversary of the grant. The term of an option cannot
exceed 10 years. Holders of options under the plan have the choice, at the time of
exercising their options, to opt to receive from TVA Group Inc. a cash payment equal to
the number of shares corresponding to the options exercised, multiplied by the
difference between the market value and the purchase price of the shares under the
option. The market value is defined by the average closing market price of the Class B
share for the last five trading days preceding the date on which the option was
exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
300,300
|
|
|
$
|
16.55
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
$
|
$19.81
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
126,500
|
|
|
|
20.75
|
|
|
|
115,630
|
|
|
|
20.85
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(161,800
|
)
|
|
|
16.52
|
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
|
|
14.00
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(50,000
|
)
|
|
|
13.24
|
|
|
|
(14,453
|
)
|
|
|
20.85
|
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
|
$
|
19.81
|
|
|
|
310,177
|
|
|
$
|
20.27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested options at end of year
|
|
|
73,500
|
|
|
$
|
19.39
|
|
|
|
72,500
|
|
|
$
|
18.50
|
|
|
The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average
|
|
Range of
|
|
|
|
|
|
average years
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exercise
|
|
exercise price
|
|
Number
|
|
|
to maturity
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
price
|
|
|
$14.00 to 18.85
|
|
|
47,500
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
$
|
15.85
|
|
|
|
47,500
|
|
|
$
|
15.85
|
|
18.86 to 25.50
|
|
|
262,677
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
21.06
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
23.52
|
|
|
$14.00 to 25.50
|
|
|
310,177
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
$
|
20.27
|
|
|
|
72,500
|
|
|
$
|
18.50
|
|
|
F-38
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
18.
|
|
SHARE PURCHASE PLANS (continued):
|
|
(b)
|
|
TVA Group Inc. plans (continued):
|
|
(i)
|
|
Stock option plan for senior executives (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Had the vested options been exercised as at December 31, 2005, Quebecor Media Inc.s
interest in TVA Group Inc. would have decreased from 45.23% to 45.11% (39.73% to 39.64%
as at December 31, 2004).
|
|
|
|
|
A reversal of $0.1 million of the compensation cost was recorded for the TVA Group Inc.
plan for the year ended December 31, 2005 (none in 2003 and a charge of $0.2 million in
2004).
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Share purchase plan for executives and employees
|
|
|
|
|
In 1998, TVA Group Inc. introduced a share purchase plan relating to 375,000 TVA Group
Inc. Class B shares for its executives and a share purchase plan relating to 375,000 TVA
Group Inc. Class B shares for its employees. The plans provide that participants can
acquire shares on certain terms related to their salary. The shares can be acquired at a
price equal to 90% of the average closing market price of TVA Group Inc. Class B shares.
The plans also provide financing terms free of interest. No Class B shares were issued
under the plans during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The remaining
balance that may be issued under the share purchase plan for executives is 332,643 TVA
Group Inc. Class B shares as at December 31, 2004 and 2005. The remaining balance that
may be issued under the share purchase plan for employees is 229,753 TVA Group Inc.
Class B shares as at December 31, 2004 and 2005.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Deferred share unit plan
|
|
|
|
|
In 2000, TVA Group Inc. introduced a long-term profit sharing plan for certain members
of senior management of TVA Group Inc., and its subsidiaries. The deferred share units
(DSUs) are redeemable only upon termination of the participants employment. The
redemption price is payable in cash or, at TVA Group Inc.s discretion, in Class B
shares of TVA Group Inc. or by a combination of cash and shares. Under this plan, a
maximum of 25,000 Class B shares of TVA Group Inc. can be issued. No DSUs were issued
under this plan during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005.
|
F-39
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
19.
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
|
|
(a)
|
|
Leases:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company rents premises and equipment under operating leases and has entered into
long-term commitments to purchase services, capital equipment, and distribution and
broadcasting rights that call for total future payments of $331.4 million. The minimum
payments for the coming years are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
commitments
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
38.8
|
|
|
$
|
94.1
|
|
2007
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
|
|
36.6
|
|
2008
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
2009
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
2010
|
|
|
17.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
51.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease rentals amounted to $40.9 million, $35.1 million and $42.4 million for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Long-term agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
Newsprint represents a significant component of operating costs for the Newspapers segment.
Sun Media Corporation uses one newsprint manufacturer to supply its requirements, and has
entered into a long-term agreement with this supplier which expired December 31, 2005. The
Company is currently renegotiating the contract for the period ending December 31, 2006
under principally the same terms and conditions. The terms of the expired agreement provide
the Company with an ongoing discount to market prices and commit Sun Media Corporation to
purchase an annual minimum of 15,000 tonnes of newsprint exclusively from this supplier.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Other commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
The Broadcasting segment has commitments to invest $62.5 million over an eight-year period
ending in 2012 in the Canadian TV industry and in the Canadian communications industry to
promote Canadian TV content and the development of communications. As at December 31, 2005,
$18.7 million remained to be invested.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Contingencies:
|
|
|
|
|
On March 13, 2002, legal action was initiated by the shareholders of a cable company
against Videotron Ltd., Cable segment. They contend that Videotron Ltd. did not honor its
commitment related to a stock purchase agreement signed in August 2000. The plaintiffs are
requesting compensation totaling $26.0 million. Videotron Ltd.s management claims the
suit is not justified and intends to vigorously defend its case in Court.
|
|
|
|
|
A number of other legal proceedings against the Company and its subsidiaries are still
outstanding. In the opinion of the management of the Company and its subsidiaries, the
outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the
Companys results or its financial position.
|
F-40
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
20.
|
|
GUARANTEES:
|
|
|
|
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into numerous agreements containing
guarantees including the following:
|
|
|
|
Operating leases:
|
|
|
|
The Company has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating
leases with expiry dates between 2006 and 2010 to the benefit of the lessor. Should the Company
terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of these lease term) and should the fair
value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Company must, under
certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the
Company has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premise leases, with expiry dates
through 2016. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Company must, under certain
conditions, compensate the lessor. As at December 31, 2005, the maximum exposure with respect
to these guarantees is $16.9 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated
balance sheet since the Company does not expect to make any payments pertaining to these
guarantees.
|
|
|
|
Business and asset disposals:
|
|
|
|
In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification
relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the
Company may agree to indemnify against claims related to its past conduct of the business.
Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The
nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Company from estimating the maximum
potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. Also, in connection with
the sale of Mindready Solutions Inc., the Company has guaranteed, up to a maximum amount of
$1.0 million, that companys commitments related to a lease of premises that expires in 2011.
The Company has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance
sheet.
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
Under the terms of their respective U.S. indebtedness, the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify their respective lenders against changes in withholding
taxes. These indemnifications extend for the term of the indebtedness and do not have a limit
on the maximum potential liability. The nature of the indemnification agreement prevents the
Company from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to lenders.
Should such amounts become payable, the Company and its subsidiaries would have the option of
repaying those debts. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with
respect to these indemnifications.
|
|
|
|
Outsourcing companies and suppliers:
|
|
|
|
In the normal course of its operations, the Company enters into contractual agreements with
outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Company agrees to provide
indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the
Company provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing
companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Company
from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has
been accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these indemnifications.
|
F-41
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21.
|
|
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
|
|
|
|
The Company is exposed to risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and is also subject
to risks relating to interest rate fluctuations. To reduce these risks, the Company and its
subsidiaries use derivative financial instruments. None of these instruments are held or
issued for speculative purposes.
|
|
(a)
|
|
Description of derivative financial instruments:
|
|
(i)
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
Currencies (sold/bought)
|
|
Maturing
|
|
|
exchange rate
|
|
|
amount
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$/Euro
|
|
August 2007
|
|
|
|
1.4310
|
|
|
$
|
58.1
|
|
$/CHF
|
|
February 2007
|
|
|
|
0.9050
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$/ US$
|
|
February 15, 2013
|
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
312.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$/ US$
|
|
Less than 1 year
|
|
|
|
1.1790
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
F-42
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21.
|
|
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED):
|
|
(a)
|
|
Description of derivative financial instruments (continued):
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
and capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
effective
|
|
|
nominal
|
|
|
payments per
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
interest
|
|
|
CDN dollar for
|
|
|
|
covered
|
|
|
amount
|
|
|
rate
|
|
|
rate
|
|
|
one US dollar
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2001 to 2011
|
|
|
US$
|
586.8
|
|
|
|
11.98
|
%
|
|
|
11.125
|
%
|
|
|
1.5255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Discount Notes
|
|
|
2001 to 2011
|
|
|
US$
|
282.9
|
|
|
|
14.60
|
%
|
|
|
13.75
|
%
|
|
|
1.5822
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and
its subsidiaries
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2004 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
190.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.2000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus 2.80
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2004 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
125.0
|
|
|
|
7.45
|
%
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.1950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
200.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus 2.73
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2014
|
|
|
US$
|
135.0
|
|
|
|
7.66
|
%
|
|
|
6.875
|
%
|
|
|
1.3425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2005 to 2015
|
|
|
US$
|
175.0
|
|
|
|
5.98
|
%
|
|
|
6.375
|
%
|
|
|
1.1781
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation
and its subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2008
|
|
|
US$
|
155.0
|
|
|
|
8.17
|
%
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2008 to 2013
|
|
|
US$
|
155.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus 3.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes
|
|
|
2003 to 2013
|
|
|
US$
|
50.0
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
|
7.625
|
%
|
|
|
1.5227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus 3.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term-loan B credit
|
|
|
2003 to 2009
|
|
|
US$
|
199.3
|
|
|
Bankers
|
|
|
LIBOR
|
|
|
1.5175
|
|
facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceptances
|
|
|
plus 2.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus 2.48
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
As per the agreement, the exchange rate includes an exchange fee.
|
F-43
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21.
|
|
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued):
|
|
(a)
|
|
Description of derivative financial instruments (continued):
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
Some of these cross-currency swap agreements are subject to a ceiling on negative fair
market value, below which the Company may be required to make prepayments to limit the
exposure of the counterparties. Such prepayments are offset by equal reductions in the
Company.s commitments under the agreements. Because of the appreciation of the Canadian
dollar against the U.S. dollar, the Company was required to make prepayments of $197.7
million in 2004 and $75.9 million in 2005. These prepayments were financed from the
Companys available cash and from its existing credit facilities. As part of the
refinancing of its debts on January 17, 2006 (see note 24), the Company settled these
existing cross-currency swap agreements and entered into new hedging contracts under
which the Company is not required to make prepayments in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
Also, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Company and its
subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a
specific date or at any time, from an anniversary date of the transaction to maturity,
at the then-market value.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Interest-rate swaps:
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. has entered into interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate exposure
and has committed to exchange, at specific intervals, the difference between the fixed
and floating interest rates calculated by reference to the notional amounts.
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts of outstanding contracts as at December 31, 2005 by Videotron Ltd. are shown
in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Pay/
|
|
Fixed
|
|
|
Floating
|
Maturity
|
|
amount
|
|
|
receive
|
|
rate
|
|
|
rate
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 2006
|
|
$
|
90.0
|
|
|
Pay fixed/
|
|
|
5.41
|
%
|
|
Bankers acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
receive floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 2007
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
Pay fixed/
|
|
|
3.75
|
%
|
|
Bankers acceptance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
receive floating
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 months
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Fair value of financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, temporary investments, accounts
receivable, bank indebtedness, accounts payable and accrued charges, dividend payable,
advances receivable from parent company and companies under common control and the
additional amount payable approximates their fair value since these items will be realized
or paid within one year or are due on demand.
|
F-44
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued):
|
(b)
|
|
Fair value of financial instruments (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments with a fair value that is different from their carrying amount as at
December 31, 2004 and 2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(1,140.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,332.9
|
)
|
|
|
(988.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1,078.8
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(241.9
|
)
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)
|
|
|
(261.3
|
)
|
Foreign forward exchange contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(888.9
|
)
|
|
|
(901.1
|
)
|
|
|
(971.7
|
)
|
|
|
(967.4
|
)
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)
|
|
|
(72.3
|
)
|
|
|
(73.7
|
)
|
|
|
(135.0
|
)
|
Foreign exchange forward contract
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
1
|
|
|
(484.3
|
)
|
|
|
(507.7
|
)
|
|
|
(466.3
|
)
|
|
|
(476.1
|
)
|
Cross-currency interest rate swaps and
foreign exchange forward contract
|
|
|
(147.4
|
)
|
|
|
(169.8
|
)
|
|
|
(154.1
|
)
|
|
|
(186.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)
|
|
|
(34.9
|
)
|
|
|
(107.1
|
)
|
|
|
(107.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Including current portion
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the financial liabilities are estimated based on discounted cash flows
using year-end market yields or market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.
The fair value of the derivative financial instruments is estimated using year-end market
rates, and reflects the amount the Company would receive or pay if the instruments were
closed out at those dates.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Credit risk management:
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is exposed to credit losses resulting from defaults by counterparties when
using financial instruments.
|
|
|
|
|
When the Company enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties are international and
Canadian banks that have a minimum credit rating of A- from Standard & Poors or A3 from
Moodys and are subject to concentration limits. The Company does not foresee any failure
by counterparties in meeting their obligations.
|
|
|
|
|
In the normal course of business, the Company continuously monitors the financial condition
of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As at December 31,
2005, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Companys consolidated
trade receivables. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the
specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends.
|
F-45
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
21. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued):
|
(c)
|
|
Credit risk management (continued):
|
|
|
|
|
The Company believes that the product-line diversity of its customer base is instrumental
in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand.
The Company does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit
risk.
|
22. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
During the year, the Company made purchases and incurred rent charges from companies under
common control and from an affiliated company in the amount of $88.4 million ($78.9 million in
2003 and $75.1 million in 2004), included in the cost of sales and selling and administrative
expenses. The Company made sales to companies under common control and to an affiliated
company in the amount of $21.5 million ($2.6 million in 2003 and $11.1 million in 2004). These
transactions were concluded and accounted for at the exchange value.
In 2005, the Company acquired certain assets from Quebecor World Inc., a company under common
control, for a cash consideration of $3.3 million. The transaction was recorded at the carrying
value of the assets transferred.
In 2004, Videotron Telecom Ltd., Business Telecommunications segment, purchased some of the
Quebecor World Inc.s information technology (IT) infrastructure equipment of Quebecor World
Inc., a company under common control, at a cost of $3.0 million as part of an IT outsourcing
long-term agreement signed between the parties. Both the price of the equipment transferred and
revenues from this outsourcing agreement are accounted for at the exchange value.
Quebecor Inc. (the parent company) has entered into management arrangements with the Company.
Under these management arrangements, the parent company and the Company provide each other
management services on a cost reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement
include the salaries of the Companys executive officers who also serve as executive officers
of the parent company. Also, in connection with the Companys credit facility, which is
secured by the Companys shareholders, an annual security fee equivalent to 1% of the credit
facility is charged to the Company by its shareholders. In 2005, the Company received a net amount
of $3.0 million, which is included as a reduction in selling and administrative expenses ($3.0
million in 2003 and 2004). The Company has incurred management and security fees of $2.2
million ($1.1 million in 2003 and $1.8 million in 2004) with the shareholders. In addition,
the Company incurred rent expenses with a subsidiary of a shareholder and with a shareholder of
the parent company for an amount of $2.6 million ($3.6 million in 2003 and $3.7 million in
2004).
During the year ended December 31, 2005, Nurun Inc., Interactive Technologies and
Communications segment, received interest of $0.8 million ($1.0 million in 2003 and $0.7
million in 2004) from Quebecor Inc. As at December 31, 2005, cash and cash equivalents
totalling $22.3 million ($25.1 million as at December 31, 2004) have been invested on a
revolving basis in Quebecor Inc. under the terms of an agreement for the consolidation of bank
operations. These advances on demand bear interest at prime rate less 1.4%.
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS:
The Company maintains various flat-benefit plans and various final-pay plans with indexation
features from none to 2%. Also, the Companys policy is to maintain its contribution at a
level sufficient to cover benefits. Actuarial valuations of the Companys numerous pension
plans were performed once at least in the last three years and the next required valuations
will be performed at least over the next three years.
The Company provides postretirement benefits to eligible employees. The costs of these
benefits, which are principally health care, are accounted for during the employees active
service period.
F-46
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS:
The following tables give a reconciliation of the changes in the plans benefit obligations and
the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and a statement
of the funded status as at those dates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligations at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
410.8
|
|
|
$
|
444.9
|
|
|
$
|
28.6
|
|
|
$
|
35.5
|
|
Service costs
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Interest costs
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
68.7
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Benefits and settlements paid
|
|
|
(18.2
|
)
|
|
|
(16.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Plan amendments
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtailment gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligations at end of year
|
|
$
|
444.9
|
|
|
$
|
555.9
|
|
|
$
|
35.5
|
|
|
$
|
40.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
377.1
|
|
|
$
|
421.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
38.6
|
|
|
|
47.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and settlements paid
|
|
|
(18.2
|
)
|
|
|
(16.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
421.8
|
|
|
$
|
480.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
The plan assets are comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
53.2
|
%
|
|
|
55.8
|
%
|
Debt securities
|
|
|
45.5
|
|
|
|
43.4
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
F-47
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued):
As at December 31, 2005, plan assets included shares of the parent company and of a company
under common control representing an amount of $2.7 million ($2.1 million as at December 31,
2004).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Reconciliation of funded status:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of benefit obligations over fair
value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
(23.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(75.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40.4
|
)
|
Unrecognized actuarial loss
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
81.1
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
Unrecognized net transition (asset) obligation
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Unrecognized prior service cost (benefit)
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
|
(17.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
(29.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30.3
|
)
|
|
Included in the above benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets at year-end are the
following amounts in respect of plans that are not fully funded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Benefit obligations
|
|
$
|
(272.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(549.5
|
)
|
|
|
$(35.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40.4
|
)
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
240.6
|
|
|
|
473.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status plan deficit
|
|
$
|
(32.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(75.9
|
)
|
|
|
$(35.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40.4
|
)
|
|
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Accrued benefit liability
|
|
$
|
(12.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(29.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30.3
|
)
|
Deferred pension charge
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
(29.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30.3
|
)
|
|
F-48
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued):
Components of the net benefit costs are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Service costs
|
|
$
|
8.1
|
|
|
$
|
11.9
|
|
|
$
|
15.3
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
Interest costs
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
(56.4
|
)
|
|
|
(38.6
|
)
|
|
|
(47.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current actuarial loss
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
68.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Current prior service
costs (benefits)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtailment (gain) loss and other
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
Elements of net benefit
costs before adjustments to
recognize the long-term nature
and valuation allowance
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
70.1
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Difference between actual and
expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferral of amounts arising
during the period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gain
|
|
|
(30.4
|
)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
(68.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
Prior service costs
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of previously
deferred amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Prior service costs (benefits)
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Transitional obligations
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total adjustments to recognize the
long-term nature of benefit costs
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
(58.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net benefit costs
|
|
$
|
10.4
|
|
|
$
|
13.3
|
|
|
$
|
12.8
|
|
|
$
|
3.2
|
|
|
$
|
5.1
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
The expense related to defined contribution pension plans amounted to $9.7 million ($8.7
million in 2003 and $10.3 million in 2004).
Also, the total cash amount paid or payable for employee future benefits for all plans,
consisting of cash contributed by the Company to its funded pension plans, cash payment
directly to beneficiaries for its unfunded other benefit plans and cash
contributed to its defined contribution plans, totalled $29.0 million in 2005 ($23.2 million in
2003 and $28.3 million in 2004).
F-49
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
23. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
(continued):
The weighted average rates used in the measurement of the Companys benefit obligations as at
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and current periodic costs are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rates as at year-end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current periodic costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rates as at preceding year-end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
1
|
|
|
7.75
|
|
|
|
7.75
|
|
|
|
7.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
3.78
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.78
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
After management and professional fees
|
The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligations was 7.8% at the end of 2005. The cost, as per an estimate, is expected to
decrease gradually for the next 7 years to 5.0% and remain at that level thereafter. A
one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend would have the following
effects:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
benefits
|
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
1%
|
|
Sensitivity analysis
|
|
increase
|
|
|
decrease
|
|
|
Effect on service and interest costs
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Effect on benefit obligations
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
F-50
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
On January 17, 2006, the Company issued new Senior Notes of US$525.0 million in aggregate
principal amount, bearing interest at 7.75% and maturing in March 2016. In addition, the
Company refinanced its credit facilities through the execution of a $125.0 million term loan A
credit facility, maturing in January 2011, a US$350.0 million term loan B credit facility,
maturing in January 2013 and a $100.0 million five-year revolving credit facility. Funds from
new Senior Notes and new term loans A and B credit facilities, in addition to borrowings from
Videotron Ltd. existing revolving credit facility and a new credit facility of Sun Media, were
used to repurchase US$561.6 in aggregate principal amounts of the Companys 11.125% Senior
Notes and US$275.6 million in aggregate principal amounts at maturity of the Companys
outstanding 13.75% Senior Discount Notes pursuant to tenders offers announced December 16,
2005. In the tender offers, the total consideration per US$1,000 principal amount of Senior
Notes was US$1,083.49 and the total consideration per US$1,000 principal amount at maturity of
Senior Discount Notes was US$1,042.64, which includes a tender premium of US$30.00 per US$1,000
of principal, or principal amount at maturity, in the case of the Discount Notes, in respect of
Notes tendered on or prior to December 30, 2005. As a result, the Company will record an
estimated loss of $332.0 million comprised of the excess of the consideration paid of $1.3
billion, including disbursements for unwinding hedging contracts, over the carrying value of
the Notes and of the hedging contracts, and the write-off of deferred financing costs.
F-51
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES:
|
The Companys consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP in Canada,
which differ in some respects from those applicable in the United States. The following tables
set forth the impact of material differences between GAAP in Canada and in the United States on
the Companys consolidated financial statements:
|
(a)
|
|
Consolidated statements of income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income, as reported in the consolidated
statements of income per GAAP in Canada
|
|
$
|
203.9
|
|
|
$
|
88.2
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Development, pre-operating and start-up costs (i)
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
Pension and postretirement benefits (ii)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Change in fair value and ineffective portion
of derivative instruments (iii)
|
|
|
(167.5
|
)
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
Income taxes (iv) (v)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Non-monetary transactions (vi)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Gain on repurchase of redeemable preferred
shares of a subsidiary (vii)
|
|
|
(153.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income, as adjusted per GAAP in the
United States (in Canadian dollars)
|
|
$
|
(96.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
96.1
|
|
|
$
|
141.2
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income:
|
The application of GAAP in the United States requires the disclosure of comprehensive loss
in a separate financial statement, which includes net income as well as revenues, charges,
gains and losses recorded directly to equity. The details of the comprehensive loss are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net (loss) income, as adjusted per GAAP in the United States
|
|
$
|
(96.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
96.1
|
|
|
$
|
141.2
|
|
Derivative instruments (iii)
|
|
|
(63.9
|
)
|
|
|
(105.7
|
)
|
|
|
(22.0
|
)
|
Pension and post-retirement benefits (ii)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
(18.8
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
1
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
Income taxes (iv)
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
73.3
|
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income per GAAP in the United States
|
|
$
|
(155.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
172.4
|
|
|
F-52
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
|
|
(b)
|
|
Comprehensive (loss) income (continued):
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss as at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Derivative instruments (iii)
|
|
$
|
(48.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(154.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(176.4
|
)
|
Pension and post-retirement benefits (ii)
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
|
(30.2
|
)
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
Income taxes (iv)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
77.8
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of year
|
|
$
|
(54.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(162.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(131.1
|
)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Consolidated balance sheets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
3,851.0
|
|
|
|
3,846.3
|
|
|
|
3,871.9
|
|
|
|
3,868.0
|
|
Future income tax assets
|
|
|
80.8
|
|
|
|
81.7
|
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
|
|
57.5
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
240.0
|
|
|
|
214.7
|
|
|
|
248.2
|
|
|
|
240.7
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(2,546.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2,512.1
|
)
|
|
|
(2,530.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2,465.8
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(297.0
|
)
|
|
|
(541.5
|
)
|
|
|
(359.3
|
)
|
|
|
(684.5
|
)
|
Future income tax liabilities
|
|
|
(189.4
|
)
|
|
|
(189.0
|
)
|
|
|
(227.0
|
)
|
|
|
(103.8
|
)
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(192.7
|
)
|
|
|
(194.9
|
)
|
|
|
(144.3
|
)
|
|
|
(144.0
|
)
|
Contributed surplus (v)(vii)
|
|
|
(3,216.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3,370.5
|
)
|
|
|
(3,216.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3,386.4
|
)
|
Deficit
|
|
|
2,529.6
|
|
|
|
2,763.5
|
|
|
|
2,538.1
|
|
|
|
2,727.3
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
162.3
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
131.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Under GAAP in Canada, certain development and pre-operating costs that
satisfy specified criteria for recoverability are deferred and amortized. Also, under
GAAP in Canada, certain start-up costs incurred in connection with various projects
have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheets under the item Other assets,
and are amortized over a period not exceeding five years. Under GAAP in the United
States, these costs must be included in income as incurred.
|
F-53
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
|
|
(c)
|
|
Consolidated balance sheets (continued):
|
|
(ii)
|
|
Under GAAP in Canada, when a defined benefit plan gives rise to an accrued
benefit asset, a company must recognize a valuation allowance for the excess of the
adjusted benefit asset over the expected future benefit to be realized from the plan
asset. GAAP in the United States does not provide for a valuation allowance against
pension assets.
|
|
|
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States, if the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair
value of a pension plans assets, the Company is required to recognize a minimum accrued
liability equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation, which is recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive loss.
|
|
|
|
|
Further differences result from the different transition rules and timing of the
adoption of the current standards in Canada and in the United States for pension and
postretirement benefits.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Under GAAP in United States, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No.133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS 133)
establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging
activities and requires that all derivatives be recorded as either assets or
liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. In accordance with SFAS 133, for
derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, such as certain cross-currency
interest rate swaps of Videotron Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation, changes in the fair
value of the derivative instrument are substantially offset in the statement of income
by changes in the fair value of the hedged item. For derivative instruments designated
as cash flow hedges, such as the Companys cross-currency interest rate swaps and
certain cross-currency interest rate swaps or forward exchange contracts of Videotron
Ltd. and Sun Media Corporation, the effective portion of any hedge is reported in
other comprehensive income (loss) until it is recognized in income during the same
period in which the hedged item affects income, while the current ineffective portion
of hedges is recognized in the statement of income each period.
|
|
|
|
|
Under GAAP in Canada, derivative financial instruments are accounted for on an accrual
basis. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are deferred and recognized in income
in the same period and in the same financial statement category as the income or expense
arising from the corresponding hedged positions.
|
|
|
|
|
Further differences result from the different transition rules and timing of the
adoption of the current standards in Canada and in the United States for derivative
financial instruments and hedge accounting.
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
This adjustment represents the tax impact of United States GAAP adjustments.
Furthermore, the Company concluded, in 2005, that the realization of future income tax
assets related to its derivative financial instruments was now considered more likely
than not. Consequently, the tax benefits were recognized in the
statement of income and in the statement of comprehensive income.
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
In 2005, the Company entered into a tax consolidation transaction by which
the Company has transferred to its parent company capital losses for a cash
consideration of $15.9 million (note 6). Under GAAP in Canada, the transaction was
recorded in accordance with CICA Handbook 3840, Related Party Transactions, and
resulted in a reduction of $15.9 million of the Companys income tax expense. Under
GAAP in the United States, since this transaction related to an asset transfer from a
subsidiary to its parent company, the difference between the carrying value of the tax
benefits transferred and the cash consideration received has been recognized in
contributed surplus.
|
F-54
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
|
|
(c)
|
|
Consolidated balance sheets (continued):
|
|
(vi)
|
|
In April 2005, Sun Media Corporation, Newspaper segment, exchanged a
community publication for another community publication. Under U.S GAAP, this exchange
of businesses is recorded in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, Business
Combinations and the cost of the purchase should be determined as the fair value of
the consideration given or the fair value of the net assets or equity interest
received, whichever is more reliably measurable. Under Canadian GAAP, since this
exchange of businesses is a non-monetary transaction, it is accounted for in
accordance with CICA Handbook 3830, Non-monetary Transactions, and recorded at the
carrying value of the asset or service given up in the exchange adjusted by any
monetary consideration received or given.
|
|
|
|
|
Accordingly, under US GAAP, this transaction resulted in a gain on disposal of a
publication and also resulted in an increase of the purchase price of the publication
acquired.
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Under GAAP in Canada, the gain on repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a
subsidiary is included in income. Under GAAP in the United States, any such gain
would be included in contributed surplus.
|
F-55
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
|
|
(d)
|
|
Additional disclosures required under GAAP in the United States:
|
The expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption is selected by first
identifying the expected range of long-term rates of return for each major asset class.
Expected long-term rates of return are developed based on long-term historical averages
and current expectations of future returns. In addition, consideration is given to the
extent active management is employed in each class and to inflation rates. A single
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is then calculated by weighting each
asset class.
The Companys investment strategy for plan assets takes into account a number of
factors, including the time horizon of the pension plans obligations and the investment
risk. For each of the plans, an allocation range by asset class is developed whereby a
mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of
plan assets. Third party investment managers are employed to invest assets in both
passively-indexed and actively-managed strategies and investment risk is monitored on an
ongoing basis.
The expected employer contributions to the Companys defined benefit pension plans and
post-retirement benefits plans will be $24.5 million in 2006 and the expected benefit
payments over the next years will be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
19.6
|
|
2007
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
2008
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
2009
|
|
|
21.3
|
|
2010
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
2011-2015
|
|
|
143.2
|
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States, the amount of accumulated benefit obligation related to
pension and post-retirement benefits plans must be disclosed. As at December 31, 2004
and 2005, the accumulated benefit obligation for all plans was of $411.1 million and
$505.2 million, respectively; while the accumulated benefit obligation related to plans
that are not fully funded was $247.3 million and $499.2 million as at the same
respective dates.
|
(ii)
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States, allowance for doubtful accounts must be disclosed.
Accordingly, allowance for doubtful accounts, which is recorded in reduction of accounts
receivable amounted to $17.3 million and $19.8 million as at December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States, items which comprise more than 5% of total current
liabilities must be disclosed separately. Accrued interest expenses of $99.9 million and
$82.6 million and employees salaries and dues of $91.2 million and $101.7 million as at
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, are included in accounts payable and accrued
charges.
|
F-56
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
|
|
(d)
|
|
Additional disclosures required under GAAP in the United States (continued):
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Statement of cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
The disclosure of a subtotal of the amount of cash flows provided by operations before
net change in non-cash balances related to operations in the consolidated statement of
cash flows is permitted under GAAP in Canada while it is not allowed by GAAP in the
United States.
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
Advertising cost
|
|
|
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States and GAAP in Canada, advertising costs are expensed as
incurred and amounted to $49.3 million, $54.4 million and $65.8 million during the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
|
|
|
(vi)
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States, cost of sales and other expenses must be
disclosed separately in the statement of income.
|
|
|
|
|
These costs are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
1,092.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,130.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,233.8
|
|
General, selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
593.4
|
|
|
|
635.0
|
|
|
|
735.5
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,686.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,765.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,969.3
|
|
|
|
(vii)
|
|
Derivative instruments
|
|
|
|
|
Under GAAP in the United States, the amount of ineffectiveness related to fair value and
cash flow hedges must be disclosed separately. The Company recorded ineffectiveness
gains related to its fair value hedges of $8.4 million and $15.1 million in 2004 and
2005, respectively, and an ineffectiveness loss of $7.8 million in 2003. The Company
recorded ineffectiveness losses for its cash flow hedges of $4.7 million, $0.6 million
and $ 15.1 million in 2003, 2004 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending accumulated comprehensive derivative gain
(loss) related to cash flow hedges is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive derivative gain as at December 31, 2002
|
|
$
|
15.2
|
|
Reclassification to income
|
|
|
(15.2
|
)
|
Effective portion of hedges
|
|
|
(48.7
|
)
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive derivative loss as at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
(48.7
|
)
|
Reclassification to income
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Effective portion of hedges
|
|
|
(106.0
|
)
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive derivative loss as at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
(154.4
|
)
|
Reclassification to income
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
Effective portion of hedges
|
|
|
(51.2
|
)
|
|
Accumulated comprehensive derivative loss as at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
(176.4
|
)
|
|
The Company will reclassify an estimated loss of $140.0 million (and the related income
taxes of $54.2 million) from the statement of other comprehensive loss to the statement
of income as a result of the repurchase of its Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes in
January 2006 (note 24).
F-57
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
25.
|
|
SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GAAP IN CANADA AND IN THE UNITED STATES (continued):
|
|
(d)
|
|
Additional disclosures required under GAAP in the United States (continued):
|
|
(viii)
|
|
Restrictions of dividends payments
|
|
|
|
|
Substantially all of the assets of the Company are restricted net assets of subsidiaries
subject to restrictions which limit the payment of dividends.
|
26.
|
|
NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY:
|
|
|
|
The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the non-consolidated financial
statements of the parent company be presented when its subsidiaries have restrictions that may
limit the amount of cash that can be paid to the parent company.
|
|
|
|
The Company has access to the cash flow generated by its subsidiaries by way of dividends
declared by its public subsidiaries and dividends and advances from its private subsidiaries.
However, some of the Companys subsidiaries have restrictions, based on contractual debt
obligations and corporate solvency tests, regarding the amounts of dividends and advances that
could be paid to the Company. The non-consolidated and condensed financial statements of the
Company prepared under Canadian GAAP are as follows:
|
|
|
|
Non-consolidated and condensed statements of income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management fees
|
|
$
|
17.1
|
|
|
$
|
20.4
|
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
Interest on loan to subsidiaries
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
42.7
|
|
|
|
47.2
|
|
|
|
64.9
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
(40.5
|
)
|
|
|
(46.4
|
)
|
|
|
(53.7
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Financial
|
|
|
(181.2
|
)
|
|
|
(181.0
|
)
|
|
|
(171.3
|
)
|
|
Loss before undernoted items
|
|
|
(180.7
|
)
|
|
|
(181.6
|
)
|
|
|
(161.3
|
)
|
Gain on disposal of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt refinancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60.8
|
)
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(180.7
|
)
|
|
|
(180.2
|
)
|
|
|
(222.1
|
)
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
(28.2
|
)
|
|
|
(48.2
|
)
|
|
|
(24.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(152.5
|
)
|
|
|
(132.0
|
)
|
|
|
(197.2
|
)
|
Equity income from subsidiaries
|
|
|
356.4
|
|
|
|
220.2
|
|
|
|
293.7
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
203.9
|
|
|
$
|
88.2
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
|
F-58
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
26.
|
|
NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY (continued):
|
|
|
|
Non-consolidated and condensed statements of cash flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cash flows related to operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
203.9
|
|
|
$
|
88.2
|
|
|
$
|
96.5
|
|
Amortization of plant, property and equipment
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs and of long
term debt discount
|
|
|
48.3
|
|
|
|
55.0
|
|
|
|
61.2
|
|
Gain on disposal of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt refinancing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60.8
|
|
Future income taxes
|
|
|
(29.4
|
)
|
|
|
(48.5
|
)
|
|
|
(25.7
|
)
|
Excess (shortage) of equity distribution over equity income
from subsidiaries
|
|
|
57.0
|
|
|
|
(76.1
|
)
|
|
|
(111.2
|
)
|
Net change in non-cash balances related to operations
|
|
|
(83.5
|
)
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
(29.7
|
)
|
|
Cash flows provided by operations
|
|
|
198.0
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
|
|
53.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows related to financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
431.9
|
|
|
|
1,370.0
|
|
|
|
316.9
|
|
Repurchases of redeemable preferred shares
|
|
|
(360.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,550.0
|
)
|
|
|
(334.0
|
)
|
Net borrowings (repayments) of revolving credit facilities
|
|
|
97.0
|
|
|
|
(97.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt and unwinding of
hedging contracts
|
|
|
(429.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(215.7
|
)
|
Net increase in prepayments under cross-currency
swap agreements
|
|
|
(118.8
|
)
|
|
|
(184.4
|
)
|
|
|
(34.1
|
)
|
Dividends on common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
(45.0
|
)
|
(Increase) decrease in advances to subsidiaries
|
|
|
(150.2
|
)
|
|
|
180.0
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
(Decrease) increase in advances from subsidiaries
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)
|
|
Cash flows used in financing activities
|
|
|
(530.9
|
)
|
|
|
(227.1
|
)
|
|
|
(331.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows related to investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net acquisitions of investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
(17.7
|
)
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)
|
|
|
(39.9
|
)
|
Dividends received in excess of accumulated equity income from subsidiaries
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
205.2
|
|
|
|
210.0
|
|
Proceeds from disposal of investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
361.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from disposal of tax
deductions to a subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
Net (increase) decrease in temporary investments
|
|
|
(18.4
|
)
|
|
|
(59.9
|
)
|
|
|
78.4
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
348.6
|
|
|
|
120.4
|
|
|
|
282.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
(78.7
|
)
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
76.9
|
|
|
|
93.2
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
93.2
|
|
|
$
|
14.5
|
|
|
$
|
18.0
|
|
|
F-59
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
26.
|
|
NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY (continued):
|
|
|
|
Non-consolidated and condensed balance sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
221.5
|
|
|
$
|
153.6
|
|
Advances to subsidiaries
|
|
|
157.3
|
|
|
|
175.9
|
|
Investments in subsidiaries
|
|
|
3,684.2
|
|
|
|
3,372.9
|
|
Convertible obligation and notes receivable subsidiaries
|
|
|
1,410.0
|
|
|
|
1,392.9
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
71.7
|
|
|
|
84.8
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,544.7
|
|
|
$
|
5,180.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
144.1
|
|
|
$
|
207.8
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,140.7
|
|
|
|
988.2
|
|
Advances from subsidiaries
|
|
|
354.4
|
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
35.6
|
|
|
|
63.4
|
|
Redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries
|
|
|
1,410.0
|
|
|
|
1,392.9
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
2,459.9
|
|
|
|
2,450.1
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,544.7
|
|
|
$
|
5,180.1
|
|
|
27.
|
|
RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES:
|
|
|
|
The Company is subject to certain reporting requirements pursuant to the indentures governing
the Companys Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes issued in July 2001. The financial
condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries must be
disclosed separately from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, as shown in the following condensed and consolidated statements of income and
balance sheets.
|
|
|
|
Following the acquisition in September 2004 of all minority interests directly owned by
minority shareholders of Canoe Inc., the Company decided to reassign Canoe Inc. as a
Restricted Subsidiary. Accordingly, the Company reclassified the figures for the previous
periods to reflect this change. As at December 31, 2005, the only designated Unrestricted
Subsidiary is Nurun Inc. Moreover, the gain an disposal on the Companys investment in
Mircocell Telecommunications in 2004, has been included in the condensed and consolidated
statements of income of the Unrestricted Subsidiary.
|
F-60
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
27.
|
|
RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES (continued):
|
|
|
|
Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company:
|
|
|
|
Condensed and consolidated statements of income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
2,253.3
|
|
|
$
|
2,411.5
|
|
|
$
|
2,637.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(1,642.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1,716.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1,908.1
|
)
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(224.2
|
)
|
|
|
(224.2
|
)
|
|
|
(230.2
|
)
|
Financial expenses
|
|
|
(299.9
|
)
|
|
|
(315.1
|
)
|
|
|
(286.1
|
)
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets, and
other special charges
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on repurchase of
redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary
|
|
|
144.1
|
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(60.0
|
)
|
(Loss) gain on sale of businesses and other assets
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Write-down of goodwill
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
228.3
|
|
|
|
156.0
|
|
|
|
153.7
|
|
Income taxes (credit)
|
|
|
(12.9
|
)
|
|
|
37.2
|
|
|
|
44.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
241.2
|
|
|
|
118.8
|
|
|
|
109.0
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(35.6
|
)
|
|
|
(31.4
|
)
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
205.6
|
|
|
|
87.4
|
|
|
|
94.4
|
|
Income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
206.3
|
|
|
$
|
87.4
|
|
|
$
|
94.4
|
|
|
Income before amortization, financial expenses, reserve for restructuring of operations,
impairment of assets and other special charges, gain (loss) on debt refinancing and on
repurchase of redeemable preferred shares of a subsidiary, (loss) gain on sale of businesses
and other assets, and write-down of goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cable
|
|
$
|
275.3
|
|
|
$
|
341.2
|
|
|
$
|
382.0
|
|
Newspapers
|
|
|
224.8
|
|
|
|
227.8
|
|
|
|
222.2
|
|
Broadcasting
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
80.5
|
|
|
|
53.0
|
|
Leisure and Entertainment
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
Business Telecommunications
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
31.3
|
|
Internet/Portals
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
613.8
|
|
|
|
699.3
|
|
|
|
726.0
|
|
General corporate expenses
|
|
|
(3.1
|
)
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
610.7
|
|
|
$
|
694.9
|
|
|
$
|
729.7
|
|
|
F-61
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
27.
|
|
RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES (continued):
|
|
|
|
Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company:
|
|
|
|
Condensed and consolidated balance sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
747.9
|
|
|
$
|
794.0
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
1,519.0
|
|
|
|
1,628.6
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
329.7
|
|
|
|
313.3
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
3,847.9
|
|
|
|
3,868.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,444.5
|
|
|
|
6,604.2
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
810.7
|
|
|
|
946.8
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
2,546.0
|
|
|
|
2,530.5
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
486.4
|
|
|
|
586.3
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
169.0
|
|
|
|
118.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,012.1
|
|
|
|
4,182.4
|
|
|
Net investment in Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company
|
|
$
|
2,432.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,421.8
|
|
|
F-62
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(continued)
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)
27.
|
|
RESTRICTED AND UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES (continued):
|
|
|
|
Unrestricted Subsidiary:
|
|
|
|
Condensed and consolidated statements of income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
44.8
|
|
|
$
|
51.9
|
|
|
$
|
65.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales and selling and administrative expenses
|
|
|
(43.7
|
)
|
|
|
(49.6
|
)
|
|
|
(61.2
|
)
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
Financial (expenses) revenues
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Reserve for restructuring of operations
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposal of a portfolio investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income taxes
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
Condensed and consolidated balance sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
54.4
|
|
|
$
|
61.2
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
64.7
|
|
|
|
71.3
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
23.7
|
|
|
|
25.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
37.2
|
|
|
|
43.0
|
|
|
Net investment in Unrestricted Subsidiary
|
|
$
|
27.5
|
|
|
$
|
28.3
|
|
|
F-63
Exhibit 2.8
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
US$525,000,000
7
3
/
4
% SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
INDENTURE
Dated as of January 17, 2006
U.S. Bank National Association,
as Trustee
This INDENTURE, dated as of January 17, 2006, is by and between QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., a company
incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec (the
Company
), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the
Trustee
).
The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders
of the 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 (the
Notes
):
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01.
Definitions
.
For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the
context otherwise requires:
144A Global Note
means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A.
Accounts Receivable Entity
means a Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person in which
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Investment:
(1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other
than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable;
(2) that is designated pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company as an Accounts Receivable Entity;
(3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of
which (a) is at any time guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(excluding guarantees of obligations (other than any guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way, other than pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to
the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such
Indebtedness,
Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness
);
(4) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any
material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts, agreements,
arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no
less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with
a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in
connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; and
(5) with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
has any obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial
condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.
Acquired Debt
means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not
such Indebtedness is
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with
or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.
Additional Notes
means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes and Notes
issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance
with Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an
additional series.
Affiliate
of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, control, as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise;
provided, however
, that beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the Voting Stock of a
Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms controlling,
controlled by and under common control with shall have correlative meanings.
Applicable Premium
means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such
date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at March 15, 2011 (such redemption
price being described under Section 3.07)
plus
(2) all remaining required interest payments due on
such Note through March 15, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate
plus
50 basis points, over (B) the
principal amount of such Note.
Agent
means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
Applicable Procedures
means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and
Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.
Asset Acquisition
means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be
consolidated or merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any acquisition
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person that constitute
substantially all of an operating unit, a division or line of business of such Person or that is
otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.
Asset Sale
means:
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided
,
however
, that the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.18 and
5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; and
(2) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity
Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:
(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets
having a Fair Market Value of less than US$10.0 million;
(2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
2
(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(4) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory or other
assets in the ordinary course of business;
(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
(6) sales of accounts receivables pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for
the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount equal to at least 75% of the Fair
Market Value thereof;
(7) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by
an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
(8) any Tax Benefit Transaction;
(9) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Public Subsidiary pursuant to any equity
compensation plan approved in accordance with the rules and regulations of the primary stock
exchange or quotation system on which the Capital Stock of such Public Subsidiary is listed
or quoted;
provided
,
however
, that the aggregate Fair Market Value for all such issued
Equity Interests shall not exceed US$5.0 million in any twelve-month period;
(10) the issuance of Equity Interests of any of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided,
that after such issuance the Companys ownership interests in such Restricted
Subsidiary, whether directly or through its Restricted Subsidiaries, is at least equal to
its ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such issuance; and
(11) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.10
hereof.
Attributable Debt
in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of
determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the
remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period
for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such
present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in
such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Back-to-Back Debt
means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back
Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than a Quebecor Media
Entity, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially
the form attached hereto as Exhibit E
.
Back-to-Back Preferred Shares
means Preferred Shares issued:
(1) to a Quebecor Media Entity by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Quebecor
Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the
issuance of such Preferred Shares, an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a
Quebecor Media Entity) has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Quebecor Media Entity, or an
Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has subscribed
for Preferred Shares of such Quebecor Media Entity in, an amount equal to the requisite
subscription price for such Preferred Shares;
(2) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media
Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the
issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has loaned an amount equal to
the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) on an
unsecured basis; or
3
(3) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media
Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the
issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has used the proceeds of such
issuance to subscribe for Preferred Shares issued by an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor
Media Entity);
in each case on terms whereby:
(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by
such Quebecor Media Entity is identical:
|
(A)
|
|
in the case of (1) above, to the principal amount of the loan
made or the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares subscribed for
by such Affiliate;
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
in the case of (2) above, to the principal amount of the loan
made to such Affiliate; or
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
in the case of (3) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of
the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;
|
(ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such
Quebecor Media Entity shall:
|
(A)
|
|
in the case of (1) above, be immediately prior to, or on the
same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the
dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
in the case of (2) above, be immediately after, or on the same
date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such
Affiliate; or
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
in the case of (3) above, be immediately after, or on the same
date as, the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares issued by such
Affiliate;
|
(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions
attaching to the Preferred Shares issued:
|
(A)
|
|
to a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (1) above, shall be
equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan
made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the Preferred Shares
subscribed for by such Affiliate;
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (2) above, shall be
less than or equal to the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made
to such Affiliate; or
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (3) above, shall be
equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the Preferred Shares issued by
such Affiliate;
|
and
provided
that, in the case of Preferred Shares issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
as set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, each holder of such Preferred Shares under such
Back-to-Back Transaction, other than such Restricted Subsidiary, executes or has executed a
subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit E.
Back-to-Back Securities
means Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or Back-to-Back Debt or both, as
the context requires;
provided
that a Back-to-Back Security issued by any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company (A) shall provide that (i) such Restricted Subsidiary shall suspend any payment on such
Back-to-Back Security until such Restricted Subsidiary receives payment on the corresponding
Back-to-Back Security in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be paid on the Back-to-Back
Security issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) if the holder of such Back-to-Back Security
is paid any amount on or with respect to such Back-to-Back Security by such
4
Restricted Subsidiary, then to the extent such amounts are paid out of proceeds in excess of
the corresponding payment received by such Restricted Subsidiary on the corresponding Back-to-Back
Security held by it, the holder of such Back-to-Back Security will hold such excess payment in
trust for the benefit of such Restricted Subsidiary and will forthwith repay such payment to such
Restricted Subsidiary and (B) may provide that, notwithstanding clause (A), such Restricted
Subsidiary may make payment on such Back-to-Back Security if at the time of payment such Restricted
Subsidiary would be permitted to make such payment under Section 4.10 hereof;
provided
that any
payment made pursuant to this clause (B) which is otherwise prohibited under clause (A) would
constitute a Restricted Payment.
Back-to-Back Transaction
means any of the transactions described under the definition of
Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.
Bankruptcy Law
means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors, the
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
(Canada), the
Companies Creditors Arrangement Act
(Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or the law of any other jurisdiction
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.
Beneficial Owner
has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular person
(as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such person shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms
Beneficially Owns
and
Beneficially Owned
shall have corresponding meanings.
Board of Directors
means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the
partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a
similar function.
Board Resolution
means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant
secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly
adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of
such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
Business Day
means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
Canadian Taxing Authority
means any federal, provincial, territorial or other Canadian
government or any authority or agency therein having the power to tax.
Capital Lease Obligation
means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be
capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Stock
means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
5
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
Capital Stock Sale Proceeds
means the aggregate net cash proceeds (including cash received
when non-cash proceeds have been converted into cash) received by the Company after the Issue Date:
(1) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity
Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); or
(2) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests,
other than, in either (1) or (2), Equity Interests (or convertible or exchangeable Disqualified
Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company.
Cash Equivalents
means:
(1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;
(2) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of
the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof, and rated, at the time of acquisition, in the R-1 category by the Dominion Bond
Rating Service Limited;
(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or
less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding one
year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having
capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any
financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper having, at the time of acquisition, at least a P-1 rating from
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or at least an A-1 rating from Standard & Poors Rating
Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with
respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating, at the time of acquisition, in the R-1
category by the Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited; and
(6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents
of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.
Change of Control
means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than
by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of
the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
6
(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or
consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a
Related Party, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the
Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or
(4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which individuals who
constituted the Board of Directors of the Company as of the beginning of such two-year
period (together with any new directors who were nominated for election or elected to such
Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the individuals who were members of
such Board of Directors, or whose nomination or election was previously so approved at the
beginning of such two-year period) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors
of the Company.
Clearstream
means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.
Code
means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commission
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor entity
thereto.
Commodity Price Agreement
means any commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements,
forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements entered into for the purpose of fixing,
hedging or swapping commodity price risk.
Company
means Quebecor Media Inc. and any successor thereto.
Consolidated Cash Flow
means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:
(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated
Net Income; plus
(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior
period to the extent such expense is amortized) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any
such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents (i) an accrual of or reserve for cash
expenses in any future period, or (ii) amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid
in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other
non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
(4) solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be
Incurred under Section 4.09(a), the amount of income or losses attributable to a
non-controlling interest in a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, which was deducted and
not added back in calculating Consolidated Net Income of such Person; minus
(5) any interest and other payments made to Persons other than any Quebecor Media
Entity in respect of Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such interest and other payments
were not deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus
(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than
the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated
basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
7
Consolidated Indebtedness
means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination,
without duplication, the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent
that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and
all Preferred Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense
means, with respect to any Person, for any period, without
duplication, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization
of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred
payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease
Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other
fees, and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers acceptance financings), all
calculated after taking into account the effect of all Hedging Obligations, (ii) the consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such
period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon), (iv) the
product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Shares of such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of
which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local
statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis
and in accordance with GAAP, and (v) to the extent not included in clause (iv) above for purposes
of GAAP, the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Stock of such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one
and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial,
territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a
consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Interest and other payments on Back-to-Back
Securities shall not be included as Consolidated Interest Expense.
Consolidated Net Income
means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided, however,
that:
(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary
(other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included;
provided
, that the Net Income shall be included only to the
extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a
Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments
under Section 4.10(a)(3)(a), the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded
to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted
without any prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or,
directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to
that Subsidiary or its equityholders;
(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period
prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;
(5) the Net Income (or loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether
or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries;
provided, however
,
that for purposes of Sections 4.10 hereof, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary
shall be included to the extent it would otherwise be included under clause (1) of this
definition; and
8
(6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock
options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded,
provided
that such shares, options or other rights
can be redeemed at the option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in each case Disqualified Stock of the Company).
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 11.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.
Credit Agreement
means the Credit Agreement, to be dated as of the Issue Date, by and among
the Company, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders,
and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
Credit Facilities
means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the
Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, or other debt arrangements (including, without
limitation, under this Indenture), in each case with banks, other institutional lenders or
investors, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing
(including, to the extent Indebtedness, through the sales of accounts receivables to such lenders
or investors or to an Accounts Receivable Entity) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended,
restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to
time.
Currency Exchange Protection Agreement
means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose
of protecting against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with any commercial bank or other
financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the
Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is entered into.
Custodian
means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and
any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
Debt to Cash Flow Ratio
means, as of any date of determination (the
Determination Date
),
the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company as of such Determination Date to (b)
(i) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Companys cable segment as reported in its consolidated
financial statements (the
Cable Business
) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending
immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available
multiplied by four,
provided
, that if (A) in such fiscal quarter the Consolidated Cash Flow of the
Cable Business was reduced by a cash restructuring expense and (B) no similar restructuring expense
or other non-recurring cash expense was incurred by the Cable Business in the three fiscal quarters
prior to such fiscal quarter, for the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Cash Flow of the
Cable Business, such cash restructuring charge shall not be multiplied by four;
plus
(ii) the
Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company, excluding the Cable Business, for the most recently ended
four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal
financial statements are available (each of the periods referenced to in clauses (i) and (ii), a
Measurement Period), determined on a
pro forma
basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or
dispositions of assets made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of
the applicable Measurement Period through and including such Determination Date (including any
related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable Measurement Period. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow
for each Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date, (i) any Person
that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary
on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of
such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times
during the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on
such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in
connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow)
shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during the applicable
Measurement Period; (iii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have in any
manner (x) acquired through an Asset Acquisition or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset
Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any
9
operating business during the applicable Measurement Period or after the end of such period
and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a
pro forma
basis in
accordance with GAAP, as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition, all such transactions (including
any related financing transactions) had been consummated on the first day of the applicable
Measurement Period, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of
activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions (including any related
financing transactions) had been consummated prior to the first day of the applicable Measurement
Period; (iv) if (A) since the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding or has repaid any
Indebtedness, or (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Cash Flow
Ratio is an incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Interest Expense for such
Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving effect on a
pro forma
basis to such incurrence
or repayment as if such Indebtedness had been incurred or repaid on the first day of such period,
provided
that, in the event of any such repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Cash Flow for such
period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any
interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to repay such
Indebtedness; and (v) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given
pro
forma
effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the base interest
rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the Determination Date had been the applicable
base interest rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Interest Rate
Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in
excess of twelve months). For purposes of this definition, any
pro forma
calculation shall be made
in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company consistent with
Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, as such Regulation may be amended.
Default
means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.
Definitive Note
means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A
hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto.
Depositary
means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes,
and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture
Disqualified Stock
means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option
of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the
Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Back-to-Back Preferred Shares shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock
solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital
Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified
Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any
such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with
the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. The term
Disqualified Stock
shall also include any
options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are
redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91
days after the date on which the Notes mature.
Distribution Compliance Period
means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S.
Equity Interests
means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).
10
Equity Offering
means an offering by the Company of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company however designated and whether voting
or non-voting or an equity contribution by a direct or indirect parent company to the common equity
of the Company.
Euroclear
means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any
successor thereto.
Exchange Act
means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.
Exchange Notes
means Notes registered under the Securities Act to be exchanged for Notes not
so registered, pursuant to and as set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to such an
exchange.
Exchange Offer
has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to an
exchange of Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so registered.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement
has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights
Agreement.
Existing Indebtedness
means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in
existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.
Fair Market Value
means, with respect to any assets (including securities), the price that
could be negotiated in an arms-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and willing
buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction;
provided,
however
, that if such assets have a Fair Market Value in excess of US$40.0 million, Fair Market
Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, as set forth in a resolution,
based upon (i) approval by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or
(ii) an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing in the United States or Canada;
provided
,
further
, that no such resolution,
approval or opinion shall be required in connection with any Back-to-Back Transaction.
GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect in
Canada from time to time
.
Global Note Legend
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
Global Notes
means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance
with Article 2 hereof.
Government Securities
means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United
States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) and the payment for which the
United States of America pledges its full faith and credit, and which are not callable or
redeemable at the issuers option.
guarantee
means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner
including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another
Person.
Hedging Obligations
means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such
Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement or Commodity
Price Agreement.
Holder
means a Person in whose name a Note is registered, unless otherwise specified in this
Indenture or such Note.
11
Incur
means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation of any Person, to create,
incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become indirectly or directly liable, contingently or
otherwise, with respect of such Indebtedness or other Obligation.
Indebtedness
means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person,
whether or not contingent:
(1) representing principal of and premium, if any, in respect of borrowed money;
(2) representing principal of and premium, if any, evidenced by bonds, notes,
debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof);
(3) in respect of bankers acceptances;
(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in
respect of sale and leaseback transactions entered into by such Person;
(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;
(6) representing the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any
Preferred Stock (in each case, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum
fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends); or
(7) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations,
Attributable Debt, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock) would appear as a liability upon the
face of a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the
term
Indebtedness
includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the
specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the
extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any
other Person. For purposes hereof, the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance
with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined
pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value
of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. The
term
Indebtedness
shall not include Back-to-Back Securities or Standard Securitization
Undertakings.
The amount of any Indebtedness described above in clauses (1) through (7) and in the preceding
paragraph outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the
maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall
be:
(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount, and
(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than
30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;
provided
,
however
, that if any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars
is hedged or swapped through the maturity of such Indebtedness under a Currency Exchange Protection
Agreement, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be adjusted to the extent of any positive or
negative value (to the extent the Obligation
12
under such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is not otherwise included as Indebtedness of such
Person) of such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.
Indenture
means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.
Indirect Participant
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.
Initial Notes
means US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this
Indenture on the date hereof.
Institutional Accredited Investor
means an institution that is an accredited investor as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
Interest Payment Dates
shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.
Interest Rate Agreement
means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement,
interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the
purpose of protecting against fluctuations in interest rates with any commercial bank or other
financial institution having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the
Interest Rate Agreement is entered into.
Investments
means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit
(including guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of
business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or
deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for
collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission,
travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital
contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that
are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and
include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or
indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have
made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of
the Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as
provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market
value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as
provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof.
Issue Date
means January 17, 2006.
Legal Holiday
means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in each of
the City of New York, Montréal, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is
located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive
order to remain closed.
Lien
means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any
conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or
agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction.
13
Letter of Transmittal
means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of
the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange
Offer.
Net Income
means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Shares
dividends, excluding, however:
(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or
loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the $10.0 million
limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or (b) the disposition of any securities by
such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness
of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on
such extraordinary gain (or loss).
Net Proceeds
means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the
sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the
direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and
investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (b) any relocation expenses incurred as a result of
the Asset Sale, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking
into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (d) amounts
required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on
the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or required to be paid as a result of
such sale, (e) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets
established in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all distributions and other payments required to be
made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale.
Non-Recourse Debt
means Indebtedness:
(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides
credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness) other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise other than by
virtue of a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (c) constitutes
the lender;
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may
have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit, upon
notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes )
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness
or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any
recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than set
forth in clause (1) above.
Obligations
means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness.
Officer
means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the
Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.
14
Officers Certificate
means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least
one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal
accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
Opinion of Counsel
means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, an Affiliate of the
Company or the Trustee.
Participant
means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.
Permitted Business
means the businesses conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the
Issue Date, or anything related or ancillary thereto.
Permitted Holders
means one or more of the following persons or entities:
(1) Quebecor Inc.;
(2) any issue of the late Pierre Péladeau;
(3) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons listed in
clause (2) above;
(4) any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by
one or more of the persons or trusts referred to in clause (2) or (3) above; and
(5) Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, or any corporation, partnership or other
entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Caisse de dépôt et placement du
Québec.
Permitted Investments
means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a
result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(c) such Person, which was formed solely for the purpose of acquiring assets of a
Permitted Business, is upon acquisition of such assets obligated to convey or otherwise
distribute assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having a Fair Market
Value at least equal to the Investment of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such
Person (net of transaction expenses);
provided
, that, in each case, such Persons primary business is, or the assets acquired by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are used or useful in, a Permitted Business;
(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an
Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.12
hereof;
15
(5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company;
(6) any Investment made in connection with Hedging Obligations entered into in the
ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for
speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding
at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency
exchange rates or commodity prices, or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation
payable thereunder;
(7) payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving
expenses and other similar expenses that are expected at the time of such advances
ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;
(8) any Investment in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions;
(9) any Investment existing on the Issue Date, and any Investment that is an extension,
modification, renewal or reinvestment of such existing Investment,
provided
, that, the Fair
Market Value of the new Investment does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the existing
Investment at the time it is extended, modified, renewed or reinvested;
(10) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an
Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts Receivable Entity in any other
Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in
an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest;
(11) Investments in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business not to exceed
US$50.0 million.
(12) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on
the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12)
since the Issue Date, not to exceed US$100.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one
time.
Permitted Liens
means:
(1) Liens on the assets of the Company securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of
the Company under Credit Facilities, which Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred
pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof;
(2) Liens in favor of the Company;
(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or
into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company,
provided
that such Liens were in
existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do
not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or
amalgamated with the Company;
(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company,
provided
that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition
and do not extend to any assets other than such property;
(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds,
performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
business;
16
(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by
Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet
delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded,
provided
that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness,
provided
that any such Lien does
not extend to or cover any property, Capital Stock or Indebtedness
other than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;
(10) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;
(11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;
(12) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers acceptance, surety and appeal bonds,
government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other Liens of a similar
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation,
mechanics, landlords or workmens compensation Liens and Liens in respect of insurance or
benefits and other similar Liens), in each case exclusive of Obligations for the payment of
borrowed money;
(13) licenses, permits, reservations, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights
in the nature of easements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
licenses, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements for railways,
sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas or oil pipelines, steam, gas and water mains or
electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph or cable television conduits, poles,
wires and cables, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any
original grant from any governmental entity or other grant of real or immovable property, or
any interest therein) and zoning land use and building restrictions, by-laws, regulations
and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental
authorities in respect of real property not interfering, individually or in the aggregate,
in any material respect with the use of the affected real property for the ordinary conduct
of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at such real property;
(14) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of
business;
(15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that
encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products
and proceeds thereof;
(16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens
that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the
ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations
and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or
arrangements, including mark-to-market transactions designed solely to protect the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of
commodities;
(17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a
license;
(18) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past
due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;
17
(19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction;
(20) Liens on Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(21) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing clauses
(2) through (20); and
(22) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company with respect to
Obligations that do not exceed US$50.0 million at any one time outstanding.
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance,
renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness);
provided, however,
that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined
premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in
connection therewith);
(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than
the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as
favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
(4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded is
pari passu
in right of payment with the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness is
pari passu
with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes; and
(5) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary
who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded.
Person
means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or
other entity.
Predecessor Note
of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be
deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.
Preferred Shares
means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the
holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution
of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares
of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.
Private Placement Legend
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be
placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of
this Indenture.
18
Public Subsidiary
means any of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries that (1) is required to
file reports pursuant to the Securities Act (Ontario) and/or is required to file reports pursuant
to Section 13 of the Exchange Act and (2) has Capital Stock listed or quoted on the Toronto Stock
Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market.
Purchase Money Note
means a promissory note of an Accounts Receivable Entity to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which note must be repaid from cash available to the
Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to
agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to
such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.
QIB
means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
Qualified Receivables Transaction
means any transaction or series of transactions entered
into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary transfers to an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a transfer by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or any other Person other than the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing
or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets
related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable,
all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable,
proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in
respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts
receivable financing transaction;
provided
such transaction is on market terms at the time the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.
Quebecor Media Entity
means any of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Registration Rights Agreement
means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue
Date, among the Company and the initial purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more
registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such
agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given
by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange
such Additional Notes for registered notes, under the Securities Act.
Regular Record Date
for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the
applicable date specified as a Record Date on the face of the Note.
Regulation S
means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Global Note
means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the
Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name
of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 904.
Related Party
means:
(1) any controlling shareholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family
member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, or
(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries,
shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling
interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons
referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
Replacement Assets
means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted
Business; (2) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a
19
majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on
the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary; or (3) if the Net Proceeds are from the
sale of assets or Equity Interests of a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, the assets of a Permitted Business or the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a
Permitted Business.
Responsible Officer
, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the
Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a
particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his
or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Definitive Note
means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement
Legend.
Restricted Global Notes
means 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.
Restricted Investment
means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Payment
means:
(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or
distribution on account of the Companys or any Restricted Subsidiarys Equity Interests,
including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of
the Companys or any Restricted Subsidiarys Equity Interests in their capacity as such,
other than dividends, payments or distributions (a) payable in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company or (b) to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a
pro rata
basis or
on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a
pro rata
basis);
(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, including,
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, of
any Equity Interests of the Company, other than such Equity Interests of the Company held by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the purchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Back-to-Back Securities or
Subordinated Indebtedness, except, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than
Back-to-Back Securities), a payment of interest at the Stated Maturity of such interest, or
principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of principal, of such Subordinated
Indebtedness; or
(4) any Restricted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
Rule 144
means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A
means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 903
means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 904
means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
20
sale and leaseback transaction
means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving
any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby
such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets
or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to
use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.
Securities Act
means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.
Shelf Registration Statement
has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement
relating to registering Notes under the Securities Act.
Significant Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary that would be a significant subsidiary as
defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as
such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
Special Interest
has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement and relating
to amounts to be paid in the event the Company fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth
therein. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term interest shall include Special Interest,
if any, with respect to the Notes.
Standard Securitization Undertakings
means representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which are customary
in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.
Stated Maturity
means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any
series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be
paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any
contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the
date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
Subordinated Indebtedness
means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) that is, by its terms,
expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes.
Subsidiary
means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of
which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination
thereof).
Tax
means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including
penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).
Tax Benefit Transaction
means, for so long as the Company is a direct or indirect Subsidiary
of Quebecor Inc., any transaction between a Quebecor Media Entity and Quebecor Inc. or any of its
Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any Quebecor Media Entity or
for Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates;
provided
,
however
, that not later than the date of any
such transaction (1) if the Tax Benefit Transaction includes net consideration payable thereunder
in excess of Cdn$10.0 million (or Cdn$25.0 million when aggregated with all other Tax Benefit
Transactions in any 12-month period), the Quebecor Media Entity involved in the transaction
obtains, or has obtained in connection with a previous similar Tax Benefit Transaction, a favorable
tax
21
ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized
Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency
of the transaction for such Quebecor Media Entity; (2) if the Tax Benefit Transaction includes net
consideration payable thereunder in excess of Cdn$10.0 million (or Cdn$25.0 million when aggregated
with all other Tax Benefit Transactions in any 12-month period), the Company delivers to the
trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to the effect the transaction will
not prejudice the Holders, which resolution shall be based upon (a) approval by a majority of the
disinterested members of such Board of Directors or (b) an opinion as to the fairness to such
Quebecor Media Entity of such transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada; (3) such
transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company is not
reduced after giving
pro forma
effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements
are available;
provided
,
however
, that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the
preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit
Transaction for purposes of this Indenture and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such
date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Indenture as of such date, the
Company will be in default under this Indenture if such transaction does not comply with the
preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 45 days of that date.
TIA
means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.
Treasury Rate
means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two business
days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then
remaining term of the Notes to March 15, 2011;
provided
,
however
, that if the then remaining term
of the Notes to March 15, 2011 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury
security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by linear
interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of
United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the then
remaining term of the Notes to March 15, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on
actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will
be used.
Trustee
means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this Indenture
until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter Trustee shall mean such successor Trustee.
Unrestricted Definitive Notes
means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not
required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
Unrestricted Global Notes
means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to
bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee.
Unrestricted Subsidiary
means:
(1) Nurun Inc.;
(2) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the Issue Date as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.17
hereof and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant
thereto; and
(3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Voting Stock
of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
22
Weighted Average Life to Maturity
means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of
years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the
making of such payment; by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of
such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than
directors qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02.
Other Definitions
.
|
|
|
Term
|
|
Defined in Section
|
Acceleration Notice
|
|
6.02
|
Additional Amounts
|
|
4.20(a)(3)
|
Affiliate Transaction
|
|
4.14(a)
|
Asset Sale Offer
|
|
4.12(e)
|
Authentication Order
|
|
2.02(d)
|
Base Currency
|
|
11.13(a)
|
Change of Control Offer.
|
|
4.18(a)
|
Change of Control Amount
|
|
4.18(a)
|
Covenant Defeasance
|
|
8.03
|
DTC
|
|
2.03(b)
|
Event of Default
|
|
6.01
|
Excess Proceeds
|
|
4.12
|
Excluded Holder
|
|
4.20(b)
|
First Currency
|
|
11.14
|
judgment currency
|
|
11.13(a)
|
Legal Defeasance
|
|
8.02
|
losses
|
|
7.07
|
Offer Amount
|
|
3.09(b)(ii)
|
Offer Period
|
|
3.09(c)
|
Offer to Purchase
|
|
3.09(a)
|
Paying Agent
|
|
2.03(a)
|
Payment Default
|
|
6.01(v)(a)
|
Permitted Debt
|
|
4.09(b)
|
Purchase Date
|
|
3.09(c)
|
rate(s) of exchange
|
|
11.13
|
Registrar
|
|
2.03(a)
|
Security Register
|
|
3.03
|
Surviving Company
|
|
5.01(a)(1)
|
Section 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
.
(a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
(b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
indenture securities
means the Notes;
23
indenture security holder
means a Holder of a Note;
indenture to be qualified
means this Indenture;
indenture trustee
or
institutional trustee
means the Trustee; and
obligor
on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.
(c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined
herein have the meanings so assigned to them.
Section 1.04.
Rules of Construction
.
(a) Unless the context otherwise requires:
(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned
to it in accordance with GAAP;
(iii) or is not exclusive;
(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular;
(v) all references in this instrument to Articles, Sections and other
subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this
instrument as originally executed;
(vi) the words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar
import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section
or other subdivision.
(vii) including means including without limitation;
(viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
(ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor
sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time thereunder.
ARTICLE 2.
THE NOTES
Section 2.01.
Form and Dating
.
(a)
General
. The Notes and the Trustees certificate of authentication shall be substantially
in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part
of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange
rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of
its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of US$1,000 and integral multiples
thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this
Indenture, and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision
of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this
Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
24
(b)
Form of Notes
. Notes shall be issued initially in global form and shall be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the
Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto). Notes issued in
definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the
Global Note Legend thereon and without the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note
attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be
reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of
interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made
by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions
given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
(c)
Book-Entry Provisions
. This Section 2.01(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited
with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall
have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on
their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the
Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee
as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants,
the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the
exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
(d)
Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable
. The provisions of the Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System and Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream and Customer Handbook of Clearstream shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants
through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02.
Execution and Authentication
.
(a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile
signature.
(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note
is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
(c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
(d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an
"
Authentication Order
), authenticate Notes for original issue.
(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the
Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights
as an Agent with respect to Holders.
Section 2.03.
Registrar and Paying Agent
.
(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (
Registrar
) and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (
Paying Agent
). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of
their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional paying agents. The term Registrar includes any co-registrar and the term Paying
Agent includes any additional paying agent. The Company may
25
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
(b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (
DTC
) to act as Depositary
with respect to the Global Notes.
(c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act
as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act.
Section 2.04.
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
.
The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by
the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall
notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to
the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held
by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if
other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the
Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund
for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, except if
the Paying Agent is the Company or a Subsidiary, shall not be liable for interest on any money
received or held by it hereunder, and, if the Paying Agent is other than the Company or a
Subsidiary, moneys held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by
law. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(viii) and (ix) hereof relating to the Company,
the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05.
Holder Lists
.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may
allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the
Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).
Section 2.06.
Transfer and Exchange
.
(a)
Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes
. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. The Company shall exchange Global
Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee a notice from the
Depositary that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the
Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and,
in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the
date of such notice from the Depositary; (2) the Company at its option determines that the Global
Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the
Trustee; or (3) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the
occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall
be issued in denominations of US$1,000 or integral multiples thereof and in such names as the
Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced,
in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every
Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion
thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global
Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f)
hereof.
26
(b)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes
. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as
applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:
(i)
Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note
. Beneficial
interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in
accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any
Applicable Procedures;
provided
,
however
, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution
Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Note may not be
made to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (as defined in Rule 902(k) of
Regulation S) (other than a distributor (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)).
Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.
Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions
shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(i).
(ii)
All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes
.
In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject
to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to
credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount
equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the
Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section
2.06(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to
the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to
cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar
containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be
registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon
consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof,
the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon
receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal
delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon
satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in
Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the
Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s)
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
(iii)
Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another
Restricted Global Note
. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section
2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof; and
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
(iv)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
. A beneficial interest in any
Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a
27
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an
Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if
delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be
required by such Registration Rights Agreement;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form
of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be
effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.
(v)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited
. Beneficial interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.
(c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes
.
(i)
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes
. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of
the following documentation:
28
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB
in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
non-U.S. Person (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant
to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those
listed in clauses (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof,
as applicable; or
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted
Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder
of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and
the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Restricted
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes
to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all
restrictions on transfer contained therein.
(ii)
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes
. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an
Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any
and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or
is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made
through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such
Registration Rights Agreement;
29
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be
effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii)
the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive
Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such
beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the
applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee
shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h)
hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note.
(iii)
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes
. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or
cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the Company shall
execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof,
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the
appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial
interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable
Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive
Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii)
shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such
instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons
in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the
Private Placement Legend.
(d)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests
.
(i)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes
. If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for
a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive
Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
30
form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the
Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes
to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
thereof; or
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to
a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in
an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased
in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount
of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of
clause (B) above, a 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, a Regulation S
Global Note.
(ii)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes
. A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a
Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such
certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed
to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the
Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration
Rights Agreement;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note,
a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including
the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (4) thereof;
31
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be
effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the
Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a
corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the
Unrestricted Global Note.
(iii)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes
. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive
Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or
transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase
or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
(iv)
Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited
. An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of,
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.
(v)
Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes
. If any such exchange or transfer of
a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected
pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global
Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
Definitive Notes so transferred.
(e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes
. Upon request by a holder
of Definitive Notes and such holders compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the
Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration
of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder. In addition, the requesting holder
shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required
pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
(i)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes
. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following:
(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule
904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; and
(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act,
a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3) thereof, if applicable.
32
(ii)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes
. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an
Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement
and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such
certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed
to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the
Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration
Rights Agreement;
(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights
Agreement;
(C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant
to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (1)(d) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests,
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect
that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.06(e)(ii) the
Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall
execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section
2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive
Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of
such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by
such holder.
(iii)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes
. A holder
of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to
register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the Holders thereof.
(f)
Exchange Offer
. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes (A) tendered for acceptance by Persons that
make any and all certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal (or are deemed to have
made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required
by such Registration Rights Agreement, and (B) accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and
33
(ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing
certification and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, in each case evidencing the same
continuing Indebtedness as the Notes exchanged therefor. Concurrently with the issuance of such
Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the holders of Restricted
Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.
(g)
Legends
. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable
provisions of this Indenture.
(i)
Private Placement Legend
.
(A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note
and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor
or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the
following form:
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT
SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER
SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE COMPANY) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE
COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR
RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (RULE 144A), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.
PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANYS AND THE
TRUSTEES RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) PRIOR
TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (ii) TO REQUIRE THAT A
CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE
TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or
Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii),
(c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this
Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(ii)
Global Note Legend
. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially
the following form:
34
THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS
NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT
TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH
NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III)
THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR
WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55
WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (DTC), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC),
ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
(h)
Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes
. At such time as all beneficial interests
in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall
be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for
or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such
Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by
the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if
the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall
be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by
the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(i)
General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges
.
(i) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10,
3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof).
(ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company,
evidencing the same Indebtedness, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon
such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of
this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register
the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the day of
any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close
of business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any
Note so selected for redemption in whole
35
or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to
register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular
Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
(iv) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless
of any notice to the contrary.
(v) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted
to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or
exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
(vi) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a letter of
representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in
accordance with such letter.
Section 2.07.
Replacement Notes
.
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives
evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue
and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof,
shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of
such Note shall provide indemnity sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, as
applicable, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any
loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If required by the Company,
such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such
replacement.
Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid
obligation of the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note
and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all
other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08.
Outstanding Notes
.
(a) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes
represented by all the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for
those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in
beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those
described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a
Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the
Note;
provided, however,
that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be
deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.
(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding
unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser.
(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall
cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.
(d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes
payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09.
Treasury Notes
.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in
any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company,
shall be
36
considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes as to
which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received an Officers Certificate stating that such
Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Section 2.10.
Temporary Notes
.
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the
Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive
Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall
prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for
temporary Notes, as applicable.
Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally
and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.11.
Cancellation
.
The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all
Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and
shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or
other applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered
to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace
Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12.
Defaulted Interest
.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted
interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the
rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and
payment date,
provided
that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the
related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the
expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the
special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Section 2.13.
CUSIP or ISIN Numbers
.
The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use),
and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders;
provided, however,
that any such notice may state that no representation is
made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase
shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly
notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.
Section 2.14.
Special Interest
If Special Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and
paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect
stating (i) the amount of such Special Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such
interest is payable pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction
37
from the Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume
without inquiry that no Special Interest is payable. The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights
of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Special Interest as otherwise set forth in this
Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing
the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes.
If the Company has paid Special Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate setting forth the details of such payment.
Section 2.15.
Issuance of Additional Notes
The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue
Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued
on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a
related Registration Rights Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any
Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single
class for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, directions, waivers,
consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase.
With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an
Officers Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following
information:
(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered
pursuant to this Indenture;
(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes;
provided, however,
that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such
Additional Notes to have original issue discount within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code;
and
(c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth
in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.
ARTICLE 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01.
Notices to Trustee
.
If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days
before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers
Certificate setting forth (i) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
Section 3.02.
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the
Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the
principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are
not so listed, on a
pro rata
basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee
considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to
be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not
previously called for redemption.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of US$1,000 or integral
multiples of US$1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not
38
an integral multiple of US$1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to
portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.03.
Notice of Redemption
.
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail
or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are
to be redeemed at such Holders address appearing in the securities register maintained in respect
of the Notes by the Registrar (the
Security Register
).
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the redemption date;
(b) the redemption price or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(b) hereof a
calculation of the redemption price;
(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to
be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original
Note;
(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the
redemption price;
(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
(g) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption
are being redeemed; and
(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, if any,
listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Companys request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Companys
name and at its expense;
provided, however
, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee,
at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an
Officers Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense
of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this
Section 3.03.
Section 3.04.
Effect of Notice of Redemption
.
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for
redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.
A notice of redemption may not be conditional.
Section 3.05.
Deposit of Redemption Price
.
On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date, the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption
price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
39
If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular
Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid
interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of
business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such
principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in
each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06.
Notes Redeemed in Part
.
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the
Companys written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the
Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
Section 3.07.
Optional Redemption
(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not
be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 15, 2011. Beginning on March 15, 2011,
the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, in accordance with Section
3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption
date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive
interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period
commencing on March 15 of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
2011
|
|
|
103.875
|
%
|
2012
|
|
|
102.583
|
%
|
2013
|
|
|
101.292
|
%
|
2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
(b) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more
occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this
Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 107.75% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings;
provided, however
, that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain
outstanding immediately following such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within
90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.
(c) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2011, the Company may, at its option,
redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice at a
redemption price equal
to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus
(ii) the Applicable Premium as of
the date of redemption,
plus
(iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the
date of redemption.
(d) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the
laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official
position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly
announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem
all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date,
provided
that at any time that the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes
may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Companys after-tax position, at its
option, waive the Companys
40
compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holders Notes;
provided, further
, that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that
Holders Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(c).
(e) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
Section 3.08.
Mandatory Redemption
.
Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to
make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the
Notes.
Section 3.09.
Offers To Purchase
.
(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required
to commence an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (each, an
Offer to Purchase
), it shall
follow the procedures specified below.
(b) The Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail, with a
copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holders address appearing in the Security Register a
notice, the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase, stating:
(i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section
4.12 or 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a
Change of Control has occurred, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change
of Control, and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18
hereof;
(ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or
4.18 hereof (the
Offer Amount
), the purchase price, the Offer Period and the Purchase Date
(each as defined below);
(iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not
withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;
(iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue
interest;
(v) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase
Date;
(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase
may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of US$1,000 only;
(vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase
shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a Depositary, if appointed by
the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three
days before the Purchase Date;
(viii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration
of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for
purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note
purchased;
41
(ix) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to
be purchased on a
pro rata
basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the
Company so that only Notes in denominations of US$1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall
be purchased);
(x) that Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by
book-entry transfer)
(xi) any other procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or
portions thereof) for payment.
(c) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than
60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by
applicable law (the
Offer Period
). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the
Offer Period (the
Purchase Date
), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than
the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase.
Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
(d) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i) accept for payment (on a
pro rata
basis to the extent necessary in connection with
an Asset Sale Offer) the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offer Amount in respect of
all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together
with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of
Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted
for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.
(e) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but
in any event not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering
Holder of Notes properly tendered and accepted by the Company for purchase the Purchase Amount for
such Notes, and the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by
book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of
the Note surrendered
provided, however,
that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of
US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or
delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of
the Offer to Purchase on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
(f) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a
Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest
shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.
(g) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09
or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.12 or
4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such conflict.
42
(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS
Section 4.01.
Payment of Notes
.
The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on,
the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and
interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or
a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the
Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal,
premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay Special Interest, if any, in the
same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, the
Notes and this Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may
be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall
accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate
that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same
rate to the extent lawful.
Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the
purposes of the
Interest Act
(Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate
payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and
divided by 360.
Section 4.02.
Maintenance of Office or Agency
.
(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of
the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented
or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby
initially designates the office of the Trustee at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, NY, 10005,
Mail Stop: EX-NY-WALL as such an office or agency. The Company shall give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent
to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency.
(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such
office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03.
Reports
.
(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding the Company shall
file with the Commission, and shall furnish to the Holders and the Trustee:
43
|
(1)
|
|
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company, annual reports on Form 20-F or 40-F, as applicable, or any successor
form; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
(a) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three
fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, reports on Form 10-Q or any
successor form, or (b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three
fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, reports on Form 6-K, or any
successor form, which in each case, regardless of applicable requirements,
shall, at a minimum, contain a Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and, with respect to any such
reports, a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP as permitted by the Commission for
foreign private issuers.
|
(b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.
Section 4.04.
Compliance Certificate
.
(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, an Officers Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each
such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and its
Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this
Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions
and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred,
describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his
or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on
account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such
event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.
(b) The Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2).
(c) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof,
written notice in the form of an Officers Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, its
status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05.
Taxes
.
The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency,
all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies, except such as are being contested in
good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
Section 4.06.
[Reserved.]
Section 4.07.
Corporate Existence
.
Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, in accordance with the
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company and (ii) the
rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company.
44
Section 4.08.
Payments for Consent
.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or
as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this
Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders
that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.09.
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur,
directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, and the Company shall not issue
any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any
Preferred Shares;
provided, however,
that the Company may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired
Debt, or issue Disqualified Stock, and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness,
including Acquired Debt, or issue Preferred Shares if the Companys Debt to Cash Flow Ratio at the
time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Shares, after giving
pro forma
effect to such incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use
of proceeds therefrom, taking into account any substantially concurrent transactions related to
such incurrence, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period,
would have been no greater than 6.0 to 1.0.
(b) Paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the
following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Preferred Shares (each such item being referred to
herein as
Permitted Debt
):
|
(1)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness and letters of
credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at
any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being
deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of
the Company thereunder) not to exceed an aggregate of Cdn$1.25 billion,
less
the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company
since the Issue Date to permanently repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility
(and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a
corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of
Section 4.12 hereof;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
of Existing Indebtedness;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by
the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for such
Initial Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the
business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate
principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to
refund,
refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4),
not to exceed US$100.0 million at any time outstanding;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness, other
than intercompany Indebtedness, that was permitted by this Indenture to be
incurred under paragraph (a) or clauses (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this
Section 4.09;
|
45
|
(6)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any
Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however,
that:
|
|
(i)
|
|
if the Company is the obligor on such
Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations
with respect to the Notes, and
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
(a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of
Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any
sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not
either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each
case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not
permitted by this clause (6);
|
|
(7)
|
|
the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the
issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Shares solely to or among
the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, however,
that (a) any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares being held by a Person other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any
such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares to a Person that is not either the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute
an issuance of such Disqualified Stock by the Company or Preferred Shares by a
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this
clause (7);
|
|
(8)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;
provided, however
, that, in the case of:
|
|
(i)
|
|
any Interest Rate Agreement, the notional
principal amount of such Hedging Obligation does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligation
relates; and
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
any Currency Exchange Protection Agreement,
such Hedging Obligation does not increase the principal amount of
Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding
other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
thereunder;
|
|
(9)
|
|
the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was
permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in relation with the performance of statutory
obligations, surety or appeal bonds,
performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to any Person under or in connection with any
workers compensation, health, disability, employee benefits or equity
compensation plan or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such
Person to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to reimbursement
or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
|
46
|
(12)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of
purchase price, earn out obligations or other similar obligations, in each case
incurred or assumed in connection with a transaction permitted by this
Indenture;
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred
by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock
or the issuance by any of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries of Preferred
Shares in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed
US$100.0 million; and
|
|
|
(15)
|
|
the issuance of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or Disqualified
Stock in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction.
|
(c) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms,
and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares in the form of additional
shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares (to the extent provided for when
the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares on which such interest or dividend is
paid was originally issued) shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance
of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares for purposes of this Section 4.09;
provided
that in each
case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Consolidated Interest Expense and
Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary as accrued.
(d) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness, including Permitted Debt, that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless
such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, on
substantially identical terms;
provided, however
, that no Indebtedness of the Company shall be
deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the
Company, solely by virtue of collateral or lack thereof.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded
with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the
exchange rate of currencies.
(f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item
of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt
described in clauses (b)(1) through (15) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on
the date of its Incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in
any manner that complies with this Section. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on
the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to
have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of paragraph
(b) of this Section 4.09.
Section 4.10.
Restricted Payments
.
(a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to
make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, unless, at the time of and after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment,
|
(1)
|
|
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving
pro forma
effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been
made at the beginning of the
|
47
|
|
|
applicable fiscal quarter, have been permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of
additional Indebtedness, other than Permitted Debt, pursuant to the Debt to
Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
|
|
(3)
|
|
such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of
all other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, excluding Restricted Payments
made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) of
paragraph (b) below, shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum,
without duplication, of:
|
|
(a)
|
|
an amount equal to the Companys Consolidated
Cash Flow from the first date of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue
Date occurs to the end of the Companys most recently ended full fiscal
quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as
a single accounting period, less 1.5 times the Companys Consolidated
Interest Expense from the first date of the fiscal quarter in which the
Issue Date occurs to the end of the Companys most recently ended full
fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available,
taken as a single accounting period (or, if such amount for such period
is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale
Proceeds, less any such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection
with:
|
|
(i)
|
|
an Investment made pursuant to
clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Investments; or
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
an Incurrence of Indebtedness
pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; plus
|
|
(c)
|
|
to the extent that any Restricted Investment
that was made after the Issue Date is sold for cash or otherwise
liquidated or repaid for cash (except to the extent any such payment or
proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow),
the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such
Restricted Investment, less the cost of disposition, if any, and (ii)
the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
to the extent that the Board of Directors of
the Company designates any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated
as such after the Issue Date as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of
(i) the aggregate fair market value of all Investments owned by the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time
such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii)
the then aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments owned by the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary; plus
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Cdn$215.0 million.
|
|
(b)
|
|
The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date
the dividend is declared, if at that date of declaration such payment would
have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
provided, however
, that
such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments;
|
48
|
(2)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange
for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale,
other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan
or to a trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for
the benefit of its employees, of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities);
provided
that the amount of any
such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause
(a)(3)(b) above;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition
of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
any payment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any
one of the other of them;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value by the Company of any Equity Interests of the Company held
by any member of the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
pursuant to the Companys stock option plans;
provided, however,
that the
aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired
Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) US$5.0 million in any fiscal
year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over
to succeeding fiscal years) and (b) the Companys liability under the Companys
stock option plans as of the Issue Date;
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
payments of any kind made in connection with or in respect of
Back-to-Back Securities;
provided, however,
that to the extent such payments
shall be made to Affiliates of the Company (other than its Subsidiaries), all
corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the
related Back-to-Back Securities shall be received, immediately prior to or
concurrently with any such payments, by all applicable Quebecor Media Entities;
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, any Tax Benefit Transaction;
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, management fees or similar expenses payable to shareholders
of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$2.0 million in any
calendar year;
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
(a) the payment of any dividend pursuant to the terms of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, provided, that such dividend is included in the Companys
Consolidated Interest Expense; and (b) the
payment of principal at the Stated Maturity of Disqualified Stock of the
Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
provided
,
that such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares was incurred or permitted
to be incurred pursuant to the covenant contained in Section 4.09;
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
the repurchase by any of the Companys non-Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of its previously issued and outstanding Equity
Interests for consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the repurchased
Equity Interests;
|
49
|
(11)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to
exceed US$50.0 million; and
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
be caused thereby and the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is no greater than 5.5 to 1.0
(calculated on a
pro forma
basis as if such payment, including any related
financing transaction, had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
Measurement Period), the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value, of Equity Interests of the Company held by Caisse de
dépôt et placement du Québec or any of its Affiliates.
|
(c) The amount of any Restricted Payment, other than those effected in cash, shall be the Fair
Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be
transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
(d) For purposes of this Section 4.10, if (i) any Affiliate of the Company ceases to be the
obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities and a Person other than an Affiliate of the
Company becomes the obligor thereunder (or the issuer of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) or (ii)
any Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities ceases
to be a Restricted Subsidiary other than by consolidation or merger with the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have made
a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the accreted value of such Back-to-Back Debt (or the
subscription price of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) at the time of the assumption thereof by
such other Person or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 4.11.
Liens
.
The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or
become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired,
except Permitted Liens, unless the Company has made or will make effective provision to secure the
Notes equally and ratably with the obligations of the Company secured by such Lien for so long as
such obligations are secured by such Lien.
Section 4.12.
Asset Sales
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an
Asset Sale unless:
|
(1)
|
|
the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair
Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise
disposed of; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash
Equivalents, Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this
clause (3), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
|
|
(a)
|
|
any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown
on the Companys or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance
sheet, of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and
Indebtedness that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes), that
are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from further liability with respect to such Indebtedness
or liabilities; and
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
any securities, notes or other obligations
received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted within 90 days of
|
50
|
|
|
the applicable Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in such
conversion.
|
(b)
[Reserved]
.
(c) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:
|
(1)
|
|
(a) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness, other than
Subordinated Indebtedness, of the Company and, if the Indebtedness repaid is
revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with
respect thereto; or (b) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness of any of
the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, all
or substantially all of the assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and
securities) of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business;
provided, however,
that any such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other
than financing), and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180
days after the end of such 360-day period;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire,
Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business from a Person that is
not a Subsidiary of the Company;
provided, however,
that such commitment shall
be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such
acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such
360-day period; and
provided, further, however
, that (a) if the Net Proceeds
are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
after giving effect thereto, the Person so acquired becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary and (b) such acquisition is otherwise made in accordance with this
Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire,
previously issued and outstanding Voting Stock of a non-Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company (a) from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the
Company or (b) in a brokered transaction through the facilities of a stock
exchange;
provided, however
, that such commitment shall be subject only to
customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be
consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
to make capital expenditures; or
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, other
long-term assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Permitted
Business;
provided, however,
that such commitment shall be subject only to
customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be
consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period.
|
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving
credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this
Indenture.
(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in
paragraph (c) above shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
(e) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds Cnd$100.0 million, the Company shall
make an offer (an
Asset Sale Offer
) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness
that is
pari passu
in right of payment with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set
forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of
assets, to purchase the maximum principal
51
amount of Notes and such other
pari passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess
Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The offer price in
any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes and such other
pari
passu
Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and shall be payable
in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer and all Holders
of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in accordance with such
Asset Sale Offer and this Indenture, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other
pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds,
the Notes and such other
pari passu
Indebtedness shall be purchased on a
pro rata
basis based on
the principal amount of Notes and such other
pari passu
Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of
each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales
provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and shall be deemed not to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.
Section 4.13.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction
on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
|
(1)
|
|
pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity
Interests to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to
any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any
liabilities owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
make loans or advances, or guarantee any such loans or
advances, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary.
|
(b) The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:
|
(1)
|
|
agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit
Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings thereof;
provided, however
, that such amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or
refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with
respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in
such Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on the Issue
Date;
provided, further, however
, that if such Existing Indebtedness or Credit
Facility could not be amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased,
supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced on commercially reasonable terms
without the inclusion of dividend and other
payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those
contained in such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility (as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiary may amend, modify, restate, renew, increase,
supplement, refund, replace or refinance such Existing Indebtedness or
Credit Facility, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions
contained therein will not materially impair the Companys ability to make
payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Company);
|
52
|
(2)
|
|
this Indenture and the Notes;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or
under the terms of any permit or license issued under applicable law or any
applicable rule, regulation or order;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a
Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the
time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital
Stock was Incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such
acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person,
or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired;
provided, however
, that, in the
case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this
Indenture to be Incurred at the time of such acquisition;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
customary non-assignment provisions in leases or other
agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or rights or
non-cash assets thereunder, including, without limitation, customary
restrictions imposed on the transfer of intellectual property, in each case
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
purchase money obligations for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so
acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph (a) above;
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending
its sale or other disposition;
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
provided, however
, that the
dividend and other payment restrictions contained in the agreements governing
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive,
taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced;
provided, further, however
, that if such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness could not be entered into on commercially
reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment
restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in the
existing Indebtedness (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, that the dividend and other
payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Companys
ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors of the Company);
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured
without also securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to any such Lien;
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of
assets or property in asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other
similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
customary provisions in joint venture agreements, shareholders
agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business;
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
customary restrictions imposed by customers under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other
contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a
Qualified
|
53
|
|
|
Receivables Transaction;
provided
that such restrictions apply only to such
Accounts Receivables Entity or the receivables which are subject to the
Qualified Receivables Transaction; and
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such
Indebtedness was issued if (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only upon
a payment or financial covenant default or event of default contained in such
Indebtedness or agreement, (b) such encumbrance or restriction is not
materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable
financings (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company) and (c) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially impair the
Companys ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors of the Company).
|
Section 4.14.
Transactions with Affiliates
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of
its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or
amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance
or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company (each,
an
Affiliate Transaction
) unless:
|
(1)
|
|
such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that
would have been obtained in a comparable arms length transaction by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of US$40.0 million:
|
|
(i)
|
|
a Board Resolution of the Company set forth in
an Officers Certificate stating that such Affiliate Transaction or
series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the
Company; or
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by
an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing in the United States or Canada.
|
(b) The following items shall be deemed not to constitute Affiliate Transactions and,
therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above:
|
(1)
|
|
payments pursuant to any employment agreement, collective
bargaining agreement, employee benefit plan or other compensation, indemnity,
incentive or similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business, which represent customary and reasonable
consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company);
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted
Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company
solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person,
provided
such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
|
54
|
|
|
those that would have been obtained in a comparable arms length transaction
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not
otherwise Affiliates of the Company;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
sales of Equity Interests of the Company, other than
Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities, to Affiliates of the Company;
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date or
any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby, including
pursuant to any amendment thereto, in any replacement agreement or arrangement
thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or arrangement
is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as
the case may be, in any material respect than the original agreement as in
effect on the Issue Date;
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of
Section 4.10 hereof;
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
Permitted Investments;
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
Transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables
Transaction; and
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
any Tax Benefit Transaction.
|
Section 4.15.
[Reserved]
.
Section 4.16.
[Reserved]
.
Section 4.17.
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
.
(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if such Subsidiary:
|
(1)
|
|
has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
does not own any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,
or hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of
any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any
Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe
for additional Equity Interests or (b) to
maintain or preserve such Persons financial condition or to cause such
Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided
credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary;
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not
a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
|
55
(7) such designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.
(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving
effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied
with the provisions of paragraph (a) above and was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10
hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the
provisions of paragraph (a) above, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for
purposes of this Indenture and any Preferred Shares of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be issued
and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary
as of such date and, if such Preferred Shares are not permitted to be issued or such Indebtedness
is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the
Company shall be in default of such Section.
(c) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair
market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in
the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such
designation and shall either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section
4.10(a) hereof or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of
the definition of Permitted Investments, as the Company shall determine. Such designation shall be
permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary
otherwise meets the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above.
(d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however,
that (i) such designation shall be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such
Indebtedness is permitted under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a
pro forma
basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period;
(ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made
as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments
would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and (iii) no Default or Event of
Default would be in existence following such designation.
Section 4.18.
Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control
.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change
of Control, make an offer (the
Change of Control Offer
) pursuant to the procedures set forth in
Section 3.09 hereof. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and require the Company
to repurchase in whole or in part (equal to US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000) of such
Holders Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the
Change of
Control Amount
), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus
accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date.
(b) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes a Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise
in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control
Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.
Section 4.19.
[Reserved]
.
Section 4.20.
Additional Amounts
.
(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company on or with respect to the Notes shall be
made without withholding or deduction for any Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority,
unless required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant Canadian
Taxing Authority. If the Company (or any other payor) is required to withhold or deduct any amount
on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes that are outstanding
on the date of the required payment, it shall:
56
|
(1)
|
|
make such withholding or deduction;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant
government authority in accordance with applicable law;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
pay such additional amounts (
Additional Amounts
) as may be
necessary so that the net amount received by each holder after this withholding
or deduction (including any deduction or withholding for Additional Amounts)
will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes
had not been withheld or deducted;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the
payment of any Taxes is due, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such
payment by the Company;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded
Holder, as defined in paragraph (b) below) for the amount of (a) any Taxes paid
by each such Holder as a result of payments made on or with respect to the
Notes, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising
from or with respect to such payments and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to
any reimbursement under the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), but excluding any
such Taxes that are in the nature of Taxes on net income, taxes on capital,
franchise taxes, net worth taxes and similar taxes; and
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
at least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under
or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company becomes
obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, deliver to
the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating the amounts so payable and such
other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional
Amounts to Holders on the payment date.
|
For greater certainty, the obligation to indemnify under clause (5) above shall extend to
Taxes (other than Taxes that are excluded under clause (5) above) paid by a Holder in respect of
which the Company is not obliged to withhold as a result of the Holders status as an authorized
foreign bank or a registered non-resident insurer (each as defined in the
Income Tax Act
(Canada))
(or other entity exempt from withholding on a basis comparable to authorized foreign banks and
registered non-resident insurers) where such Holder must itself pay Taxes imposed by a Canadian
Taxing Authority in lieu of withholding taxes.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no Additional Amounts shall be
payable to a Holder in respect of beneficial ownership of a Note (an
Excluded Holder
):
|
(1)
|
|
with which the Company does not deal at arms-length, within
the meaning of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada), at the time of making such payment;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected
with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere
acquisition, holding or disposition of Notes or the receipt of payments
thereunder or enforcement of rights thereunder; or
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
if such Holder waives its right to receive Additional Amounts.
|
Any reference, in any context in this Indenture, to the payment of principal, premium, if any,
redemption price, Change of Control Amount, offer price and interest or any other amount payable
under or with respect to any Note, shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to
the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable.
The Company shall pay any present or future stamp, court, documentary or other similar taxes,
charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of,
or enforcement of rights under, this Indenture or any related document.
57
The obligations described under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or
discharge of this Indenture and will apply
mutatis mutandis
to any jurisdiction in which any
successor Person to the Company, is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or
agency thereof or therein.
ARTICLE 5.
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01.
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company
.
(a) The Company may not directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or
into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign,
transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions,
to another Person, unless, in either case,
|
(1)
|
|
either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation, or (b) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation
(if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the
Surviving Company
)
is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any
state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or
territory of Canada;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
the Surviving Company expressly assumes all the obligations of
the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and, if applicable, any
Registration Rights Agreements, pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default
or Event of Default exists; and
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
the Company or the Surviving Company shall, on the date of such
transaction after giving
pro forma
effect thereto and any related financing
transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section
4.09(a) hereof.
|
(b)
[Reserved]
(c) In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all
of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clause
(a)(4) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or a sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets, between or among the Company and
any Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 5.02.
Successor Corporation Substituted
.
Each Surviving Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of the Company under this Indenture;
provided, however,
that in the case of:
(a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer,
assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person that is not (either before
or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company), or
(b) a lease,
58
the predecessor company shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this
Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes.
ARTICLE 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01.
Events of Default
.
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or with respect to, the
Notes;
(ii) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption,
required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions
of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 hereof;
(iv) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 45 days after written
notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in this Indenture;
(v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is
created after the Issue Date, if that default:
|
(a)
|
|
is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or
interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the
final maturity of such Indebtedness (a
Payment Default
); or
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,
|
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default
or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more;
(vi) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable
judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged
or stayed for a period of 60 days;
(vii) [Reserved];
(viii) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries
that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within
the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to
make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up;
59
(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim
receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of
it or for all or substantially all of its property;
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors;
(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they
become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; or
(F) seeks a stay of proceedings against it or proposes or gives
notice or intention to propose a compromise, arrangement or
reorganization of any of its debts or obligations under any
Bankruptcy Law; and
(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;
or
(B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and
manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for
all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
(C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of
Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary; or
(D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement,
compromise or reorganization of the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
Section 6.02.
Acceleration
.
If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix))
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount
of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and
unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the
Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration
(the
Acceleration Notice
), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.
In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof, all
outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice by the
Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in
this Indenture.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind
and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:
60
(a) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction;
(b) all existing Defaults and Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of
principal of or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration;
(c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified
in the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue payments of principal which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid;
(d) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee
for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and
(e) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section
6.01(viii) or (ix), the Trustee has received an Officers Certificate and Opinion of Counsel that
such Event of Default has been cured or waived.
In the case of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurring by reason of any
willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Companys behalf with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have been required to pay if
the Company had then elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent
premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon
the acceleration of the Notes.
Section 6.03.
Other Remedies
.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04.
Waiver of Past Defaults
.
The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing
Default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default
(i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant
or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or
Event of Default such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom
shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05.
Control by Majority
.
Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(e) (including the Trustees receipt of the security or
indemnification described therein) and Section 7.07 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur
and be continuing, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee with respect to the Notes;
provided, however,
the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, or that the Trustee determines in
good faith may
61
be unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders not joining in the giving of such
direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with such
direction.
Section 6.06.
Limitation on Suits
.
No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or
for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:
(a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of
Default,
(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have
made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding
as trustee, and
(c) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have
failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.
The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of
payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due
dates for such payments set forth in such Note.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another
Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.
Section 6.07.
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section
6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the
Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of
any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee
.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due
and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and
such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel.
Section 6.09.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
.
The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to
collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to
make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the
payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof
62
out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same
shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys,
securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing
herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or
adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of
the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.10.
Priorities
.
If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in
the following order:
First:
to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof,
including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by
the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second:
to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
Third:
to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.10.
Section 6.11.
Undertaking for Costs
.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of
such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good
faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of
more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7.
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01.
Duties of Trustee
.
(a) If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice in accordance with
Section 7.02(f) has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise,
as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Persons
own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express
provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties
that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against
the Trustee; and
63
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However,
the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether
or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but
need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or
other facts or the correctness of opinions or conclusions stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section;
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it
pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and
powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it in it sole discretion against any loss,
liability or expense.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it except as
the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor, or have any
responsibility with respect to, the Companys compliance with any U.S. or Canadian federal, state
or provincial securities laws.
(h) The Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain or inquire as to the observance or
performance of any covenant, agreement or obligation on the part of the Company under this
Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document.
Section 7.02.
Rights of Trustee
.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in any such document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel selected by it (including in-house counsel) and the written advice of such
counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from
liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon.
64
(c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this
Indenture.
(d) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.
(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall
have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole
discretion against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction.
(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice, of any Default or Event of Default unless
a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any
event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific
Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.
(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance
of its power and duties hereunder.
(h) [Reserved.]
(i) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties
hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with
due care by it hereunder.
Section 7.03.
Individual Rights of Trustee
.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. Unless otherwise provided by law, the foregoing shall not by
itself be deemed a conflicting interest. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for
permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and
duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04.
Trustees Disclaimer
.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Companys use of the
proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Companys direction under any
provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with
the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05.
Notice of Defaults
.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after
it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in
the interests of the Holders.
65
Section 7.06.
Reports by Trustee to Holders
.
Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this
Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a
brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event
described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no
report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall
also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company
and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance
with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any
stock exchange and any delisting thereof.
Section 7.07.
Compensation and Indemnity
.
The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its
acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder, including, if applicable, for its services as
Paying Agent and Registrar. Compensation of the Trustee in accordance with its established fee
schedule, as it may be amended from time to time, shall be deemed reasonable compensation to the
Trustee for its services. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in
addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustees agents and counsel (including in-house
counsel).
The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee against any and all
losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and
out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses (for purposes of this Article 7,
losses
) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture
against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such losses
result from its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the
Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee has
been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it
that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable
judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the
Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for
any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee
through the Trustees own negligence or bad faith.
The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the
Notes.
To secure the Companys payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien
prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in
trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services
(including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
66
Section 7.08.
Replacement of Trustee
.
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become
effective only upon the successor Trustees acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section
7.08.
The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days prior notice to the Company and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with
respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any
reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes
office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns
or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall
promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee
provided, however;
that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of
the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Companys obligations under Section 7.07 hereof
shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.09.
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
.
If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor
corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or
banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.10.
Eligibility; Disqualification
.
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business
under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under
such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by
federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0
million (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company,
67
or of a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company
having a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent
published annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b).
Section 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
.
The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA
§311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent
indicated therein.
ARTICLE 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01.
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasanc
.
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this
Article 8.
Section 8.02.
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
.
Upon the Companys exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04
hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding
Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter,
Legal Defeasance
).
For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be
deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of
this Indenture referred to in (a), (b) and (d) below, and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of
the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following
provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights
of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04
hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest and Additional Amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b)
the Companys obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02
hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Companys obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Company exercises
under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may
exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under
Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03.
Covenant Defeasance
.
Upon the Companys exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04
hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.06,
4.09 through 4.19, and 4.21 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(a)(4) and (b)(4) hereof,
with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter,
Covenant Defeasance
) and the Notes shall thereafter be
deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act
of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall
continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such
Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with
and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such
covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any
other document
68
and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes
shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified
in clause (iii) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12 or 4.18 or
Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof), (iv) (with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.11, 4.13 through 4.17,
4.19 and 4.21 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of such Section 6.01 (but in the case of
(viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because
of the Companys failure to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof.
Section 8.04.
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof
to the outstanding Notes.
In order to exercise Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(a) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such
amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on
the Stated Maturity or on the applicable date of redemption, as the case may be, and the Company
shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular date of
redemption;
(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or
there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) subsequent to the Issue
Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a
result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had
not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes
as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or
territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not
occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes
as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or
territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (a) on the
date of such deposit, or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are
concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91
st
day after the date of deposit,
other than, in each case, a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be
applied to such deposit;
(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument, to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
69
(f) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (a)
assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day
following such deposit and assuming that no Holder is an insider of the Company under applicable
Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to
the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
creditors rights generally and (b) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the
Investment Company Act of 1940;
(g) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that such
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the
other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Company or others;
(h) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver
to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption
date; and
(i) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Section 8.05.
Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
.
|
Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the
proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for
purposes of this Section 8.05, the
Trustee
) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest
but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law.
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section
8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay
to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable
Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized international
standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the
certification delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that
would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.
Section 8.06.
Repayment to Company
.
Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company,
in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to
the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect
to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease;
provided, however
, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any
such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in
The New York Times
and
The Wall Street Journal
(national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein,
70
which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any
unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.
Section 8.07.
Reinstatement
.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government
Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Companys obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and
securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be;
provided, however
,
that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note
following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of
the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent.
ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01.
Without Consent of Holders of Notes
.
Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:
(a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes
(
provided
that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section
163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section
163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);
(c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a
merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company;
provided, however
, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee:
(i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income,
gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a
successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same
amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such assumption had not occurred, and
(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not
recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax
purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be
subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding
taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such assumption had not occurred;
(d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
(e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or
(f) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.
71
Section 9.02.
With Consent of Holders of Notes
.
Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a
single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or
exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default
or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision
which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Note affected by such modification or amendment ) or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a
single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or
exchange offer for the Notes).
Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;
(b) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions
with respect to the redemption of the Notes;
(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of
at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default
that resulted from such acceleration;
(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults
or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if
any, on the Notes, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to
such Holders Notes;
(g) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale
Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof
after the obligation to make and consummate such Asset Sale Offer has arisen or the obligation of
the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change in Control in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof after such Change of Control has occurred,
including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;
(h) except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the
assignment or transfer by the Company of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;
(i) subordinate the Notes to any other obligation of the Company;
(j) amend or modify the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof; or
(k) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture. If a record date is
fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons,
shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain
Holders after such record date;
provided
that unless such consent
72
shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to
the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically
and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent
approves the substance thereof; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have the right to require
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the proposed amendment or waiver conforms in substance to
the consent of the Holders.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holders address appearing
in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way
impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
Section 9.03.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
.
Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended
or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
Section 9.04.
Revocation and Effect of Consents
.
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a
continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof
that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holders Note, even if notation of the consent is
not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to
its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date
the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall
become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.
Section 9.05.
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
.
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any
Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and
effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06.
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this
Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture
until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected
in relying upon an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such
amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such
amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03
hereof).
73
ARTICLE 10.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 10.01.
Satisfaction and Discharge
.
This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to
surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued
hereunder, when:
(a) either:
(i) all Notes that have been previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been
deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid
to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or
(ii) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
(A) have become due and payable by reason of a making of a notice of redemption or otherwise
or (B) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the
benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not
previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and
payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;
(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party
or by which the Company is bound;
(c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this
Indenture;
(d) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the date of redemption, as the case
may be; and
(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.
Section 10.02.
Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
.
Subject to Section 10.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including
the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for
purposes of this Section 10.02, the
Trustee
) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders
of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any,
and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.
Section 10.03.
Repayment to Company
.
Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company,
in trust for
74
the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to
the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect
to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease;
provided, however
, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any
such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in
The New York Times
and
The Wall Street Journal
(national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains
unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then
remaining shall be repaid to the Company.
ARTICLE 11.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 11.01.
Trust Indenture Act Controls
.
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which
is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall
control.
Section 11.02.
Notices
.
Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in
writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return
receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery,
to the others address:
If to the Company:
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
Facsimile No.: (514) 985-8834
With a copy to:
Ogilvy Renault LLP
1981 McGill College Avenue
Suite 1100
Montréal, Québec, H3A 3C1
Canada
Attention: Marc Lacourcière
Facsimile No.: (514) 286-5474
If to the Trustee:
U.S. Bank National Association
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
1350 Euclid Ave.
CN-OH-RN11
Cleveland OH 44115
Facsimile No.: 216- 623-9202
The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
75
All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee) shall be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by
facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the
Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or
registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to
its address shown on the Security Register. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to
any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice
or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to
other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time
prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time.
Section 11.03.
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
.
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their
rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else
shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).
Section 11.04.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
.
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any
provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) an Officers Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion
of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.
Section 11.05.
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply
with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall include:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or
not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
76
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.
With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers Certificate,
certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.
Section 11.06.
Rules by Trustee and Agents
.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar
or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 11.07.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Shareholders
.
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 11.08.
Governing Law
.
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE
AND THE NOTES.
Section 11.09.
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may
not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 11.10.
Successors
.
All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its
successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.
Section 11.11.
Severability
.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 11.12.
Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
(a) The Company irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the
State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of
Manhattan, City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this
Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company waives any objection that it may
have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the
transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United
States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York,
or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the
United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New
York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.
(b) The Company irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the
State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that
service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by
the person serving the
77
same to the address provided in Section 11.02 hereof, shall be deemed in every respect
effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further
agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment
of such agent in full force and effect for a period of ten years from the date of this Indenture.
Section 11.13.
Conversion of Currency
.
The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of
currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture.
(a) (i) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any
court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the
judgment
currency
) an amount due in any other currency (the
Base Currency
), then the conversion
shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which
the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a
court shall otherwise determine).
(ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day
before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the
case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the
amount due, the Company shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser)
amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when
converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount
in the Base Currency originally due.
(b) In the event of the winding-up of the Company at any time while any amount or damages
owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof,
shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless
against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the
date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may
be, due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this paragraph
(b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of
proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this paragraph (b), the final date for the
filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company shall be the date fixed by the
liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the
latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such
winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.
(c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section 11.13 shall
constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective
obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes
of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any
Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect
notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the
Company for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under paragraph (b)
above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to
constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or
evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any
of them. In the case of paragraph (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to
be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date
of any liquidating distribution.
(d) The term rate(s) of exchange shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of
Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal,
Québec time) for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base
Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of
exchange payable.
(e) The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing the
Section 11.13.
78
Section 11.14.
Currency Equivalent
.
Except as provided in Section 11.13, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this
Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the currency of one
nation (the
First Currency
), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the
amount in the currency of any other relevant nation which is required to purchase such amount in
the First Currency at the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign
exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) on the date of
determination.
Section 11.15.
Counterpart Originals
.
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 11.16.
Table of Contents, Headings, etc
.
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in
no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 11.17.
Qualification of this Indenture
.
The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and
conditions of any Registration Rights Agreements and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses
(including attorneys fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in
connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this
Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled
to receive from the Company any such Officers Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other
documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this
Indenture under the TIA.
79
[Signatures on following page]
80
SIGNATURES
Dated as of January 17, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C
ompany
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Mark DSouza
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Mark DSouza
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President, Finance
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T
rustee
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Holly Pattison
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Holly Pattison
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
82
EXHIBIT A
(Face of Note)
7
3
/
4
% SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
Dollars (US$
) on March 15, 2016.
Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2006.
Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized
officer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
This is one of the [Global]
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated
, 2006
|
|
|
A-1
(Back of Note)
7
3
/
4
% SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES
ACT), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN
MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH
SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF
AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE COMPANY) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS
THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT
TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (RULE 144A), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING
MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR
OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANYS AND THE TRUSTEES RIGHT
PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE, OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR
OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (ii) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.
THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE. ]
[
If this note is a global note, insert
:]
THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS
DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT
(I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE
INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55
WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (DTC), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN
SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE
A-2
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Interest
. Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Québec (the
Company
), promises to pay interest (as defined in the Indenture) on the principal amount of this
Note at 7.750% per annum until maturity and shall pay Special Interest, if any, as provided in the
Registration Rights Agreement relating to these Notes. The Company shall pay interest
semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on
the next succeeding Business Day (each an
Interest Payment Date
). Interest on the Notes shall
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance;
provided, however
, that if there is no existing Default in the payment
of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding
Interest Payment Date;
provided
,
further
, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15,
2006. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate
that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this
Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the
Interest
Act
(Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the
rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
2.
Method of Payment
. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the
close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if
such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except
as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall
be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by
check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register;
provided
,
however
, that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with
respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes
the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying
Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
3.
Paying Agent and Registrar
. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under
the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity.
4.
Indenture
. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 17, 2006
(
Indenture
) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders
are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any
provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of
the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
5.
Optional Redemption
.
(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes shall not
be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to March 15, 2011. Beginning on March 15, 2011,
the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, in accordance with Section
3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set
forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest
A-3
thereon on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on March 15 of the
years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption Year
|
|
Percentage
|
2011
|
|
|
103.875
|
%
|
2012
|
|
|
102.583
|
%
|
2013
|
|
|
101.292
|
%
|
2014 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
(b) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2009, the Company may on one or more
occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this
Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 107.75% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest
due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings;
provided, however
, that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain
outstanding immediately following such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within
90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.
(c) At any time and from time to time prior to March 15, 2011, the Company may, at its option,
redeem all or part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice at a
redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus
(ii) the
Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption,
plus
(iii) accrued and unpaid interest and Special
Interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
(d) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the
laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official
position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly
announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal
to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date,
provided
that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater
than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect
the Companys after-tax position, at its option, waive the Companys compliance with the provisions
of Section 4.20 of the Indenture with respect to such Holders Notes;
provided, further
, that if
any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holders Notes pursuant to this
clause (c).
(e) Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
6.
Mandatory Redemption
. Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the
Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect
to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.
7.
Offer to
Repurchase at Option of Holder
.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer to all
Holders to repurchase all (equal to US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000) of such Holders
Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date in
accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture.
(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, it shall not be
required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with the Indenture until the aggregate Excess
Proceeds from all Asset Sales following the date the Notes are first issued exceeds Cnd$100.0
million. Thereafter, the Company shall commence
A-4
an Asset Sale Offer by applying the Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture
to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Purchase Date
in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that
the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer
is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such
deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall
select the Notes to be purchased on a
pro rata
basis.
8.
Notice of Redemption
. Notices of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only
in integral multiples of US$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On
and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption.
9.
Denominations, Transfer, Exchange
. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of US$1,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. This Note shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. The transfer of Notes may be registered and
Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the
corresponding Interest Payment Date.
10.
Persons Deemed Owners
. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for
all purposes, except with respect to withholding tax and the obligation under the Indenture to pay
Additional Amounts.
11.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the
Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if
any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or
tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the
Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of
Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest or
Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under
the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected
by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single
class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange
offer for the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or
supplement the Indenture or the Notes to (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b)
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (
provided
that
the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code,
or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the
Code); (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a
merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company;
provided, however
, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel
to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the
effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or
territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be
subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
assumption had not occurred; (d) make any
A-5
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; (e) provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture; or (f) comply with requirements of
the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.
12.
Defaults and Remedies
. Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture:
(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, or with respect to, the Notes; (b)
default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase
or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (c) failure by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 of the
Indenture; (d) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 45 days after written notice
thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the
Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with
any of its other covenants or agreements in the Indenture; (e) default under any mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or
evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the
payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (i) is
caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when
due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a
Payment Default
); or (ii) results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated,
aggregates US$25.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay
final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not
paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; and (g) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and
payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing
Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any) if it
determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the
Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of
Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in
the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts,
if any. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or
Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default.
13.
Trustee Dealings with Company
. Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee.
14.
No Recourse Against Others
. No past, present or future director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company under the Indenture, the Notes or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases
all such liability.
15.
Authentication
. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
16.
Abbreviations
. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=
joint tenants with
A-6
right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
17.
Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
.
In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, among the Company and the
parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of
Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or
more Registration Rights Agreements, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto,
relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of such Additional Notes.
18.
CUSIP Numbers
. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes
and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or notices of Offers to
Purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or notice of an
Offer to Purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed
thereon and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers.
The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec
H3C 4M8, Canada, Attention: Director, Legal Affairs.
19.
Governing Law
. The internal law of the State of New York shall govern and be used to
construe this Note.
A-7
Option of Holder to Elect to Accept Offer to Purchase
If you want to elect to accept the offer to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:
|
|
|
o
|
|
Section 4.12
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
Section 4.18
|
If you want to elect to accept the offer in respect of only part of the Note pursuant to Section
4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
US$
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
Your Signature:
|
|
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Identification No.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible
guarantor institution meeting the requirements of
the Registrar, which requirements include membership
or participation in the Security Transfer Agent
Medallion Program (STAMP) or such other signature
guarantee program as may be determined by the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
|
A-8
Assignment Form
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
(Insert assignees social security or other tax I.D. no.)
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
|
|
and
irrevocably appoint
|
|
|
as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to
act for him.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Your Signature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the
face of this Note)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible
guarantor institution meeting the requirements of
the Registrar, which requirements include membership
or participation in the Security Transfer Agent
Medallion Program (STAMP) or such other signature
guarantee program as may be determined by the
Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
|
A-9
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note
or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an
interest in this Global Note, have been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
of this Global Note
|
|
Signature of
|
|
|
decrease in
|
|
Amount of increase
|
|
following such
|
|
authorized signatory
|
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
in Principal Amount
|
|
decrease (or
|
|
of Trustee or
|
Date of Exchange
|
|
of this Global Note
|
|
of this Global Note
|
|
increase)
|
|
Note Custodian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A-10
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
U.S. Bank National Association
[
]
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.:
[
]
Re:
7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the Indenture),
between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the Company), and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture.
, (the
Transferor
) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest
in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of US$
in such
Note[s] or interests (the
Transfer
), to
(the
Transferee
), as
further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby
certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1.
o
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note
or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably
believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account,
or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion,
and such Person and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.
2.
o
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S
Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant
to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the
Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the
United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and
believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in,
on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor
nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the
United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements
of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is
not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv)
if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S.
Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the
B-1
Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
3.
o
Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Note pursuant to any
provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in
Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and
accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a)
o
such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act;
or
(b)
o
such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;
or
(c)
o
such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act;
or
(d)
o
such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than
Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not
engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities
Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of
the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the
Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect
of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than US$250,000, an Opinion
of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has
attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
4.
o
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
(a)
o
Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144
. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant
to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b)
o
Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S
. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance
with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
B-2
accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c)
o
Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption
. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Insert Name of Transferor]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
B-3
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
o
|
|
a beneficial interest in the:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
o
|
|
144A Global Note (CUSIP
), or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
o
|
|
Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
); or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
o
|
|
a Restricted Definitive Note.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
o
|
|
a beneficial interest in the:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
o
|
|
144A Global Note (CUSIP
), or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
o
|
|
Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
), or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
o
|
|
Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
); or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
o
|
|
a Restricted Definitive Note; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
o
|
|
an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
|
B-4
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal Québec H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
U.S. Bank National Association
[
]
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.:
[
]
Re:
7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the Indenture),
between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the Company), and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture.
, (the
Owner
) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or
interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of US$
in such
Note[s] or interests (the
Exchange
). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies
that:
1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
(a)
o
Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in
accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
), (iii)
the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.
(b)
o
Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Unrestricted Definitive Note
. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii)
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted
Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States.
(c)
o
Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note
. In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
C-1
(d)
o
Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note
.
In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
(a)
o
Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted
Definitive Note
. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account
without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
(b)
o
Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note
. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, IAI
Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
C-2
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Insert Name of Transferor]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
C-3
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Quebecor Media Inc.
612 St-Jacques Street
Montréal Québec H3C 4M8
Canada
Attention: Director, Legal Affairs
U.S. Bank National Association
[
]
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Facsimile No.:
[
]
Re:
7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the Indenture),
between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the Company), and U.S. Bank National Association, as
trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture.
In connection with our proposed purchase of US$
aggregate principal amount of:
(a)
o
a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
(b)
o
a Definitive Note,
we confirm that:
1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject
to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be
bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except
in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the
Securities Act
).
2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as
permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for
which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with
Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a qualified institutional buyer (as defined therein) that
purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice
is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) to
an institutional accredited investor (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes
(or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter
substantially in the form of this letter and, such transfer is in respect of a minimum principal
amount of Notes of US$250,000, (D) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. Persons that occur
outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E)
pursuant to any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person
purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such
purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.
D-1
3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we
will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other
information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale
complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us
will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
4. We are an institutional accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment. We have had access to such financial and other information and have been
afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive
answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.
5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own
account, or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional accredited investor) as
to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion, for investment purposes only and are not
acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the
Securities Act of the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable
jurisdiction.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Insert Name of Transferor]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
D-2
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of (the Agreement).
|
|
|
To: U.S. Bank National Association, for itself and as trustee under the Indenture referred to below for the holders of the Notes (the
Trustee)
|
[OBLIGOR] (the Obligor), as obligor under the obligation dated as of made or issued by the
Obligor in favor of [HOLDER] (the Subordinated Security), and [HOLDER], as holder (the Holder)
of the Subordinated Security, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by
each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Trustee and any other Representative and by each of the
Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:
1.
Interpretation
.
(a)
Cash, Property or Securities
. Cash, Property or Securities shall not be
deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of
reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent
provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Security, to the payment of all Senior
Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior
Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or
readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the
consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.
(b)
payment in full
. payment in full, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means
the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of
the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any Special Interest thereon to the
date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior
Indebtedness.
(c)
Representative
means the agent (including an administrative agent), trustee or
representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness.
(d)
Senior Indebtedness
. Senior Indebtedness means, at any date, all indebtedness
(including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, Special Interest,
additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and post-petition interest in
bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the Indenture, including, without
limitation, the Notes, the Exchange Notes, the Additional Notes and any guarantee of the
Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture) and (2) any
Credit Facilities (as defined in the Indenture) of Quebecor Media.
2.
Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture
. The Obligor and the Holder are entering
into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006 (the
Indenture; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth
therein) between Quebecor Media and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Quebecor Media has
issued 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 of Quebecor Media.
3.
Subordination
. The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security
shall be subordinated as follows:
(a)
Agreement to Subordinate
. The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns,
and the Holder agree, that the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security
(including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount,
dividend, fees, penalties, indemnities and post-petition interest in bankruptcy and any
reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the
manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The
provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Trustee
E-1
and/or other Representative acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior
Indebtedness, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their
names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such
provisions.
(b)
Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy
.
|
(i)
|
|
Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to
creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the
Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization,
insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the
Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:
|
|
(A)
|
|
the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be
entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before
the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any amount
owing in respect of the Subordinated Security (including, without
limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction
amount, or dividend);
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
until payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind
or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this
Section 3 is hereby assigned absolutely to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior
Indebtedness) and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver,
trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons
making such payment or distribution to the Trustee and/or other
Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as
their interests may appear; and
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
in the event that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of
any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall
be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in
full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the
benefit of and shall be paid over to the Trustee and/or other
Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness
(equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness), as
their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all
Senior Indebtedness until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been
paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of such
Senior Indebtedness.
|
|
(ii)
|
|
If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property
(a Reorganization Proceeding) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the
Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required
in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of
the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Trustee,
the Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the
Subordinated Security and execute and deliver such powers of attorney,
assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the
Trustee to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Trustee any
and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Security which are
capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or
otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims
upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security and to collect and receive
any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable
at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security, and (2)
whether or not the Trustee
|
E-2
|
|
|
shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Trustee shall
nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary
to enable the Trustee to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate
claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described
above for and on behalf of the Holder.
|
(c)
Relative Rights
. This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the
holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:
|
(i)
|
|
impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the
obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make
the payments required by the Subordinated Security in accordance with its
terms; or
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
affect the relative rights of the Holder and
creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior
Indebtedness among themselves; or
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
prevent the Holder from exercising its available
remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior
Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable
to the Holder.
|
(d)
Subordination May Not Be Impaired
.
|
(i)
|
|
No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to
enforce the subordination of indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the
Subordinated Security shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any
act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Trustee,
or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or
covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such
holder or the Trustee may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the
subordination of the Subordinated Security as herein provided nor the
rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be
affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the
granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any
exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect
thereto.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
The Holder agrees that all indebtedness or obligation
evidenced by the Subordinated Security will be unsecured by any Lien upon
or with respect to any property of the Obligor.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or
counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness or obligation
evidenced by the Subordinated Security except to the extent payment of
such indebtedness or obligation is permitted and will not assign or
otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Security or the indebtedness or
obligation which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case
may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
|
(e)
Holder Entitled to Rely
. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this
Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are
pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such
proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or
(iii) upon a certificate of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the
E-3
Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed
thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.
4.
Enforceability
. Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this
Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder
and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer,
reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
creditors rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated
Security made or issued by Quebecor Media, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion
or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness under the Indenture.
5.
Miscellaneous
.
(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree
that no amendment shall be made to the Subordinated Security which would affect the rights of the
holders of the Senior Indebtedness hereunder.
(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or
provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the
Trustee and/or other Representative (if any).
(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative
(if any) and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and
assigns.
(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of New York.
(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or
proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or
federal court sitting in The City of New York or any court in the Province of Québec and submits
and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.
(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by
the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any), do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all
such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance,
approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this
Agreement.
(g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its
authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or
proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service
to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be
deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable,
in any such suit or proceeding.
E-4
If to the Obligor:
[ ]
If to the Holder:
[ ]
Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be
necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect so
long as any Notes or Exchange Notes (including any Additional Notes) remain outstanding.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[OBLIGOR]
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
E-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
|
|
1
|
|
|
Section 1.01.
|
|
Definitions
|
|
1
|
|
|
Section 1.02.
|
|
Other Definitions
|
|
23
|
|
|
Section 1.03.
|
|
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
|
|
23
|
|
|
Section 1.04.
|
|
Rules of Construction
|
|
24
|
ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES
|
|
24
|
|
|
Section 2.01.
|
|
Form and Dating
|
|
24
|
|
|
Section 2.02.
|
|
Execution and Authentication
|
|
25
|
|
|
Section 2.03.
|
|
Registrar and Paying Agent
|
|
25
|
|
|
Section 2.04.
|
|
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
|
|
26
|
|
|
Section 2.05.
|
|
Holder Lists
|
|
26
|
|
|
Section 2.06.
|
|
Transfer and Exchange
|
|
26
|
|
|
Section 2.07.
|
|
Replacement Notes
|
|
36
|
|
|
Section 2.08.
|
|
Outstanding Notes
|
|
36
|
|
|
Section 2.09.
|
|
Treasury Notes
|
|
36
|
|
|
Section 2.10.
|
|
Temporary Notes
|
|
37
|
|
|
Section 2.11.
|
|
Cancellation
|
|
37
|
|
|
Section 2.12.
|
|
Defaulted Interest
|
|
37
|
|
|
Section 2.13.
|
|
CUSIP or ISIN Numbers
|
|
37
|
|
|
Section 2.14.
|
|
Special Interest
|
|
37
|
|
|
Section 2.15.
|
|
Issuance of Additional Notes
|
|
38
|
ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
|
|
38
|
|
|
Section 3.01.
|
|
Notices to Trustee
|
|
38
|
|
|
Section 3.02.
|
|
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
|
|
38
|
|
|
Section 3.03.
|
|
Notice of Redemption
|
|
39
|
|
|
Section 3.04.
|
|
Effect of Notice of Redemption
|
|
39
|
|
|
Section 3.05.
|
|
Deposit of Redemption Price
|
|
39
|
|
|
Section 3.06.
|
|
Notes Redeemed in Part
|
|
40
|
|
|
Section 3.07.
|
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
40
|
|
|
Section 3.08.
|
|
Mandatory Redemption
|
|
41
|
|
|
Section 3.09.
|
|
Offers To Purchase
|
|
41
|
ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS
|
|
43
|
|
|
Section 4.01.
|
|
Payment of Notes
|
|
43
|
|
|
Section 4.02.
|
|
Maintenance of Office or Agency
|
|
43
|
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Section 4.03.
|
|
Reports
|
|
43
|
|
|
Section 4.04.
|
|
Compliance Certificate
|
|
44
|
|
|
Section 4.05.
|
|
Taxes
|
|
44
|
|
|
Section 4.06.
|
|
[Reserved.]
|
|
44
|
|
|
Section 4.07.
|
|
Corporate Existence
|
|
44
|
|
|
Section 4.08.
|
|
Payments for Consent
|
|
45
|
|
|
Section 4.09.
|
|
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares
|
|
45
|
|
|
Section 4.10.
|
|
Restricted Payments
|
|
47
|
|
|
Section 4.11.
|
|
Liens
|
|
50
|
|
|
Section 4.12.
|
|
Asset Sales
|
|
50
|
|
|
Section 4.13.
|
|
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
|
|
52
|
|
|
Section 4.14.
|
|
Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
54
|
|
|
Section 4.15.
|
|
[Reserved]
|
|
55
|
|
|
Section 4.16.
|
|
[Reserved]
|
|
55
|
|
|
Section 4.17.
|
|
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
|
|
55
|
|
|
Section 4.18.
|
|
Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control
|
|
56
|
|
|
Section 4.19.
|
|
[Reserved]
|
|
56
|
|
|
Section 4.20.
|
|
Additional Amounts
|
|
56
|
ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS
|
|
58
|
|
|
Section 5.01.
|
|
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company
|
|
58
|
|
|
Section 5.02.
|
|
Successor Corporation Substituted
|
|
58
|
ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
|
|
59
|
|
|
Section 6.01.
|
|
Events of Default
|
|
59
|
|
|
Section 6.02.
|
|
Acceleration
|
|
60
|
|
|
Section 6.03.
|
|
Other Remedies
|
|
61
|
|
|
Section 6.04.
|
|
Waiver of Past Defaults
|
|
61
|
|
|
Section 6.05.
|
|
Control by Majority
|
|
61
|
|
|
Section 6.06.
|
|
Limitation on Suits
|
|
62
|
|
|
Section 6.07.
|
|
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
|
|
62
|
|
|
Section 6.08.
|
|
Collection Suit by Trustee
|
|
62
|
|
|
Section 6.09.
|
|
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
62
|
|
|
Section 6.10.
|
|
Priorities
|
|
63
|
|
|
Section 6.11.
|
|
Undertaking for Costs
|
|
63
|
ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE
|
|
63
|
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Section 7.01.
|
|
Duties of Trustee
|
|
63
|
|
|
Section 7.02.
|
|
Rights of Trustee
|
|
64
|
|
|
Section 7.03.
|
|
Individual Rights of Trustee
|
|
65
|
|
|
Section 7.04.
|
|
Trustees Disclaimer
|
|
65
|
|
|
Section 7.05.
|
|
Notice of Defaults
|
|
65
|
|
|
Section 7.06.
|
|
Reports by Trustee to Holders
|
|
66
|
|
|
Section 7.07.
|
|
Compensation and Indemnity
|
|
66
|
|
|
Section 7.08.
|
|
Replacement of Trustee
|
|
67
|
|
|
Section 7.09.
|
|
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
|
|
67
|
|
|
Section 7.10.
|
|
Eligibility; Disqualification
|
|
67
|
|
|
Section 7.11.
|
|
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
|
|
68
|
ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
|
|
68
|
|
|
Section 8.01.
|
|
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
|
|
68
|
|
|
Section 8.02.
|
|
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
|
|
68
|
|
|
Section 8.03.
|
|
Covenant Defeasance
|
|
68
|
|
|
Section 8.04.
|
|
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
|
|
69
|
|
|
Section 8.05.
|
|
Deposited Cash and
Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
|
|
70
|
|
|
Section 8.06.
|
|
Repayment to Company
|
|
70
|
|
|
Section 8.07.
|
|
Reinstatement
|
|
71
|
ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
|
|
71
|
|
|
Section 9.01.
|
|
Without Consent of Holders of Notes
|
|
71
|
|
|
Section 9.02.
|
|
With Consent of Holders of Notes
|
|
72
|
|
|
Section 9.03.
|
|
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
|
|
73
|
|
|
Section 9.04.
|
|
Revocation and Effect of Consents
|
|
73
|
|
|
Section 9.05.
|
|
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
|
|
73
|
|
|
Section 9.06.
|
|
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
|
|
73
|
ARTICLE 10. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
|
|
74
|
|
|
Section 10.01.
|
|
Satisfaction and Discharge
|
|
74
|
|
|
Section 10.02.
|
|
Deposited Cash and Government
Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
|
|
74
|
|
|
Section 10.03.
|
|
Repayment to Company
|
|
74
|
ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
75
|
|
|
Section 11.01.
|
|
Trust Indenture Act Controls
|
|
75
|
|
|
Section 11.02.
|
|
Notices
|
|
75
|
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Section 11.03.
|
|
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
|
|
76
|
|
|
Section 11.04.
|
|
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
|
|
76
|
|
|
Section 11.05.
|
|
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
|
|
76
|
|
|
Section 11.06.
|
|
Rules by Trustee and Agents
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.07.
|
|
No Personal Liability of
Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.08.
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.09.
|
|
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.10.
|
|
Successors
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.11.
|
|
Severability
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.12.
|
|
Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
|
|
77
|
|
|
Section 11.13.
|
|
Conversion of Currency
|
|
78
|
|
|
Section 11.14.
|
|
Currency Equivalent
|
|
79
|
|
|
Section 11.15.
|
|
Counterpart Originals
|
|
79
|
|
|
Section 11.16.
|
|
Table of Contents, Headings, etc
.
|
|
79
|
|
|
Section 11.17.
|
|
Qualification of this Indenture
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A 1
|
|
|
|
|
(Face of Note) 1
|
|
|
7
3
/
4
% SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
|
|
1
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
1
|
|
|
(Back of Note) 2
|
|
|
|
|
7
3
/
4
% SENIOR NOTES DUE MARCH 15, 2016
|
|
2
|
|
|
Option of Holder to Elect to Accept Offer to Purchase
|
|
8
|
Assignment Form
9
|
|
|
|
|
(Insert assignees social security or other tax I.D. no.)
|
|
9
|
|
|
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
|
|
9
|
|
|
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE
|
|
10
|
EXHIBIT B
|
1
|
|
|
|
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
|
|
1
|
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
|
|
1
|
|
|
or
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
|
|
4
|
|
|
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
|
|
4
|
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
[CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
|
|
4
|
EXHIBIT C 1
|
|
|
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
|
|
1
|
EXHIBIT D 1
|
|
|
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
|
|
1
|
1.
|
|
|
|
Interpretation
.
|
|
1
|
2.
|
|
|
|
Agreement Entered into Pursuant
to
Indenture
. The Obligor and the Holder are entering into
this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, dated as
of January 17, 2006 (the Indenture; capitalized terms
used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein)
between Quebecor Media and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture,
Quebecor Media has issued 7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 of Quebecor Media
|
|
1
|
3.
|
|
|
|
Subordination
. The
indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security
shall be subordinated as follows:
|
|
1
|
4.
|
|
|
|
Enforceability
. Each of the
Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement
has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the
Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding
obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in
accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of
general applicability relating to or affecting creditors rights
and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a
Subordinated Security made or issued by Quebecor Media, on the date
hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to
such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture
|
|
4
|
5.
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
4
|
EXHIBIT A: FORM OF NOTE
EXHIBIT B: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
EXHIBIT C: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBIT D: FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
EXHIBIT E: FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
v
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
|
|
|
TIA Section
|
|
Indenture
|
Reference
|
|
Section
|
310(a)(1)
|
|
7.10
|
(a)(2)
|
|
7.10
|
(a)(3)
|
|
N.A.
|
(a)(4)
|
|
N.A.
|
(a)(5)
|
|
7.10
|
(b)
|
|
7.08, 7.10
|
(c)
|
|
N.A.
|
311(a)
|
|
7.11
|
(b)
|
|
7.11
|
(c)
|
|
N.A.
|
312(a)
|
|
2.05
|
(b)
|
|
11.03
|
(c)
|
|
11.03
|
313(a)
|
|
7.06
|
(b)(1)
|
|
N.A.
|
(b)(2)
|
|
7.06, 7.07
|
(c)
|
|
7.06, 11.02
|
(d)
|
|
7.06
|
314(a)
|
|
4.03, 4.04, 11.02
|
(b)
|
|
N.A.
|
(c)(1)
|
|
12.04
|
(c)(2)
|
|
12.04
|
(c)(3)
|
|
N.A.
|
(d)
|
|
N.A.
|
(e)
|
|
11.05
|
315(a)
|
|
7.01
|
(b)
|
|
7.05, 11.02
|
(c)
|
|
7.01
|
(d)
|
|
7.01
|
(e)
|
|
6.11
|
316(a) (last sentence)
|
|
2.09
|
(a)(1)(A)
|
|
6.05
|
(a)(1)(B)
|
|
6.04
|
(a)(2)
|
|
N.A.
|
(b)
|
|
6.07
|
317(a)(1)
|
|
6.08
|
(a)(2)
|
|
6.09
|
(b)
|
|
2.04
|
318(a)
|
|
11.01
|
N.A. means Not Applicable.
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture.
Exhibit 4.2
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
as Borrower
- and -
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS IDENTIFIED
ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO
as Lenders
- and -
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Bookmanager
- and -
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
as Administrative Agent
- and -
THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
as Joint Lead Arranger and Syndication Agent
- and -
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
- and -
BANK OF MONTREAL
- and -
HSBC BANK CANADA
as Documentation Agent (s)
Revolving
Facility C$100,000,000
Facility A C$125,000,000
Facility B US$350,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
January 17, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION
|
|
|
1
|
|
Section 1.01
|
|
Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
Section 1.02
|
|
Gender and Number
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 1.03
|
|
Interpretation not Affected by Headings, etc.
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 1.04
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 1.05
|
|
Certain Phrases, etc.
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 1.06
|
|
Accounting Terms
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 1.07
|
|
Non-Business Days
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 1.08
|
|
Ratable Portion of Accommodations
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 1.09
|
|
Incorporation of Schedules
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 1.10
|
|
Rounding
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 1.11
|
|
Times of Day
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 1.12
|
|
Letter of Credit Amounts
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2 CREDIT FACILITIES
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 2.01
|
|
Availability
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 2.02
|
|
Commitments and Facility Limits
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 2.03
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 2.04
|
|
Mandatory Repayments and Reductions of Commitments
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 2.05
|
|
Mandatory Prepayments
|
|
|
36
|
|
Section 2.06
|
|
Optional Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 2.07
|
|
Fees.
|
|
|
37
|
|
Section 2.08
|
|
Payments under this Agreement
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 2.09
|
|
Application of Payments and Prepayments
|
|
|
38
|
|
Section 2.10
|
|
Cash Collateralization of Certain Payments and Prepayments
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 2.11
|
|
Computations of Interest and Fees
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 2.12
|
|
Increase of Facility B and Creation of a New Credit Facility
|
|
|
39
|
|
Section 2.13
|
|
Excess.
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3 ADVANCES
|
|
|
41
|
|
Section 3.01
|
|
The Advances
|
|
|
41
|
|
Section 3.02
|
|
Procedure for Advances
|
|
|
42
|
|
Section 3.03
|
|
LIBOR Advances
|
|
|
42
|
|
Section 3.04
|
|
Market for Libor Advances
|
|
|
42
|
|
Section 3.05
|
|
Suspension of Libor Advance Option
|
|
|
42
|
|
Section 3.06
|
|
Limits on Libor Advances
|
|
|
43
|
|
Section 3.07
|
|
Conversions of Advances
|
|
|
43
|
|
Section 3.08
|
|
Interest on Prime Rate Advances
|
|
|
43
|
|
Section 3.09
|
|
Interest on US Prime Rate Advances
|
|
|
43
|
|
Section 3.10
|
|
Interest on Libor Advances
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 4 BANKERS ACCEPTANCES
|
|
|
44
|
|
Section 4.01
|
|
Acceptances and Drafts
|
|
|
44
|
|
Section 4.02
|
|
Form of Drafts
|
|
|
45
|
|
Section 4.03
|
|
Procedure for Drawing
|
|
|
45
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.04
|
|
Signatures of Draft Forms
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 4.05
|
|
Payment, Conversion or Renewal of BA Instruments
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 4.06
|
|
Circumstances Making Bankers Acceptances Unavailable
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 4.07
|
|
Depository Bills and Notes Act
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 5 LETTERS OF CREDIT
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 5.01
|
|
Letters of Credit
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 5.02
|
|
Reimbursements of Amounts Drawn
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 5.03
|
|
Risk of Letters of Credit
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 5.04
|
|
Repayments
|
|
|
50
|
|
Section 5.05
|
|
Applicability of ISP
|
|
|
51
|
|
Section 5.06
|
|
Conflict with Letter of Credit Application Form
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS OF LENDING
|
|
|
51
|
|
Section 6.01
|
|
Conditions Precedent to the Initial Accommodation
|
|
|
51
|
|
Section 6.02
|
|
Conditions Precedent to All Accommodations and Conversions
|
|
|
53
|
|
Section 6.03
|
|
No Waiver
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 7.01
|
|
Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 7.02
|
|
Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8 COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 8.01
|
|
Affirmative Covenants
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 8.02
|
|
Negative Covenants
|
|
|
64
|
|
Section 8.03
|
|
Financial Covenants
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
ARTICLE 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
|
|
68
|
|
Section 9.01
|
|
Events of Default
|
|
|
68
|
|
Section 9.02
|
|
Remedies Upon Demand and Default
|
|
|
71
|
|
Section 9.03
|
|
Bankruptcy and Insolvency
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 9.04
|
|
Relations with the Borrower
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 9.05
|
|
Application of Proceeds
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 10 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 10.01
|
|
Appointment and Authority
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 10.02
|
|
Rights as a Lender
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 10.03
|
|
Exculpatory Provisions
|
|
|
73
|
|
Section 10.04
|
|
Reliance by Administrative Agent
|
|
|
74
|
|
Section 10.05
|
|
Delegation of Duties
|
|
|
74
|
|
Section 10.06
|
|
Resignation of Administrative Agent
|
|
|
75
|
|
Section 10.07
|
|
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
|
|
|
76
|
|
Section 10.08
|
|
No Other Duties, Etc.
|
|
|
76
|
|
Section 10.09
|
|
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
|
76
|
|
Section 10.10
|
|
Collateral and Guaranty Matters
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 10.11
|
|
Replacement of Non-Schedule I Reference Banks
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 10.12
|
|
Irrevocable Power of Attorney (
fondé de pouvoir
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
Section 10.13
|
|
Issuing Lender
|
|
|
78
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.14
|
|
Borrower Materials
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 11 CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 11.01
|
|
Rules of Conversion
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 11.02
|
|
Determination of an Equivalent Currency
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 12.01
|
|
Amendment Etc.
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 12.02
|
|
Waiver
|
|
|
81
|
|
Section 12.03
|
|
Evidence of Debt and Accommodation Notices
|
|
|
81
|
|
Section 12.04
|
|
Notices, etc.
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 12.05
|
|
Confidentiality
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 12.06
|
|
Costs, Expenses and Indemnity
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 12.07
|
|
Taxes
|
|
|
84
|
|
Section 12.08
|
|
Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
85
|
|
Section 12.09
|
|
Non-Cdn Qualified Lenders
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 12.10
|
|
Right of Set-off
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 12.11
|
|
Accommodations by Lenders
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 12.12
|
|
Rateable Payments
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 12.13
|
|
Interest on Accounts
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 12.14
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 12.15
|
|
Consent to Jurisdiction
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 12.16
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 12.17
|
|
Severability
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 12.18
|
|
Assignment to Federal Reserve Bank
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 12.19
|
|
Good Faith and Fair Consideration
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 12.20
|
|
Superior Force
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 12.21
|
|
Sharing of Payments Among Lenders
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 12.22
|
|
Language
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule A
|
|
|
Agency Branch Account
|
Schedule B
|
|
|
Commitments
|
Schedule 1
|
|
|
Form of Accommodation Notice
|
Schedule 2
|
|
|
Form of Notice of Repayment
|
Schedule 3
|
|
|
Offer to Lenders
|
Schedule 4
|
|
|
Applicable margins
|
Schedule 5
|
|
|
Security and Security Documents
|
Schedule 6
|
|
|
Assignment and Assumption Agreement
|
Schedule 7
|
|
|
Subordination Agreement for back-to-back securities
|
Schedule 8
|
|
|
Form of Note
|
|
|
|
Disclosure Schedules
|
|
|
|
Schedule 1.01(a)
|
|
Existing Back-To-Back Debt
|
Schedule 1.01(B)
|
|
Existing Back-To-Back
Preferred Shares
|
5
|
|
|
Schedule 1.01(C)
|
|
Existing Tax Benefit Transactions
|
Schedule 7.01(a)
|
|
Subsidiaries and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or continuation
|
Schedule 7.01(g)
|
|
Location of Business and of minute books
|
Schedule 7.01(L)
|
|
Corporate chart of the Borrower
|
Schedule 7.01(P)
|
|
Material Agreements
|
Schedule 7.01(V)
|
|
Corporate Structure
|
CREDIT AGREEMENT
entered into in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec, as of January 17,
2006
|
|
|
AMONG:
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
, a company constituted and existing under the
laws of Quebec, Canada, having its registered office, head office
and chief executive office at 612 St-Jacques St., Montreal, Quebec,
H3C 4M8
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTY OF THE FIRST PART
|
|
|
|
AND:
|
|
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF OR
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO PARTIES OF THE SECOND PART
|
|
|
|
AND:
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR THE LENDERS,
a
duly constituted bank, having a place of business at 1850 Gateway
Blvd. 5
th
Floor, Concord, California, 94520-3282,
CA4-706-05-13 and at 200 Front Street West, Suite 2700, Toronto,
Ontario, M5V 3L2
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTY OF THE THIRD PART
|
WHEREAS
the Borrower wishes to borrow certain amounts from the Lenders and the Lenders have
agreed to lend such amounts to the Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the provisions
hereof;
NOW THEREFORE
the parties hereto, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, hereby covenant and agree as follows.
ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION
Section 1.01 Defined Terms.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following
meanings:
Accommodation
means (i) an Advance made by a Lender; (ii) the creation and purchase of
Bankers Acceptances or the purchase of completed Drafts by a Lender or by any other Person on the
occasion of any Drawing; and (iii) the creation, issue, extension of expiry date, renewal or
increase of Letters of Credit by an Issuing Lender (each of which is a
Type
of Accommodation).
Accommodation Notice
means a Borrowing Notice or a Drawing Notice, as the case may be.
2
Accommodations Outstanding
means, at any time, the principal amount owed to the Lenders
under the Credit Facilities, and, more specifically, means (i) under the Revolving Facility, in
relation to (a) the Borrower and all Revolving Lenders, the amount of all Accommodations
outstanding thereunder at such time made to the Borrower by the Revolving Lenders, and (b) the
Borrower and each Revolving Lender, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding at such time made
by such Revolving Lender under its Commitment under the Revolving Facility; (ii) under Facility A,
in relation to (a) the Borrower and all Facility A Lenders, the amount of all Accommodations
outstanding thereunder at such time made to the Borrower by the Facility A Lenders, and (b) the
Borrower and each Facility A Lender, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding at such time made
by such Facility A Lender under its Commitment under Facility A; (iii) under Facility B, in
relation to (a) the Borrower and all Facility B Lenders, the amount of all Accommodations
outstanding thereunder at such time made to the Borrower by the Facility B Lenders, and (b) the
Borrower and each Facility B Lender, the amount of all Accommodations outstanding at such time made
by such Facility B Lender under its Commitment under Facility B; and (iv) in respect of Letters of
Credit, in relation to the Borrower and the Issuing Lender, the Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of
Credit Outstanding at such time issued by the Issuing Lender to the Borrower. In determining
Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility, the aggregate amount thereof shall be
determined on the basis of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in Canadian Dollars,
(ii) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in
US Dollars, (iii) an amount equal to the Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding for
which the Revolving Lenders are contingently liable pursuant to
Section 3.01(1)
and Section 5.02(2), as the case may be, and
(iv) the aggregate Face Amount of all outstanding BA Instruments which any applicable Lender has
purchased or arranged to have purchased (and in respect of each Revolving Lender, a ratable part of
such amounts). In determining Accommodations Outstanding under Facility A, the aggregate amount
thereof shall be determined on the basis of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in
Canadian Dollars, (ii) the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of the aggregate principal amount
of all Advances in US Dollars and (iii) the aggregate Face Amount of all outstanding BA Instruments
which any applicable Lender has purchased or arranged to have purchased (and in respect of each
Facility A Lender, a ratable portion of such amounts). In determining Accommodations Outstanding
under the Facility B-1 Tranche, the aggregate amount thereof shall be determined on the basis of
the aggregate principal amount of all Advances in US Dollars (and in respect of each Facility B-1
Lender, a ratable portion of such amounts). In determining Accommodations Outstanding under the
Facility B-2 Tranche, the aggregate amount thereof shall be determined on the basis of (i) the
aggregate principal amount of all Advances in Canadian Dollars and (ii) the aggregate Face Amount
of all outstanding BA Instruments which any applicable Lender has purchased or arranged to have
purchased (and in respect of each Facility B-2 Lender, a ratable part of such amounts). For all
purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its
terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the
ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be
deemed to be outstanding in the amount so remaining available
to be drawn.
Acquisition
means, with respect to any Person, any transaction or series of related
transactions for the direct or indirect (i) acquisition of all or substantially all of the Assets
or a business or division of any other Person; (ii) acquisition of any shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (including partnership interests); or (iii) reconstruction,
reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, winding-up, merger, transfer, sale, lease or other combination
with
3
any other Person other than with a subsidiary of such Person; and
Acquire
and
Acquired
have meanings correlative thereto.
Administrative Agent
means, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent for the Lenders
under this Agreement, with assistance from Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch, and any successor
appointed pursuant to Section 10.06.
Advances
means advances of funds in Canadian Dollars by way of Prime Rate Advances made by a
Lender under the Credit Facilities and advances in US$ by way of Libor Advances and US Prime Rate
Advances made by a Lender under the Credit Facilities, all in
accordance with Article 3 and
Advance
means any one of such advances.
Affiliate
has the meaning specified in the
Canada Business Corporations Act
on the date of
this Agreement, and, with respect to any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, means
any other fund that invests in bank loans and is advised or managed by the same investment advisor
as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.
Agency Branch Account
means the accounts listed in Schedule A attached hereto.
Agent-Related Persons
means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates
(including, in the case of Bank of America, N.A. in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, Banc
of America Securities LLC as,
inter alia
, joint lead arranger), and the officers, directors,
employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.
Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding
means the sum, expressed in Canadian
Dollars, of (i) the aggregate Face Amount of all Letters of Credit issued in C$ and (ii) the
Equivalent Amount in C$ of the aggregate Face Amount of all Letters of Credit issued in US$.
Agreement
means this credit agreement and all schedules attached hereto, as amended,
restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time; and the expressions
Article
and
Section
followed by a number mean and refer to the specified Article or Section of this
Agreement.
Annual Business Plan
means, for any Financial Year, (i) detailed pro-forma balance sheets,
income statements and statements of changes in the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries financial
position, prepared in accordance with GAAP (to the extent applicable), in respect of such Financial
Year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries consolidated operations and supported by appropriate
explanations, notes and information; (ii) detailed pro-forma balance sheets, income statements and
statements of changes in the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries financial position in respect of, and
as at the last day of, each of the next two following Financial Years, prepared in accordance with
GAAP (to the extent applicable) for the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries consolidated operations.
Applicable Commitment Fee
means, in respect of the Revolving Facility, the Commitment Fee
set out in Schedule 4 corresponding to the applicable Leverage Ratio at such time. The Applicable Commitment Fee shall be adjusted on the date the Administrative Agent
receives the relevant Compliance Certificate calculating the Leverage Ratio. If at any time any
4
Compliance Certificate is not delivered on the applicable due date, without prejudice to the rights
of the Lenders in respect of such Default, the Borrower shall pay Commitment Fees set out in Tier V
of the table in Schedule 4 from the date such Compliance Certificate was due until it is delivered.
Applicable Margins
means, at any time, subject to the next following sentence, the margins
set forth in the relevant table in Schedule 4 and corresponding, with respect to the Revolving
Facility and Facility A, to the Leverage Ratio at such time. In respect of (i) Prime Rate Advances,
the Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column
C$ Prime Rate
; (ii) Drawings
and Letters of Credit, the Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column
Drawing
Fee and L/C Fee
, subject, with respect to Letters of Credit, to the fee payable to the Issuing
Lender as contemplated by Section 5.01, (iii) Libor Advances, the Applicable
Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column
LIBOR
, and (iv) US Prime Rate Advances, the
Applicable Margin shall be the margin referred to in the column
US$ Prime Rate
. With respect to
the Revolving Facility and Facility A, from the Closing Date until the delivery of the Compliance
Certificate with respect to the Fiscal Quarter of the Borrower ending on March 31, 2006, each
Applicable Margin and the Applicable Commitment Fee shall be deemed to be that set out in Tier IV
of the relevant table in Schedule 4. With respect to the Revolving Facility and Facility A, if at
any time any Compliance Certificate is not delivered on the applicable due date, without prejudice
to the rights of the Lenders in respect of such Default, the Applicable Margin shall be that set
out in Tier V of the relevant table in Schedule 4 from the date such Compliance Certificate was due
until the date on which it is delivered.
If at the time of a change in the Drawing Fee or LC Fee, there exist any outstanding Drawings or
Letters of Credit of the Borrower under any Credit Facility, the Borrower shall pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the applicable Lenders under the applicable Credit
Facility (in the case of an increase in the Drawing Fee or LC Fee) or receive repayment or credit
from the applicable Lenders (in the case of a decrease in the Drawing Fee or LC Fee) for, an amount
in respect of each such Drawing or Letter of Credit equal to the product obtained by multiplying
(i) the product obtained by multiplying (w) the difference between the Drawing Fee or LC Fee in
effect prior to such change and the Drawing Fee or LC Fee in effect immediately after such change,
by (x) the aggregate face amount of such Drawing or Letter of Credit, by (ii) the quotient obtained
by dividing (y) the number of days to maturity remaining in respect of such Drawing or Letter of
Credit, by (z) 365 days. Any payment as a result of a change in the Applicable Margin shall be
made, in respect of Drawings, on the next maturity date thereof in
accordance with Article 4 or, in respect of Letters of Credit, on the next date of payment of such LC Fee
in accordance with
Article 5.
Approved Fund
means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an
Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a
Lender.
Arms Length
has the meaning ascribed thereto for the purposes of the
Income Tax Act
(Canada), as in effect as of the date hereof.
Assets
means, with respect to any Person, all property, rights, assets and undertakings of
such Person of every kind, tangible and intangible, and wheresoever situate, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired.
5
Assignee
has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.08.
Assignee Group
means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or
two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
Assignment Fee
means the processing and recordation fee in the amount of US$2,500 for each
assignment made in compliance with Section 12.08, provided, however, that in
the event of two or more concurrent assignments to members of the same Assignee Group (which may be
effected by a sub-allocation of an assigned amount among members of such Assignee Group) or two or
more concurrent assignments by members of the same Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee
(or to an Eligible Assignee and member of its Assignee Group), the Assignment Fee will be US$2,500
plus an amount of: (i) US$0 for the first four concurrent assignments or sub-allocations to members
of an Assignee Group (or from members of an Assignee Group, as applicable); and (ii) US$500 per
additional concurrent assignment or sub-allocation to a member of such Assignee Group (or from a
member of such Assignee Group, as applicable).
Assignment and Assumption
means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an
Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required) and accepted by the
Administrative Agent in substantially the form of Schedule 6 or any other form approved by the
Administrative Agent.
Authorization
means, with respect to any Person, any authorization, order, permit, approval,
grant, licence, consent, right, franchise, privilege, certificate, judgment, writ, injunction,
award, determination, direction, decree, by-law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity
having jurisdiction over such Person.
Back-to-Back Debt
means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back
Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than the Borrower,
executes a subordination agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent in substantially the form
attached hereto as Schedule 7.
Back-to-Back Preferred Shares
means preferred shares issued:
(a) to a Loan Party by an Affiliate of the Borrower in circumstances where, immediately
prior to the issuance of such preferred shares, an Affiliate of such Loan Party has loaned
on an unsecured basis to such Loan Party, or an Affiliate of such Loan Party has subscribed
for preferred shares of such Loan Party in an amount equal to, the requisite subscription
price for such preferred shares;
(b) by a Loan Party to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or
immediately after, as the case may be, the issuance of such preferred shares, such Loan
Party has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate on an
unsecured basis; or
(c) by a Loan Party to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately after the
issuance of such preferred shares, such Loan Party has used all of the proceeds of such
issuance to subscribe for preferred shares issued by such Affiliate;
6
in each case on terms whereby:
(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the preferred shares issued to or by such
Loan Party is identical:
(A) in the case of (a) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the
aggregate redemption amount of the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate
prior to the issuance thereof;
(B) in the case of (b) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such
Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or
(C) in the case of (c) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the preferred
shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof;
(ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the preferred shares issued to or by such Loan
Party will:
(A) in the case of (a) above, be immediately prior to the interest payment date
relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the preferred shares
subscribed for by such Affiliate immediately prior to the issuance thereof;
(B) in the case of (b) above, be immediately after the interest payment date
relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance
thereof; or
(C) in the case of (c) above, be immediately after the dividend payment date on the
preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof;
(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions
attaching to the preferred shares issued:
(A) to a Loan Party in the case of (a) above, will be equal to or in excess of the
amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends
provided for in respect of the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate
prior to the issuance thereof;
(B) by a Loan Party in the case of (b) above, will be equal to or less than the
amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate with the
proceeds of the issuance thereof; or
(C) by a Loan Party in the case of (c) above, will be equal to the amount of
dividends in respect of the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the
proceeds of the issuance thereof.
Provided, for greater certainty, that in all cases, (I) the redemption of any preferred
shares by a Loan Party, (II) the repayment of any Back-to-Back Debt by a Loan Party, (III)
the payment of any dividends by a Loan Party in respect of its preferred shares, and (IV)
the payment of any interest on Back-to-Back Debt of a Loan Party, may, in each case, be made
by a Loan Party solely by delivering the relevant Back-to-Back Securities to the Affiliate in question, or by paying to the Affiliate an amount in cash not in excess
of the amount already received in cash from such Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the requirement set out above with respect to the timing and order of events or to the
effect that certain amounts stipulated in (ii) and (iii) above must be equal to or
7
not in excess of or not less than certain other amounts stipulated thereunder shall not apply to
Back-to-Back Transactions between QMI Entities provided the exchange of payments relating
to such transactions are completed on the same day absent administrative, technical or
technological constraints.
Back-to-Back Securities
means the Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or the Back-to-Back Debt or
both, as the context requires.
Back-to-Back Transactions
means any of the transactions described under the definition of
Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.
BA Equivalent Note
has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(3).
BA Instruments
means, collectively, Bankers Acceptances, Drafts and BA Equivalent Notes,
and, in the singular, any one of them.
Bankers
Acceptance
has the meaning specified in
Section 4.01.
Banking Day
means any day which is at the same time a Business Day and a day on which
dealings in US Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank
eurodollar market.
Beneficiary
has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.01(3).
Benefit Plan
of any Person, means, at any time, any employee benefit plan as defined in
Section 3 (3) of ERISA (including a Multiemployer Plan), the funding requirements of which (under
Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code) are, or at any time within six
years immediately preceding the time in question were, in whole or in part, the responsibility of
such Person.
Borrower
means Quebecor Media Inc. and its successors and permitted assigns.
Borrowers Equity
means, without duplication, the sum of shareholders equity of the
Borrower and non-controlling interests of the Borrower, in each case determined on a consolidated
basis, in accordance with GAAP.
Borrowing
Notice
has the meaning specified in Section 3.02.
Building and Fixtures
means all plants, buildings, structures, erections, improvements,
appurtenances and fixtures (including fixed machinery and fixed equipment) situate on the Owned
Properties and Leased Properties.
Business
means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,
the business currently conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any
business complementary thereto or an extension thereof.
Business Day
means any day of the year, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
banks are required or authorized to close in, or are in fact closed in, (a) with
8
respect to matters pertaining exclusively to Accommodations and repayments under the Revolving Facility, Facility A
and Facility B-2, Toronto, Ontario, or (b) with respect to all other matters, (i) Toronto, Ontario,
(ii) New York, New York, and (iii) California, U.S.A. or such other State in which the
Administrative Agents office is located from time to time.
Canadian Dollars
and
C$
each means lawful money of Canada.
Canadian Prime Rate
means, at any time, the rate of interest per annum equal to the greater
of (i) the rate which the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Toronto, Ontario quotes,
publishes and refers to as its
prime rate
and which is its reference rate of interest for demand
commercial loans in Canadian Dollars to Canadian borrowers; and (ii) the average rate for Canadian
Dollar bankers acceptances having a term of one month that appears on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page
(or such other page as is a replacement page for such bankers acceptances) as of 10:00 a.m.
(Toronto time) on the date of determination, as reported by the Administrative Agent, plus 1.00%,
adjusted automatically with each quoted, published or displayed change in such rate, all without
necessity of any notice to the Borrower or any other Person.
Capital Expenditures
means expenditures made for the purchase, lease or acquisition of
assets (other than current assets) required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP. For greater
certainty,
Capital Expenditures
shall not include Acquisitions and Investments.
Carlyle Agreement
means the share purchase agreement dated December 22, 2003, as amended,
among Carlyle VTL Holdings, LP, Carlyle Partners III (Vidéotron), LP, the Borrower and 9101-0827
Quebec Inc.
Carlyle Debt
means the deferred purchase price owed by the Borrower pursuant to the Carlyle
Agreement.
Cash Equivalents
means
|
(1)
|
|
US Dollars or Canadian Dollars;
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
investments in securities with maturities of one year or less
from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada,
or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated in the
R-1 category by the Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited;
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers
acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits,
in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of US$500 million;
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than sixty days
for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above
|
9
|
|
|
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (3) above;
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
commercial paper having a rating of at least P-1 from Moodys
Investors Service, Inc. or A-1 from Standard & Poors Rating Services and in
each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with
respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating in the R-1 category from the
Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited; and
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which
constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5)
of this definition.
|
Cdn Qualified Lender
means a Lender which (i) is not a non-resident within the meaning of
the ITA or (ii) is an authorized foreign bank within the meaning of the ITA and all amounts payable
to it with respect to the applicable Credit Facility are paid or credited in respect of its
Canadian banking business within the meaning of the ITA.
Change of Control
means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (whether or
not approved by the board of directors of any such Person): (i) any Person or related group of
Persons acting in concert shall at any time be, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of a
greater percentage of the votes attaching to the Borrowers securities entitled to vote generally
in an election of the Borrowers directors than the percentage of such votes beneficially owned by
Quebecor or the Péladeau Group at such time or (ii) the designees of Quebecor or the Péladeau Group
shall cease to represent the largest group of designees of any Person or group of Persons acting in
concert on the board of directors of the Borrower, or the said board is or becomes controlled by
any other shareholder.
Change in Law
means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the
following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change
in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application
thereof by any Governmental Entity or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Entity.
Claim
means any claim of any nature whatsoever, including any demand, liability, obligation,
cause of action, suit, proceeding, judgment, award, assessment and reassessment.
Closing Date
means January 17, 2006.
Collateral
means the Assets of the Borrower or any of the Pledgors in respect of which any
Lender has or will have a Security Interest pursuant to a Security Document.
Commitment
means, at any time, in respect of any Lender, its portion of the Revolving
Commitment, Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment as applicable, as indicated in Schedule
B hereto and
Commitments
means collectively all the Commitments of all Lenders under all Credit
Facilities.
10
Compliance Certificate
means a certificate of the Borrower signed on its behalf by its
chief financial officer, controller, treasurer, or any other officer acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, (i) stating that any financial statements delivered by it pursuant to Section
8.01(a) present fairly the financial position, results of operations and changes in financial
position of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP; (ii) stating that the representations and
warranties in Article 7 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date,
except where expressly stated to be made at a particular date; (iii) stating that the Borrower is
not in breach of any of the covenants contained in Article 8 as at the date thereof (or describing
the details of any subsisting breach); (iv) stating that no Default has occurred and is continuing
and that no Event of Default has occurred (or describing the details of any subsisting Default and
the action which the Borrower proposes to take or has taken with respect thereto or any Event of
Default); and (v) providing, in reasonable detail, evidence of compliance, at the end of each
Financial Quarter, with Section 8.03 and evidencing the calculation of the financial covenants in
Section 8.03 applicable at such time.
Consolidated Debt
means, for any Person, at any time, the aggregate of all Debt of such
Person and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBITDA
means, for any Person, for any period and without duplication, earnings
of such Person on a consolidated basis before non-controlling interests, earnings from equity
accounted investments, extraordinary items, non-recurring gains or losses on debt extinguishment
and asset sales, Consolidated Interest Charges, foreign exchange translation gains or losses not
involving the payment of cash, amortization of deferred financing costs and other non-cash
financial charges, taxes, depreciation, amortization (including write-down of assets), without
taking into account any goodwill adjustments, calculated on a consolidated basis, and otherwise
calculated in accordance with GAAP; for greater certainty, there shall be excluded from the
calculation of
Consolidated EBITDA
to the extent included in such calculation, the amount of any
income or expense relating to Back-to-Back Securities.
Consolidated Interest Charges
means, for any Person, for any period for the Person and its
subsidiaries, the sum of, without duplication, on a consolidated basis, (i) all items properly
classified as interest expense in accordance with GAAP (other than amounts paid in respect of (A)
the Back-to-Back Transactions, including under the Existing Back-to-Back Securities, (B) any
non-cash foreign exchange gains or losses recognized in relation to foreign currency denominated
Debt and (C) the amortization of deferred financing cost), (ii) the imputed interest component of
any element of Consolidated Debt (such as capital leases) which would not be classified as interest
expense pursuant to (i), and (iii) the aggregate of all purchase discounts relating to the sale of
(a) bankers acceptances or other instruments sold at a discount, and (b) accounts receivable in
connection with any asset securitization program, all as determined at such time in accordance with
GAAP.
Consolidated Senior Debt
means, at any time, the Consolidated Debt less Subordinated Debt of
the Borrower and all other unsecured Debt of the Borrower (i.e. Debt not secured by a Lien)
determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio
means, at any time, the ratio of the Consolidated Senior
Debt of the Borrower to Consolidated EBITDA calculated in the manner prescribed in Section Section
8.02(g) at such time.
11
Contingent Obligations
of any Person means all contingent liabilities required to be
included in the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP, excluding any notes
thereto.
Control
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting
power, by contract or otherwise.
Controlling
has a meaning correlative thereto.
Credit Documents
means this Agreement, the BA Instruments, the Letters of Credit, the
Security Documents, the Hedging Agreements (excluding the Hedging Agreements referred to in
paragraph (ii) of the definition of Hedging Agreements), the subordination agreements in respect of
Back-to-Back Securities and all other documents (including guarantees) to be executed and delivered
to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Lenders, their Affiliates, to any Person on
their behalf, or all of them, by the Borrower or any Pledgor or any other Person in connection with
the Credit Facilities, as such documents or instruments may be amended, restated, modified,
supplemented or extended from time to time.
Credit Facilities
means, collectively, the Revolving Facility, Facility A, Facility B and
any new credit facility created pursuant to Section 2.12, and, in the singular any one of them.
Debentures
has the meaning attributed to it in Schedule 5.
Debt
of any Person means, at any time, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for
borrowed money including bankers acceptances, letters of credit or letters of guarantee; for the
purposes of calculating the amount of Debt denominated in US$, the Borrower shall use the exchange
rate contemplated in the hedging agreements entered into by it up to the extent to which such US$
denominated Debt is covered by such hedging agreements , (ii) obligations in respect of the
Negative Value of Hedging Agreement relating to all hedging agreements, but without duplication of
any underlying Debt that may be hedged by same, and without taking into account the currency
hedging in respect of the US$ denominated Debt referred to in paragraph (i) above, (iii) all
indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services, whether or not represented by
a note or other evidence of indebtedness, other than such obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of the Persons business, and payable within a period not exceeding 150 days from the date
of their incurrence, (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights
and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to
repossession or sale of such property), (v) all indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien
created or assumed by the Person on any properties or assets of the Person, (vi) Contingent
Obligations, (vii) all obligations under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with
GAAP, recorded as capital leases or Synthetic Leases in respect of which the Person is liable as
lessee, (viii) the aggregate amount at which any shares in the capital of the Person which are
redeemable or retractable at the option of the holder may be retracted or redeemed for cash or Debt
(provided all conditions precedent for such retraction or redemption have been satisfied), and (ix)
all Debt Guaranteed by the Person; but shall not include (a) the Back-to-Back Securities and the
Existing Back-to-Back Securities, and (b) the Existing Credit Agreement provided it is fully paid
on the Closing Date.
12
Debt Distribution
means, in respect of any Person, any payment made on, under, or in respect
of any Debt (other than Debt under this Agreement or payments required to be made pursuant to the
provisions of any pension plan of such Person in effect from time to time), including interest,
sinking fund or any like payment.
Debt Guaranteed
by any Person means the maximum amount which may be outstanding at any time
of all Debt of the kinds referred to in (i) through (viii) of the definition of Debt which is
directly or indirectly guaranteed by the Person or which the Person has agreed (contingently or
otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or in respect of which the Person has otherwise
assured a creditor or other Person against loss.
Default
means an event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender
means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of or participate
in any Accommodations required to be funded or participated by it hereunder within one Business Day
of the date required to be funded or participated by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay
over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it
hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute,
or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
Designated Period
means, with respect to a Libor Advance, a period designated by the
Borrower in accordance with Section 3.03.
Disposition
means with respect to any Asset of any Person, any direct or indirect sale,
assignment, cession, transfer (including any transfer of title or possession), exchange,
conveyance, release, gift, including by means of a sale-leaseback transaction, reorganization,
consolidation, amalgamation or merger; and
Dispose
and
Disposed
have meanings correlative
thereto.
Distribution
means a Debt Distribution or an Equity Distribution.
Draft
means, at any time, (i) a bill of exchange, within the meaning of the
Bills of
Exchange Act
(Canada), drawn by the Borrower on a Lender or any other Person and bearing such
distinguishing letters and numbers as the Lender or the Person may determine, but which at such
time has not been completed as to the payee by the Lender or the Person; or (ii) a depository bill
within the meaning of the
Depository Bills and Notes Act
(Canada).
Drawing
means (i) the creation and purchase of Bankers Acceptances by a Lender or by any
other Person pursuant to Article 4; or (ii) the purchase of completed Drafts by a Lender or by any
other Person pursuant to Article 4.
Drawing Date
means any Business Day fixed for a Drawing pursuant to Section 4.03.
Drawing Fee
means, with respect to each Bankers Acceptance or Draft drawn by the Borrower
and purchased by any Person on any Drawing Date, an amount equal to the
13
Applicable Margin, multiplied by the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days, inclusive of the first day and exclusive of the last day, in the term of maturity
of such Bankers Acceptance or Draft, and the denominator of which is 365 or 366 (in the case of a
leap year), as the case may be, and (ii) the aggregate Face Amount of the Bankers Acceptance or
Draft.
Drawing Notice
has the meaning specified in Section 4.03(1).
Drawing Price
means, in respect of Bankers Acceptances or Drafts purchased by a Revolving
Lender, a Facility A Lender or a Facility B-2 Lender or any other Person, the result obtained by
multiplying (a) the aggregate Face Amount of the Bankers Acceptances or Drafts by (b) the amount
(rounded up or down to the fifth decimal place with .000005 being rounded up) determined by
dividing one by the sum of one plus the product of (x) the Reference Discount Rate, and (y) a
fraction the numerator of which is the number of days to maturity of the Bankers Acceptances or
Drafts and the denominator of which is 365.
Drawing Proceeds
means, in respect of any Bankers Acceptance or Draft purchased by a Lender
or any other Person, an amount equal to (i) the Drawing Price in respect of such Bankers
Acceptance or Draft; minus (ii) the applicable Drawing Fee in respect of such Bankers Acceptance
or Draft.
Eligible Assignee
means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund;
and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent,
(ii) in the case of any assignment of a Commitment under the Revolving Facility, the Issuing
Lender, and (iii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each
such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
provided
that notwithstanding
the foregoing,
Eligible Assignee
shall (i) not include the Borrower or any of the Borrowers
Affiliates or Subsidiaries and (ii) be a Cdn Qualified Lender in the case of Facility A or the
Revolving Facility.
Environmental Laws
means all applicable Laws relating to the environment, health and safety
matters or conditions, Hazardous Substances, pollution or protection of the environment, including
Laws relating to (i) on site or off-site contamination; (ii) occupational health and safety
relating to Hazardous Substances; (iii) chemical substances or products; (iv) Releases of
pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or other industrial, toxic or radioactive substances or
Hazardous Substances into the environment; and (v) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
treatment, storage, transport or handling of Hazardous Substance.
Environmental Liabilities and Costs
means all Losses and Claims under applicable
Environmental Laws, whether known or unknown, current or potential, past, present or future,
imposed by, under or pursuant to Environmental Laws or otherwise relating to any Environmental Law,
including all Losses and Claims related to Remedial Actions and all reasonable fees, disbursements
and expenses of counsel, experts, personnel and consultants, where such Losses and Claims are based
on, arise out of or are otherwise in respect of (i) the ownership or operation of the Business or
any Assets related to the Business; (ii) the conditions on, under, above or about any real
property, assets, equipment or facilities currently or previously owned, leased or operated by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) expenditures necessary to cause the operations of the
Business or Assets either related to the Business or owned, leased or operated by
14
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to comply materially with any and all environmental
requirements, including expenditures in connection with obtaining all Environmental Permits; (iv)
expenditures necessary to effect the environmental closure, environmental decommissioning or
environmental rehabilitation of any of the operations of the Business or Assets either related to
the Business or owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) liability
for personal injury or property damage, including damages assessed for the maintenance of a public
or private nuisance; and (vi) any other matter affecting the Owned Properties, the Leased
Properties or other Assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental
Law or otherwise within the jurisdiction of any Governmental Entity administering any Environmental
Law.
Environmental Notice
means any claim, citation, directive, request for information,
statement of claim, notice of investigation, letter or other communication, written or oral, actual
or threatened, from any Person to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any
Environmental Laws.
Environmental Permits
includes all permits, certificates, approvals, registrations and
licences issued by any Governmental Entity to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to the
Business pursuant to Environmental Laws and required for the operation of the Business or the use
of the Owned Properties, Leased Properties or other Assets of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries.
Equity Distributions
means, in respect of any Person, (i) any dividend or other distribution
on issued shares of such Person and (ii) the purchase, redemption or retirement amount of any
issued shares, warrants or any other options or rights to acquire shares of the Person redeemed or
purchased by the Person.
Equivalent Amount
means on any given day, as applicable, the amount of a currency (the
First Currency
, being US Dollars or Canadian Dollars) into which another currency (the
Other
Currency
, being US Dollars or Canadian Dollars) may be converted using for the purposes of such
conversion the rate and method set forth in Article 11 at which such Other Currency may be
converted into the First Currency.
ERISA
means the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
of the United States of
America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued
thereunder.
ERISA Affiliate
means any Person that, for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, is a member of (a)
a controlled group of corporations, group of trades or businesses under common control, or an
affiliated service group, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Internal Revenue
Code, of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a member, or (b) any group treated as a single
employer under Section 414(o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary
is a member.
Event of Default
has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.
ERISA Event
means:
15
(a)
(i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of
ERISA, with respect to any Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to
such event has been waived by the PBGC, or
(ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA
(without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with respect to a
Plan of a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, and
an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section
4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan
within the following 30 days,
(b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan is submitted under
Section 303 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code,
(c) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such
Plan, pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan
amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA),
(d) the cessation of operations at a facility of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any
ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA,
(e) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple
Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section
4001(a)(2) of ERISA,
(f) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA shall have been met
with respect to any Plan,
(g) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan
pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA, or
(h) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of
ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that
constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer,
such Plan.
Existing Back-to-Back Debt
means the transactions set forth in Schedule 1.01-A, in each case
in aggregate principal amount outstanding on the Closing Date, with respect to which each party
thereto, other than the Borrower, has executed a subordination agreement in favour of the
Administrative Agent for the Lenders in substantially the form attached as Schedule 7.
Existing Back-to-Back Preferred Shares
means the Preferred Shares and related transactions
described in Schedule 1.01-B.
Existing Back-to-Back Securities
means the Existing Back-to-Back Debt and the Existing
Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.
16
Existing Credit Agreement
means the credit agreement among the Borrower and,
inter
alia
,Royal Bank of Canada as Administrative Agent dated as of June 29, 2001, as amended, which is
to be repaid at Closing.
Existing Senior Notes
means (i) the existing senior notes issued by the Borrower and
designated as 11
1/8
% Senior Notes due 2011, created pursuant to a trust indenture
dated July 6 2001 as amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005 and
(ii) the existing senior discount notes issued by the Borrower and designated as 13
3/4
Senior Discount Notes due 2011, created pursuant to a trust indenture dated July 6, 2001 as
amended by a First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 30, 2005.
Existing Tax Benefit Transactions
means the transactions described in Schedule 1.01-C.
Face Amount
means (i) in respect of a BA Instrument, the amount payable to the holder on its
maturity; and (ii) in respect of a Letter of Credit, the maximum amount which the Issuing Lender is
contingently liable to pay to the Beneficiary thereof.
Facility A
means the term credit facility in an amount of up to C$125,000,000 to be made
available to the Borrower in accordance with Article 2.
Facility A Commitment
means C$125,000,000, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to
Article 2.
Facility A Lender
means a Lender which has a Commitment under Facility A and which must be a
Cdn Qualified Lender.
Facility B
means the term credit facility in an amount of US$350,000,000 made available to
the Borrower in accordance with Article 2, and is comprised of the Facility B-1 Tranche and, if
applicable, the Facility B-2 Tranche.
Facility B Commitment
refers collectively to the Facility B-1 Commitment and the Facility
B-2 Commitment.
Facility B Lenders
refers collectively to the Facility B-1 Lenders and the Facility B -2
Lenders and
Facility B Lender
refers individually to any such Lender.
Facility B-1 Commitment
means US$350,000,000 as such amount may be decreased pursuant to
Article 2.
Facility B-1 Lender
means a Lender which has a Facility B-1 Commitment.
Facility B-1 Tranche
means a portion of Facility B in an amount of up to US$350,000,000
made available to the Borrower by Facility B-1 Lenders.
Facility B-2 Commitment
means C$0 as such amount may be decreased pursuant to Article 2.
17
Facility B-2 Lender
means a Lender which has a Facility B-2 Commitment and which is able and
willing to make Accommodations to the Borrower in Canadian Dollars.
Facility B-2 Tranche
means a portion of Facility B in an amount of up to C$0 made available
to the Borrower by Facility B-2 Lenders, if any.
Federal Funds Effective Rate
means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum
equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal
funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers as
published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding
Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, for any day on which such rate is not so
published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the average of the quotations for
such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. If for any reason the
Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive, absent
manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason,
including without limitation, the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain
sufficient bids or publications in accordance with the terms hereof, Bank of America N.A.s
announced US Prime Rate will apply.
Fees
means the fees payable by the Borrower under this Agreement.
Financial Quarter
means, in respect of any Person, a period of three consecutive months in
each Financial Year of such Person ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, as
the case may be, of such year.
Financial Year
means, in respect of any Person, its financial year commencing on January 1
of each calendar year and ending on December 31 of the same calendar year.
Fund
means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in
the ordinary course of its business.
GAAP
means, at any time, accounting principles generally accepted in Canada as recommended
in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants at the relevant time applied on
a consistent basis (except for changes approved by the Borrowers independent auditors in
accordance with promulgations of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants).
Governmental Entity
means any (i) multinational, federal, provincial, state, municipal,
local or other government, governmental or public department, central bank, court, commission,
board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, (ii) any subdivision or authority of
any of the foregoing, or (iii) any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory,
expropriation or taxing authority under or for the account of any of the above.
Hazardous Substance
means any substance, waste, liquid, gaseous or solid matter, fuel,
micro-organism, sound, vibration, ray, heat, odour, radiation, energy, plasma and organic or
inorganic matter, alone or in any combination which is regulated under any applicable
18
Environmental Laws, hazardous, hazardous waste, toxic, a pollutant, a deleterious substance, a
contaminant or a source of pollution or contamination under any Environmental Law.
Hedging Agreements
means: (i) one or more agreements between the Borrower and one or more of
the Lenders or their Affiliates evidencing (A) any interest rate hedge (including any interest rate
swap, cap or collars), (B) any commodities hedge or (c) any foreign exchange hedge; and (ii) one
or more agreements between the Borrower and Société Générale (Canada) (or any Affiliate thereof)
evidencing (A) any interest rate hedge (including any interest rate swap, cap or collars) (B) any
commodities hedge or (C) any foreign exchange hedge.
Hedging Requirements
means Hedging Agreements implemented by the Borrower hedging its
interest rate risk relating to its Consolidated Debt in a notional principal amount necessary to
ensure that at least 40% of its Consolidated Debt is fixed rate Debt for a minimum period of three
years from the Closing Date.
Impermissible Qualification
means, relative to the opinion or report of any independent
auditors as to any financial statement, any qualification or exception to such opinion or report
which (i) is of a going concern or similar nature; (ii) relates to any limited scope of
examination of material matters relevant to such financial statement, if such limitation results
from the refusal or failure of the Borrower to grant access to necessary information therefor; or
(iii) relates to the treatment or classification of any item in such financial statement and which,
as a condition to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Indemnified Person
has the meaning specified in Section 12.06(1).
Interest Charges
means for any Person, for any period for the Person, the sum of, without
duplication, (i) all items properly classified as interest expense in accordance with GAAP (other
than amounts paid in respect of (A) the Back-to-Back Transactions, including under the Existing
Back-to-Back Securities, (B) any non-cash foreign exchange gains or losses recognized in relation
to foreign currency denominated Debt and (C) the amortization of deferred financing cost), (ii) the
imputed interest component of any element of Debt (such as capital leases) which would not be
classified as interest expense pursuant to (i), and (iii) the aggregate of all purchase discounts
relating to the sale of (a) bankers acceptances or other instruments sold at a discount, and (b)
accounts receivable in connection with any asset securitization program, all as determined at such
time in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Coverage Ratio
means the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest
Charges, calculated in the manner prescribed in Section 8.03(b) at such time.
Internal Revenue Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as
amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
Investments
means all investments, in cash or by delivery of property, made directly or
indirectly in any Person, whether by acquisition of shares of capital stock, or other obligations
or securities or by loan, advance, capital contribution, guarantees or otherwise, and includes any
Acquisition;
provided, however,
that Investments shall not mean or include
19
investments in cash or Cash Equivalents or routine investments in inventory, equipment and
supplies to be used or consumed, or trade credit granted, in the ordinary course of the Business.
Issuing Lender
has the meaning attributed to it in the definition of Letter of Credit. For
the purposes hereof, the Issuing Lender shall be Bank of America N.A., Canada Branch, unless such
Issuing Lender no longer wishes to act as such, in which case the provisions of Section 10.06
hereof shall apply,
mutatis mutandis
, except that only the Revolving Lenders (and not the Facility
A Lenders and the Facility B Lenders) shall appoint such replacement Issuing Lender.
ISDA Master Agreement
means the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multi-Currency Cross Border)
as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. and, where the context
permits or requires, includes all schedules, supplements, annexes and confirmations attached
thereto or incorporated therein, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or replaced from
time to time.
ISP
means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998
published by the Institute of International Banking Law and Practice (or such later version thereof
as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
ITA
means the
Income Tax Act
(Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as
amended, supplemented or re-enacted from time to time.
Laws
means all legally enforceable statutes, codes, ordinances, decrees, rules, regulations,
municipal by-laws, judicial or arbitral or administrative or ministerial or departmental or
regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings or awards, policies, voluntary restraints,
guidelines, or any provisions of the foregoing, including general principles of common and civil
law and equity, binding on or affecting the Person referred to in the context in which such word is
used; and
Law
means any one of the foregoing.
Leased Properties
means the real and immoveable properties forming the subject matter of the
Leases to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.
Leases
means the leases and subleases of real or immoveable property to which the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries is a party providing, in each case, for annual rental payments in
respect thereof of an amount greater than C$500,000.
Lenders
means, collectively, the financial institutions and other Persons set forth on the
signature pages hereof as Lenders, and any Eligible Assignee thereof upon such Eligible Assignee
executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent,
and, in the singular, any one of such Lenders. When used in connection with Hedging Agreements,
the term Lender shall include any Affiliate of a Lender. When used in connection with the
Security, the term Lender shall include any counterparty to a Hedging Agreement, provided that
the counterparty was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, at the time any such Hedging Agreement
was entered into. As the context requires, the term Lender also includes the Issuing Lender.
Letter of Credit
means a C$ or US$ denominated standby letter of credit issued or to be
issued by an Issuing Lender (an
Issuing Lender
) under the Revolving Facility for the
20
account of the Borrower, issued in the name of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
pursuant to Article 5.
Letter of Credit Application Form
has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.01(3).
Leverage Ratio
means, at any time, the ratio of Consolidated Debt of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries to Consolidated EBITDA, calculated in the manner prescribed in Section 8.03(a) at such
time.
LIBOR
means, with respect to any Designated Period relating to a Libor Advance:
(a) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the
offered rate that appears on LIBOR01 Reuters Monitor Screen (or any successor thereto) that
displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in US
Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Designated Period) with a term equivalent to
such Designated Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Banking
Days prior to the first day of such Designated Period, or
(b) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or
service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate
determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other
service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for
deposits in US Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Designated Period) with a term
equivalent to such Designated Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London
time) two Banking Days prior to the first day of such Designated Period, or
(c) if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate
per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits
in US Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Designated Period in same day funds in
the approximate amount of the Libor Advance being made, continued or converted by the Lender
that is the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Designated Period as
would be offered by the Lender that is the Administrative Agents London Branch (or, if it
has none, Bank of Americas London Branch) to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar
market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two Banking Days prior to
the first day of such Designated Period.
With respect to a Libor Advance to be made by a Lender which is subject to the regulations issued
from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the USA in respect of
such Libor Advances, the rate determined in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above (the
Quoted Rate
)
shall be adjusted for reserve requirements in accordance with the following formula to obtain the
applicable LIBOR:
|
|
|
|
|
LIBOR=
|
|
Quoted Rate
|
|
|
|
|
1.00 Reserve Percentage
|
|
|
21
where
Reserve Percentage
means the rate (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the relevant
Lender, during the relevant Designated Period under regulations, directives or guidelines issued
from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (in the USA) or any
successor thereof, for determining the reserve requirement applicable to the applicable Credit
Facility or to facilities similar thereto (including any basic, supplemental, emergency or marginal
reserve requirement) of such Lender, respectively, with respect to Eurocurrency liabilities, as
that term is defined under such regulations or for the purposes of complying with such directives
or guidelines. All adjustments to the Quoted Rate shall occur and be effective as of the effective
date of any change in the Reserve Percentage, and the Administrative Agent will use reasonable
efforts to advise the Borrower of any such change as soon as practicable (provided that the
Administrative Agent shall not be liable if it fails to do so).
Libor Advance
means, at any time, the part of the Advances in US$ under any Credit Facility
with respect to which the Borrower has chosen to pay interest on the Libor Basis.
Libor Basis
means the basis of calculation of interest on Libor Advances, or any part
thereof, made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.10.
Lien
means Security Interests, adverse claims, defects of title, restrictions, deposit
arrangements, voting trusts, any other rights of third parties relating to any property and any
other lien of any kind.
Loan Parties
means the Borrower and the Pledgors and
Loan Party
means anyone of them.
Loss
means any loss whatsoever, whether direct or indirect, including expenses, costs,
damages, judgments, penalties, fines, charges, claims, demands, liabilities and any and all legal
fees and disbursements, except any such loss representing loss of profit.
Majority Lenders
means, at any time, Lenders whose Commitments under a Credit Facility or
all Credit Facilities, as applicable, taken together, are more than 50% of the aggregate amount of
the Commitments under a particular Credit Facility or under all Credit Facilities, as applicable.
Mandatory Prepayment
has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.
Material Adverse Effect
means, with respect to any event or occurrence of whatever nature
(including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation
or proceeding), (a) a material adverse effect on the Business, properties, prospects, condition
(financial or otherwise), assets, operations, liabilities (actual and contingent) or income of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of
the Borrower or any of the Pledgors to perform any of their respective material obligations under
any of the Credit Documents to which they are a party, or (c) any material impairment of the
rights, remedies or benefits available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Credit
Document.
Material Agreements
means the agreements to which any of the Borrower or the Pledgors is a
party described in Schedule 7.01(p) and such other agreements of which the
22
Administrative Agent may, from time to time, be notified by the Borrower, in each case where
such agreements are necessary to the business of each Borrower or Pledgor, as applicable, and the
absence of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Multiemployer Plan
means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to
which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is obligated to make, or is accruing an
obligation to make, contributions at the time in question, or has, within any of the preceding five
plan years made or accrued an obligation to make, contributions.
Multiple Employer Plan
means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of
ERISA, that:
(a) at the time in question is maintained for employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or
any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or ERISA
Affiliates, or
(b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or ERISA
Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been
or were to be terminated.
Negative Value of Hedging Agreement
means, in respect of any hedging agreement, the
aggregate amount that would be payable to a counterparty by the Borrower on the date of
determination pursuant to Section 6(e)(ii)(2)(A) of the ISDA Master Agreement governing such
hedging agreement if said ISDA Master Agreements was being terminated on that day; provided that,
with respect to any Hedging Agreement between a Lender and the Borrower, each Lender will determine
Market Quotation (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement) using its estimates at
mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for Replacement Transactions (as such term is defined
in the ISDA Master Agreement).
Net Proceeds
means any one or more of the following:
(i) with respect to any Disposition of Assets by the Borrower, the net amount equal to
the aggregate amount received in cash (including any cash received by way of deferred
payment pursuant to a note, receivable, other non-cash consideration or otherwise, but only
as and when such cash is so received) in connection with such Disposition, less the sum of
(x) amounts payable to any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower to discharge or
radiate Permitted Liens on the Assets being Disposed, (y) reasonable fees (including,
without limitation, reasonable legal fees), commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses
incurred or paid for by the Borrower to any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower
in connection with such Disposition, and (z) taxes incurred in connection with such
Disposition, whether payable at such time or thereafter; and
(ii) with respect to the issuance of any securities by the Borrower or of any capital
contributions by any Person in the Borrower, the net amount equal to the aggregate amount
received in cash in connection with such issuance or contribution by any Person in the
Borrower less the reasonable fees (including without limitation,
23
reasonable legal fees), commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses owed or paid to
any Person other than an Affiliate of the Borrower.
Non-Schedule I Reference Banks
means Bank of America, N.A, Canada Branch and Credit Suisse,
Toronto Branch.
Participant
has the meaning specified in Section 12.08.
Owned Properties
means collectively the lands and premises owned by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries and the Buildings and Fixtures thereon.
Overdraft Facility
means the overdraft facility made available to the Borrower by Canadian
Imperial Bank of Commerce (or any successor and assigns) in an amount not exceeding C$10,000,000,
as same may be replaced or refinanced at any time.
PBGC
means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of the United States (or any successor
thereto).
Péladeau Group
means any (i) individual who is related by blood, adoption or marriage to the
late Pierre Péladeau, (ii) any trust (whether testamentary or otherwise) the beneficiaries of which
are all individuals described in (i); or (iii) any corporation or partnership which is controlled,
directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals referred to in (i) or a trust referred to in
(ii), or any combination thereof.
Permitted Debt
means (i) Debt under this Agreement and under the Overdraft Facility; (ii)
Debt of the Pledgors under the limited recourse pledges or hypothecs referred to in Schedule 5;
(iii) the Senior Notes; (iv) Subordinated Debt; (v) the Back-to-Back Securities and Existing
Back-to-Back Securities; (vi) obligations pursuant to the Hedging Agreements or other hedging
arrangements permitted hereunder; (vii) the Debt of the Borrower secured by Purchase Money
Mortgages permitted hereunder; (viii) the Press Investment Debt; (ix) the Carlyle Debt; (x)
unsecured Debt (including without limitation that portion of the Existing Senior Notes which is not
repaid on the Closing Date (the
Balance of Notes
)); and (xi) any indebtedness incurred to
refinance or replace any of the foregoing;
provided
that with respect to the Permitted Debt
referred to in clauses (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (x) and (xi), no Default shall have occurred
and be continuing and no Event of Default shall have occurred and not been waived at the time of
the incurrence of such Debt.
Permitted Debt Distribution
means (i) the redemption or repayment on or about the Closing
Date of up to C$1,425,000,000 of Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Credit Agreement, and related
premiums and obligations, penalties, fees and other obligations relating to such redemption of
repayment and to the termination of related hedging agreements on or about the Closing Date; (ii)
Debt Distributions by the Pledgors to the Borrower; (iii) payments (other than voluntary early
repayments or defeasance payments) on account of Permitted Debt (including a premium and fees, if
any, thereon), other than the Senior Notes, any Subordinated Debt, the Press Investment Debt, the
Carlyle Debt, the Overdraft Facility, the Back-to-Back Securities and the Existing Back-to-Back
Securities; (iv) regularly scheduled payments of interest on the Senior Notes and on Subordinated
Debt; (v) any payment on account of the Press Investment Debt, and related hedging agreements; (vi)
any payment on account of the Carlyle Debt; (vii) any payment on
24
account of the Overdraft Facility; (viii) payments made in connection with or in respect of
the Back-to-Back Securities or the Existing Back-to-Back Securities;
provided
, however,
that to the extent such payments are made to any Affiliates of the Borrower other than QMI
Entities, all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related
Back-to-Back Securities or Existing Back-to-Back Securities are received, immediately prior to,
concurrently with or immediately subsequent to any such payments, by the Borrower, and each such
payment by the Borrower shall be conditional upon receipt of an equal or greater amount from such
Affiliate; (ix) any Tax Benefit Transaction; (x) the redemption or repayment on or after July 15,
2006 of the Balance of Notes and related premiums and obligations, penalties, fees and other
obligations relating to such redemption or repayment and to the termination of related hedging
agreements, if any, and (xi) any payments on account of the refinancing of Senior Notes, other
unsecured Debt and Subordinated Debt if the funds used for such payments are obtained by the
Borrower from Subordinated Debt or unsecured Debt having a term expiring after the term of the Debt
being repaid and refinanced with such funds; provided that with respect to the Permitted Debt
Distributions referred to in clauses (iii), (viii) and (x), no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and no Event of Default shall have occurred and not been waived at the time of such
payment; notwithstanding the foregoing, the repayment of the principal of any unsecured Debt or
Subordinated Debt (other than the Permitted Debt Distributions referred to in clauses (vi), (ix)
and (x) and, to the extent such Debt has become unsecured, clauses (v) and (vii)) shall not
constitute a Permitted Debt Distribution to the extent that such repayment is made out of the
proceeds of an increase of Facility B or of any new Credit Facility contemplated by Section 2.12.
Permitted Distributions
means the Equity Distributions permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(g)
and the Permitted Debt Distributions.
Permitted Liens
means, in respect of any Person, any one or more of the following:
(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent
or the validity of which is being contested at the time by the Person in good faith by
proper legal proceedings if, in the Administrative Agents opinion, either (i) adequate
provision has been made for their payment, or (ii) the Liens are not in the aggregate
materially prejudicial to the security constituted by the Security Documents;
(b) inchoate or statutory Liens of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, workers,
suppliers, materialmen, carriers and others in respect of construction, maintenance, repair
or operation of assets of the Person, provided that such Liens are related to obligations
not due or delinquent, are not registered against title to any Assets of the Person and in
respect of which adequate holdbacks are being maintained as required by applicable law or
such Liens are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of
which there has been set aside a reserve (segregated to the extent required by GAAP) in an
adequate amount and provided further that such Liens do not, in the Administrative Agents
opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere
with the use of such Assets in the operation of the business of the Person;
(c) easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, restrictions and similar rights in real property
comprised in the Assets of the Person or interests therein granted or reserved
25
to other Persons, provided that such rights do not, in the Administrative Agents opinion,
materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with the use
of such Assets in the operation of the business of the Person;
(d) title defects or irregularities which are of a minor nature and which, in the
Administrative Agents opinion, do not materially reduce the value of the Assets of the
Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the
Person;
(e) Liens securing appeal bonds and other similar Liens arising in connection with court
proceedings (including, without limitation, surety bonds, security for costs of litigation
where required by law and letters of credit) or any other instruments serving a similar
purpose, which do not, in the Administrative Agents opinion, materially reduce the value of
the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with their use in the operations of the
business of the Person;
(f) attachments, judgments and other similar Liens arising in connection with court
proceedings; provided, however, that the Liens are in existence for less than 10 days after
their creation or the execution or other enforcement of the Liens is effectively stayed or
the claims so secured are being actively contested in good faith and by proper legal
proceedings;
(g) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any
original grant from the Crown of any real property or any interest therein or in any
comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada, provided they do not, in the
Administrative Agents opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or
materially interfere with the use of such Assets in the operation of the business of the
Person;
(h) Liens given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental or other public
authority when required by such utility or other authority in connection with the operation
of the business or the ownership of the Assets of the Person, provided that such Liens do
not, in the Administrative Agents opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the
Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the
Person;
(i) servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements, and other agreements
with Governmental Entities pertaining to the use or development of any of the Assets of the
Person, provided same are complied with and do not in the Administrative Agents opinion,
materially reduce the value of the Assets of the Person or materially interfere with their
use in the operation of the business of the Person including, without limitation, any
obligations to deliver letters of credit and other security as required;
(j) applicable municipal and other governmental restrictions, including municipal by-laws
and regulations, affecting the use of land or the nature of any structures which may be
erected thereon, provided such restrictions have been complied with and do not in the
Administrative Agents opinion, materially reduce the value of the Assets of the
26
Person or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the
Person;
(k) the right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Entity by any statutory provision or
by the terms of any lease, licence, franchise, grant or permit of the Person, to terminate
any such lease, licence, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or other payments
as a condition to the continuance thereof;
(l) Liens in favour or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders created
by the Security Documents;
(m) Liens in favour of a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or Société Générale (Canada) (or
any Affiliate thereof) or for their benefit securing obligations under the Hedging
Agreements including the Hedging Agreements entered into in accordance with the provisions
of Section 8.01(r) which rank, as to priority,
pari passu
with the Accommodations
Outstanding and any other amounts owing hereunder;
(n) Liens granted by a Loan Party (other than the Borrower) in favour of the Borrower;
(o) a Lien (other than a Security Interest) on the interest of such Person in any non-wholly
owned partnership or corporation that is granted under the terms of the partnership or
shareholders agreement to secure the obligations of such Person to the other partners or
shareholders under that agreement;
(p) Purchase Money Mortgages in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding
C$25,000,000;
(q) any rights of a landlord or sub-landlord under applicable Law or the rights of a lessor
or sub-lessor under an operating lease;
(r) deposits to secure the performance of leases of property in the ordinary course of
business;
(s) the Liens granted to secure the obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement provided
such Liens are discharged at the appropriate registries within 30 days of the Closing Date;
(t) the Liens in favor of the lenders of Vidéotron Ltée on the shares that the Borrower
holds in the capital stock of 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. and on the shares that the latter holds
in the capital stock of Vidéotron Ltée both granted in connection with the credit agreement
dated as of November 28, 2000 entered into among
inter alia
Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower, and
Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended, provided such Liens rank after
the Security Documents;
(u) The Liens granted by the Borrower on the universality of its movable property, Liens
granted by 3535991 Canada Inc. on its shares in Sun Media Corporation and Liens granted by
9101-0827 Quebec Inc. on its shares in Vidéotron Ltée in connection with the
27
Press Investment Debt, provided however that such Liens are
pari passu
with the Liens
created under the Security Documents and are created pursuant to security documents
containing terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions of the
Security Documents or terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(v) Any renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing of the foregoing,
provided that such renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing Lien shall
not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such
renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or refinancing; and provided, further that the
Debt and other obligations secured by such renewal, extension, substitution, replacement or
refinancing Lien are permitted by this Agreement;
(w) Liens on any specific Asset acquired through a Tax Benefit Transaction provided such
Liens do not extend to any Assets other than such specific Asset and provided further that
such Liens are fully discharged or such specific Assets is sold within 5 Business Days of
such transaction; and
(x) Liens granted by the Borrower on the universality of its movable property, Liens granted
by 3535991 Canada Inc. on its shares in Sun Media Corporation and Liens granted by 9101-0827
Quebec Inc. on its shares in Vidéotron Ltd. to secure the payment and performance of the
obligations of the Borrower under the Overdraft Facility provided such Liens are
pari passu
with the Liens created under the Security Documents and are created pursuant to security
documents containing terms and conditions substantially similar to the terms and conditions
of the Security Documents or terms and conditions satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Person
means a natural person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity or Governmental Entity, and pronouns that
have a similarly extended meaning.
Plan
means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.
Pledgors
means 3535991 Canada Inc. as the grantor of the limited recourse pledge referred to
in paragraph 2 of Schedule 5 and 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. as the grantor of the limited recourse
Pledge referred to in paragraph 3 of Schedule 5.
Press Investment
means the investment of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, in the
construction of the new printing plant north of Montreal and the new printing facility in the
Greater Toronto area.
Press Investment Debt
means the financing put in place by Société Générale (Canada) in
connection with the Press Investment in an amount not exceeding 60,000,000 or the equivalent in
Canadian Dollars.
Prime Rate Advance
means, at any time, the portion of the Advances in Canadian Dollars with
respect to which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged,
to pay interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.08.
28
Purchase Money Mortgage
means, in respect of any Person, any Security Interest charging
property acquired by such Person, which is granted or assumed by such Person in connection with the
acquisition of such property and within not more than 60 days following such acquisition, reserved
by the transferor (including any reservation of title in respect of any lease recorded as a capital
lease) or which arises by operation of Law in favour of the transferor concurrently with and for
the purpose of the acquisition of such property, in each case where (i) the principal amount
secured by such Security Interest is not in excess of the cost to such Person of the property
acquired; and (ii) such Security Interest extends only to the property acquired.
QMI Entities
means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
QMI Entity
means any one of them.
Quebecor
means Quebecor Inc., a corporation incorporated and subsisting under the laws of
Quebec.
Reference Discount Rate
means, for any Drawing Date, in respect of any Bankers Acceptances
or Drafts to be purchased pursuant to Article 4 by (i) a Schedule I chartered bank, the average
Bankers Acceptance discount rate for the appropriate term as quoted on Reuters Screen CDOR Page
(or such other page as is a replacement page for such Bankers Acceptances) at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto
time); and (ii) by any other Lender or Person, the lesser of (y) the arithmetic average of the
actual discount rate quoted by at least one, but not more than two, non-Schedule I Reference Banks;
and (z) the rate specified in (i) plus 0.10%. If such rate is not available as of such time, then
the discount rate in respect of such Bankers Acceptances and Drafts shall mean the arithmetic
average of the discount rates (calculated on an annual basis and rounded to the nearest
one-hundredth of 1%, with five-thousandths of 1% being rounded up) quoted by Bank of America N.A.,
Canada Branch, by Royal Bank of Canada and by The Toronto-Dominion Bank at 10:00 a.m. (Toronto
time) as the discount rate at which each such Lender would purchase, on the relevant Drawing Date,
its own Bankers Acceptances or Drafts having an aggregate Face Amount equal to and with a term to
maturity the same as the Bankers Acceptances or Drafts to be acquired by such Lender or other
Person on such Drawing Date.
Related Parties
means, with respect to any Person, such Persons Affiliates and the
partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Persons
Affiliates.
Release
when used as a verb includes release, spill, leak, emit, deposit, discharge, leach,
migrate or dispose into the environment and the term
Release
when used as a noun has a
correlative meaning, but does not include any emission or discharge pursuant to a valid
Environmental Permit.
Remedial Action
means any action required under any applicable Environmental Law to (i)
clean up, remove, treat or in any other way deal with Hazardous Substances in the environment; (ii)
prevent any Release of Hazardous Substances where such Release would violate any Environmental Laws
or would endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the environment; or (iii)
perform remedial studies, investigations, restoration and post-remedial studies, investigations and
monitoring on, about or in connection with any of the Owned Properties, the Leased Properties or
other Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
29
Reportable Event
means, with respect to any Benefit Plan of any Person, (a) the occurrence
of any of the events set forth in ERISA Section 4043(b) (other than a Reportable Event as to which
the provision of 30 days notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations), 4068(e) or
4063(a) or the regulations thereunder with respect to such Benefit Plan, (b) any event requiring
such Person or any of its ERISA Affiliates to provide security to such Benefit Plan under Internal
Revenue Code Section 401(a)(29) or (c) any failure to make a payment required by Internal Revenue
Code Section 412(m) with respect to such Benefit Plan.
Revolving Commitment
means C$100,000,000, as such amount may be decreased pursuant to
Article 2.
Revolving Facility
means the revolving credit facility in an amount of up to C$100,000,000
to be made available to the Borrower pursuant to Article 2.
Revolving Lender
means a Lender which has a Commitment under the Revolving Facility and
which must be a Cdn Qualified Lender.
Security
means, at any time, the Security Interests in favour of the Administrative Agent or
the Lenders, or both, or for their benefit, in the Assets and properties of the Borrower and the
Pledgors (save for Assets excluded under the Security Documents) securing their obligations under
this Agreement and the other Credit Documents (excluding the subordination agreements referred to
in that definition), including for greater certainty the obligations under the Hedging Agreements.
Security Documents
means the agreements described in Schedule 5 and any other Security
granted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or both, or for their benefit, as security for
the obligations of the Borrower and the Pledgors under this Agreement and the other Credit
Documents (excluding the subordination agreements referred to in that definition), as such
agreements may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.
Security Interest
means any hypothec, mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
lien, charge or deposit arrangement or any other arrangement or condition that in substance secures
payment or performance of an obligation and includes the interest of a vendor or lessor under any
conditional sale agreement, capitalized lease or other title retention agreement.
Selected Amount
means, with respect to a Libor Advance, the amount in respect of which the
Borrower has asked, in accordance with Section 3.02, that the interest payable thereon be
calculated on the Libor Basis.
Senior Notes
means the notes created under the Senior Note Indenture and dated as of January
17, 2006, designated as
7
3
/
4
% Senior Notes due 2016
, and maturing on March 15, 2016, as same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall affect
the unsecured nature of the Senior Notes, nor shall it shorten the maturity of the Senior Notes to
any period which is less than one year following the expiry of the Term of the last to expire of
the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B.
Senior Note Indenture
means the trust indenture dated as of January 17, 2006 between U.S.
Bank National Association and the Borrower under which the Senior Notes were
30
issued, as same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, provided that no
such amendment shall affect the unsecured nature of the Senior Notes, nor shall it shorten the
maturity of the Senior Notes to any period which is less than one year following the expiry of the
Term of the last to expire of the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B.
Single Employer Plan
means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001 (a) (15) of
ERISA, that
(a) at the time in question is maintained for employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or
ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary and its ERISA Affiliates,
or
(b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or ERISA
Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were
to be terminated.
Subsidiary
means any Person in respect of which the majority of the issued and outstanding
capital stock (including securities convertible into voting shares and options to purchase voting
shares) granting a right to vote in all circumstances is at the relevant time owned by the Borrower
and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, and includes a partnership and limited partnership that
would be an Affiliate if it were a corporation. The Subsidiaries of the Borrower are listed in
Schedule 7.01(a).
Subordinated Debt
means, in respect of any Person, unsecured Debt of such Person that has no
required redemption provisions and matures at least 6 months after the later of the expiry of the
Term of the Revolving Facility, Facility A or Facility B and that has been subordinated in right of
payment to the obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder and under the Security Documents in form
and substance acceptable to the Lenders and their counsel.
Sun Media Credit Agreement
means the Credit Agreement dated February 7, 2003 entered into
among,
inter alia
, Sun Media Corporation, as borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, as amended.
Synthetic Lease
means any synthetic lease or similar off-balance sheet financing product
where such transaction is considered borrowed money for tax purposes but is classified as an
operating lease in accordance with GAAP.
Tax Benefit Transaction
means any Existing Tax Benefit Transaction and, for so long as the
Borrower is a direct or indirect subsidiary of Quebecor, any transaction between a QMI Entity and
Quebecor or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any
QMI Entity or for Quebecor or any of its Affiliates;
provided, however,
that (1) the QMI Entity
involved in the transaction obtains, or has obtained in respect of a similar previous transaction
to the extent same remains applicable as certified by the Vice President, Taxation of the Borrower
(or any officer having similar functions), a favorable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or
a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax
practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such QMI Entity; (2)
the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent (a) a resolution of the board of directors of the
Borrower to the effect the transaction will not prejudice the Lenders and certifying that such
31
transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such board of
directors and (b) an opinion as to the fairness to such Loan Party of such transaction from a
financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing in the United States of America or Canada; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing;
and (4) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower is not reduced after giving
pro forma
effect to the
transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal
quarter period of the Borrower for which internal financial statements are available;
provided,
however
, that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a
Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of
this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is
not otherwise permitted by this Agreement as of such date, the Borrower will be in Default
hereunder if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise
unwound within 30 days of that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed and understood
that (i) the abovementioned tax ruling or tax opinion, resolution and fairness opinion shall not be
required for any Tax Benefit Transaction in respect of which the net consideration payable to or by
a QMI Entity does not exceed, singly, C$10,000,000 and, in the aggregate C$25,000,000 for the
preceding twelve month period and (ii) the abovementioned resolution and fairness opinion shall not
be required for any Tax Benefit Transaction conducted among QMI Entities.
Taxes
has the meaning specified in Section 12.07(1).
Term
means the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating with respect to (i) the
Revolving Facility, five years therefrom, (ii) Facility A, five years therefrom and (iii) Facility
B, seven years therefrom.
Termination Event
means, with respect to any Benefit Plan, (a) any Reportable Event with
respect to such Benefit Plan, (b) the termination of such Benefit Plan, or the filing of a notice
of intent to terminate such Benefit Plan, or the treatment of any amendment to such Benefit Plan as
a termination under ERISA Section 4041(c), (c) the institution of proceedings to terminate such
Benefit Plan under ERISA Section 4042 or (d) the appointment of a trustee to administer such
Benefit Plan under ERISA Section 4042.
Unconsolidated Coverage Ratio
means, at any time, for any period the ratio, on an
unconsolidated basis, of the aggregate amount of Equity Distributions received in cash by the
Borrower (other than advances made to the Borrower by its Subsidiaries) to Interest Charges paid in
cash by the Borrower, calculated in the manner prescribed in Section 8.03(c) at such time.
USA Patriot Act
means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools
Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, as the same may be
amended from time to time.
US Prime Rate
means, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum (expressed as an annual rate
calculated based on a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be) equal to the higher of (a) the
Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as
publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America, N.A. as its prime rate for US$ demand
commercial loans in US$ to Canadian borrowers. The prime rate is a rate set by Bank of America,
N.A. based upon various factors including Bank of America, N.A.s costs and desired return, general
economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing
32
some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such
rate announced by Bank of America, N.A. shall take effect at the opening of business on the day
specified in the public announcement of such change.
US Prime Rate Advance
means, at any time, the part of the Advances in US$ with respect to
which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged to pay,
interest calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.09.
US Dollars
or
US$
means the lawful currency of the United States of America in same day
immediately available funds or, if such funds are not available, the currency of the United States
of America which is ordinarily used in the settlement of international banking operations on the
day on which any payment or any calculation must be made pursuant to this Agreement.
Vidéotron Credit Agreement
means the Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000 entered
into among,
inter alia
, Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative
agent, as amended.
Section 1.02 Gender and Number.
Any reference in the Credit Documents to gender includes all
genders, and words importing the singular number only include the plural and vice versa.
Section 1.03 Interpretation not Affected by Headings, etc.
The provisions of a Table of Contents,
the division of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of headings are for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 1.04 Currency.
All references in the Credit Documents to dollars, unless otherwise
specifically indicated, are expressed in Canadian currency.
Section 1.05 Certain Phrases, etc.
In any Credit Document (i) (y) the words including and
includes mean including (or includes) without limitation and (z) the phrase the aggregate of,
the total of, the sum of, or a phrase of similar meaning means the aggregate (or total or
sum), without duplication, of, and (ii) in the computation of periods of time from a specified
date to a later specified date, unless otherwise expressly stated, the word from means from and
including and the words to and until each mean to but excluding.
Section 1.06 Accounting Terms.
(1) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in
conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time. However, all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial
calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity
with GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited consolidated
financial statements of the Borrower for the period ended December 31, 2004, except as otherwise
specifically prescribed herein.
33
(2) If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or
requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall
so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to
amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in
GAAP (subject to the approval of the Majority Lenders);
provided
that, until so amended,
(i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such
change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a
reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving
effect to such change in GAAP.
Section 1.07 Non-Business Days.
Whenever any payment is stated to be due on a day which is not a
Business Day (other than payments, due on the maturity date of each Credit Facility), such payment
shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall be included in
the computation of interest or Fees, as the case may be. Whenever a particular maturity date falls
on a day which is not a Business Day, all payments relating thereto shall be made on the last
preceding Business Day.
Section 1.08 Ratable Portion of Accommodations.
References in this Agreement to a Lenders ratable
portion of Advances, Drawings, Letters of Credit, Drafts and Bankers Acceptances or ratable share
of payments of principal, interest, Fees or any other amount, shall mean and refer to a ratable
portion or share as nearly as may be ratable in the circumstances, as determined in good faith by
the Administrative Agent. Each such determination by the Administrative Agent shall be
prima facie
evidence of such ratable share.
Section 1.09 Incorporation of Schedules.
The schedules attached to this Agreement shall, for all
purposes of this Agreement, form an integral part of it.
Section 1.10 Rounding.
Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant
to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component,
carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed
herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no
nearest number).
Section 1.11 Times of Day.
Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day
shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
Section 1.12 Letter of Credit Amounts.
Unless otherwise specified herein, the Face Amount of
a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in
effect at such time;
provided
,
however
, that with respect to any Letter of Credit
that, by its terms or the terms of any Letter of Credit Application Form related thereto, provides
for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the Face Amount of such Letter of
Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect
to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
34
ARTICLE 2
CREDIT FACILITIES
Section 2.01 Availability.
(1) Each Lender individually and not jointly and severally (or
solidarily) agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Accommodations ratably
to the Borrower in accordance with such Lenders Commitment under the Revolving Facility, Facility
A and/or Facility B, as applicable. Accommodations under the Revolving Facility may be made
available as (i) Prime Rate Advances or US Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3; (ii) Bankers
Acceptances pursuant to Article 4; (iii) Libor Advances pursuant to Article 3 or (iv) Letters of
Credit pursuant to Article 5. Accommodations under Facility A may be made available as (i) Prime
Rate Advances or US Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3; (ii) Bankers Acceptances pursuant
to Article 4; or (iii) Libor Advances pursuant to Article 3. Accommodations under the Facility B-1
Tranche may be made available (i) as US Prime Rate Advances pursuant to Article 3 or (ii) as Libor
Advances pursuant to Article 3 and, under the Facility B-2 Tranche, (i) as Prime Rate Advances
pursuant to Article 3 or (ii) as Bankers Acceptances pursuant to Article 4. The Issuing Lender
agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Letters of Credit available to the
Borrower in accordance with the provisions thereof.
(1) The failure of any Lender to make an Accommodation shall not relieve any other Lender of
its obligation, if any, in connection with any such Accommodation, but no Lender is responsible for
any other Lenders failure in respect of such Accommodation.
(2) The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of any (i) Accommodation
Notice received from the Borrower and of each Lenders ratable portion of any Accommodation; and
(ii) other notice received by it from the Borrower under this Agreement.
Section 2.02 Commitments and Facility Limits.
(1) The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all
Revolving Lenders under the Revolving Facility shall not at any time exceed the Revolving
Commitment; and (ii) to each Revolving Lender under the Revolving Facility shall not at any time
exceed such Lenders Commitment under the Revolving Facility (provided, for greater certainty, that
the Issuing Lenders Commitment under the Revolving Facility shall not be reduced by more than its
ratable portion of the Accommodations Outstanding by Letters of Credit made or to be made by it in its capacity as Issuing
Lender). The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all Facility A Lenders under Facility A shall not at
any time exceed the Facility A Commitment, and (ii) to each Facility A Lender under Facility A
shall not at any time exceed such Lenders Commitment under Facility A. The Accommodations
Outstanding (i) to all Facility B Lenders under Facility B shall not at any time exceed the
Facility B Commitment; and (ii) to each Facility B Lender under Facility B shall not at any time
exceed such Lenders Commitment under Facility B. The Accommodations Outstanding (i) to all
Facility B-1 Lenders under the Facility B-1 Tranche shall not at any time exceed the Facility B-1
Commitment; and (ii) to each Facility B-1 Lender under the Facility B-1 Tranche shall not at any
time exceed such Lenders Commitment under the Facility B-1 Tranche. The Accommodations Outstanding
(i) to all Facility B-2 Lenders under the Facility B-2 Tranche shall not at any time exceed the
Facility B-2 Commitment; and (ii) to each Facility B-2 Lender under the Facility B-2
35
Tranche shall not at any time exceed such Lenders Commitment under the Facility B-2 Tranche. The Aggregate Face
Amount of Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not at any time exceed C$5,000,000.
(2) The Revolving Facility shall revolve and, except as otherwise provided herein, no payment
under the Revolving Facility shall reduce the Revolving Commitment or any Lenders Commitment under
the Revolving Facility. Facility A and Facility B shall not revolve and any amount repaid or
prepaid, as the case may be, under Facility A or Facility B cannot be reborrowed and shall reduce
the Facility A Commitment or the Facility B Commitment by the amount repaid or prepaid, as the case
may be.
(3) A conversion from one Type of Accommodation to another Type of Accommodation shall not
constitute a repayment or prepayment.
Section 2.03 Use of Proceeds.
(1) The Borrower may use the proceeds of any Accommodations under the
Credit Facilities (i) for general corporate purposes (including Permitted Distributions) and (ii)
to refinance the Debt under the Existing Credit Agreement and under the Existing Senior Notes
provided that no more than C$25,000,000 of proceeds of the Revolving Facility may be used for such
refinancing.
(2) No proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any equity security of a
class which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as
amended, or any margin stock, as defined in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation
U, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Federal Reserve System Board of
Governors Regulation T, U or X. Terms used in this Section for which meanings are provided in
Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T, U or X or any regulations substituted
therefor, as from time to time in effect, have the meaning so provided.
Section 2.04 Mandatory Repayments and Reductions of Commitments.
(1)Subject to Section 9.01, the
Borrower shall repay the Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility on the last day of
the Term of the Revolving Facility.
(2) Subject to Section 9.01, the Borrower shall repay the Accommodations Outstanding under
Facility A in quarterly installments equal to the applicable percentage set forth below of the full
amount of Facility A, being C$125,000,000, each such installment being payable on the
15
th
of April, 15th of July, 15
th
of October and 15
th
of January
of each year until October 15, 2010, and shall repay the balance of the Accommodations Outstanding
under Facility A on the last day of the Term of Facility A.
|
|
|
|
|
Y
ear of
T
erm
|
|
Q
uarterly
P
ercentage
|
1 to 3 inclusive
|
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
4
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
5
|
|
|
12.50
|
%
|
(3) Subject to Section 9.01, the Borrower shall repay the Accommodations Outstanding under
Facility B in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the full amount of
36
Facility B, being US$350,000,000, each such installment being payable on the 15
th
of April (it being
understood that, for 2006 only, such installment shall be payable on April 18, 2006),
15
th
of July, 15
th
of October and 15
th
of January of each year
until October 15, 2012, and shall repay the balance of the Accommodations Outstanding under
Facility B on the last day of the Term of Facility B.
Section 2.05 Mandatory Prepayments.
(1) Subject to subsection (4) hereof, the Borrower agrees to
make the following mandatory prepayments (
Mandatory Prepayments
).
(2) An amount equal to the Net Proceeds from any Disposition of any Assets in excess of
C$10,000,000 by the Borrower (other than any Disposition of Assets permitted pursuant to clauses
(i) and (ii) of Section 8.02(d) or any Disposition of Assets previously acquired as part of a Tax
Benefit Transaction) shall be applied within 365 days of receipt to the prepayment and permanent
reduction of Accommodations Outstanding under (i) firstly, Facility A and Facility B, on a pro rata
basis, and (ii) secondly, the Revolving Facility (provided that the Revolving Commitment shall not
be reduced as a result of such payment), in each case, in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof,
except (i) to the extent that the Net Proceeds from such Disposition of Assets are reinvested in a
manner permitted hereunder (other than in cash or Cash Equivalents) in the Business within twelve
months of the date of the Disposition and (ii) that the Borrower shall be entitled to keep Net
Proceeds which should have been applied in accordance with the foregoing up to an aggregate amount
which does not exceed C$100,000,000 for the Term of the Credit Facilities.
(3) An amount equal to 50% of the Net Proceeds from the issuance of any securities (other than
the Back-to-Back Securities, the Existing Back-to-Back Securities and Debt securities, but
including Debt securities of the nature described in clause (viii) of the definition of Debt
(other than Back-to-Back Securities)) by the Borrower shall be applied within 365 days of receipt
to the prepayment and permanent reduction of the Accommodations Outstanding under (i) firstly,
Facility A and Facility B, on a pro rata basis, and (ii) secondly, the Revolving Facility (provided
that the Revolving Commitment shall not be reduced as a result of such payment), in each case in
accordance with Section 2.09 hereof, except to the extent that within 12 months of such issuance, the Net Proceeds are invested, directly or indirectly, by way of
equity contribution or loans or advances in Sun Media Corporation or Videotron Ltée or are used to
purchase Assets that will form part of the Collateral.
(4) The Borrower shall advise the Administrative Agent of its intention to make any such
Mandatory Prepayment by notice in writing substantially in the form of Schedule 2, at least 10 and
not more than 20 Business Days before the Mandatory Prepayment is due, and shall pay the amount of
such Mandatory Prepayment to the Administrative Agent when it is due. In addition, the Borrower
shall, at the same time, make a written offer (an
Offer
) to the Facility A Lenders and Facility B
Lenders (collectively the
Term Lenders
and individually a
Term Lender
), by sending such Offer,
substantially in the form of Schedule 3, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Term
Lenders, setting out the entitlement of each such Lender to such Mandatory Prepayment (other than
any Unacceptable Payment, as defined below). Each Term Lender shall irrevocably respond to the
Offer, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, at least 3 Business Days before the Mandatory
Prepayment is due. Failure on the part of any Term Lender to so respond shall be deemed an
acceptance of the
37
Offer by such Term Lender. All proceeds of each Mandatory Prepayment shall be
applied ratably amongst the Term Lenders to repay and permanently reduce Facility A and Facility B
in inverse order of maturity. However, the Borrower shall not be obliged to make an Offer and the
Facility B Lenders shall not accept any Mandatory Repayment if, as a result thereof, the Facility B
Lenders would receive, within 5 years and 10 days from the date of the first Advance under Facility
B, an amount that, when added to the scheduled repayments contemplated by Section 2.04 and to all
other Mandatory Prepayments made prior to that date, would be equal to or would exceed 25% of the
amount of the initial Accommodation under Facility B (an
Unacceptable Payment
). If any Term
Lender does not accept any such Mandatory Repayment, the amount of such Mandatory Repayment that
would have been paid to such Term Lender shall be paid to the Facility A Lenders (or the other
Facility B Lenders, as applicable) to reduce the Commitments under Facility A (or Facility B, as
applicable) and then to the Revolving Lenders to reduce the Accommodations Outstanding (but not the
Commitments) under the Revolving Facility; provided that if there are no Accommodations Outstanding
under the Revolving Facility at such time, such amount may be retained by the Borrower.
No such Mandatory Prepayment may be made on a date that would require a Libor Advance or a BA
Instrument to be prepaid, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.06(4), provided
that the Borrower may cash collateralize such Libor Advances (and BA Instruments) in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.10.
Section 2.06 Optional Prepayments and Reductions of Commitments.
(1) The Borrower may, subject to
the provisions of this Agreement, (i) prepay without penalty or bonus Accommodations Outstanding
under any Credit Facility; or (ii) reduce the Revolving Commitment, Facility A Commitment and/or
Facility B Commitment, and, if required as a result of such reduction, the Accommodations
Outstanding under the Revolving Facility, Facility A and/or Facility B, in each case in whole or in
part, subject to providing five (5) Business Days notice to the Administrative Agent stating the
proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment or reduction. Each partial
prepayment or reduction shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of US$3,000,000 in respect of Facility B and C$1,000,000
in respect of the Revolving Facility and Facility A and in an integral multiple of C$1,000,000 or
US$1,000,000, as the case may be. Any reduction in respect of Facility B shall be made on a
pro
rata
basis between Facility B-1 and Facility B-2.
(2) The Borrower may not in any event prepay a Libor Advance or the amount of any BA
Instrument on any date other than the maturity date for the relevant Libor Advance or BA
Instrument, provided that the Borrower may cash collateralize such Libor Advance or BA Instrument
in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10.
Section 2.07 Fees.
(1) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the
Revolving Lenders, a fee calculated at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee
calculated on the unused and uncancelled portion of the Revolving Facility calculated daily and
payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the last day of the
Term of the Revolving Facility.
38
(2) The Borrower shall pay to Banc of America Securities LLC a fee determined in accordance
with the Commitment Letter accepted by the Borrower and dated December 19, 2005, payable in
accordance with its terms.
Section 2.08 Payments under this Agreement.
(1) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, the Borrower shall make any payment required to be made by it to the Administrative
Agent or any Lender by depositing the amount of the payment to the appropriate Agency Branch
Account not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the date the payment is due. The Administrative
Agent shall distribute to each Lender, promptly on the date of receipt by the Administrative Agent
of any payment, an amount equal to the amount then due to each Lender. Any amount received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders shall be held as mandatary for the Lenders
until distributed.
(2) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall make
Accommodations and other payments to the Borrower under this Agreement by transferring the amount
of the payment in the relevant currency to the Borrowers account as may be instructed by the
Borrower in writing on the date the payment is to be made.
(3) The Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, if and to the extent payment owed to such
Lender by the Borrower is not made to the Administrative Agent when due, to charge from time to
time any amount due against any or all accounts of the Borrower with such Lender.
(4) All payments by the Borrower under the Credit Facilities shall be in Canadian Dollars or
in US Dollars, as applicable.
Section 2.09 Application of Payments and Prepayments.
(1) Subject to paragraph (2) hereof, each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05 and Section 2.06
in respect of Facility A or Facility B shall be applied to the instalments pursuant to Section 2.04
in the inverse order of their maturity, subject to paying the applicable breakage costs (as
contemplated by Section 12.06) if any Libor Advance or BA Instrument is prepaid.
(2) All amounts received by the Administrative Agent from or on behalf of the Borrower and not
previously applied pursuant to this Agreement shall be applied by the Administrative Agent as
follows (i) first, in reduction of the Borrowers obligation to pay any amounts owing to the
Administrative Agent; (ii) second, in reduction of the Borrowers obligation to pay any unpaid
interest and any Fees which are due and owing; (iii) third, in reduction of the Borrowers
obligation to pay any Claims or Losses referred to in Section 12.06; (iv) fourth, in reduction of
the Borrowers obligation to pay any amounts due and owing on account of any unpaid principal
amount of Accommodations Outstanding or amounts under Hedging Agreements (other than the Hedging
Agreements referred to in paragraph (ii) of the definition of Hedging Agreements) which are due
and owing; (v) fifth, in reduction of the Borrowers obligation to pay any other unpaid amounts
which are due and owing to the Lenders; (vi) sixth, in reduction of any other obligation of the
Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; and (vii) seventh, to the Borrower or
such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed to receive the remainder.
39
Section 2.10 Cash Collateralization of Certain Payments and Prepayments.
If a payment or Mandatory
Prepayment to be made would require the repayment of outstanding BA Instruments, Letters of Credit
or Libor Advances prior to their maturity, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent
cash collateral in an amount equal to the Face Amount of such BA Instruments or Letters of Credit
or the principal amount of such Libor Advances, as the case may be, which cash collateral shall be
held by the Administrative Agent in an interest bearing account, or invested, in accordance with
the instructions of the Borrower (provided no Default has occurred and is continuing and no Event
of Default has occurred), in Cash Equivalents (in either case, with interest for the benefit of the
Borrower), and used to repay same at maturity. However, in the case where the payment or Mandatory
Prepayment would require the actual prepayment of a Libor Advance, the Borrower may elect to prepay
same and pay to the Administrative Agent for the Lenders the amount of the losses, costs and
expenses suffered or incurred by the Lenders with respect thereto which are referred to in Section
12.06(4).
Section 2.11 Computations of Interest and Fees.
(1) All computations of interest shall be made by
the Administrative Agent taking into account the actual number of days occurring in the period for
which such interest is payable, and a year of 365/366 days, or, in the case of a Libor Advance, 360
days.
(2) All computations of Fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year
of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, taking into account the actual number of days (including
the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such fees are payable.
(3) For purposes of the
Interest Act
(Canada), (i) whenever any interest or Fee under this
Agreement is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate
determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the
applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the
period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the
number of days comprising such calculation basis; (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of
interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement; and (iii) the rates of
interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or
yields.
(4) No provision of this Agreement shall have the effect of requiring any Borrower to pay
interest (as such term is defined in section 347 of the
Criminal Code
(Canada)) at a rate per annum
in excess of the maximum rate authorized under such Section 347, taking into account all other
amounts which must be taken into account for the purpose thereof and, to such extent, the
Borrowers obligation to pay interest hereunder shall be so limited.
Section 2.12 Increase of Facility B and Creation of a New Credit Facility.
(1) Provided there
exists no Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly notify the
applicable existing Lenders, the Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in Facility B
by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding C$350,000,000;
provided
that (i) any
such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of C$5,000,000, and (ii) the Borrower may
make a maximum of seven such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Borrower (in
consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time
40
period within which each applicable Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days
from the date of delivery of such notice to the applicable Lenders).
(2) Each applicable Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period
whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment under Facility B and, if so, whether by an
amount equal to, greater than, or less than its ratable portion (based on such Lenders proportion
in respect of Facility B) of such requested increase. Any applicable Lender not responding within
such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.
(3) The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and each applicable Lender of the
Lenders responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested
increase, and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees which respect
the requirements hereunder to become Lenders under the increased Facility B pursuant to a joinder
agreement in form and substance satisfactory by the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(4) If Facility B is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and
the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the
Increase Effective Date
) and the final
allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the
applicable Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date of the
increased Facility B. As of the Increase Effective Date, the amortization schedule set forth in
Section 2.04 shall be amended to increase the then-remaining unpaid installments of principal by an aggregate amount equal to the additional Accommodations
being made on such date, such aggregate amount to be applied to increase such installments ratably
in accordance with the amounts in effect immediately prior to the Increase Effective Date. Such
amendment may be signed by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders.
(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may elect to create a new Credit Facility in
lieu of increasing Facility B and may invite lenders selected by it (with the prior consent of the
Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to participate in such new
Credit Facility, provided that (i) at such time, no Default exists, (ii) the aggregate amount of
all increases of Facility B and creation of a new Credit Facility does not exceed the C$350,000,000
limit set forth under Section 2.12(1),(iii) the new Credit Facility shall have a weighted average
life equivalent or longer than the one of Facility B; (iv) the terms and conditions applicable to
such new Credit Facility (other than the pricing of such new Credit Facility) are not more
restrictive to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than those applicable to the other Credit
Facilities hereunder, and (v) the Borrower, the applicable lenders and the Administrative Agent
shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect all changes necessary further to the
creation of such new Credit Facility it being understood and agreed that all other Lenders shall be
bound by such amendment. If a new Credit Facility is created in accordance with this section, the
Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of the identity of any new
Lenders, of the final allocation of the new Credit Facility among the applicable Lenders, of the
effective date (the
Creation Effective Date
) of the new Credit Facility, and the particular terms
and conditions applicable to such new Credit Facility.
41
(6) As a condition precedent to such increase or new Credit Facility, the Borrower shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent all documents required by the Administrative Agent or its
counsel, including a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date or
Creation Effective Date, as the case may be, (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by an
acceptable officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such
Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase or new Credit Facility, and (ii) in the case of
the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase or new Credit
Facility, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article 7 and the other Credit
Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date or the Creation Effective
Date, as the case may be, except to the extent that such representations and warranties
specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier
date, and except that for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in
Section 7.01(q) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to
Section 8.01, and (B) no Default exists. The additional Accommodations shall be made by the
applicable Lenders participating therein pursuant to the procedures set forth herein or in the
amendment referred to above, as applicable.
Section 2.13 Excess.Section 2.14
If the Accommodations Outstanding under a the Revolving
Facility or Facility A exceed the Revolving Commitment or the Facility A Commitment, as
applicable, solely as a result of exchange rate fluctuations, mandatory prepayments will be
required to reimburse such excess if the Accommodations Outstanding under that particular Credit Facility exceed 105% of the Revolving Commitment or the Facility A Commitment, as the
case may be, based on the closing balance for any day calculated on the basis of the spot rate
referred to in Article 11 for that day. The Administrative Agent shall request repayment of any
such excess forthwith upon request therefore by any Lender, but the Administrative Agent is not
otherwise required to monitor excess amount levels or to request repayment thereof.
ARTICLE 3
ADVANCES
Section 3.01 The Advances.
(1) Each Revolving Lender individually, and not jointly and severally
(or solidarily) agrees, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and from time to time prior
to the date which is one Business Day prior to the last Business Day of the Term of the Revolving
Facility, to make Prime Rate Advances, Accommodations by way of BA Instruments, Accommodations by
way of Letters of Credit, Libor Advances and US Prime Rate Advances to the Borrower on any Business
Day. Each Advance shall be made ratably by the applicable Lenders.
(2) Each Facility A and Facility B Lender (as applicable, each Facility B-1 Lender and
Facility B-2 Lender) individually, and not jointly and severally (or solidarily) agrees, on the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Prime Rate Advances, Accommodations by way of BA
Instruments, Libor Advances and US Prime Rate Advances to the Borrower on any Business Day. Each
Advance shall be made ratably by the applicable Lenders. All Advances under Facility A and Facility
B shall be in US Dollars or in Canadian Dollars, as applicable. The initial Advance under Facility
A and Facility B shall be for the full
42
amount available thereunder and shall be made on the Closing
Date. Any portion of the Advances available to the Borrower under Facility A and Facility B that is
not borrowed as part of such initial Advance or that is repaid shall not again be available for
borrowing, although Libor Advances may be rolled over into new Libor Advances or converted into US
Prime Rate Advances, and US Prime Rate Advances may be converted into Libor Advances.
Section 3.02 Procedure for Advances.
(1) Each Advance shall be in a minimum amount of C$1,000,000
for Prime Rate Advances and US$1,000,000 for US Prime Rate Advances, and US$3,000,000 for Libor
Advances, and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in each case, and shall be subject to the
Borrower providing the appropriate number of days prior notice specified in this Agreement (being
one Business Days notice for Prime Rate Advances and US Prime Rate Advances and three Banking
Days notice for Libor Advances), given not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) by the Borrower to
the Administrative Agent. Each notice of an Advance (a
Borrowing Notice
) shall be in
substantially the form of Schedule 1, shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower and shall
specify (i) the requested date of the Advance; (ii) the aggregate amount of the Advance; and (iii)
the Credit Facility under which such Advance is requested. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent
of funds from the Lenders and fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 6, the Administrative Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower in accordance
with Article 2.
Section 3.03 LIBOR Advances.
If the Advance requested is a Libor Advance, the Administrative Agent
shall determine the LIBOR which will be in effect on the date of the Advance (which must be a
Banking Day), with respect to the Selected Amount or to each of the Selected Amounts, as the case
may be, having a maturity of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (subject to availability, or such other period of
10 to 180 days which may be available and is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) from the date
of the Advance (a
Designated Period
). However, if the Borrower has not delivered a notice to the
Administrative Agent in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.02, the
Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a US Prime Rate Advance. In addition, the Borrower may
not have more than 15 different Libor Advances outstanding at any time under all the Credit
Facilities.
Section 3.04 Market for Libor Advances.
If, at any time or from time to time, as a result of market
conditions, (i) there exists no appropriate or reasonable method to establish LIBOR, for a Selected
Amount or a Designated Period, or (ii) US Dollar deposits are not available to the Lenders in such
market in the ordinary course of business in amounts sufficient to permit them to make the Libor
Advance, for a Selected Amount or a Designated Period, such Lenders shall so advise the
Administrative Agent and, any such Lenders shall not be obliged to honour any Borrowing Notice in
connection with any Libor Advances, and the Borrowers option to request Libor Advances shall
thereupon be suspended upon notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower.
Section 3.05 Suspension of Libor Advance Option.
If a notice has been given by the Administrative
Agent in accordance with Section 3.04, Libor Advances, or any part thereof, shall not be made
(whether as an Advance, a conversion or an extension) by the Lenders affected by the circumstances
referred to in Section 3.04 and the right of the Borrower to choose that Libor Advances from such
Lenders be made or, once made, be converted or extended into a Libor Advance shall be suspended
until such time as the Administrative Agent
43
has determined that the circumstances having given rise
to such suspension no longer exist, in respect of which determination the Administrative Agent
shall advise the Borrower within a reasonable delay.
Section 3.06 Limits on Libor Advances.
Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as
authorizing the Borrower to borrow by way of Libor Advances for a Designated Period expiring on a
date which results in a situation where the applicable Credit Facility cannot be reduced as
required by this Agreement, or on a date which is after the expiry of the applicable Term.
Section 3.07 Conversions of Advances.
The Borrower may elect to convert an Advance, or any portion thereof, to another type of
Accommodation in the same currency upon the number of days notice specified in Section 3.02 by
sending an Accommodation Notice on any Business Day.
Section 3.08 Interest on Prime Rate Advances.
Subject to the next following sentence, the Borrower
shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Prime Rate Advance from the date of such
Advance until the date on which the principal amount of the Prime Rate Advance is repaid in full at
a rate per annum equal at all times to the Canadian Prime Rate in effect from time to time plus the
Applicable Margin, calculated daily, and payable in arrears (i) on the last day of each month in
each year; and (ii) when such Advance becomes due and payable in full pursuant to the provisions
hereof. Any amount of principal of or interest on any such Advance which is not paid when due
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted by Law)
bear interest (both before and after judgment), from the date on which such amount is due until
such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the
Canadian Prime Rate in effect from time to time; (ii) the Applicable Margin; and (iii) 2%.
Section 3.09 Interest on US Prime Rate Advances.
Subject to the next following sentence, the
Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each US Prime Rate Advance from the
date of such Advance until the date on which the principal amount of the US Prime Rate Advance is
repaid in full at a rate per annum equal at all times to the US Prime Rate in effect from time to
time plus the Applicable Margin, calculated daily, and payable in arrears (i) on the last day of
each month in each year; and (ii) when such Advance becomes due and payable in full pursuant to the
provisions hereof. Any amount of principal of or interest on any such Advance which is not paid
when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted
by Law) bear interest (both before and after judgment), from the date on which such amount is due
until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i)
the US Prime Rate in effect from time to time; (ii) the Applicable Margin; and (iii) 2%.
Section 3.10 Interest on Libor Advances.
The principal amount of the Libor Advances which at any
time and from time to time remains outstanding shall bear interest, calculated daily, on the daily
balance of such Libor Advances, from the date of each Libor Advance, at the annual rate (calculated
based on a 360-day year) applicable to each of such days which corresponds to the LIBOR applicable
to each Selected Amount, plus the Applicable Margin, and shall be effective as and from the date of
each Libor Advance up to but not including the last day of the applicable Designated Period. LIBOR
shall be promptly
44
transmitted to the Borrower two Banking Days prior to the date on
which the Libor Advance is to be made. Such interest shall be payable to the Administrative Agent,
in arrears, on the last day of the Designated Period when the Designated Period is 1 to 3 months,
and when the Designated Period exceeds 3 months, on the last Business Day of each period of 3
months during such Designated Period, and on the last day of the Designated Period. Any amount of
principal of or interest on any such Libor Advance which is not paid when due (whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall (to the extent permitted by Law) bear interest (both
before and after judgment), from the date on which such
amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to
the sum of (i) the LIBOR in effect from time to time; (ii) the Applicable Margin; and (iii) 2%.
ARTICLE 4
BANKERS ACCEPTANCES
Section 4.01 Acceptances and Drafts.
(1) Each Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender and Facility B-2
Lender individually, and not jointly and severally (or solidarily) agrees, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and from time to time on any Business Day prior to the expiry of the
applicable Term (i) in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender
which is willing and able to accept Drafts, to create acceptances (
Bankers Acceptances
) by
accepting Drafts and to purchase such Bankers Acceptances in accordance with Section 4.03(2), (ii)
in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which is unable to
accept Drafts, to purchase completed Drafts (which have not and will not be accepted by such Lender
or any other Lender) in accordance with Section 4.03(2), (iii) in the case of a Revolving Lender,
Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which has participated or assigned all or any part of its
interest in the Credit Facilities to a Participant which is willing and able to accept Drafts, to
arrange for the creation of Bankers Acceptances by such Participant and for their purchase by such
Participant, to the extent of the participation or assignment, in accordance with Section 4.03(2),
and (iv) in the case of a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender which has
participated or assigned all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to a Participant
which is unwilling or unable to accept Drafts, to arrange for the purchase by the Participant of
completed Drafts (which have not and will not be accepted by such Lender or any other Lender), to
the extent of the participation or assignment, in accordance with Section 4.03(2).
(2) Each Drawing shall be in a minimum amount of C$3,000,000 and in an integral multiple of
C$1,000,000 and shall consist of the creation and purchase of Bankers Acceptances or the purchase
of Drafts on the same day, in each case for the Drawing Price, effected or arranged by the
applicable Lenders in accordance with Section 4.03 and their respective Commitment under the
applicable Credit Facility.
(3) If the Administrative Agent determines that the Bankers Acceptances to be created and
purchased or Drafts to be purchased on any Drawing (upon a conversion or otherwise) will not be
created and purchased ratably by the Revolving Lenders, Facility A Lenders and Facility B-2
Lenders, as applicable (or any of their respective Participants) in accordance with Section 4.01(2)
and Section 4.03, then the requested Face Amount of Bankers Acceptances and Drafts shall be
reduced to such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent
determines will permit ratable sharing
and the amount by which the requested Face Amount shall have been so reduced shall be converted or
continued, as the case may be, as a Prime Rate Advance under the applicable Credit Facility, to be
made contemporaneously with the Drawing.
(4) The Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to allocate amongst
the applicable Lenders the Bankers Acceptances to be issued and purchased in such manner and
amounts as the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but acting reasonably, consider
necessary, so as to ensure that no Lender is required to accept and purchase a Bankers Acceptance
for a fraction of C$100,000, and in such event, the Lenders respective share in any such Bankers
Acceptances and repayments thereof shall be altered accordingly. Further, the Administrative Agent
is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to cause the proportionate share of one or more
Lenders Accommodations (calculated based on its Commitment under the applicable Credit Facility)
to be exceeded by no more than C$100,000 each as a result of such allocations provided that the
principal amount of Accommodations Outstanding, including Bankers Acceptances, shall not thereby
exceed the maximum amount of the respective Commitment of each applicable Lender under the
applicable Credit Facility.
Section 4.02 Form of Drafts.
Each Draft presented by the Borrower shall (i) be in a minimum amount
of C$100,000 and in an integral multiple of C$100,000; (ii) be dated the date of the Drawing, and
(iii) mature and be payable by the Borrower (in common with all other Drafts presented in
connection with such Drawing) on a Business Day which occurs (subject to availability)
approximately 1, 2, 3, or 6 months after the Drawing Date (or such other period of 10 to 180 days
as may be available and acceptable to the Administrative Agent), at the election of the Borrower,
and on or prior to the last day of the Term of the applicable Credit Facility.
Section 4.03 Procedure for Drawing.
(1) Each Drawing shall be made on notice (a
Drawing Notice
)
given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) not less
than two Business Days prior to the date on which the Drawing is to occur. Each Drawing Notice
shall be in substantially the form of Schedule 1, shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower
and shall specify (i) the Drawing Date; (ii) the Credit Facility under which the Drawing is to be
made; (iii) the aggregate Face Amount of Drafts to be accepted and purchased (or purchased, as the
case may be); and (iv) the contract maturity date for the Drafts.
(2) Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on an applicable Drawing Date, each Revolving
Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2 Lender, as applicable, shall complete one or more Drafts
in accordance with the Drawing Notice and either (i) accept the Drafts and purchase the Bankers
Acceptances thereby created for the Drawing Price; or (ii) purchase such Drafts for the Drawing
Price, and, in each case, pay to the Administrative Agent the Drawing Proceeds in respect of such
Bankers Acceptance or Draft, as the case may be. Upon receipt of the Drawing Proceeds and upon
fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 6, the Administrative Agent shall
make funds available to the Borrower in accordance with Article 2.
(3) The Borrower shall, at the request of any applicable Lender, issue one or more
non-interest bearing promissory notes (each a
BA Equivalent Note
) payable on the date of maturity
of the unaccepted Draft referred to below, in such form as the applicable Lender
may specify and in a principal amount equal to the Face Amount of, and in exchange for, any
unaccepted Drafts which such Lender has purchased or has arranged to have purchased in
accordance with Section 4.03(2).
(4) Bankers Acceptances purchased by a Revolving Lender, Facility A Lender or Facility B-2
Lender, as applicable, or Participant may be held by it for its own account until the contract
maturity date or sold by it at any time prior to that date in any relevant Canadian market in such
Persons sole discretion.
Section 4.04 Signatures of Draft Forms.
The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each Revolving
Lender, Facility A Lender and Facility B-2 Lender as its lawful attorney to sign and endorse on its
behalf, manually or by facsimile or mechanical signature, any BA Instrument necessary to enable
such Lender to make Drawings in the manner specified in this Article 4. All BA Instruments signed
or endorsed on the Borrowers behalf and in accordance with its instructions by a Lender shall be
binding on the Borrower, all as if duly executed and issued by the Borrower. No Lender shall be
liable for any Claim or Loss arising by reason of any loss or improper use of any such BA
Instruments, except arising out of the gross or intentional fault of such Lender. Each Revolving
Lender, Facility A Lender and Facility B-2 Lender shall (i) maintain a record with respect to any
BA Instrument completed in accordance herewith, voided by it for any reason, accepted and purchased
by it hereunder, and canceled at their respective maturities; and (ii) retain such records in the
manner and for the statutory periods provided in the various provincial or federal statutes and
regulations which apply to such Lender. On request by the Borrower, a Lender shall cancel all BA
Instruments which have been pre-signed or pre-endorsed on behalf of such Borrower and which are
held by such Lender and are not required to make Drawings in accordance with this Article 4.
Section 4.05 Payment, Conversion or Renewal of BA Instruments.
(1) Upon the maturity of a BA
Instrument, the Borrower may (i) elect to issue a replacement BA Instrument by giving a Drawing
Notice in accordance with Section 4.03(1); (ii) elect to have all or a portion of the Face Amount
of the BA Instrument converted to an Advance by giving a Accommodation Notice in accordance with
Section 3.02; or (iii) pay, on or before 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the maturity date for the BA
Instrument, an amount in Canadian Dollars equal to the Face Amount of the BA Instrument
(notwithstanding that a Lender may be the holder of it at maturity). Any such payment shall satisfy
the Borrowers obligations under the BA Instrument to which it relates and the relevant Lender or
Participant shall then be solely responsible for the payment of the BA Instrument.
(2) If the Borrower fails to pay any BA Instrument when due or issue a replacement in the Face
Amount of such BA Instrument pursuant to Section 4.05(1), the unpaid amount due and payable shall
be converted to a Prime Rate Advance made by the Revolving Lenders, Facility A Lenders or Facility
B-2 Lenders, as applicable, ratably under the applicable Credit Facility and shall bear interest
calculated and payable as provided in Article 3. This conversion shall occur as of the due date and
without any necessity for the Borrower to give a Borrowing Notice.
Section 4.06 Circumstances Making Bankers Acceptances Unavailable.
(1) If, by reason of circumstances affecting the money market generally, there is no market
for Bankers Acceptances, (i) the right of the Borrower to request a Drawing shall be suspended
until the circumstances causing a suspension no longer exist; and (ii) any Drawing Notice which is
outstanding shall be deemed to be an Accommodation Notice requesting an Advance comprised of Prime
Rate Advances.
(2) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the suspension of the
Borrowers right to request a Drawing and of the termination of any suspension.
Section 4.07 Depository Bills and Notes Act.
Bankers Acceptances may be issued in the form of a
depository bill and deposited with a clearing house, both terms as defined in the
Depository Bills
and Notes Act
. The Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall agree on the procedures to be
followed, acting reasonably. The Revolving Lenders, Facility A Lenders and Facility B-2 Lenders are
also authorized to issue depository bills as replacements for previously issued Bankers
Acceptances, on the same terms as those replaced, and deposit them with a clearing house against
cancellation of the previously issued Bankers Acceptances.
ARTICLE 5
LETTERS OF CREDIT
Section 5.01 Letters of Credit.
(1) The Issuing Lender agrees, in reliance upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of this Agreement (and in accordance with the standard terms and
conditions represented by any agreement (including the Issuing Lenders standard Letter of Credit
Application Form) that may be entered into between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender from time to
time, including the payment of administrative fees and costs), to issue Letters of Credit for the
account of the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day prior to the eighth-to-last day of
the Term of the Revolving Facility, which Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (a) one
year from issuance, or (b) 7 days prior to the expiry of the Term of the Revolving Facility. The
issuance of any such Letter of Credit shall require two (2) Business Days prior notice to the
Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender, which notice shall be accompanied by the Issuing
Lenders standard Letter of Credit Application Form, duly completed and executed by the Borrower.
The Borrower shall pay, in respect of any such Letter of Credit, fees equal to the aggregate of:
(i) for the Revolving Lenders, the Applicable Margin multiplied by the Face Amount thereof (and
taking into account the number of days until the expiry date thereof), and (ii) for the Issuing
Lender, 1/8% per annum of the Face Amount thereof (taking into account the number of days until the
expiry date thereof), payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each Fiscal Quarter,
or on such other date as the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender may determine from time to
time.
(2) For greater certainty, the Issuing Lender shall not be obliged to issue any Letter of
Credit if as a result (a) the Accommodations Outstanding under the Revolving Facility
would exceed the Revolving Commitment, (b) the Issuing Lenders (after taking into account the
allocation of risk pursuant to Section 5.01(4)) or any other Lenders Commitment under the
Revolving Facility would be exceeded, (c) the Aggregate Face Amount of Letters of Credit
Outstanding would exceed C$5,000,000, (d) a Law or an order, judgment or decree of a Governmental
Entity would be breached or would prohibit such issuance, (e) the Issuing Lender or other Revolving
Lenders would incur increased costs of the nature referred to in
Section 12.06(4) in respect of which they would not be indemnified by the Borrower, or (f) the policies of the Issuing Lender
would be breached.
(3) The Issuing Lenders Letter of Credit Application Form and any form pertaining to
amendments of any Letter of Credit (collectively, the
Letter of Credit Application Form
) shall
require,
inter alia
, (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall
be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address
of the beneficiary thereof (a
Beneficiary
); (E) the documents to be presented by such Beneficiary
in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such
Beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the Issuing Lender may
require.
(4) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application Form, the Issuing Lender will
confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent
has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application Form from the Borrower and, if not, the
Issuing Lender will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the
Issuing Lender of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or
amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for
the account of the Borrower in accordance with the Issuing Lenders usual and customary business
practices, and immediately thereupon, each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Lender a risk participation in such Letter of
Credit in an amount equal to its ratable share of same.
Section 5.02 Reimbursements of Amounts Drawn.
(1) At or before 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the
earlier of (i) the date of any payment by the Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit; and (ii) the
last day of the Term of the Revolving Facility, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender,
through the Administrative Agent, an amount in same day funds equal to the amount to be drawn by
the Beneficiary in Canadian Dollars or US Dollars.
(2) If the Borrower fails to pay to the Issuing Lender an amount, in same day funds, equal to
the amount of such drawing, then (i) the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Borrowing Notice
to the Administrative Agent, requesting a Prime Rate Advance (if the applicable Letter of Credit is
denominated in C$) or a US Prime Rate Advance (if the applicable Letter of Credit is denominated in
US$) under the Revolving Facility in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing; (ii) the
Revolving Lenders shall, on the date of such drawing, make such Prime Rate Advance or US Prime Rate
Advance, ratably under the Revolving Facility; and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall pay the
proceeds thereof to the Issuing Lender as reimbursement for the amount of such drawing.
(3) Each Revolving Lender shall be required to make the Prime Rate Advances referred to in
Section 5.02(2) notwithstanding (i) the amount of the Prime Rate Advance in question may not comply
with the minimum amount required for Advances hereunder; (ii) whether any conditions specified in
Article 6 are then satisfied; (iii) whether a Default has occurred and is continuing or whether an
Event of Default has occurred; (iv) the date of such Prime Rate Advance; (v) any reduction in the
Revolving Commitment; (vi) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such
Lender may have against the Issuing Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever; (vii) whether the
Revolving Commitment has been, or, after the making of such Prime
Rate Advance, will be, exceeded; and (viii) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or
not similar to any of the foregoing.
Section 5.03 Risk of Letters of Credit.
(1) In determining whether to pay under a Letter of Credit,
the Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to determine that the documents and certificates
required to be delivered under the Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on
their face with the requirements of the Letter of Credit.
(2) The reimbursement obligation of the Borrower under any Letter of Credit shall be
unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement under all circumstances, including (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of a Letter
of Credit or any Credit Document; (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defence or other right
which the Borrower may have at any time against a Beneficiary, the Issuing Lender or any other
Person, whether in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated therein
or any other transaction (including any underlying transaction between such Borrower and the
Beneficiary); (iii) any certificate or other document presented with a Letter of Credit proving to
be forged, fraudulent or invalid or any statement in it being untrue or inaccurate, or any loss or
delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under
such Letter of Credit; (iv) the existence of any act or omission or any misuse of, a Letter of
Credit or misapplication of proceeds by the Beneficiary, including any fraud in any certificate or
other document presented with a Letter of Credit; (v) payment by the Issuing Lender under the
Letter of Credit against presentation of a certificate or other document which does not comply with
the terms of the Letter of Credit unless such payment constitutes gross or intentional fault of the
Issuing Lender; (vi) any payment made by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit to any
Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of
creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any
transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under
any Law dealing with bankruptcy, insolvency or arrangements with creditors; (vii) any other
circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any
other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the
Borrower; or (viii) the existence of a Default or Event of Default.
(3) The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment
thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrowers
instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the
Issuing Lender. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim
against the Issuing Lender and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
(4) The Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for (i) the validity or sufficiency of any
instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the
rights or benefits under it or proceeds of it, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid
or ineffective for any reason; (ii) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or
delivery of any messages by mail, telecopy or otherwise; (iii) errors in interpretation of
technical terms; (iv) any loss or delay in the transmission of any document required in order to
make a drawing; and (v) any consequences arising from causes beyond the
control of the Issuing Lender, including the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of any Governmental Entity.
None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of the Issuing Lenders
rights or powers under this Agreement. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any
drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall not have any responsibility to obtain
any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the
Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or
the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Issuing Lender,
any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the
Issuing Lender shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection
herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders, as applicable;
(ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross or intentional fault; or (iii) the due
execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any
Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application Form. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the
acts or omissions of any Beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit;
provided
,
however
, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude
the Borrowers pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the Beneficiary or
transferee at Law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Lender, any Agent-Related
Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Issuing Lender,
shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 5.03(2);
provided
,
however
, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Borrower may have a claim against the Issuing Lender, and the Issuing Lender may be liable to
the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or
exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the Issuing
Lenders gross or intentional fault or the Issuing Lenders willful failure to pay under any Letter
of Credit after the presentation to it by the Beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s)
strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to
be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or
information to the contrary, and the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for the validity or
sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a
Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part,
which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
Section 5.04 Repayments.
(1) If the Borrower is required to repay the Accommodations Outstanding pursuant to Article 9,
then the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the Issuing Lenders
contingent liability in respect of (i) any outstanding Letter of Credit; and (ii) any Letter of
Credit which is the subject matter of any order, judgment, injunction or other such determination
restricting payment under and in accordance with such Letter of Credit or extending the Issuing
Lenders liability under such Letter of Credit beyond its stated expiration date.
(2) Subject to any right of compensation or set-off provided for by Law or hereunder, the
Issuing Lender shall, with respect to any Letter of Credit, pay to the Borrower an amount equal to
the difference between the amount paid to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.04(1) and
the amounts paid by the Issuing Lender under the Letter of Credit, upon the earlier of:
51
(a) the date on which any final and non-appealable order, judgment or other such determination
has been rendered or issued either confirming that the Issuing Lender is prohibited permanently
from making any payment under the relevant Letter of Credit or terminating permanently the Letter
of Credit;
(b) the date on which either (x) the original counterpart of the Letter of Credit is returned
to the Issuing Lender for cancellation, or (y) the Issuing Lender is released by the Beneficiary in
writing from any further obligations in respect thereof; or
(c) the expiry (to the extent permitted by any applicable Law) of the Letter of Credit.
Section 5.05 Applicability of ISP.
Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Lender and the
Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of
Credit.
Section 5.06 Conflict with Letter of Credit Application Form.
In the event of any conflict between
the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application Form, the terms hereof shall
control.
ARTICLE 6
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
Section 6.01 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Accommodation.
The obligation of each Lender to
make its initial Accommodation under the Credit Facilities on or after the date hereof is subject
to (i) the applicable conditions precedent in Section 6.02; and (ii) the condition precedent that
the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be satisfied with, or the Borrower or the Pledgors,
shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, on or before the day of such
initial Accommodation, the following, in form, substance and dated as of a date satisfactory to the
Lenders and their counsel and in sufficient quantities for each Lender:
(a) certified copies of all of the constating documents, borrowing by-laws and resolutions of
the boards of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) of the Borrower and the Pledgors
approving the borrowing and other matters contemplated by this Agreement and approving the entering
into of all other Credit Documents to which it is a party and the completion of all transactions
contemplated thereunder, together with all other instruments evidencing necessary corporate action
of the Borrower and the Pledgors and of any required Authorization, with respect to such matters;
(b) a certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of each of the Borrower and the
Pledgors certifying the names and true signatures of its officers authorized to sign this Agreement
and the other Credit Documents;
(c) a certificate of status, compliance, good standing or like certificate with respect to
each of the Borrower and the Pledgors issued by the government officials of the jurisdiction of
52
its incorporation and of each jurisdiction in which it owns any material assets or carries on any
material business;
(d) certification as to the financial condition and solvency of, and the absence of Default
and compliance with laws and obligations in all material respects by, the Borrower and the
Pledgors, from the chief financial officer or a senior financial officer of the relevant Person;
(e) there shall not exist (i) any order, decree, judgment, ruling or injunction which
restrains the consummation of the financing contemplated hereby or (ii) any pending or threatened
action, suit, investigation or proceeding which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(f) all insurance certificates and such other reports, audits or certifications as it may
reasonably request;
(g) the Borrower shall have provided an irrevocable direction of payment to the Administrative
Agent pursuant to which the Borrower instructs the Administrative Agent, contemporaneously with the
first Accommodation hereunder and using the proceeds thereof, as well as additional funds to be
provided by the Borrower, if applicable, to cause the repayment and cancellation of the Existing
Credit Agreement and the repayment of part of the Existing Senior Notes;
(h) all material Liens on the property of the Borrower and the Pledgors, other than Permitted
Liens, shall have been discharged or, in the case of subsection (g) above, shall be subject to a
binding undertaking to release same immediately following the repayment thereof, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel;
(i) each of this Agreement and each of the Security Documents listed in Schedule 5, shall have
been executed, delivered, issued or assigned and registered or published, as the case may be;
(j) all of the issued and outstanding shares of Sun Media Corporation and of Vidéotron Ltée
shall have been pledged in accordance with the pledges described in
Schedule 5, and all of the pledged shares shall have been remitted to the Administrative Agent duly
endorsed in blank for transfer;
(k) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate signed by an
officer stipulating and certifying that:
(i) such officer has taken cognizance of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and of all contracts, agreements and deeds pertaining hereto;
(ii) no Default has occurred or exists hereunder which is continuing, and no Event of
Default has occurred;
(iii) all Collateral is located in the jurisdictions described in a schedule thereto;
53
(iv) the corporate structure of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is as set out in the
diagram attached to the certificate; and
(v) each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries holds the material Authorizations
required in order to permit it to possess its property and its real estate and to carry on
the Business in the manner in which it is being carried on at present (except any
Authorization the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect);
(l) nothing shall have occurred since December 31, 2004 which would reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect;
(m) all Fees and expenses (including the legal fees and disbursements of counsel to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders) then payable under the Credit Documents shall have been paid
in full in the currency specified in the invoice therefor, and the Borrower shall have complied
with all of its obligations to Banc of America Securities LLC under the Commitment Letter and the
Fee Letter accepted by the Borrower dated December 19, 2005, and each such letter shall be in full
force and effect;
(n) the Commitments under each Credit Facility shall have been fully subscribed;
(o) favourable opinions of counsel to the Borrower and the Pledgors in form and substance
acceptable to the Administrative Agent and its counsel;
(p) favourable opinions of counsel to the Lenders; and
(q) such other certificates and documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
request.
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6.01, each
Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or
to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or
approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative
Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date
specifying its objection thereto.
Section 6.02 Conditions Precedent to All Accommodations and Conversions.
(1) The obligation of each
Lender to make Accommodations or otherwise give effect to any Accommodation Notice hereunder in
respect of any Credit Facility shall be subject to the conditions precedent that on the date of
such Accommodation Notice and Accommodation, and after giving effect thereto and to the application
of any proceeds therefrom, (a) the representations and warranties contained in Article 7 are true
and correct in all material respects on and as of such date (except where expressly stated to be
made at a particular date), all as though made on and as of such date; (b) no event or condition
has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Accommodation or giving effect to such
Accommodation Notice, which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default; and (c) nothing has
occurred which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
54
(2) Each of the giving of any Accommodation Notice by the Borrower and the acceptance by the
Borrower of any Accommodation shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrower that, on the date of such Accommodation Notice or Accommodation, as the case may be, and
after giving effect thereto and to the application of any proceeds therefrom, the statements set
forth in Section 6.02(1) are true and correct.
Section 6.03 No Waiver.
The making of an Accommodation or otherwise giving effect to any
Accommodation Notice hereunder, without the fulfillment of one or more conditions set forth in
Section 6.01 or Section 6.02, shall not constitute a waiver of any such condition, and the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders reserve the right to require fulfillment of such condition in
connection with any subsequent Accommodation Notice or Accommodation.
ARTICLE 7
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 7.01 Representations and Warranties.
The Borrower represents and warrants to each Lender,
acknowledging and confirming that each Lender is relying thereon without independent inquiry in
entering into this Agreement and providing Accommodations hereunder, that:
(a)
Incorporation and Qualification.
The Borrower and each of the Pledgors is a corporation
duly incorporated, continued or amalgamated as the case may be, and, as at the date hereof, validly
existing under the laws of the jurisdiction referred to in Schedule 7.01(a). Each of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified, licensed or registered to carry on business under the Laws
applicable to it in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its Assets or business makes such
qualification necessary and where failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
Corporate Power.
The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate
power and authority to own and operate its properties and Assets and to carry on its business and
any other business as now being conducted by it and where the failure to so hold such power and
authority would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; each of the Borrower and
each of the Pledgors has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its
obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party.
(c)
Conflict With Other Instruments.
The execution and delivery of the Credit Documents by
each of the Borrower and the Pledgors which is a party thereto and the performance by each of the
Borrower and the Pledgors of their respective obligations thereunder and compliance with the terms,
conditions and provisions thereof, will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the
terms, conditions or provisions of (A) its constating documents or by-laws, (B) any applicable Law
to a material extent, (C) any material contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or its
properties, or (D) any material judgment, injunction, determination or award which is binding on
it; or (ii) result in, require or permit (A) the imposition of any Lien in, on or with respect to
the Assets now owned or hereafter acquired by it (other than pursuant to the Security Documents or
which is a Permitted Lien), (B) the
55
acceleration of the maturity of any material Debt of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries binding on or affecting it, or (C) any third party to terminate
or acquire any rights materially adverse to the Borrower or the Pledgors under any Material
Agreement.
(d)
Authorization, Governmental Approvals, etc.
The execution and delivery of each of the
Credit Documents by each of the Borrower and each of the Pledgors which is a party thereto and the
performance by each such Person of its respective obligations hereunder and thereunder have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no Authorization (except any Authorization
the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) under any
applicable Law, no approval or consent of any third party and no registration, qualification,
designation, declaration or filing with any Governmental Entity (except for registrations or
publications in respect of the Security Documents), is or was necessary therefor or to perfect the
same, except as are in full force and effect, unamended, at the date hereof (or as may become
necessary subsequent to the date hereof and notice of which has been given to the Administrative
Agent).
(e)
Execution and Binding Obligation.
This Agreement and the other Credit Documents have been
duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and each of the Pledgors which is a party
thereto and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable against it
in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to any limitation under applicable Laws
relating to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or creditors rights generally;
(ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies; and (iii) the
qualifications contained in the opinion of the Borrowers legal counsel delivered at the Closing
Date.
(f)
Conduct of Business.
Since December 31, 2004 and up to the Closing Date, the Business has
been carried on in the ordinary course. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not engaged in the
business of purchasing, carrying or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
margin stock, as defined in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation U, and no
proceeds of any Accommodations will be used to purchase or carry any equity security of a class
which is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
, as amended,
or any such margin stock, or for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with, Federal
Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T, U or X, except, but only with respect to
Subsidiaries, where the engagement in such business or such use of the proceeds could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Terms used in this Section and in Section
2.03(2) for which meanings are provided in Federal Reserve System Board of Governors Regulation T,
U or X or any regulations substituted therefore, as from time to time in effect, have the meaning
so provided. None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, and the Subsidiaries of the
Borrower is or is required to be registered as an investment company under the
Investment Company
Act of 1940
, as amended (15 U.S.C. § 80a-1
et
seq.
), except, with respect to the
Person Controlling the Borrower or the Subsidiaries only, if such registration or requirement for
registration could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The application of
the proceeds of the Accommodations and repayment of the Accommodations Outstanding by the Borrower
and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations hereunder and under the other Credit
Documents and by each Pledgor under the Credit Documents provided by it will not violate any
provision of the said Act, or any rule, regulation or order issued by the United States
56
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. Neither the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, nor
any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation or any Law which may limit its ability to incur
Debt or which may otherwise render its obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents
unenforceable, except, with respect to the Person Controlling the Borrower or the Subsidiaries
only, where such limit or unenforceability could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower, nor any Affiliates of the Borrower (i) is a Person whose
property or interest in property is blocked pursuant to section 1 of Executive Order no. 13224
(September 23, 2001), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by section 2 of such
Executive Order, or is otherwise associated with any such Person in any manner violative of section
2 of such Executive Order, or (iii) is a Person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals
and Blocked Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (
OFAC
) or any other
similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or
regulation, except, with respect to such Affiliates only, where such blocking of property,
engagement, association or naming could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. The Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the
Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States
Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V as amended) and any other enabling legislation
or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the USA Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of any
Accommodation will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official
or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or any
one else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain
any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as
amended.
(g)
Location of Business.
As of the date hereof, the only jurisdictions (or registration
districts within such jurisdictions) in which the Borrower and the Pledgors have any place of
business or store any material tangible personal property are as set forth in Schedule 7.01(g). The
minute books of the Borrower and the Pledgors are located at the addresses set out in part II of
Schedule 7.01(g).
(h)
Authorizations, etc.
The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all material
Authorizations of federal, provincial, state and local governments and regulatory authorities as
may be necessary to properly conduct its business, the failure of which to possess would reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(i)
Trademarks, Patents, etc.
The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all material
trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, licences, or rights in any thereof, reasonably
necessary for the conduct of its business as now conducted and presently proposed to be conducted,
other than any trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents, licences or rights which, if not
possessed by any such QMI Entity, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is, as of the
Closing Date, infringing or is alleged to be infringing on the rights of any Person with respect to
any patent, trademark, trade name, copyright (or any application or registration respecting any
thereof), discovery, improvement, process, formula, know-how, data, plan, specification, drawing or
the like, except where such infringement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
57
(j)
Ownership of Property.
The Borrower and each of the Pledgors owns its Assets with good
(and, with respect to any immovable or real property, marketable) title thereto, free and clear of
all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.
(k)
Compliance with Laws.
As of the Closing Date, subject to the next following sentence, the
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Laws, non-compliance
with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries
Business and Assets (i) are in material compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) possess and
are operated in compliance with all Environmental Permits which are required for the operation of
its business; and (iii) are not subject to any past or present fact, condition or circumstance that
could result in any material liability under any Environmental Laws.
(l)
Subsidiaries, etc.
The Borrower is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of all of
the issued and outstanding shares of the Pledgors, Sun Media Corporation and Vidéotron Ltée
.
No
Person (other than the Borrower) has any right or option to purchase or otherwise acquire any of
the issued and outstanding shares of the Pledgors, Sun Media Corporation and Vidéotron Ltée. Except
as set forth in the corporate chart attached to Schedule 7.01(l), the Borrower does not own or hold
as of the date hereof any shares of, or any other interest in, any other Person.
(m)
No Burdensome Agreements.
Neither the Borrower nor any of the Pledgors, Sun Media
Corporation, Vidéotron Ltée and their Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or instrument or
subject to any restriction (including any restriction set forth in its constating documents or
by-laws) which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(n)
No Litigation.
There are no investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending, taken
or, to the Borrowers knowledge, threatened, before or by any Governmental Entity or by any other
Person, in Canada or elsewhere involving the Borrower or a Subsidiary, which would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(o)
Pension Plans and Employment Liabilities.
All contributions required under applicable law
under all registered pension plans in respect of which the Borrower could be liable have been made,
except for amounts not material to the Borrower on a consolidated basis and except for any unfunded
liability that is being amortized in accordance with applicable laws. Each such plan was fully
funded as of the most recent actuarial valuation on a going concern and solvency basis in
accordance with the terms of such pension plan, except for amounts not material to the Borrower on
a consolidated basis and except for any such plan that does not need to be fully funded in
accordance with applicable laws. All obligations (including wages, salaries, commissions and
vacation pay) to current employees and to former employees have been paid in full or duly provided
for, except for amounts not material to the Borrower on a consolidated basis.
(p)
Material Agreements.
Neither the Borrower nor any of the Pledgors is a party or otherwise
subject to or bound or affected by any Material Agreement as of the date hereof (other than
collective agreements), except as set out in Schedule 7.01(p). Except as contemplated hereunder,
all Material Agreements are in full force and effect, unamended, and neither the
58
Borrower nor any Pledgor, or to the best of the Borrowers knowledge after due enquiry, any other party to any such
agreement, is in material default with respect thereto.
(q)
Financial Statements.
The audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower dated
December 31, 2004 and the other financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant
to Section 8.01 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout
the periods specified (except as noted thereon) and are an accurate representation of the
consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates
specified and the results of their operations and changes in financial position for the respective
periods specified, all in accordance with GAAP. No material adverse change in the financial results
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered on a consolidated basis, has occurred since
December 31, 2004.
(r)
Books and Records.
All books and records of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have
been fully, properly and accurately kept and completed in accordance with GAAP (to the extent
applicable) and there are no material inaccuracies or discrepancies of any kind contained or
reflected therein. The Borrowers and each of its Subsidiaries records, systems, controls, data or information are not recorded,
stored, maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent upon or held by any means
(including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) which
(including all means of access thereto and therefrom) are not under the direct control of the
Borrower or of an Affiliate of the Borrower, unless such means do not prevent the Borrower from
having access to same at all times (for example, in the context of an outsourcing agreement).
(s)
Insurance.
Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has contracted the insurance coverage
required pursuant to Section 8.01(m).
(t)
Solvency.
The Borrower and each of the Pledgors, both before giving effect to the
transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and after giving
effect to same, including the provisions of all contribution agreements among the Borrower and the
Pledgors (a) is solvent, (b) the fair value of the Assets of each such Person exceeds its total
liabilities (including Contingent Obligations but without duplication of any underlying liability
related thereto), (c) does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or
liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (d) is not engaged,
and is not about to engage, in business or transactions for which its property would constitute
unreasonably small capital.
(u)
Tax Liability.
Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has filed within the prescribed
delays all tax returns which are required to be filed, and all taxes, Claims, assessments and other
duties, interest and penalties levied by the various Governmental Entities with respect to the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been paid when due, except for any such assessment, tax or Claim
(i) in an amount of up to C$2,500,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; or (ii) (A) which
is being contested in good faith by proper legal proceedings, for which adequate reserves have been
established in the books of the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary, and (B) the failure to effect
such filings or outcome of the contestation of which would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
59
(v)
Corporate Structure.
Except as notified to the Lenders, the only direct and indirect,
shareholders of the Borrower at the date hereof, are set forth in Schedule 7.01(v). Schedule
7.01(v) sets forth the complete particulars at the date hereof of (i) such shareholders; (ii) the
interest of each shareholder in the Borrower; and (iii) the direct and indirect interests of each
shareholder and their respective interests. Except as described in Schedule 7.01(v), at the date
hereof, none of the shareholders is a party to any unanimous shareholders or other agreement
relating to the shares owned by such shareholder.
(w)
Contingent Obligations and Indebtedness.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries
has (except for any deferred purchase price payable under the Carlyle Agreement) (a) any material
Contingent Obligations or contingent liabilities known to it which are not disclosed or referred to
in the financial statements referred to in Section 7.01(q)or in the most recent financial
statements delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.01
or otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing, or (b) incurred any material
indebtedness which is not disclosed in or reflected in such financial statements, or otherwise
disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing, other than Contingent Obligations,
contingent liabilities or indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business and Permitted
Debt.
(x)
Disclosure.
All (i) forecasts and projections supplied to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders were prepared in good faith, disclosed all assumptions relevant thereto and are, in the
opinion of the Borrowers management when taken together, reasonable estimates (as of the Closing
Date) of the prospects for its business; and (ii) other written information heretofore supplied to
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower is complete and accurate in all material
respects. There is no fact known as of the Closing Date to the Borrower, after reasonable
investigation, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and which has
not been fully disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. There has been no
change which has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect since
December 31, 2004 and up to the Closing Date.
(y)
No Default
. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(z)
9101-0827 Quebec
. As of the Closing Date, 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. does not have any Debt and
its only Assets are the shares it owns in the capital of Vidéotron Ltée.
(aa)
Erisa.
The Borrower and each Subsidiary are in compliance with all obligations to which
they are subject under ERISA, as well as under the regulations or rules issued thereunder, in
respect of their Benefit Plans, except to the extent that any non-compliance therewith would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 7.02 Survival of Representations and Warranties.
The representations and warranties herein
set forth or contained in any certificates or documents delivered to the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders pursuant hereto shall not merge in or be prejudiced by and shall survive any
Accommodation hereunder and shall continue in full force and effect (as of the date when made or
deemed to be made) so long as any amounts are owing by the Borrower to the Lenders hereunder.
Schedules requiring updates shall be so updated not less frequently than quarterly. All
representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Credit Document or other document
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection
60
herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will
be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by
the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the
Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of
any Accommodation.
ARTICLE 8
COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
Section 8.01 Affirmative Covenants.
So long as any amount owing hereunder remains unpaid or any
Lender has any obligation under this Agreement, and unless consent is given in accordance with
Section 12.01 hereof, the Borrower shall:
(a)
Financial Reporting Requirements.
Furnish to the Administrative Agent (in electronic and
paper forms) (i) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of
the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year, unaudited consolidated financial
statements of the Borrower, consisting of (A) a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of the
Financial Quarter with comparative amounts at the end of the corresponding Financial Quarter in the
previous Financial Year, (B) consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flow
for the Financial Quarter and for the period from the end of the previous Financial Year to the end
of the Financial Quarter with comparative amounts for the corresponding periods in the previous
Financial Year; (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each
Financial Year, audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower, consisting of (A) a
consolidated balance sheet as at the end of the Financial Year with comparative amounts at the end
of the previous Financial Year, (B) consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash
flow for the Financial Year with comparative amounts for the previous Financial Year, (C) the
financial statements specified in (ii)(A) and (B) being certified without qualification by the
current auditors of the Borrower or otherwise by another reputable firm of independent chartered
accountants acceptable to the Administrative Agent; (iii) a soon as practicable, and in any event
within 120 days after the end of each Financial Year, unaudited unconsolidated financial statements
of the Borrower, consisting of (A) an unconsolidated balance sheet as at the end of the Financial
Year with comparative amounts at the end of the previous Financial Year, and (B) unconsolidated
statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flow for the Financial Year with comparative
amounts for the previous Financial Year; (iv) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60
days after the end of each of the first three Financial Quarters in each Financial Year, a
Compliance Certificate; and (v) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 120 days after the
end of each Financial Year, a Compliance Certificate.
(b)
Environmental Reporting.
Promptly, and in any event within 10 days of each occurrence, (i)
notify the Administrative Agent of any proceeding or order before any Governmental Entity requiring
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to comply with or take action under any Environmental Laws
and of any state or affairs on the Owned Properties, Leased Properties or its business which would
reasonably be expected to have a Material
61
Adverse Effect; and (ii) notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, within 10 days therefrom, of any other occurrence with respect to Environmental
Laws and involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, including, provided that same would reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (A) receiving a notice or claim
to the effect that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are liable to any Person in a material amount as a result of the Release or
threatened Release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment in, on, under or adjacent to the
Owned Properties or Leased Properties; (B) receiving any notice that the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is subject to investigation by any Governmental Entity evaluating whether any Remedial
Action is needed to respond to the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Substance into
the environment, in, on, under or adjacent to the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties; (C)
receiving any notice that all or any portion of the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties is
subject to an order or a Security Interest under or pursuant to any Environmental Law; (D)
receiving any notice of a material condition with respect to the Owned Properties or the Leased
Properties which might reasonably result in a notice of violation of any Environmental Law; (E)
receiving any notice of the commencement of any judicial or administrative proceeding alleging a
violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Owned Properties or the Leased Properties;
or (F) undertaking any material activities as a result of new or proposed changes to any existing
Environmental Law that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
Additional Reporting Requirements.
Deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) as soon as
practicable and in any event not more than 90 days after the end of each Financial Year of the
Borrower, the Annual Business Plan for the next Financial Year (the First Annual Business Plan to
be delivered hereunder being in respect of the Financial Year 2007) together with detailed
schedules and information supplementary to and consistent with such Annual Business Plan; (ii) as
soon as possible, and in any event within five days after the Borrower becomes aware of the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, a statement of the chief financial officer,
treasurer or chief operating officer of the Borrower or any other officer acceptable to the
Administrative Agent setting forth the details of such Default or Event of Default and the action
which the Borrower proposes to take or has taken with respect thereto; (iii) prompt notice in
writing of any default, or event, condition or occurrence which with notice or lapse of time, or
both, would constitute a default under any agreement in respect of Debt to which the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries owes (contingently or otherwise) at least C$25,000,000 (or the equivalent
amount in any other currency); (iv) from time to time upon request of the Administrative Agent,
evidence of maintenance of all insurance required to be maintained by Section 8.01(m), including
such originals or copies as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request of policies,
certificates of insurance, riders and endorsements relating to such insurance and proof of premium
payments; (v) promptly upon the issuance thereof, copies of all notices and other documents (which
are considered material under the
Securities Act
(Quebec), as amended from time to time) in respect
of the Borrower filed with, or delivered to, any stock exchange or to the Quebec or Ontario
Securities Commission or similar Governmental Entity in any other jurisdiction (with the exception
of any private and confidential filings) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) promptly,
and in any event within 10 days after the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives notice of
any suit, proceeding or similar action commenced or threatened by any Governmental Entity or any
other Person, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (vii) prompt
notice of any material
62
changes in accounting or financial reporting practices of the Borrower;
(viii) prompt notice of any ERISA Event which could reasonably be expected to constitute an Event
of Default and (ix) such other information respecting the condition or operations, financial or
otherwise, of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may from time
to time reasonably request.
(d)
Corporate Existence.
Except as permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(c), preserve and
maintain, and cause each Pledgor and each of Sun Media Corporation and Vidéotron Ltée to preserve
and maintain, its corporate existence.
(e)
Compliance with Laws, etc.
Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with the
requirements of all applicable Laws and of all its contractual obligations, non-compliance with
which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(f)
Status of Accounts and Collateral.
With respect to the Collateral (i) maintain books and
records pertaining to the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as the Administrative Agent
shall reasonably require; and (ii) report immediately to the Administrative Agent any matters
materially adversely affecting the value, enforceability or collectability of any of the
Collateral.
(g)
Conduct of Business .
Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, in each
Financial Year, its business in a prudent manner and consistent with good business practices.
(h)
Environmental Audits.
Promptly (i) if the Administrative Agent has a good faith concern
that there is non-compliance by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with Environmental Laws
which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, conduct such environmental
audits (by an environmental auditor or auditors approved by the Administrative Agent and, prior to
the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Borrower) concerning such alleged
material non-compliance as the Administrative Agent may request and permit the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders to discuss such audits with such auditors; and (ii) remedy any material
non-compliance with Environmental Laws revealed by any such audit. Such audit shall be at the
Borrowers expense.
(i)
Auditors.
Appoint and maintain as its auditors a firm of national standing.
(j)
Payment of Taxes and Claims.
Pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay
and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon the Assets or upon its Subsidiaries; and (ii) all lawful
Claims which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon the Assets,
except for any such assessment, tax or Claim (I) in an amount of up to C$2,500,000 in the aggregate
outstanding at any time; or (II) (A) which is being contested in good faith by proper legal
proceedings, for which adequate reserves have been established in the books of the Borrower or the
relevant Subsidiary, and (B) the outcome of the contestation of which or the failure to comply with
this covenant would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
63
(k)
Keeping of Books.
Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record
and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the
Assets and Business in accordance with GAAP (to the extent applicable).
(l)
Visitation and Inspection.
At (i) any reasonable time or times and upon reasonable prior
notice, and at least semi-annually, permit the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders to
visit the properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the location of the chief
financial officer, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries with executive management including the officer appointed as (or performing the
functions of) the chief financial officer thereof. If a Default has occurred and is continuing or
an Event of Default has occurred and not been waived, the Borrower shall be required to reimburse
the Administrative Agent or its mandatary for any related expenses and fees; and (ii) at least
annually, permit the Lenders to have access to the Borrowers chief financial officer controller
for the purpose of reviewing the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.
(m)
Maintenance of Insurance.
Maintain, in respect of itself and each of its Subsidiaries,
insurance at all times with responsible insurance carriers in such amounts and covering such risks
as are usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in
the same general areas in which the Borrower or any such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, operate;
such insurance policies of the Loan Parties to show the Administrative Agent (or a sub-agent
appointed by the Administrative Agent), for and on behalf of the Lenders, as loss payee thereof
under a mortgage clause in a form approved by the Insurance Bureau of Canada and promptly furnish
or cause to be furnished evidence thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(n)
Cure Defects, Preservation of Security.
Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative
Agent, take all necessary steps to preserve and maintain in effect the rights of the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, as well as of any collateral agent or
fondé de pouvoir
, pursuant to the
Security Documents, together with any renewals thereof or additional documents creating Liens that
may be, reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent from time to time or on its behalf. Upon
the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or on its behalf, promptly cure or cause to be
cured any defects in the execution and delivery of any of the Credit Documents or any of the other
agreements, instruments or documents contemplated thereby or executed pursuant thereto or any
defects in the validity or enforceability of any of the Security, and at its expense, execute and
deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, all such agreements, instruments and other documents
as the Administrative Agent may consider necessary or desirable for the foregoing purposes.
(o)
Further Assurances.
At the Borrowers cost and expense, upon the reasonable request of the
Administrative Agent, duly execute and deliver or cause to be duly executed and delivered to the
Administrative Agent such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts as may
be necessary or proper in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to carry out more
effectually the provisions and purposes of the Credit Documents.
(p)
Payment of Obligations.
Pay and cause the Pledgors to pay as the same shall become due and
payable, all its obligations and liabilities under the Credit Documents.
64
(q)
Use of Proceeds
. Use the proceeds of the Credit Facilities for the purposes contemplated
herein.
(r)
Hedging Requirements
. Enter into the hedging agreements required to satisfy the Hedging
Requirements within 30 days from the Closing Date.
(s)
Erisa
. Perform and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, in a timely fashion, all
obligations to which it is subject under ERISA, in respect of its Benefit Plans, except where the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(t)
Collateral.
Execute and deliver as soon as possible all documentation (i) necessary or
reasonably required by the Administrative Agent in order to grant in favor of the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders (or on their behalf) a valid duly perfected first ranking Lien on the movable
Assets of the Borrower that are acquired or moved by the Borrower to a jurisdiction where the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or anyone on their behalf) do not have Security or (ii) that
is required further to a change of the registered or head office of the Borrower to ensure that the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders (or anyone on their behalf) keep the benefit of a first
ranking Security. Such additional documentation shall form part of the Security Documents.
Section 8.02 Negative Covenants.
So long as any amount owing hereunder remains unpaid or any Lender
has any obligation under this Agreement, and unless consent is given in accordance with Section
12.01 hereof, the Borrower shall not:
(a)
Debt.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit the Pledgors to create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist, any Debt other than Permitted Debt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is
understood and agreed that 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist
any Debt other than Debt under the Credit Documents, Back-to-Back Securities, Existing Back-to-Back
Securities, Debt in connection with Tax Benefit Transactions and Debt owed by 9101-0827 Quebec Inc.
to the Borrower.
(b)
Encumbrances.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any of the Pledgors to
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its or their, as the case may be,
respective Assets, other than Permitted Liens.
(c)
Mergers, Etc.
Enter into, or permit any of the Pledgors to enter into, any transaction
(whether by way of reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, winding-up, merger,
transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or any substantial part of its undertaking or
Assets would become the property of any other Person (except that the Loan Parties may enter into
any such transaction with each other), unless (i) immediately after giving effect thereto, no event shall have occurred and be
continuing which constitutes a Default or Event of Default, (ii) the corporation continuing from
any such transaction shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any
province thereof, (iii) such continuing corporation shall assume the Borrowers (or the Pledgors,
as the case may be) obligations, if any, under the Credit Documents, pursuant to an agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, provided that such agreement shall not
be required if such obligations are otherwise assumed by operation of Law, (iv) if the transaction
in question is with a Person (A) who was not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower
65
immediately before the effective date thereof, the transaction, in the sole opinion of the Majority Lenders
acting reasonably, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) who
was a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower immediately before the effective date thereof, the
proposed transaction will not have a detrimental effect on the financial condition of the Borrower,
nor on the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Credit Documents, and (v)
the Lenders shall have received an opinion of counsel to the Borrower, acceptable to them, that
such transaction complies with Law and other matters of Law referred to in this Section 8.02(c), or
except as permitted under Section 8.02(d).
(d)
Disposal of Assets Generally.
Dispose of, or permit the Pledgors to Dispose of, any Assets
to any Person, other than, (i) any disposition of Assets between QMI Entities (other than a
Disposition of the equity participation in Vidéotron Ltée or in Sun Media Corporation held by any
Loan Party unless such Disposition is to the Borrower); (ii) pursuant to a transaction consummated
in accordance with Section 8.02(c); (iii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or
would arise therefrom and no Event of Default has occurred, any other bona fide Dispositions (other
than a Disposition of the equity participation in Vidéotron Ltée or in Sun Media Corporation held
by any Loan Party), provided the proceeds thereof are dealt with in accordance with Section 2.05(2)
hereof to the extent applicable. The Administrative Agent shall, upon the Borrowers or applicable
Pledgors request and provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
or would result from such Disposition, execute a release of any Collateral which the Borrower or
applicable Pledgor proposes to Dispose of, or confirm to the purchaser or transferee thereof that
such Disposition may occur free of the Security, unless such Disposition is contrary to any
provision hereof and provided that, where applicable, the Net Proceeds in respect of the
Disposition are used to repay the Accommodations Outstanding in accordance with Section 2.05.
(e)
Transactions with Affiliates.
Subject to the following sentences, and except among the
Borrower and wholly-owned Subsidiaries or among wholly-owned Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly
(i) purchase, acquire, lease or licence any material property, right or service from; (ii) sell,
transfer, lease or licence any Assets or right to; or (iii) permit any Subsidiary to purchase,
acquire, lease or licence any Asset, right or service from, or sell, transfer, lease or licence any
Assets or right to, any Person not at Arms Length with the Borrower or such Subsidiary, except at
prices and on terms not less favourable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be,
than those which would have been obtained in an Arms Length transaction with an Arms Length
Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Borrower may enter into, perform its obligations in
connection with, or redeem or repay, the Back-to-Back Securities, the Existing Back-to-Back
Securities or the Tax Benefit Transactions, (b) the Borrower may make or pay Permitted
Distributions, (c) the Borrower may pay management fees to Quebecor, Caisse de Dépôt et Placement
du Québec or any of their respective Affiliates in an amount not to exceed US$2,000,000 in total
per Financial Year, and (d) the Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary may transact with
Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned at prices and on terms less favorable to the Borrower or
such wholly-owned Subsidiary than those which would have been obtained in Arms Length transaction
with an Arms Length Person, provided that the aggregate value of all such transactions does not
exceed C$10,000,000 in total per Financial Year.
66
(f)
Change in Business.
Make, or permit to be made, any material change in the Business.
(g)
Distributions.
Declare, make or pay any Equity Distribution or Debt Distribution which is
not a Permitted Debt Distribution unless the Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio of the Borrower,
calculated on a proforma basis as at the end of the last previously completed Fiscal Quarter in
respect of which financial statements are available after giving effect to such Distribution, is
below the Required Threshold on a trailing four quarter basis provided however that at the time of
payment of such Distribution no Default exist or could result therefrom. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Borrower shall be entitled to declare, make or pay any such Distribution during any
period when such Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio is not below the Required Threshold on the
condition that the aggregate amount of such Distributions paid during such period does not exceed
C$275,000,000 for the Term of Facility B, provided however that at the time of payment of such
Distribution no Default exist or could result therefrom. For the purposes set forth hereunder the
Required Threshold shall be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Required
|
Period
|
|
Threshold
|
Closing Date to December 30, 2007
|
|
4.5:1.0
|
December 31, 2007 to December 30, 2009
|
|
4.0:1.0
|
December 31, 2009 and thereafater
|
|
3.5:1.0
|
(h)
Investments and Acquisitions.
Make any Investments or Acquisitions, (other than in
connection with Capital Expenditures permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(k), or permit the Pledgors
to make any such Investments or Acquisitions, except, provided no Default has occurred and is
continuing or would result therefrom, (i) for the hedging agreements in connection with the Hedging
Requirements, other hedging agreements and other foreign currency hedges, interest rate swaps,
commodity hedges or similar obligations or agreements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course
of the Business and not for speculative purposes; (ii) Investments or Acquisitions so long as at
the date of such Investment or Acquisition and on a proforma basis after taking such Investment or
Acquisition into account as if it existed at all times during the relevant period, the Leverage
Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio are complied with in accordance with Section 8.03 and such
Investments or Acquisitions are made with respect to Assets or Persons in the same line of business
as the Business; and (iii) the acquisition of Back-to-Back Securities or the acquisition of
property as part of Tax Benefit Transactions
.
(i)
Subsidiaries.
Permit any of its Subsidiaries to assume, enter into or otherwise become
bound by any agreement or undertaking that would reasonably be expected to prevent such Subsidiary
from declaring or paying dividends, inter company payments, Equity Distributions or Debt
Distributions of any kind except on terms and conditions not more restrictive for such Subsidiary
than those provided under the Sun Media Credit Agreement or the Vidéotron Credit agreement except
where so preventing such Subsidiary from declaring or paying dividends, inter company payments,
Equity Distributions or Debt Distributions would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
67
(j)
Maintenance and Ownership of Pledgors.
Sell or otherwise dispose of or permit the sale or
disposition of any shares of any of the Pledgors or permit any of the Pledgors to issue any shares
of their capital stock except to the Borrower, or except pursuant to a Disposition permitted
hereunder.
(k)
Capital Expenditures.
Make or commit to make, or permit the Pledgors to make or commit to
make, during the Term of Facility B, Capital Expenditures which exceed, in the aggregate,
C$100,000,000, excluding any Capital Expenditures related to the Press Investment.
(l)
Business Outside Certain Jurisdictions.
Keep or store any of its material tangible
property outside of those jurisdictions (or registration districts within such jurisdictions) set
forth in Schedule 7.01(g) (i) except upon 30 days prior written notice thereof to the
Administrative Agent; and (ii) unless the Borrower has done or caused to be done all such acts and
things and executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered all such deeds, transfers,
assignments and instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for perfecting a
Security Interest in such property in favour of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(m)
Financial Year.
Change its Financial Year.
(n)
Amendments.
Allow any amendments to its or the Pledgors constating documents or by-laws
which are adverse to the Lenders interests hereunder or the Security Interests arising under or
created by the Security Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent
upon instructions from the Majority Lenders.
Section 8.03 Financial Covenants.
So long as any amount owing hereunder remains unpaid or any
Lender has any obligations under this Agreement, and unless consent is given in accordance with
Section 12.01 hereof, the Borrower shall:
(a)
Leverage Ratio.
Maintain, at all times, tested as at the end of each Financial Quarter in
each Financial Year, a maximum Leverage Ratio, calculated as at the end of such Financial Quarter
for the four Financial Quarters then ended, as follows:
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Ratio
|
Closing Date to March 30, 2007
|
|
6.00:1.00
|
March 31, 2007 to June 29, 2008
|
|
5.50:1.00
|
June 30, 2008 to March 30, 2009
|
|
5.00:1.00
|
March 31, 2009to June 29, 2010
|
|
4.75:1.00
|
June 30, 2010 and thereafter
|
|
4.25:1.00
|
(b)
Interest Coverage Ratio.
Maintain, at all times, tested as at the end of each Financial
Quarter in each Financial Year, a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio, calculated as at the end of such
Financial Quarter for the four Financial Quarters then ended, as follows:
68
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Ratio
|
Closing Date to March 30, 2007
|
|
2.00:1.00
|
March 31, 2007 to June 29, 2008
|
|
2.25:1.00
|
June 30, 2008 to September 29, 2009
|
|
2.50:1.00
|
September 30, 2009 to June 29, 2010
|
|
2.75:1.00
|
June 30, 2010 and thereafter
|
|
3.00:1.00
|
(c)
Unconsolidated Coverage Ratio.
Maintain, at all times, tested as at the end of each
Financial Quarter in each Financial Year, a minimum Unconsolidated Coverage Ratio calculated as at
the end of such Financial Quarter for the four Financial Quarters then ended, of not less than
1.25:1.00.
ARTICLE 9
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 9.01 Events of Default.
The occurrence of any of the following events (each an
Event of
Default
) shall constitute an Event of Default unless remedied within the prescribed delays or
waived by the requisite majority of Lenders:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any amount of the Accommodations Outstanding when such
amount becomes due and payable;
(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest or Fees when the same become due and payable
hereunder and such failure shall remain unremedied for three Business Days;
(c) any representation or warranty or certification made or deemed to be made by the Borrower
or any Pledgor or any of their respective directors or officers in this Agreement or any other
Credit Document to which it is a party shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect
when made or deemed to be made;
(d) the Borrower shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any of the covenants contained
in (i) Section 8.02(a), Section 8.02(b), Section 8.02(f), Section 8.02(h), Section 8.02(k) or
Section 8.02(l), and such failure shall remain unremedied for three (3) Business Days from the
Loan Partys knowledge of such event, or (ii) the other subsections of Section 8.02, or (iii)
Section 8.03;
(e) the Borrower shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any of the covenants contained
in this Agreement (and not covered by Section 9.01(d)) and such failure shall remain unremedied for
15 days following notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;
(f) the Borrower or any Pledgor shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or
agreement contained in any Credit Document (other than this Agreement) to which it is a party and
such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days following notice thereof by the Administrative
Agent to the Borrower;
69
(g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay the principal of or premium or
interest on any Debt of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (excluding any Debt hereunder and under a
Hedging Agreement) which is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount exceeding C$25,000,000 (or
the equivalent amount in any other currency), when such amount becomes due and payable (whether by
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall
continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument
relating to such Debt which has not been extended, waived or modified; or any other event shall
occur or condition shall exist, and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any,
specified in any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt, if the effect of such event is
to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be
due and payable prior to the stated maturity thereof;
(h) the Borrower shall fail to pay the principal of or premium or interest on any Debt of the
Borrower under one or more Hedging Agreement in respect of which the Negative Value of Heding
Agreement exceeds C$25,000,000 when such amount becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled
maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue
after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to
such Debt which has not been extended, waived or modified, if the effect of such event is to
accelerate such Debt or result in the termination of such Hedging Agreement prior to its stated
date of maturity; or any other default of the Borrower shall occur and shall continue after the
applicable grace period, if any, specified in any agreement or instrument relating to any such
Debt, if the effect of such event is to accelerate such Debt or result in the termination of such
Hedging Agreement prior to its stated date of maturity;
(i) any seizure, taking of possession, or process of execution is enforced or levied upon
material property having a value of C$25,000,000 or more of the Borrower, any Pledgor, Sun Media
Corporation, Vidéotron Ltée, any Subsidiary of any Pledgor, of Sun Media Corporation or of
Vidéotron Ltée, or any other Subsidiary whose Consolidated EBITDA for a period of four consecutive
Financial Quarters (calculated as at the last completed Financial Quarter for which financial
statements are available) exceeds 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such period
and remains unsatisfied for a period (for each action) of 60 days, as to movable or personal
property, or 90 days as to immovable or real property, and, in any event, not less than 10 days
prior to the date fixed for the sale of any such property;
(j) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of C$25,000,000 (or the
equivalent amount in any other currency), net of applicable insurance coverage pursuant to which
liability is acknowledged in writing by the insurer, with a copy promptly provided to the
Administrative Agent, shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and remains
undischarged or unsatisfied for a period ending on the earlier of (a) 30 days from the date of such
judgment (unless appealed and provided, in such case, that there shall be a stay of enforcement of
such judgment or order during such period); or (b) the 5
th
day prior to the date on
which such judgment becomes executory;
(k) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) become insolvent or generally not pay
its debts as such debts become due; (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
70
generally,
or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) institute or have instituted
against it any proceeding seeking (x) to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, (y) any
liquidation, winding-up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition
of it or its debts under any Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of
debtors including any plan of compromise or arrangement or other similar corporate proceeding
involving or affecting its creditors, or (z) the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of
a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Assets, and
in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such
proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 days, or any of the actions
sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief against it or the appointment
of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of
its Assets) shall occur; or (iv) take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing
actions;
(l) if any of the Credit Documents shall be cancelled, terminated, revoked or rescinded or the
Administrative Agents or the Lenders (or any Persons on their behalf) Security Interests in the
Collateral shall cease to be valid and enforceable, or shall cease to have the priority
contemplated by the Security Documents, otherwise than in accordance with the terms thereof or with
the express prior written agreement, consent or approval of the Lenders, or any action at law, suit
or in equity or other legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Credit Documents
shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Pledgors thereto or any of their
respective stockholders, or any court or any other governmental or regulatory authority or agency
of competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a judgment, order, decree or
ruling to the effect that, any one or more of the Credit Documents is illegal, invalid or
unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof, unless such Credit Document is duly replaced
with a fully enforceable one within 7 days of any such event;
(m) a Change of Control;
(n) any Impermissible Qualification of the audited financial statements of the Borrower by its
independent auditors; or
(o) (i) any Termination Event shall occur with respect to any Benefit Plan of the Borrower,
any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, (ii) any accumulated funding
deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) shall exist at any time with respect to any such
Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) in an amount in excess of an amount equivalent to 4%
of the Borrowers Equity at such time, (iii) any Subsidiary or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall
engage in any prohibited transaction involving any such Benefit Plan, (iv) a Subsidiary or any of
its ERISA Affiliates shall be in default (as defined in ERISA Section 4219(c)(5)) with respect to
payments owing to any such Benefit Plan that is a Multiemployer Plan as a result of such Persons
complete or partial withdrawal (as described in ERISA Section 4203 or 4205) therefrom, (v) a
Subsidiary or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall fail to pay when due an amount that is payable by
it to the PBGC or to any such Benefit Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or (vi) a proceeding shall be
instituted by a fiduciary of any such Benefit Plan against a Subsidiary or any of its ERISA
Affiliates to enforce ERISA Section 515 and such proceeding shall not have been dismissed within 30
days thereafter, except that no event or condition referred to in paragraphs (i) through (vi) shall
constitute an Event of Default if it,
71
together with all other such events or conditions at the time
existing, has not subjected, and in the reasonable determination of the Majority Lenders will not
subject, the Borrower to aggregate liabilities, at any time, that exceed an amount equivalent to 4%
of the Borrowers Equity at such time.
then, (A) if the Event of Default that occurred is that mentioned in paragraph (k) above, all
Accommodations Outstanding, together with all interest and Fees accrued thereon and all other
amounts payable under this Agreement in respect of the Credit Facilities, shall immediately become
due and payable, without demand, presentation, protest or other notice of any nature, to which the
Borrower expressly renounces; and (B) if the Event of Default that occurred was any other Event of
Default, the Administrative Agent may, and shall at the request of the Majority Lenders, (i)
terminate the Lenders obligations to make further Accommodations under the Credit Facilities; and
(ii) (at the same time or at any time after such termination) declare the principal amount of all
Accommodations Outstanding, together with all interest and Fees accrued thereon and all other
amounts payable under this Agreement in respect of the
Credit Facilities, to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. For greater
certainty, from and after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, the Lenders shall not be
obliged to provide any Accommodation hereunder.
Upon the acceleration of any amount hereunder and notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, the Borrower hereby acknowledges that it shall be then indebted to, and shall be
obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent, as a separate and absolute obligation, all unpaid
principal amount of and accrued interest on Accommodations Outstanding, all Fees and all other
amounts payable under this Agreement. Such payment to the Administrative Agent when made shall be
deemed to have been made in discharge of the Borrowers obligations hereunder, and the
Administrative Agent shall distribute such proceeds among the Lenders as provided herein.
Section 9.02 Remedies Upon Demand and Default.
(1) Upon a declaration that the Accommodations
Outstanding under the Credit Facilities are immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 9.01,
the Administrative Agent shall at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Majority Lenders,
commence such legal action or proceedings as it, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient,
including the commencement of enforcement proceedings under the Security Documents or any other
security granted by the Borrower, any Pledgor or others to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders,
or both, or for their benefit, all without any additional notice, presentation, demand, protest,
notice of dishonour, entering into of possession of any of the Assets, or any other action or
notice, all of which the Borrower hereby expressly waives.
(2) The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder and under
the other Credit Documents are cumulative and are in addition to and not in substitution for any
other rights or remedies. Nothing contained herein or in the Security Documents or any other
security hereafter held by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, or for their benefit, with
respect to the indebtedness or liability of the Borrower or the Pledgors to the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders, or any part thereof, nor any act or omission of the Administrative Agent or
the Lenders or anyone on their behalf with respect to the Security
72
Documents, the Security or such
other security, shall in any way prejudice or affect the rights, remedies and powers of the
Administrative Agent, the Lenders and any Person holding any Security Interest on their behalf
hereunder or under the Security Documents or such Security.
Section 9.03 Bankruptcy and Insolvency.
If the Borrower files a notice of intention to file a
proposal, or files a proposal under the
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
(Canada), or if the Borrower
obtains the permission of the court to file a Plan of Arrangement under the
Companies Creditors
Arrangements Act
(Canada), and if a stay of proceedings is obtained or ordered under the provisions
of either of those statutes, without prejudice to the Lenders rights to contest such stay of
proceedings, the Borrower covenants and agrees to continue to pay interest on all amounts due to
the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof. In this regard, the Borrower acknowledges
that permitting the Borrower to continue to use the proceeds of the Accommodations constitutes
valuable consideration provided after the filing of any such proceeding in the same way that
permitting the Borrower to use leased premises constitutes such valuable consideration.
Section 9.04 Relations with the Borrower.
The Administrative Agent may grant delays, take security
or renounce thereto, accept compromises, grant acquittances and releases and otherwise negotiate
with the Borrower and any Pledgor as it deems advisable without in any way diminishing the
liability of the Borrower or any Pledgor nor prejudicing the rights of the Lenders with respect to
the Security.
Section 9.05 Application of Proceeds.
Following the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not
been waived, subject to the provisions hereof, the Administrative Agent may apply the proceeds of
realization of the property contemplated by the Security Documents and of any credit or
compensating balance in reduction of the part of the Accommodations (principal, interest or
accessories and/or the Negative Value of Hedging Agreement relating to all Hedging Agreements
entered into with a Lender) which the Administrative Agent judges appropriate; provided that, to
the extent practicable, the Administrative Agent will follow the order contemplated by Section
2.09(2) hereof. If any Lender is owed money by the Borrower as a result of Hedging Agreements, and,
in particular, as a result of the Negative Value of Hedging Agreement in respect of such Hedging
Agreement, the claim of such Lender for all amounts owed thereunder, shall rank
pari passu
with the
other amounts comprising the Accommodations.
ARTICLE 10
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS
Section 10.01 Appointment and Authority.
(1) Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereby
irrevocably appoints Bank of America, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent
hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such
actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by
the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent,
the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, and neither the
73
Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have
rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
(2) In addition to the provisions of Section 10.12 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall also
act as the
collateral agent
under the Credit Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its
capacities as a Lender, potential party to a Hedging Agreement) and the Issuing Lender hereby
irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and
Issuing Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral
granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure the obligations secured by the terms of the Security
Documents, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this
connection, the Administrative Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and
attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 for purposes of
holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security
Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the
Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 10 and
Article 12 (including Section 12.06 as though such co-agents,
sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Credit Documents) as if
set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
Section 10.02 Rights as a Lender.
The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall
have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise
the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term Lender or Lenders shall,
unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person
serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its
Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other
advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent
hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
Section 10.03 Exculpatory Provisions.
(1) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties
or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless
of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any
discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated
hereby or by the other Credit Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to
exercise as directed in writing by the Majority Lenders (or such other number or
percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other
Credit Documents),
provided
that the Administrative Agent shall not be
required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may
expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit
Document or applicable Law; and
74
(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit
Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to
disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is
communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any
of its Affiliates in any capacity.
(2) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i)
with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of
the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall
be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 12.01 and Section 9.02) or (ii) in the
absence of its own gross or intentional fault. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to
have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the
Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the Issuing Lender.
(3) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or
inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or
other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii)
the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set
forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability,
effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement,
instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created
by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the
satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm
receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
Section 10.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to
rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate,
consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message,
Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent
also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been
made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining
compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of an Accommodation, that by its terms must
be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent may
presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the Issuing Lender unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the Issuing
Lender prior to the making of such Accomodation. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal
counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected
by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the
advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
Section 10.05 Delegation of Duties.
The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its
duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Credit Document by or
through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent
and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by
or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory
75
provisions of this Article shall
apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such
sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the
credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Section 10.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent..
(1) The Administrative Agent may at any
time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. Upon
receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Majority Lenders shall have the right, with the
consent of Borrower (prior to the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or an Event of
Default which has not been waived) which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, to appoint a
successor, which shall be a bank with an office in Canada, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an
office in Canada. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and
shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives
notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and
the Issuing Lender, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth
above;
provided
that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders
that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment,
then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and
(a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder
and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by
the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Lender under any of the Credit
Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until
such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications
and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be
made by or to each Lender and the Issuing Lender directly, until such time as the Majority Lenders
appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the
acceptance of a successors appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall
succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring
(or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from
all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already
discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The Fees payable by the Borrower to a
successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless
otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative
Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Article
and Section 12.06 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent,
its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
(2) Any resignation by Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section
shall also constitute the resignation of Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch as Issuing Lender.
Upon the acceptance of a successors appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such
successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties
of the retiring Issuing Lender, (ii) the retiring Issuing Lender shall be discharged from all of
its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents, and (iii) the successor
Issuing Lender shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any,
outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory
76
to the retiring
Issuing Lender to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Lender with respect to
such Letters of Credit.
Section 10.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.
Each Lender and the
Issuing Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative
Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement. Each Lender and the Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently
and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related
Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate,
continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this
Agreement, any other Credit Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder
or thereunder.
Section 10.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of
the bookmanagers, arrangers, syndication agent or documentation agent listed on the cover page
hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this
Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the
Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder.
Section 10.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.
(1) In case of the pendency of
any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent
(irrespective of whether the principal of any Advance or the Face Amount of any other Accommodation
shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective
of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled
and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise :
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal, Face Amount and
interest and Fees owing and unpaid in respect of the Advances and all other Accommodations
that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable
in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent
(including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents
and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative
Agent hereunder) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Lender to make
such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender, to pay to the
Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Administrative Agent hereunder, as Fees or otherwise.
77
(2) Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Lender any plan
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the obligations of the Loan
Parties hereunder and under the other Credit Documents or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing
Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or
the Issuing Lender or in any such proceeding.
Section 10.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.
(1) The Lenders and the Issuing Lender
irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent
(or by any Person on its behalf) under any Credit Document (i) upon termination of the
Commitments and payment in full of all obligations owed hereunder and under the other Credit
Documents (other than contingent indemnification obligations) and the expiration or
termination of all Letters of Credit and BA Instruments, (ii) that is sold or to be sold as
part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any
other Credit Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in
accordance with Section 12.01;
(b) to release any Pledgor from its obligations under any Credit Document if such
Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and
(c) to subordinate any Security Interest on any property created pursuant to any
Security Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted hereunder
unless such Permitted Lien is specifically stipulated hereunder to rank equally or after
such Security Interest.
(2) Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Majority Lenders or the Lenders,
as applicable, will confirm in writing the Administrative Agents authority to release or
subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Pledgor from
its obligations under the Security Documents pursuant to this Section. In each case as specified
in this Section, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrowers expense, execute and deliver to
the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the
release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the
Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Pledgor from its
obligations under the Security Documents, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Credit
Documents and this Section.
Section 10.11 Replacement of Non-Schedule I Reference Banks.
If a non-Schedule I Reference
Bank assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 12.08, all of its rights hereunder or otherwise
ceases to be a Lender, or if a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank gives notice of its intention to cease
being a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank, or if in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, a
Non-Schedule I Reference Bank is no longer capable of exercising its functions as a Non-Schedule I
Reference Bank, the Administrative Agent shall, with the prior written consent of the Borrower if
prior to an Event of Default which has not been waived, appoint another Lender designated as a
Schedule II or Schedule III bank under the
Bank Act
(Canada) (with the latters consent) to act as
a Non-Schedule I Reference Bank in replacement thereof.
78
Section 10.12 Irrevocable Power of Attorney (
fondé de pouvoir
).
Without limiting the
powers of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under the Credit Documents and to the extent
applicable, each of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that Computershare
Trust Company of Canada shall, for the purposes of holding any Security granted under the Security
Documents for use in the Province of Quebec, to secure payment of the Debentures, be the holder of
an irrevocable power of attorney (
fondé de pouvoir
) (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the
Civil Code of Quebec
) for the Administrative Agent and all present and future Lenders and in
particular for all present and future holders of the Debentures. Each of the Lenders and the
Administrative Agent hereby ratifies the constitution of, to the extent necessary, Computershare
Trust Company of Canada (or, if desired, a designated collateral agent) as the holder of such
irrevocable power of attorney in order to hold security granted under such hypothecs to secure the
Debentures. Each Assignee shall be deemed to have confirmed and ratified the constitution of
Computershare Trust Company of Canada as the holder of such irrevocable power of attorney by
execution of the relevant Assignment and Assumption. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32
of the
An Act respecting the Special Powers of Legal
Persons
(Quebec), the Borrower, the Pledgors, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
irrevocably agree that Computershare Trust Company of Canada may acquire and be the holder of a
Debenture. By executing a Debenture, the issuer of the Debenture shall be deemed to have
acknowledged that the Debenture constitutes a title of indebtedness, as such term is used in
Article 2692 of the
Civil Code of Quebec
.
Section 10.13 Issuing Lender.
The Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with
respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the
Issuing Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative
Agent in this Article 10 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Lender
in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the
applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as
if the term Administrative Agent as used in this Article 10 and in the definition of
Agent-Related Person included the Issuing Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii)
as additionally provided herein with respect to the Issuing Lender.
Section 10.14 Borrower Materials.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the
Administrative Agent and/or the arrangers hereunder will make available to the Lenders and the
Issuing Lender materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of such Borrower hereunder
(collectively,
Borrower Materials
) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another
similar electronic system (the
Platform
) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be public-side
Lenders (
i.e.,
Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to
the Borrower or its securities) (each, a
Public Lender
). The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all
Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and
conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear
prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, the Borrower
shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the arrangers, the Issuing Lender and
the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information
with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state
securities laws; (y) all Borrower Materials marked PUBLIC are permitted to be made available
through a portion of the Platform designated Public Investor; and (z) the Administrative Agent
and the arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower
79
Materials that are not marked PUBLIC as
being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated Public Investor.
ARTICLE 11
CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE
Section 11.01 Rules of Conversion.
If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court or for any
other purpose hereunder, it is necessary to convert an amount due, advanced or to be advanced
hereunder from the currency in which it is due (the
First Currency
) into another currency (the
Second Currency
) the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal
banking procedures, the Administrative Agent could purchase, in the Canadian money market or the
Canadian exchange market, as the case may be, the First Currency with the Second Currency on the
date on which the judgment is rendered, the sum is payable or advanced or to be advanced, as the
case may be. The Borrower agrees that
its obligations in respect of any First Currency due from it to the Lenders in accordance with the
provisions hereof shall, notwithstanding any judgment rendered or payment made in the Second
Currency, be discharged by a payment made to the Administrative Agent on account thereof in the
Second Currency only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt of such payment in
the Second Currency, the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with normal banking procedures,
purchase on the Canadian money market or the Canadian foreign exchange market, as the case may be,
the First Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so paid or which a judgment rendered
payable; and if the amount of the First Currency which may be so purchased is less than the amount
originally due in the First Currency, the Borrower agrees as a separate and independent obligation
and notwithstanding any such payment or judgment to indemnify the Lenders against such deficiency.
Section 11.02 Determination of an Equivalent Currency.
If, in their discretion, the Lenders or the
Administrative Agent chooses or, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, are obliged to choose the
equivalent in Canadian Dollars of any securities or amounts expressed in US Dollars or another
currency or the equivalent in US Dollars of any securities or amounts expressed in Canadian Dollars
or another currency, the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the conversion rules as
stipulated in Section 11.01, on the date indicated in the Borrowing Notice as the date of a request
for an Advance, and at any other time which in the opinion of the Lenders is desirable; may, using
the spot rate of the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate on such date, determine the equivalent in
Canadian Dollars or in US Dollars, as the case may be, of any security or amount expressed in the
other currency pursuant to the terms hereof. Immediately following such determination, the
Administrative Agent shall inform the Borrower of the conclusion which the Lenders have reached.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Amendment Etc.
(1) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any
other Credit Document, and no consent to any departure by
80
the Borrower or any other Loan Party
therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent acting with the
approval of the Majority Lenders (it being understood that with respect to any amendment or waiver
pertaining to a specific Credit Facility without affecting the Lenders generally, Majority Lenders
shall refer to the Majority Lenders under such Credit Facility) and the Borrower or the
applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each
such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given;
provided
,
however
, that no such amendment, waiver or
consent shall:.
(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 6.02, or, in the case of the initial
Accommodation, Section 6.01 without the written consent of each Lender;
(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment
terminated pursuant to Section 9.01) without the written consent of such Lender;
(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Credit Document for any
payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them)
hereunder or under such other Credit Document without the written consent of each Lender
entitled to such payment;
(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Advance
or other Type of Accommodation, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this
Section 12.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit
Document, or change the manner of computation of any financial ratio (including any change
in any applicable defined term) used in determining the Applicable Margin that would result
in a reduction of any interest rate or Fee payable on any Advance, any other Type of
Accommodation or any Fee payable hereunder without the written consent of each Lender
entitled to such amount;
provided
,
however
, that only the consent of the
Majority Lenders shall be necessary to amend the rate of interest charged as a default rate
or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Fees at such default rate ;
(e) change (i) Section 2.09 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of
payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender or (ii) the order of
application of any reduction in the Commitments or any prepayment of Accommodations among
the Credit Facilities from the application thereof set forth in the applicable provisions of
Section 2.05 and Section 2.06, respectively, in any manner that materially and adversely
affects the Lenders under a Credit Facility without the written consent of (i) if such
Credit Facility is the Revolving Facility, the Majority Lenders under the Revolving
Facility, (ii) if such Facility is Facility A, the Majority Lenders under Facility A and
(iii) if such Facility is Facility B, the Majority Lenders under Facility B;
(f) change (i) any provision of this Section or the definition of Majority Lenders or
any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend,
waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any
consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;
81
(g) release all or substantially all (including without limitation any shares of
Vidéotron Ltée or of Sun Media Corporation) of the Collateral in any transaction or series
of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender; or
(h) impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under a Credit Facility
to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of (i) if
such Credit Facility is the Revolving Facility, the Majority Lenders under the Revolving
Facility, (ii) if such Credit Facility is Facility A, the Majority Lenders under Facility A
and (iii) if such Credit Facility is Facility B, the Majority Lenders under Facility B;
and
provided
,
further
, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless
in writing and signed by the Issuing Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the
rights or duties of the Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application
Form relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the
Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this
Agreement or any other Credit Document; and (iii) Section 12.08(8) may not be amended, waived or
otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Advances
are being funded by an SPV at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to
approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of
such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
Section 12.02 Waiver.
(1) No failure on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent (or
anyone on its behalf or on behalf of the Lenders) to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any
right under any of the Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver of such right; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right under any of the Credit Documents preclude any other or
further exercise of such right or the exercise of any other right.
(2) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the covenants, shall not merge
on and shall survive the initial Accommodation and, notwithstanding such initial Accommodation or
any investigation made by or on behalf of any party, shall continue in full force and effect. The
closing of this transaction shall not prejudice any right of one party against any other party in
respect of anything done or omitted under this Agreement or in respect of any right to damages or
other remedies.
Section 12.03 Evidence of Debt and Accommodation Notices.
(1) The indebtedness of the Borrower
resulting from Accommodations under the Credit Facilities shall be evidenced by the records of the
Lenders (or the Administrative Agent acting on behalf of the Lenders) which shall constitute
prima
facie
evidence of such indebtedness.
(2) Prior to the receipt of any Accommodation Notice, the Administrative Agent may act upon
the basis of a notice by telephone (containing the same information as required to be contained in
such Accommodation Notice) believed by it in good faith to be from an authorized person
representing the Borrower. In the event of a conflict between the
82
Administrative Agents record of
any Accommodation and the Accommodation Notice, the Administrative Agents record shall prevail,
absent manifest error.
Section 12.04 Notices, etc.
Any notice, direction or other communication required or permitted to
be given under this Agreement shall, except as otherwise permitted, be in writing and given by
delivering it or sending it by telecopy or other similar form of recorded communication addressed,
if to the Borrower, to it at: 612, St-Jacques Street, Montreal, Quebec, H3C 4M8, Attention:
Treasurer, Phone: (514) 380-4144, Fax: (514) 380-1983, E-mail: pruneau.jean-françois@quebecor.com;
if to the Administrative Agent, (I) for the purposes of Accommodations and repayments under (A) the
Revolving Facility, Facility A and Facility B-2, to it at: 200 Front Street West, Suite 2700,
Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2, Attention: Sylwia Durkiewicz, Phone: (416) 349-4307, Fax (416) 349-4281,
E-mail:
sylwiadurkiewicz@bankofamerica.com
; and (B) Facility B-1, to it at: Bank of America, N. A.,
Agency Services, 1850 Gateway Blvd., 5th Floor, MC: CA4-706-05-09, Concord, CA 94520, Attention:
Kristine Kelleher, Phone: (925) 675-8373, Fax: (888) 969-2414, E-mail:
kristine.l.kelleher@bankofamerica.com; and (II), for all other purposes, to it at: 1455 Market St.,
5
th
Floor, Mail Code CA5-701-05-19, San Francisco, CA, 94103, U.S.A., Attention: Robert
J. Rittelmeyer, Vice President, Telephone: (415) 436-2616, Fax: (415) 503-5099, E-mail:
robert.j.rittelmeyer@bankofamerica.com and, if to the Lenders, at the addresses shown on the
signature pages. Any communication shall be deemed to have been validly and effectively given (i)
if personally delivered, on the date of such delivery if such date is a Business Day and such
delivery was made prior to 4:00 p.m. (Toronto time); (ii) if transmitted by facsimile or similar
means of recorded communication on the Business Day following the date of transmission. Any party
may change its address for service from time to time by notice given in accordance with the
foregoing and any subsequent notice shall be sent to the party at its changed address.
Section 12.05 Confidentiality.
Each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts to ensure that
financial statements or other information relating to the Borrower which may be delivered to it
pursuant to this Agreement and which are not publicly filed or otherwise made available to the
public generally (and which are not independently known to the Lender) will, to the extent
permitted by Law, be treated confidentially by the Lender and will not, except with the consent of
the Borrower, be distributed or otherwise made available by the Lender to any Person other than its
directors, officers, employees, authorized agents, counsel or other representatives (provided the
other representatives have agreed or are under a duty to keep all information confidential)
required, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, to have such information. Each Lender is
authorized to deliver a copy of any financial statement or any other information which may be
delivered to it pursuant to this Agreement, to (i) any actual or potential Participant or Assignee;
(ii) any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over the Lender in order to comply with any
applicable laws; (iii) any Affiliate of the Lender required, in the reasonable opinion of the
Lender, to have such information; and (iv) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any
swap, hedge or similar agreement (or to any such contractual counterpartys professional advisor),
so long as such contractual counterparty (or such professional advisor) agrees to be bound by the
provisions of this Section 12.05.
Section 12.06 Costs, Expenses and Indemnity.
(1) The Borrower shall, whether or not the
transactions contemplated in this Agreement are completed, indemnify and
83
hold each of the Lenders
and each Agent-Related Person and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents,
trustees and advisors (each an
Indemnified Person
) harmless from, and shall pay to such
Indemnified Person on demand any amounts required to compensate the Indemnified Person for, any
claim or loss suffered by, imposed on, or asserted against, the Indemnified Person as a result of,
connected with or arising
out of (i) the preparation, execution and delivery of the commitment letter, term sheet and fee
letter executed in connection with the Credit Facilities, (ii) the preparation, execution and
delivery of, preservation of rights under, enforcement of, or refinancing, renegotiation or
restructuring of, the Credit Documents and any related amendment, waiver or consent; (iii) any
advice of counsel as to the rights and duties of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with
respect to the administration of the Credit Facilities, the Credit Documents or any transaction
contemplated under the Credit Documents, including any interpretation issues; (iv) a default
(whether or not constituting a Default or an Event of Default) by the Borrower; (v) any proceedings
brought against the Indemnified Person due to its entering into any of the Credit Documents and
performing its obligations under the Credit Documents except to the extent that it shall be
determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted primarily from the gross or intentional
fault of the Indemnified Person; and (vi) the presence on or under or the discharge or likely
discharge of Hazardous Substances from any of the properties used by the Borrower, or the breach of
any Environmental Law by the Borrower or by any mortgagor, owner, or lessee of such properties. No
Indemnified Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of information
provided by or on behalf of the Borrower and obtained through the Internet, Intralinks or other
similar information transmission systems in connection with the Credit Facilities except to the
extent that, as to any Indemnified Person, it shall be determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such damages resulted primarily from the gross
or intentional fault of such Indemnified Person. The Borrower agrees that no Indemnified Person
shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to any
Person, including the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates or their respective security
holders or creditors arising out of or in connection with any aspect of this Agreement or the
Credit Facilities, except for direct, as opposed to consequential, damages determined in a final,
non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the
gross or intentional fault of such Indemnified Person.
(2) If, with respect to any Lender, (i) any Change in Law of general application occurring or
becoming effective after the Closing Date; or (ii) compliance by the Lender with any direction,
request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Entity made or
becoming effective after the Closing Date, has the effect of causing any loss to the Lender or
reducing the Lenders rate of return by (w) increasing the cost to the Lender of performing its
obligations under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding (including the
costs of maintaining any capital, reserve or special deposit requirements (other than a reduction
resulting from a higher rate or from a change in the calculation of income or capital tax relating
to the Lenders income or capital in general)), (x) requiring the Lender to maintain or allocate
any capital or additional capital or affecting its allocation of capital in respect of its
obligations under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding, (y) reducing any
amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding
by any material amount, (z)
84
causing the Lender to make any payment or to forego any return on, or
calculated by reference to, any amount received or receivable by the Lender under this Agreement or
in respect of any Accommodations Outstanding, then, subject to Section 12.06(3), the Lender may
give notice to the Borrower specifying, with reasonable detail, the nature of the event giving rise
to the loss and the Borrower may either: (A) on demand, pay such amounts as the Lender specifies is
necessary to compensate it for any such loss, or (B) provided no loss has yet been suffered by
the Lender or the Borrower has paid the compensating amount to the Lender, repay the Accommodations
Outstanding to such Lender and terminate the Lenders Commitments all without affecting the
Commitments or Accommodations Outstanding of any other Lender. A certificate as to the amount of
any such loss submitted in good faith by a Lender to the Borrower shall be conclusive and binding
for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(3) The Borrower shall not be liable to compensate a Lender for any costs, reduction, payment
or foregone return if such compensation is not being claimed as a general practice by such Lender
from customers of such Lender who by agreement are liable to pay such or similar compensation. In
determining the amount of compensation payable by the Borrower under Section 12.06(2), such Lender
shall use all reasonable efforts to minimize the compensation payable by the Borrower including
using all reasonable efforts to obtain refunds or credits in the ordinary course of its business,
and any compensation paid by the Borrower which is later determined not to have been properly
payable or in respect of which a refund, credit or compensation has been received shall forthwith
be reimbursed by such Lender to the Borrower.
(4) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender on demand any amounts required to compensate the
Lender for any loss suffered or incurred by it as a result of (i) any payment being made in respect
of a BA Instrument or Libor Advance other than on the maturity applicable to it; (ii) the failure
of the Borrower to give any notice in the manner and at the times required by this Agreement; (iii)
the failure of the Borrower to effect an Accommodation in the manner and at the time specified in
any Accommodation Notice; or (iv) the failure of the Borrower to make a payment or a mandatory
repayment in the manner and at the time specified in this Agreement. A certificate as to the amount
of any loss submitted in good faith by a Lender to the Borrower shall be conclusive and binding for
all purposes, absent manifest error.
(5) The provisions of this Section 12.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and
the repayment of all Accommodations Outstanding. The Borrower acknowledges that neither its
obligation to indemnify nor any actual indemnification by it of any Lender, the Administrative
Agent or any other Indemnified Person in respect of such Persons losses for the legal fees and
expenses shall in any way affect the confidentiality or privilege relating to any information
communicated by such Person to its counsel.
Section 12.07 Taxes.
(1) The Borrower agrees to immediately pay any present or future stamp or
documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, withholding, charges, financial
institutions duties, debits or similar levies (all such taxes, charges, duties and levies being
referred to as
Taxes
) which arise from any payment made by the Borrower under any of the Credit
Documents or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any of
the Credit Documents. If any Taxes are required to be
85
withheld from any payment hereunder, the
Borrower shall (a) increase the amount of such payment so that the Lenders will receive a net
amount (after deduction and withholding of all Taxes) equal to the amount otherwise due hereunder;
(b) pay such Taxes to the appropriate taxing authority for the account of the relevant Lenders and
(c) as promptly as possible thereafter, send the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an original
receipt showing payment thereof, together with such additional documentary evidence as the Lenders
may from time to time reasonably require.
(2) The Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders and the Administrative Agent for the full amount
of Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable
by the Borrower under this Section 12.07) paid by the Lenders or the Administrative Agent and any
liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such Taxes,
whether or not they were correctly or legally asserted, excluding, for greater certainty, taxes
imposed on or measured by their net income or capital taxes or receipts and franchise taxes.
Payment under this indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date the Administrative
Agent or the relevant Lender, as the case may be, make written demand for it. A certificate as to
the amount of such Taxes submitted to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the relevant
Lender shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, of the amount due from the Borrower to
the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be.
(3) The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the original or a
certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment of Taxes made by the Borrower within 30 days after
the date of any payment of Taxes.
(4) The provisions of this Section 12.07 shall survive the termination of the Agreement and
the repayment of all Accommodations Outstanding.
Section 12.08 Successors and Assigns.
(1) This Agreement shall become effective when executed by
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender and after that time shall be binding upon
and enure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
(2) The Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this
Agreement or any interest in this Agreement without the prior consent of all the Lenders, which
consent may be arbitrarily withheld.
(3) A Lender may (i) grant participations, without notice to or consent of the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, in all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to one or more
Persons (each a
Participant
), or (ii) upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and
the Borrower, assign all or any part of its interest in the Credit Facilities to one or more
Persons (each an
Assignee
), provided that in the case of any interest which is a partial interest
(other than after the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or an Event of Default which has
not been waived, in which case no minimums will apply), such partial interest is not less than
C$5,000,000 under the Revolving Facility or C$1,000,000 or US$1,000,000 under Facility A or
Facility B (or such lesser amount as agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent). An
assignment shall require (A) the consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed, prior to the occurrence of a Default which
86
is continuing or an Event of Default which
has not been waived, and thereafter shall not require any such consent, and (B) the consent of the
Administrative Agent (and, in the case of assignments under the Revolving Facility, the Issuing
Lender), which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed; provided that the Borrowers consent shall not be required for an
assignment to an Eligible Assignee. A Lender granting a participation shall, unless otherwise
expressly provided in this Agreement, act on behalf of all of its Participants in all dealings with
the Borrower in respect of the Credit Facilities and no Participant shall have any voting or
consent rights with respect to any matter requiring the Lenders consent. In the case of an
assignment, the Assignee shall have the same rights and benefits and be subject to the same
limitations under the Credit Documents as it would have if it was a Lender, provided that no
Assignee or Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater payment, on a cumulative basis,
pursuant to Section 12.06 or Section 12.07 than the Lender which granted the assignment or
participation would have been entitled to receive.
(4) The Borrower shall provide such certificates, acknowledgments and further assurances in
respect of this Agreement and the Credit Facilities as such Lender may reasonably require in
connection with any participation or assignment pursuant to this Section 12.08.
(5) In order to effect an assignment in accordance with this Section 12.08, a Lender shall
deliver to the Borrower an Assignment and Assumption by which an Assignee of the Lender assumes the
obligations and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all as if the
Assignee had been an original party. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent from the assigning
Lender of a processing fee equal to the applicable Assignment Fee and the Assignment and
Assumption, the assigning Lender and the Borrower shall be released from their respective
obligations under this Agreement (to the extent of such assignment and assumption) and shall have
no liability or obligations to each other to such extent, except in respect of matters arising
prior to the assignment.
(6) Any assignment or grant of participation pursuant to this Section 12.08 will not
constitute a repayment by the Borrower to the assigning or granting Lender of any Accommodation,
nor a new Accommodation to the Borrower by such Lender or by the Assignee or Participant, as the
case may be, and the parties acknowledge that the Borrowers obligations with respect to any such
Accommodations will continue and will not constitute new obligations.
(7) The amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement shall not increase on account of
withholding taxes as a result of any such assignment or transfer to an Assignee of a Revolving
Lender or Facility A Lender which is not a Cdn Qualified Lender; provided that an assignment which
occurs after the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been waived shall not be subject
to this provision.
(8) Any Lender (a
Granting Lender
) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an
SPV
), identified as such from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Borrower,
the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of an Advance that such Granting Lender would
otherwise be required to make hereunder; provided that (a) nothing herein shall constitute a
commitment by any SPV to make any Advance, (b) if an SPV does not make such Advance, the Granting
Lender shall remain liable to do so and (c) no SPV
87
shall be entitled to receive any greater
payment, on a cumulative basis, pursuant to Section 12.06 or Section 12.07 than the Granting Lender
would have been entitled to receive. Any Advance by an SPV shall be made using the Commitment of
the Granting Lender as if the
Advance in question had been made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto agrees that no
SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or other payment hereunder, all of which liability shall
remain with the Granting Lender. Accordingly, each party further agrees (which agreement will
survive the termination hereof) that it shall not institute any insolvency or other proceeding
against the SPV until a date that is not less than one year and one day following the repayment of
all of such SPVs commercial paper and other senior Debt. In addition, any SPV may (a) assign all
or any portion of its interests in any Accommodations (i) with notice to, but without the consent
of the Borrower or the Agent, and without paying any fees therefor, to the Granting Lender or (ii)
to any financial institutions, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent
providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding
and maintenance of Accommodations; and (b) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public
information relating to the Accommodations to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or
provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV.
(9) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment
and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders, and the Commitments of, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
Register
). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,
notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the
Borrower, the Issuing Lender and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice. No assignment shall be effective unless recorded in the Register.
Section 12.09 Non-Cdn Qualified Lenders.
Each Revolving Lender and each Facility A Lender
represents that it is a Cdn Qualified Lender as of the date hereof. If a Revolving Lender or
Facility A Lender ceases at any time to be a Cdn Qualified Lender, it shall promptly notify the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower, and if the Borrower unknowingly made payments to such Lender
that should have been subject to withholding taxes prior to such notice, such Lender shall repay
the amount that should have been so withheld to the Borrower to be paid to the appropriate taxation
authority. Following such notice, the Lender in question shall have one of the following options in
connection with its Commitment under the Revolving Facility or Facility A: (a) to permit the
Borrower to deduct and pay the applicable withholding tax to the appropriate taxation authority for
so long as it is non a non-Cdn Qualified Lender without increasing the payments or otherwise
indemnifying such Lender pursuant to Section 12.07; or (b) to require that the Borrower replace it
as a Revolving Lender and/or Facility A Lender within 15 Business Days from such notice, failing
which its affected Commitment will be cancelled, and the corresponding Commitment hereunder will be
permanently reduced by an equal amount (it being understood that the Borrower shall not have to
increase its payments or otherwise indemnify such Lender pursuant to Section 12.07 in connection
with the applicable withholding tax during that period).
88
Section 12.10 Right of Set-off.
Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, each Lender is authorized at any time and from
time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law (including general principles of common law),
to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or
final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by it to or for the credit or the
account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower under any of the
Credit Documents, irrespective of whether or not the Lender has made demand under any of the Credit
Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured or contingent. If an obligation is
unascertained, the Lender may, in good faith, estimate the obligation and exercise its right of
set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to providing the Borrower with an accounting when the
obligation is finally determined. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower after any set-off
and application is made by it, provided that the failure to give notice shall not affect the
validity of the set-off and application. The rights of the Lenders under this Section 12.10 are in
addition to other rights and remedies (including all other rights of set-off) which the Lenders may
have.
Section 12.11 Accommodations by Lenders.
The failure of any Lender to make an Accommodation shall
not relieve any other Lender of its obligations in connection with such Accommodation, but no
Lender is responsible for any other Lenders failure in respect of an Accommodation. Unless the
Administrative Agent receives notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Accommodation that the
Lender will not make its ratable portion of the Accommodation available to the Administrative
Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Lender has made its portion so available on the
date of the Accommodation and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make a corresponding amount
available to the Borrower. If the Lender has not made its ratable portion available to the
Administrative Agent, the Lender shall pay the corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent
immediately upon demand. If the Lender pays the corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent,
the amount so paid shall constitute the Lenders part of the Accommodation for purposes of this
Agreement. If the Lender does not pay the amount to the Administrative Agent immediately upon
demand and such amount has been made available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall pay the
corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand and any amount received
and so reimbursed would not and will not constitute an Accommodation. The Administrative Agent
shall also be entitled to recover from the Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on
the corresponding amount, for each day from the date the amount was made available to the Borrower
until the date it is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the
Administrative Agents cost of funds.
Section 12.12 Rateable Payments.
Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Borrower
prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Borrower will not make the
payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made the payment in full
on that date and may, in reliance upon that assumption, distribute to each Lender on the due date
an amount equal to the amount then due to the Lender. If the Borrower has not made the payment in
full, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand the amount
distributed to it together with interest for each day from the date such amount was
distributed to the Lender until the date the Lender repays it to the Administrative Agent, at a
rate per annum equal to the Administrative Agents cost of funds.
89
Section 12.13 Interest on Accounts.
Except as may be expressly provided otherwise in this
Agreement, all amounts owed by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and to any of the Lenders,
which are not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, on demand, by acceleration or otherwise)
shall (to the extent permitted by Law) bear interest (both before and after default and judgment),
from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at
a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of the Canadian Prime Rate in effect from time to
time, the Applicable Margin and 2%.
Section 12.14 Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein.
Section 12.15 Consent to Jurisdiction.
The Borrower and each Lender and each Agent hereby
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Quebec court sitting in Montreal, Quebec in any
action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Credit Documents and hereby irrevocably
agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in
such Quebec court. The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably
waives, to the fullest extent each may effectively do so, the defence of an inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative
Agent agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be
enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.
Section 12.16 Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including
by way of facsimile) and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one
and the same instrument.
Section 12.17 Severability.
Any provision of this Agreement which is or becomes prohibited or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, does not invalidate, affect or impair the remaining provisions
thereof and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction does not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 12.18 Assignment to Federal Reserve Bank.
(1) Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, any Lender governed by the applicable Laws of the United States of
America may at any time assign all or a portion of its rights under this Agreement and all other
documents ancillary thereto (including the Security
Documents) to a Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall relieve the assigning Lender from
its obligations under this Agreement or such other documents.
(2) Upon the request of any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver one or more
promissory notes substantially in the form of Schedule 8, evidencing the Facility B Commitment and
Accommodations Outstanding under Facility B.
(3) In the case of any Lender that is a fund that invests in bank loans, such Lender may,
without the consent of the Borrower or Administrative Agent, assign or pledge all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement, including the Accommodations and any instrument evidencing its
rights as a Lender under this Agreement, to any holder or, trustee for,
90
or any other representative
of holders of, obligations owed or securities issued, by such fund, as security for such
obligations or securities, without cost to the Borrower; provided that any foreclosure or similar
action by such trustee or representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Section
concerning assignments. Any such Lender shall, unless otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, act on behalf of all of its pledgees in all dealings with the Borrower in respect of the
Credit Facilities and no such pledgee shall have (i) any voting or consent rights with respect to
any matter requiring the Lenders consent, (ii) any entitlement to any amounts payable hereunder,
or (iii) any other rights of any nature hereunder until it has complied with the provisions of this
Section concerning assignments.
Section 12.19 Good Faith and Fair Consideration.
The Borrower acknowledges and declares that it has
entered into this Agreement freely and of its own will. In particular, the Borrower acknowledges
that this Agreement was negotiated by it and the Lenders in good faith, and that there was no
exploitation of the Borrower by the Lenders, nor is there any serious disproportion between the
consideration provided by the Lenders and that provided by the Borrower. Furthermore, the parties
to this Agreement agree to act in good faith and in a reasonable manner with each other during the
Term hereof.
Section 12.20 Superior Force.
The obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall not be reduced,
limited or cancelled pursuant to the occurrence of an event of force majeure, the Borrower
expressly assuming the risk of superior force.
Section 12.21 Sharing of Payments Among Lenders.
If any Lender shall, by exercising any
right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) obligations in
respect of any the Credit Facilities due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other
Credit Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i)
the amount of such obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate
amount of the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities due and payable to all Lenders
hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time) of payments on account of the
obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under
the other Credit Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b)
obligations in respect of any of the Credit Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to such
Lender hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share
(according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such
obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate
amount of the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to
all Lenders hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time) of payment on account of
the obligations in respect of the Credit Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders
hereunder and under the other Credit Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such
time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent
of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Accommodations and,
as applicable, subparticipations in the Letters of Credit of the other Lenders, or make such other
adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the
Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of obligations in respect of the Credit
Facilities then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders,
as the case may be,
provided
that:
91
(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any
portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or
subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of
such recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (A) any
payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this
Agreement or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of
or sale of a participation in any of its Accommodations or, as applicable,
subparticipations in Letters of Credit to any assignee or participant, other than to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall
apply).
The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under
applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements
may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of
such participation.
Section 12.22 Language.Section 12.23
The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
confirm that they have requested that this Agreement and all documents and notices contemplated
thereby be drawn up in the English language. Lemprunteur, lagent administrative et les prêteurs
confirment avoir requis que cette convention et tous les documents et avis qui y sont envisages
soient rédigés en langue anglaise.
[signature pages follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective
authorized officers as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
/s/ Jean-Francois Pruneau
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Jean-Francois Pruneau
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Treasurer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
|
|
|
|
|
as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signing Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
1455 Market St.
|
|
|
|
|
5
th
Floor
|
|
|
|
|
Mail code CA5-70105-19
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Robert J. Rittelmeyer, Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone: (415) 436-2616
|
|
|
|
|
Fax: (415) 503-5099
|
|
|
|
|
Email: rojert.j.rittelmeyer@bankofamerica.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for operations (Facility B-1):
|
|
Bank of America N.A.
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Services/Agency Services
|
|
|
|
|
1850 Gateway Blvd., 5th Floor
|
|
|
|
|
MC: CA4-706-05-09
|
|
|
|
|
Concord, CA 94520
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Kristine Kelleher,
|
|
|
|
|
AVP/Credit Service Representative
|
|
|
|
|
Phone: (925)675-8373
|
|
|
|
|
Fax: (888) 969-2414
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail: kristine.l.kelleher@bankofamerica.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address for operations (Revolving Facility,
|
|
|
Facility A and Facility B-2):
|
|
Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch
|
|
|
|
|
200 Front Street West, Suite 2700
|
|
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: Sylwia Durkiewicz
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone: (416) 349-4307
|
|
|
|
|
Fax: (416) 349-4282
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail: Sylwia.durkiewicz@bankofamerica.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternate Domingo Braganza
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone: (416) 349-5464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
|
|
|
|
|
Canada Branch, as Lender and as Issuing Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
/s/ Nelson Lam
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nelson Lam
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
Corporate Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200 Front Street West,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 2700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario, M5V 3L2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Nelson Lam
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
(416) 349-5496
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(416) 349-4282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Email:
nelson.lam@bankofamerica.com
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Canadian Branch)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
123 Front Street West
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2M3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
John Hastings, Managing Director
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(416) 947-2947
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(416) 915-6289
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
john.hastings@citigroup.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT SUISSE,
|
|
|
|
|
TORONTO BRANCH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Alain Daoust
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Steve W. Fuh
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice-President Financial Control
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
One First Canadian Place
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 3000, P.O. Box 301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M5X 1C9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
Alain Daoust
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(416) 352-4527
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(416) 352-4576
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
alain.daoust@csfb.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HSBC BANK CANADA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Eric Schumacher
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
2001 McGill College
Suite 300
Montreal, Quebec
H3A 1G1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
Eric Schumacher, Director
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(514) 286-5332
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(514) 286-5330
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
eric_schumacher@hsbc.ca
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Rob King
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Bradley Walker
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Associate Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
62
nd
Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 King Street West
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scotia Plaza
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M5W 2X6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
Rob King, Director
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(416) 933-1873
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(416) 866-2010
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
rob_king@scotiacapital.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Paul Archer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice-President & Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Yves Bergeron
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Managing Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Serge Cloutier
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
1 Place Ville Marie, Bureau 2315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Montréal, Québec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H3B 3M5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
Yves Bergeron
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(514) 289-0099
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(514) 289-0788
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF MONTREAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Bruno Lemay
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Director
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
1501 McGill College
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 3200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Montreal, Quebec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H3A 3M8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
Bruno Lemay
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(514) 282-5916
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(514) 282-5920
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
bruno.lemay@bmo.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: André Roy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Senior Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Francine Champoux
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
1 Complexe Desjardins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 2822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Montreal, Quebec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H5B 1B3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
André Roy
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
(514) 281-7791
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(514) 281-7083
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
andre.roy@cccd.desjardins.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Stephen Redding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Rod Smith
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
1 Place Ville Marie
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Montreal, Quebec
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
H3B 4R8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Rod Smith, Managing Director
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
(514) 878-2815
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(514) 874-1349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
rod.smith@rbccm.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NATIONAL CITY BANK, CANADA BRANCH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Caroline Stade
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Bill Hines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
130 King St. West
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 2140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M5X 1E4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Caroline Stade
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
(416) 361-1744 x. 224
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(416) 361-0085
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
caroline.stade@nationalcity.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Alex Tessier
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Steve Nishimura
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Managing Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
BCE Place
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161 Bay Street, 8
th
Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M5J 2S8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Alex Tessier
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
(416) 956-3832
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
(416) 956-3816
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
alex.tessier@cibc.ca
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. As Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Jeffrey Armitage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Senior Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
231 South LaSalle St.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
th
Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chicago, Illinois
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Jeffrey Armitage
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
(312) 828-3898
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
(312) 974-8811
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
Jeffrey.armitage@bankofamerica.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as a Facility B Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Jose B. Carlos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC
as a Facility B Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Jim Bridwell
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NATIONAL CITY BANK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
[signed]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Timothy J. Ambrose
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
One South Broad Street Building
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
th
Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philadelphia, PA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Tim Ambrose, Vice President
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
(267) 256-4026
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
timothy.ambrose@nationalcity.com
|
SCHEDULE A
AGENCY BRANCH ACCOUNT
For the Revolving Lenders and the Facility A Lenders and the Facility B-2 Lenders
Canadian Dollars
LVTS-Large Value Transaction System
Bank of America, N.A. Canada Branch
200 Front Street West
Toronto, Ontario
Attention: Agency Loans Administration
Swift Code: BOFACATT
Transit #: 56792-241 Account #: 90083255
Reference: Quebecor Media Inc.
US Dollars
BankAmerica International New York
335 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Swift Code: BOFAU53N ABA# 02600593
For the account of: Bank of America, Canada Branch
Account: #65502-01805
Swift Code#: BOFACATT
Reference: Quebecor Media Inc.
or such other account or address in Canada of which the Administrative Agent may notify the
Borrower from time to time.
For the Facility B-1 Lenders
Bank of America, N.A.
Dallas, TX
ABA: 111000012
Account Number: 3750836479
Account Name: Credit Services West
Reference: Quebecor Media Inc.
Attention: Kristine Kelleher
or such other account or address in the U.S.A. of which the Administrative Agent may notify the
Borrower from time to time.
SCHEDULE B
COMMITMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
|
|
|
|
|
Lender
|
|
Facility
|
|
Facility A
|
|
Facility B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B-1 Tranche
|
|
B-2 Tranche
|
[Redacted]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
C$100,00,000
|
|
C$125,000,000
|
|
US$350,000,000
|
|
C$0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 1
ACCOMMODATION NOTICE
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
, as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
|
FROM:
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
|
1) This Accommodation Notice is delivered to you pursuant to the credit agreement (as in effect on
the date hereof, the
Credit Agreement
) dated January 17, 2006 entered into among,
inter alia
,
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent. All terms
used in this Accommodation Notice which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have herein the
respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.
2) We hereby request an [
Accommodation/conversion
] under [
the Revolving Facility, Facility A or
Facility B
] of the Credit Agreement as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Date of Accommodation:
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Currency and amount of
Accommodation:
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
Type of Accommodation:
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
Designated Period(s) (if any):
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
Maturity date(s) (if applicable):
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
Payment instruction (if any):
|
3) We have understood the provisions of the Credit Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing
of this Accommodation Notice. To the extent that this Accommodation Notice evidences, attests or
confirms compliance with any covenants or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit
Agreement, we have made such examination or investigation as was, in our opinion, necessary to
enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants or conditions have been
complied with.
4) WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT, in our opinion, as of the date hereof:
(a) All
of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in
Article 7 of the Credit Agreement (except where qualified in
Article 7 as being made as at a particular date) are true and correct in all material respects on and
as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.
(b) All
of the covenants of the Borrower contained in Article 8 of
the Credit Agreement together with all of the conditions precedent to an Advance and all other
terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement have been fully complied with.
(c) No Event of Default has occurred and no Default has occurred and is continuing.
Yours truly,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 2
NOTICE OF REPAYMENT
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
, as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
|
FROM:
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
|
1) This notice of repayment is delivered to you pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated January 17,
2006 entered into among,
inter alia
, QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower, and, Bank of America, N.
A., as Administrative Agent (as in effect on the date hereof, the
Credit Agreement
). All defined
terms set forth in this notice shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit
Agreement.
2) We hereby advise you that we will be repaying the sum of
[C$ / US$]
on
as follows [
indicate amount payable in respect of each Facility as well as the type of
Advance to be repaid]
.
3) As to an amount of
[C$ / US$
, the above-mentioned payment should be
treated as a [
mandatory prepayment / voluntary prepayment
] under
Error! Reference source not
found.
/
Error! Reference source not found.
]
,
which we understand will have the effect of reducing
the amount of Facility A and Facility B, or, if applicable, the Revolving Facility]
by an equal
amount (or by an equivalent amount, if in another currency).
[
If the payment is a mandatory
prepayment resulting from an asset sale or an equity issuance, it will be applied (i) firstly, pro
rata to permanently reduce Facility A and Facility B (unless it is an Unacceptable Payment) and
(ii) secondly, to repay the Revolving Facility, if there are any Accommodations Outstanding
thereunder; in all cases, provide details of the calculations used to determine the amounts.
]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yours truly,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 3
OFFER TO LENDERS
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
[
Name of Lender
]
|
|
|
|
FROM:
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
|
1) This offer of repayment is delivered to you pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of January
17, 2006 entered into among,
inter alia
, QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower and Bank of America,
N.A., as Administrative Agent (as in effect on the date hereof, the
Credit Agreement
). All
defined terms set forth in this notice shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit
Agreement.
2) We hereby advise you that on [
insert date, at least 10 and not more than 20 Business Days from
the date of this offer
] (the
Payment Date
), we will be making a Mandatory Repayment of [
Facility
A or Facility B
] in an aggregate amount of US $/C$ ________, of which your proportionate share, based on
your Commitment under [
Facility A or Facility B
], is
US $/C$ ________ [
indicate amount payable]
.
3) In accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, you are required to advise us in
writing, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, not less than 3 Business Days before the Payment
Date if you wish to accept the Mandatory Repayment in question, failing which you shall be deemed
to have accepted same.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Yours truly,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 4
APPLICABLE MARGINS
(per annum)
Revolving Facility and Facility A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drawing Fee and
|
|
C$ Prime Rate /
|
|
Commitment
|
|
|
Tier
|
|
Leverage Ratio
|
|
L/C Fee
|
|
US$ Prime Rate
|
|
Fee
|
|
Libor
|
I
|
|
R
£
2.75
|
|
|
1.25
|
%
|
|
+0.25%
|
|
|
0.30
|
%
|
|
+1.25%
|
II
|
|
2.75 < R
£
3.5
|
|
|
1.50
|
%
|
|
+0.50%
|
|
|
0.375
|
%
|
|
+1.50%
|
III
|
|
3.5 < R
£
4.5
|
|
|
1.75
|
%
|
|
+0.75%
|
|
|
0.375
|
%
|
|
+1.75%
|
IV
|
|
4.5 < R
£
5.25
|
|
|
2.00
|
%
|
|
+1.00%
|
|
|
0.50
|
%
|
|
+2.00%
|
V
|
|
5.25 < R
|
|
|
2.25
|
%
|
|
+1.25%
|
|
|
0.50
|
%
|
|
+2.25%
|
Facility B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US$ Prime Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Libor
|
+1.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.00
|
%
|
SCHEDULE 5
SECURITY AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
1.
|
|
First-ranking security (subject only to Permitted Liens) in favour of the Administrative
Agent (or the fondé de pouvoir referred to below) on behalf of the Lenders, by way of a
hypothec on the universality of all of the movable property of the Borrower which property is
or is deemed to be located in the Province of Quebec (and/or, at the option of the
Administrative Agent, by way of a hypothec securing debentures (
Debentures
) granted in
favour of the Administrative Agent or a collateral agent designated by the Administrative
Agent as the holder of a power of attorney (fondé de pouvoir) of the Lenders within the
meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec, as
contemplated by Section 10.12 of the Credit Agreement) subject, however to limitations on the realisation
or enforcement on the shares of TVA Group Inc. (or its successors) if such enforcement could
reasonably be expected to cause TVA Group Inc. (or its successors) to lose any Authorization
it holds or is required to hold at any time in the future for the operation of its business;
|
2.
|
|
First-ranking limited recourse pledge granted by 3535991 Canada Inc. in respect of its shares
in Sun Media Corporation.
|
3.
|
|
First-ranking limited recourse pledge granted by 9101-0827 Quebec Inc. in respect of its shares in Vidéotron Ltée.
|
SCHEDULE 6
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (this
Assignment and Assumption
) dated as of the
Effective Date referred to below is entered into by and between the party identified below as
Assignor
and each party identified on each signature page hereto as an
Assignee
. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to
them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended or modified from time to time, the
Credit Agreement
), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by each Assignee.
The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and
incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth
herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably and ratably sells and assigns to each
Assignee, and each Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to
and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the
Effective Date referred to below (i) all of the Assignors respective rights and obligations in its
capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents
or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage
interest identified below the signature of that Assignee of all the Assignors respective
outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Facilities identified below (including without
limitation any guarantees and Security included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent
permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other
rights of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown,
arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments
delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or
related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims,
malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights
and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and
assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as to each
Assignee, the
Assigned Interest
). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the
Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without
representation or warranty by the Assignor.
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Assignor:
|
|
l
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Assignees and their
Assigned Interests:
|
|
Listed on the signature pages attached hereto
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Borrower:
|
|
Quebecor Media Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
Administrative Agent:
|
|
Bank of America, N. A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement referred
to below
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Credit Agreement:
|
|
The Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006 among the Borrower named above, the
Lenders parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent named above
|
6. Assigned Interests:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitment/`
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Percentage Assigned
|
Facility
|
|
Accommodations for
|
|
Commitment/ Assigned
|
|
of Commitments/
|
Assigned
1
|
|
all Lenders
|
|
Accommodations
|
|
Accommodations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
Effective Date:
|
|
As to each Assignee, as indicated on attached signature page thereof
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
Trade Date:
|
|
As to each Assignee, as indicated on attached signature page thereof
|
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSIGNOR:
|
|
l
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent and Acceptance:
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N. A.,
|
|
|
|
|
as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Fill in the appropriate terminology for the
type of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under
this Assignment (i.e. Revolving Commitment, Facility A Commitment or Facility B
Commitment)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consent and Acceptance:
2
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., as Borrower
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Obtain indicated consent(s) only if required
by Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSIGNEE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of Assignee]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Entity signing on behalf of Assignee]3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
Assignee is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Identify Lender]
|
|
|
Trade Date:
|
|
|
Effective Date:
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Include if a general partner or manager of
the Assignee is signing on behalf of the Assignee.
|
|
4
|
|
Include as applicable.
|
|
5
|
|
Effective date to be inserted by
Administrative Agent.
|
ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT
AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
1.
Representations and Warranties
.
1.1.
Assignor
. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and
beneficial owner of each Assigned Interest, (ii) each Assigned Interest is free and clear of any
lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken
all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any
other Credit Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of the Credit Documents or any other instrument or document delivered pursuant
thereto, other than this Agreement, or any Collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of
any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of
any Credit Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Loan Party, any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any
Credit Document.
1.2.
Assignee
. Each Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power
and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and
Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the
Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Assignee under the Credit Agreement, (iii)
from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and,
to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it
has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has
made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or
any other Lender; (v) if the contemplated Assignment and Assumption is under the Revolving Facility
or Facility A and occurs prior to an Event of Default which has not been waived, it is a Cdn
Qualified Lender; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the
Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information
as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under the Credit Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their
terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Documents are required to be
performed by it as a Lender.
1.3
Assignees Address for Notices, Etc
. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is all contact
information, address, phone and facsimile information and account and payment instructions)
relative to the Assignee.
2.
Payments
. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make
all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees
and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued prior to but excluding the
Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective
Date.
3.
General Provisions
. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure
to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment
and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together
shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of
this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws applicable in the Province of Quebec.
SCHEDULE 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS
(Assignee to list names of credit contacts, addresses, phone and facsimile numbers, electronic
mail addresses and account and payment information)
SCHEDULE 7
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT FOR
BACK-TO-BACK SECURITIES
This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of
l
, 200
l
(the Agreement).
To: Bank of America, N.A., for itself and as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement
(defined below) for the Lenders (the
Administrative Agent
),
l
, a
l
company (the
Obligor
), as obligor under the
l
dated as of
l
, and
l
in the principal amount
of
l
$
l
and
l
$
l
, respectively, made by the Obligor in favour of
l
(the
Subordinated Notes
), and
l
, as holder (the
Holder
) of the Subordinated Notes, for
good and valuable consideration, hereby agree as follows:
1.
Interpretation.
(a)
Cash, Property or Securities
. Cash, Property or Securities shall not be deemed
to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization
or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with
respect to the Subordinated Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time
be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person,
if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders
of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such
reorganization or readjustment.
(b)
payment in full
. payment in full, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means
the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of
the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any special interest thereon to the
date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior
Indebtedness.
(c)
Senior Indebtedness
. Senior Indebtedness means, at any date all indebtedness
(including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, special interest,
additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and post-petition interest in
bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1)
[the Indenture , including, without
limitation, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Exchange Notes, the Additional Notes
and any Guarantee of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the
Indenture)]
and (2) the Credit Agreement, dated as of January
l
, 2006, among Quebecor Media
Inc., as borrower, the financial institutions identified as lenders therein, Banc of America
Securities LLC, as joint lead arranger and joint bookmanager, Bank of America, N.A., as
administrative agent, and
l
, as joint lead arranger and bookmanager, documentation agent and
syndication agent (as amended or modified from time to time, the
Credit Agreement
; capitalized
terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) and the Credit
Documents.
(2)
2.
Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Credit Agreement
.
The Obligor, the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Credit
Agreement, pursuant to which Quebecor Media Inc. has borrowed approximately C$700,000,000 and has
additional borrowings available of C$350,000,000 (the Accommodations).
3.
Subordination
.
The indebtedness represented by the Subordinated Notes shall be
subordinated as follows:
(a)
Agreement to Subordinate
. The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns,
and the Holder agree that the indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes (including, without
limitation, principal, interest, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and post-petition interest
in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to
the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Administrative Agent
acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names
were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such
provisions.
(b)
Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy
.
|
(i)
|
|
Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or
upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a
bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership
or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other
marshalling of assets of the Obligor:
|
|
(A)
|
|
the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be
entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before
the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of or
interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, the Subordinated
Notes;
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
until payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or
character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3
is hereby assigned to the holders of Senior Indebtedness absolutely and
shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy,
liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or
distribution to, the Administrative Agent behalf of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, as their interests may
appear; and
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
in the event that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any
kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be
received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full,
such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of
and
|
(3)
|
|
|
shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the
holders of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, as their
interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement until all such Senior
Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any
concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in respect of such Senior
Indebtedness.
|
|
(ii)
|
|
If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership
or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a
Reorganization Proceeding
) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder
does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a
Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to
file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the
Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the
Subordinated Notes and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments
and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Administrative Agent
to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent any
and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Notes which are capable
of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a
Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of
the Subordinated Notes and to collect and receive any and all payments or
distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in
respect of the Subordinated Notes, and (2) whether or not the Administrative
Agent shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Administrative
Agent shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be
necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to exercise such voting rights,
file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers
described above for and on behalf of the Holder.
|
(c)
Subrogation
. After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full and until the
Subordinated Notes are paid in full, the Holder shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of this Section 3(c), a distribution made under this Section 3 to
holders of Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to the Holder, or a payment
made by the Holder to holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of a turnover obligation under this
Section 3, is not, as between the Obligor and such holder, a payment by the Obligor on Senior
Indebtedness.
(d)
Relative Rights
. This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the
holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:
|
(i)
|
|
impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation
of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of
and interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with their terms; or
|
(4)
|
(ii)
|
|
affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the
Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior
Indebtedness among themselves or opposite the Obligor under the Credit
Documents; or
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon
a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to
receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.
|
(e)
Subordination May Not Be Impaired
.
|
(i)
|
|
No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the
subordination of indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes shall in any
way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by
any such holder or the Administrative Agent, or by any non-compliance by the
Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any
knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Administrative Agent may have or
be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Notes
as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with
respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of
the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior
Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with
respect thereto.
|
|
|
(ii)
|
|
The Holder agrees that all indebtedness evidenced by the
Subordinated Notes will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any
property of the Obligor.
|
|
|
(iii)
|
|
The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or counterclaim
or similar right in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated
Notes except to the extent payment of such indebtedness is permitted and will
not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Notes or the indebtedness
which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees
to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
|
(f)
Holder Entitled to Rely
.
Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be
entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction
in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii)
upon a certificate if the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such
proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative,
if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Administrative Agent or any
representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of
ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution,
the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of
(5)
the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid
or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.
4.
Enforceability
. Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this
Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder
and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer,
reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
creditors rights and to general equity principles; and on the date hereof, the Holder shall
deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Administrative Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders.
5.
Miscellaneous
.
(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree
that no amendment shall be made to either of the Subordinated Notes which would affect the rights
of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.
(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or
provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the
Administrative Agent.
(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and each and
every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.
(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
[State of New York.]
(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or
proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or
federal court sitting in the City of New York or any court in the Province of Quebec and submits
and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.
(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by
the Administrative Agent, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further
acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as
are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.
(g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its
authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or
proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service
to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be
deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable,
in any such suit or proceeding.
(6)
If to the Obligor:
l
If to the Holder:
l
Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be
necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a
period of ten years from the date of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
l
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
n
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
n
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
l
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
n
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
n
|
|
|
SCHEDULE 8
FORM OF NOTE
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the
Borrower
), hereby promises to pay to
or registered assigns (the
Lender
), in accordance with the provisions of
the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Accommodation from time
to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January
17, 2006 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time
to time, the
Credit Agreement
; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined),
among,
inter alia
, the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America,
N.A., as Administrative Agent.
The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Accommodation from the
date of such Accommodation until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and
at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be
made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lender in US Dollars in immediately
available funds at the Administrative Agents Office, as provided for in the Credit Agreement. If
any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be
paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as
after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits
thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided
therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefit of all guarantees and is secured by the
Security. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in
the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be
declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Loans made by
the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in
the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse
thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest
and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonour and non-payment of this Note.
THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|